Klinike, or The diet of the diseased· Divided into three bookes. VVherein is set downe at length the whole matter and nature of diet for those in health, but especially for the sicke; the aire, and other elements; meat and drinke, with divers other things; various controversies concerning this subject are discussed: besides many pleasant practicall and historicall relations, both of the authours owne and other mens, &c. as by the argument of each booke, the contents of the chapters, and a large table, may easily appeare. Colellected [sic] as well out of the writings of ancient philosophers, Greeke, Latine, and Arabian, and other moderne writers; as out of divers other authours. Newly published by Iames Hart, Doctor in Physicke.

The Diet of the Diseased. THE THIRD BOOKE. (Book 3)

THE ARGVMENT.

THe residue of the sixe things called not naturall, and such things as thereunto belong, are here in this last booke handled, the first whereof is repletion and inanition; and in the first place of repleti∣on in generall, and the division thereof, as likewise of inanition or evacuation, and the divers kinds thereof: afterwards is phleboto∣my handled in particular, and the diversity thereof, where is set downe the utility therof, the persons fit to be phlebotomised, the veins to be opened, the quantity, qua∣lity, convenient time, together with the preparation before, and the ordering after phlebotomy are plainly and largely set down, where something concerning the signe, whether in phlebotomy to be observed, with a confutation of that and some other points of judiciall astrology: after follow purgations, whether or no we ought to purge? what persons are to be purged, of the nature of the humors to be purged, and concerning their preparation. Of purging medicines, reiteration of them, their quā∣tity, quality, time of exhibition both generall and particular. Of vomits, glisters, and suppositories. Severall formes in which medicines are exhibited, together with the manner of governing the sicke, in and after physicke. Of sweating, and meanes to further the same. Of bathing and baths, both naturall and artificiall: of the nature and properties of divers minerall waters, both in this Iland, and other parts of Europe, and in what infirmities most effectuall. Also concerning urines, the fecall excrements or ordure: of spittle, spitting, or salivation, and of Tabacco, and the use therof, as also of snot or snevell, and of rheumes & distillations descen∣ding upon the nether parts, the lungs especially, and how remedies are for this to be used. Of carnall copulation, the right use and abuse thereof: of watching and sleeping, and dreames in sicknesse & in health: of the soule and the chiefe passions thereof: of love, and love potions, and whether they can procure love or no? of effascination, and something concerning Mandrakes, and the erronious opinion of some concerning this simple: of anger, joy, sadnesse or griefe, and the effects that follow thereupon. The conclusion of this whole discourse.

CHAP. I.

Of Repletion and inanition in generall, what they are, and the variety of particular circumstances therein to be considered.

HItherto have wee discoursed of the nature of the aire and other elements, and other things pertinent to that purpose, as well in sicknesse as in health; as also of severall sorts of ali∣ments; and lastly, of severall sorts of exer∣cise: there remaine yet some things to be dis∣cussed, which concerne not a little both the sicke and the whole: and among these wee are now to speake in the first place of those things which our Physitians commonly call excreta & retenta;* 1.1 or such things as are to be reteined within the body of man, and such as ought to be expelled out of the same. The a 1.2 old Father of Physitians according to his Laconicke manner of speech, in∣cludeth the whole body of physicke within these two words, adiectio, & substractio: that is, in adding or supplying that which is wanting, and detracting that which is superfluous, or superabounding. Now, as in all living creatures there must be a daily addition of aliment, so must there be something also reteined for the nutrition & preservation of the body nourished. Againe, by the continuall addition of aliment, it is not possi∣ble but there must be some excretion of superfluous excrements,* 1.3 or of such humours as abound in quantity only. That which doth thus so su∣perfluously abound in the body of man, we commonly call repletion, the which is remedied by evacuation. If there be accumulated within the body of man a greater quantity of humours, good or bad, of one kinde, or more than is usefull for the mainteining of health, and performing of such functions as become the state & condition of such a creature, they become a burthen to the body, and by consequent to be expelled. Now, in the body of the daily addition of aliment for the reparation of that radicall moisture (which neverthelesse by degrees, doth still insen∣sibly decay and waste away) there are continually some superfluities or excrements ingendred, which must be expelled: and for this purpose the great and wise Creator and Governour of all things,* 1.4 hath appoin∣ted certaine emunctories, or passages whereby the body might of them be unburthened. It commeth, notwithstanding, often to passe, that these humours, whether abounding in quantity, or quality, are by some meanes still reteined within the body, and so either threa∣ten some disease, or else have already produced it; and then wee are by such physicall helpes as are fitting, to further the excretion of such humours. This oppression, or over-burthening of nature,* 1.5 if generall through the whole body, commonly called repletion, is either of all the humors jointly, and called by the name of plethora, and is to be remedied

by phlebotomy; or else of some corrupted humours; as phlegme, melancholy,* 1.6 choler, jointly or severally, and called by the name of caco∣chymia, the which is to be expelled by purging medicines. There is yet besides the premises,* 1.7 a retention of certaine profitable humors aboun∣ding onely in quantity, and ought at certaine time, for the benefit and better being of the body, to be expelled: as the seed of generation in both sexes, and the menstruous fluxe in women: and sometimes more excrements; as sweat, urine, ordure, &c. are deteined with∣in the body. All these in their due seasons are by fit and conveni∣ent meanes, by the counsell of a judicious Artist prescribed, by their emunctories and proper passages to be expelled.* 1.8 And sometimes these evacuations either naturall, or procured by art, by their too great abundance, threaten danger; and then wee are to use our best art and skill for the speedie and safe suppressing of any such evacuation. Of all these in order, by the helpe of the Almighty, I purpose to say some∣thing, after some generall rules permitted, which concerne all sorts of evacuation; for the which purpose it shall not be amisse to beginne with the definition of evacuation.* 1.9 Evacuation is an expulsion either naturall, or procured by arts industry, of such humours as abound in the body of man, and that by fit and convenient passages, whether it be universall, whereby the whole body is evacuated; or particular, whereby some part is purged. Now that this may be, safely and profitable undestaken, divers things are first to be considered:* 1.10 as namely the fulnesse of the bodie, the strength, tempe∣rature, the plight or state of body, occurring accidents, the age, the time of the yeere, the former custome, and the part itselfe to be evacua∣ted, and the place by which we are to evacuate, together with the quan∣tity. Among all these, the fulnesse of the body, together with the strength of the party, have the pre-eminence. Now, this fulnesse excee∣ding measure and mediocrity, alwaies indicateth evacuation, whether it come by the abundance of blood, or other humours, and that both in sicknesse and in health: howbeit some particular individuall bodies there be, for whom either abstinence, a slender diet, or frictions may suf∣fice.* 1.11 The strength is here likewise diligently to be considered: to wit, the animall faculties in the braine, the vitall in the heart, the naturall in the liver: and among all these, the strength of the vitall faculties doe chiefely indicate evacuation: as on the contrary, the imbecillity of the same inhibiteth evacuation.* 1.12 Againe, wee are to consider the tempera∣ture and plight of the body to be purged, for thinne cholericke bodies indure more easily evacuation by vomit and sweat; but melancholicke and phlegmaticke constitutions, having hard and thicke bodies, are more easily evacuated downeward.* 1.13 Custome doth also often indicate the manner of evacuation, nature it selfe often inclining that way, to which it was wont and accustomed in former times.* 1.14 Againe, the quan∣titie of evacuation is not to be neglected, which may by a skilfull and wise Physitian easily be atteined unto. In great repletion of what sort soever, great evacuation must be answerable, and in the lesser small evacuation; and a meane repletion requireth an evacuation in the same proportion;* 1.15 of all the which more hereafter, when we shall come to discourse of each evacuation apart. The time fit for evacuation,

is when that which doth indicate is swollen up, and increased, forceth us to evacuation. The time of the yeere, day, and other things thereunto belonging shall in their proper places hereafter be discussed. Besides the premises, wee are yet diligently to consider the waies and passages most convenient for our evacuation:* 1.16 and that is performed if we have one eye intent upon the pronenesse and forwardnesse of nature, and the other upon the part by the which the evacuation is to be conveied. Now, since all and every one of the humours may be conveied by seve∣rall passages and waies; as choler by vomit, sweat or urine; wee are therefore to looke into the inclination and propensenesse of nature, and so if we perceive it incline upward, manifested by a nauseous inclinati∣on to cast, it is then to be purged by vomit upwards: but if it take the course downewards, and we perceive any propensenesse that way, then wee are likewise to follow natures direction, according to the golden precept of b 1.17 Hippocrates. And hence it commeth to passe, that wee often cure excessive casting by the same meanes, and fluxes of the belly by glisters, or some gentle abstersive purges, howbeit the vulgar often won∣der at such proceeding, and out of their stupid ignorance often traduce this so laudable and warranted way.* 1.18 The convenient places or passages by which humours are evacuated, are such as receive these noisome hu∣mours without any hurt to themselves; in the which, neverthelesse, wee are to consider as well the nature of the part whereunto wee ex∣pell the humour, as the consent and affinity it hath with the other parts. To this end wee must consider,* 1.19 that it be no principall part (by which we can never purge without prejudice to the party purged) and besides, that it be a place for this same end and purpose of nature for a∣part, as the guts, bladder, wombe, the pores of the skinne, &c. Now, although nature sometimes attempt some such evacuation; as in criti∣call excretion of blood by the nose, the blood passing by the braine; an impostume of the lungs by the urinarie passages, the guts, and the hol∣low passages of the heart; yet the Physitian is not to take this course, unlesse when of two evills, we are to chuse the lesser. By the consent and sympathy of the parts, the way of evacuation is also found out,* 1.20 and hence is it, that the hollow part of the liver by reason of the sympathy it hath with the stomacke and guts, is purged by those waies: but the backe, and bossed part of the liver, for the connexion it hath with the kidnies and bladder, is by them for the most part evacuated. And sometimes when great store of grosse humours conveied thither from the mesentary and hollow parts of the liver are there seated, then the skilfull Physitian is carefull (lest by their abundance and thicknesse they stop up the narrow passages of the kidnies and bladder) with fa••re greater conveniency to convey them to the large passages of the guts.* 1.21 The passages by which the humours are to be purged, must not like∣wise be of too exquisite feeling, lest by this meanes insue swounding, fainting, gnawing of the stomacke, and a sudden overthrow of strength. We must likewise beware, lest the matter to be purged be conveied by the part already surprized with the disease.* 1.22 But if nature of it selfe should attempt any evacuation a wrong way, then this were suddenly to be suppressed, and the matter to be drawne backe againe another

way, except some other rub come in the way, And c 1.23 Hippocrates testi∣fieth, that many thicke grosse and tough glutonous humors are easilier evacuated downewards by the guts: but thinne, sharpe serous humors more easily by urine and sweat. d 1.24 And againe, elsewhere he testifieth that cholericke humours are easilier purged upwards, and melancho∣licke downewards. And e 1.25 againe, that in Sommer, it is best to purge upwards▪ and in Winter downewards: as concerning acute diseases, they are most ordinarily purged by vomit, by sweat, by the guts, and by bleeding at the nose: except in contagious, maligne, and pestilent diseases where antidots and cordialls, expelling by sweat, are of most use; and where humours abound, or ill accidents occurre, some of the aforenamed evacuations may be of good use. And this shall suffice for evacuations in generall, now come we to particular evacuation, and first, of phlebotomy, so famous a remedy both in antient times and in this our age also.

CHAP. II.

Of Phlebotomy, what it is, the severall sorts, and sundry things there∣in to be considered.

IN the body of man, of the aliment he re∣ceiveth is ingendered blood in the liver, and conteined in the veines and arteries, and by nutrition communicated to the whole body. This blood, as it conferreth no small benefit to the whole body; so from thence are many mischiefes thereunto pro∣cured;* 1.26 and that not onely by the excesse thereof in quantitie, in quality, or both, but also by the multitude of superflu∣ous excrements from thence proceeding; which often proove the fountaine and well-spring of a multitude of diseases in the body of this miserable microcosme. Now, according to the repletion of this or that humor, so is the evacuation of the same answerable. All evacuations then are either naturall or artificiall.* 1.27 If naturall and withall beneficiall, we are so farre from suppressing any such eva∣cuation,* 1.28 that we are rather to further it. Artificiall evacuations, of which at this time I intend to speake, are either generall or particu∣lar.* 1.29 Generall or universall evacuations I call, such as doe in generall evacuat all the humors indifferently both good and bad; or such as doe evacuat the bad humors of all sorts, and that jointly or severally: and thirdly, which doth evacuat indifferently from all the parts of the body. The first is effected by phlebotomie, the second by purga∣tion, and the third by sweating. The first of these then is phleboto∣my, the which as it is an instrument used by the Physitian, we thus define.* 1.30 Phlebotomy is an aritficiall evacuation of humors abounding in quan∣titie, and that by the opening of a veine or artery, to this end, that the vessells

distended and oppressed with the multitude of humors may be relieved, or else that noxious humors may be averted from the part affected. Phlebotomie and purgation doe both in this agree, that both are universall evacu∣tions, are great and generous remedies, and appropriated to great dis∣eases. They differ againe not onely in the instrument,* 1.31 but also in the manner and forme: and againe, that purgation draweth forth by election, humors distinguished by their qualities: but phlebotomie neglecting the quality, respecteth the quantity onely. The nature therefore of phlebotomy is to draw indifferently any humor whatsoe∣ver is conteined in the veines, not making any election of this or that particular; and although it draweth from the whole body, yet doth it draw immediatly from the next veines, and the part next adjoyn∣ing to it; and secundarily it doth evacuat the whole body. Now for our orderly proceeding in this particular, it being a matter of that mo∣ment, we are to consider these five heads. 1. In what infirmities of the body, this generous remedy is to be used,* 1.32 and the severall kinds thereof. 2. What veines or arteries are to be opened. 3. What bo∣dies may best beare this remedy, or are not able. 4. How much wee may evacuate, how long, or how often this remedy may bee reitera∣ted. 5. The time, when it is to bee used. As for the first, we have already mentioned a double repletion in the body of man; one called Plethora, wherein we make use of phlebotomy; an other cacochymia, wherein we use purging medicines. This Plethora againe is double,* 1.33 or of two sorts, quo ad vasa, & quo ad vires. That which we call quo ad vasa, or according to the capacity of the veines, is that fulnesse, where∣in by reason of the abundance of blood, the veines are so distended, and stretched out, that the party himselfe may feele as it were this distention, with no small danger of disruption of some veine, or sudden suffocation. Plethora, or reple∣tion quo ad vires, according to the strength, when as there is such abun∣dance of blood conteined within the veines,* 1.34 that nature is not well able to go∣verne the same, but oppresseth the strength, by that meanes inducing as it were, a heavinesse and certaine weight. Both these repletions are inci∣dent, as well to the whole as to the sicke; but in health cannot long continue: for in a short space the humors are either putrified, some veine burst, or some defluxion procured, the cause of infinite infirmi∣ties in the body of man. Againe, all repletion or fulnesse in re∣gard of the humors conteined, is twofold, either exquisite and single,* 1.35 proceeding of the abundance of good humors onely; or else declining from this purity, when as with the good some bad are also interming∣led, called therefore plethora cacochymica: as againe, when as with a∣bundance of bad humors some good are intermingled, we call it then cacochymia plethorica.* 1.36 This single Plethory or repletion againe is two∣fold, one properly so called, when all the foure humors doe equally abound; another called sanguinea, or of blood, when as pure blood is increased in too great a quantity. Againe, plethora,* 1.37 or repletion in re∣gard of the body affected, is either universall, or diffused through the whole body; or particular, when as this fulnesse is setled and impa∣cted upon some part of the body. Againe, there is one fulnesse in the vessells or veines, another in the whole bulke of the body. There is

also a repletion or fulnesse present actu,* 1.38 actually in the whole body, or some part thereof; another potestate, onely in power, which is likely shortly to ceize upon the same: as when by the suppression of any wonted evacuation of blood, we feare a fulnesse in the whole body; or when as by the affluxe of some humor to som determinate part, we feare some inflammation, putrefaction or paine, &c. Now phlebotomie doth evacuat this fulnesse in the whole body, or any part thereof, either in any great disease already present, or yet imminent. A great dis∣ease I here understand, not onely that which by reason of the great∣nesse; as some great inflammation or would is esteemed to be such; but even in regard of the excellency of the part, and some malignitie of the disease: for a small inflammation in some ignoble part of the body, although arising from the abundance of blood, doth not re∣quire phlebotomie or any other great remedy. In great plethoricall diseases we are to use this remedy, especially, if the strength bee an∣swerable, which is the chiefe indication to be regarded. And here we are to observe,* 1.39 that the indication of this evacuation is sometimes de∣sumed from the disease it selfe: as in an exquisite Tertian, we open a veine for eventilation, not for any great evacuation. Againe, in re∣gard of the cause wee are often undoubtedly to use this remedy: as in the suppression of the piles in men, and menstruous fluxe in women; and sometimes in dysentericall and lientericall fluxes proceeding from ex∣cessive heat of the liver.* 1.40 The use and end of phlebotomy is not alwaies one and the same: for the most part indeed, wee use it as a remedy a∣gainst repletion, and then we use it for it selfe. Sometimes wee use it for an other end, when as we would bring some thing to passe, which without this cannot well bee effected: as, when in the beginning of any disease wee use this remedy for ventilation, or breathing of the blood, and not for any copious evacuation, that thereby concoction may the better be procured, putrefaction of the humors may bee inhi∣bited, and all other remedies may more commodiously be exhibited. Of it selfe, and for its owne worke we use this remedy in a double re∣spect. First, that this double repletion, of the which before, consisting either in the whole body, or in some part of the same, may be evacua∣ted, and that the humor may bee diverted or turned backe from the part affected, or for preventing of a particular repletion. The humor is recalled or turned backe two waies: first, when as it hath a sudden influxe upon any part, it being from thence againe pulled backe to the contrary part: and againe, if the influxe of the humor be without any force,* 1.41 or this fulnes be partim in facto, partim in sieri, or partly in being, and partly already bred, if it be then derived to the next place. Hence have we three sorts of Phlebotomy,* 1.42 evacuans, or evacuating, revellens, or pulling backe, derivans, deriving or diverting, as it were turning aside. That which evacuateth, doth either simply evacuat from the whole body, or else from some one determinate part onely; if the humor be inherent without any new affluxe. But if withall there bee any af∣fluxe of humor, then requireth it some derivation to be joined with e∣vacuation.* 1.43 Evacuation, or evacuating phlebotomie wee use both in sicknesse and in health also, if we perceive any plethoricall dispositi∣on,

or disease imminent; as in the a 1.44 athleticall disposition, especi∣ally, if the strength doth not hinder. Single plethory or repletion of all others is safeliest cured by this remedy; the false and bastard not so safely; and the more admixtion there be of all other humors, the more sparing ought we to be in the use thereof. Plethory or repleti∣on proceeding from choler may safelier thus bee evacuated, than of melancholy; and againe, of that safelier than of phlegme; by reason that phlebotomy not onely evacuateth the abundance of humors, but cooleth the body also. The second sort of phlebotomy is, that we call revulsio, or revulsion, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉,* 1.45 and is taken either in a large or strict sense: in a large and generall sense it is taken for any aversion, or tur∣ning away of the humor, whether to the contrary part, or that which is nearest; but b 1.46 properly it is a retraction of the humor flowing unto any part, to the contrary place. Now all such may be called con∣trary parts, as have a sufficient distance from the part affected.* 1.47 And by contrary we understand not onely the contrary part to that which is affected, but also to the contrary motion, or the terme from whence the humors flow 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, as Artists speak, observing as much as may be, the rectitude and communion of the veines. This is apparant in a Pleu∣risie, where we open the Basilica of the same side, which is a branch of vena 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or without a fellow. Contrariety in motion wee call up and downe, behind and before, inward and outward the right side and left. But on this I will not insist; as not being usefull for us to in∣sist upon all these particulars,* 1.48 whereof Galen and our other Physitians discourse at great length. This kind of phlebotomy is chiefely used in diseases, where the affluxe of is humors is great and violent, and the humors in great abundance; as especially in the beginning of inflam∣mations: and is therefore to be used in the Squinancy, Pleuresie, Phrene∣sie, Ophthalmy, inflammation of the liver, lungs, and the like infirmities, ingendred of blood, or the eruption of hot and sharpe humors. Nei∣ther is it onely of use in humors already flowing with impetuosity, but by way of preservation also, when they have been accustomed to fall u••on any part, or yet when as we feare any such influxe; as also in woūds, luxations▪ fractures, &c: having especially, respect to that which wee feare will follow; to wit, some inflammation of the part affected.

c 1.49Derivation is an aversion, diversion,* 1.50 or turning away of humors fall∣ing without force or violence upon the part affe••••ed, or of such as have already fal••e upon it, but are not yet impacted, or setled upon the same; to the place next adjoyning to it, to the end that the part affected may be freed from the noxi∣ous humor. Derivation then principally regardeth the part affected, and differeth from evacuation and revulsion, in that we derive or divert hu∣mors yet in the fluxe, and not yet impacted into the part;* 1.51 not by the parts remote, as in revulsion; neither by the the part affected, as in single evacuation, but by the parts adjacent, and such veines must of necessitie have a communion with the part affected.* 1.52 This kind of phle∣botomie we commonly use in infirmities, having their originall from long continuing defluxions, and after universall evacuation from the whole body by revulsions; as in great inflammations after the great affluxe of humors is staied: we use it also in some infirmities, where

other evacuations have not prevailed, and that two manner of waies: one, that by them that which is conteined in the veines of the parts affected, may bee evacuated; and that that which is collected in the part transmitting, by the veines next adjoining to it, may be ex∣pelled. Againe, in some healthfull persons it is usefull, although the humors now be still and quiet, yet being accustomed in times past to seize upon any weake part, although without any violence. Now be∣cause mention hath been made of a plethory or fulnesse, we will briefe∣ly set downe some signes or markes of both the sorts.* 1.53 Of that which we call ad vasa, or according to the vessels or veines, these bee the chiefe signes: a fresh ruddy colour, arising either from externall causes; as the heat of the Sunne, bathing in a hot house, great labour and paines taking: or from internall causes, as a conspicuous tumor or swelling up of the veines, together with a notable tension and large∣nesse of the same; a pulse also very full, firme, quicke and very great. Signes againe of fulnesse quo ad vires,* 1.54 or according to strength, be these: there is a naturall or voluntary wearinesse and a lazinesse; so that notwithstanding, there may easily be seene such causes as increase blood, together with some conspicuous tumor or arising in the veines, there following in the body, as it were some acrimony and sharpenesse to the sense.* 1.55 To draw therefore this Chapter to a conclusion, phlebo∣tomy is a most soveraine and excellent remedy, not onely in the afore∣named infirmities, but also in many other: as in all Fevers, procee∣ding of blood, as well without as with putrefaction, and of any other humor putrified, and that both in continuall and intermitting; even of Quartanes and head-aches proceeding of blood; in the Dropsie, procee∣ding of suppression of blood, in Strangury, retention or difficulty of urine proceeding of a hot cause, and in the Palpitation of heart in health comming without any manifest cause, and in divers sorts of obstructi∣ons; as the Jaundize, &c. Where these are wanting, the strength weake, and in the presence of any great evacuation; as fluxe of the belly, vomits, much sweating in young children, women with child, (unlesse in great extremity) we are not to use this noble and generous remedy. And withall let this rule alwayes be observed, that it is al∣waies better to use this remedy by way of prevention, in the approa∣ching rather than in the presence of the disease. Let every one there∣fore beware how they trust ignorant Empirickes, and desperate, bold Barber-surgeons, to rely, I meane, upon their judgements in so weigh∣ty a matter, when there is question of losing this noble elixir of life.

CHAP. IIJ.

Whether in contagious, maligne and pestilentiall Fevers, and in the small Pox and Measels, as likewise in the Iaundize, phle∣botomy may safely be administred?

BY that which hath been said already concern∣ing Phlebotomy it is apparent that Phlebo∣tomie in Fevers is a soveraigne and approved good remedy, which is confirmed by the common consent of all our judicious and learned Physitians. And a 1.56 Galen himselfe is of the same opinion, where hee alloweth of this remedy, as well in continuall as in in∣termitting Fevers; provided alwaies the strength hold out, and the age be answerable. But then here ariseth no small doubt, whether in contagious, ma∣ligne and pestilentiall diseases so noble and generous a remedy may be used? And it would seeme that the negative is to be holden, in that in such diseases commonly the heart, the fountàine of life is assaulted, the spirits also infirme; and for this cause it would seeme wee should rather use alexipharmaks and cordiall remedies in this case most proper, to strengthen and corroborate the vitall spirits▪ and to expell, if it be possible, this poison from the heart: whereas any great evacu∣ation, especially of this so usefull for mainteining of life, may by the evacuation of spirits, rather hinder then helpe forward the cure of such diseases. The answere to this question must be by distinction:* 1.57 for we must consider, that the Pestilence it selfe (for I will beginne with the most dangerous) setteth upon the body of man after divers manners▪ as sometimes striking suddenly without any shew, or at least it is scarce discernible, in which case it were a desperate course to attempt any such evacuation; but then the onely cure is, with antidots to op∣pugne the disease, and by all meanes possible to underprop and uphold the decaying spirits of the patient. Againe, often and many times, and more frequently, especially in these our Northerne and cold coun∣tries, this infection is accompanied with a Fever, and often meeteth with plethoricall bodies as living in ease and idlenesse,* 1.58 and then I see no reason, why phlebotomie should or ought be denied unto such bo∣dies; if especially administred in the beginning, strength, age, and other circumstances then concurring. And that this hath alwaies been the ^b practice of the learned both antient and latter Physitians, I could make it easily appeare, if I were not afraid to spend too much time, which by reason of divers matters, yet to handle, I must husband. Now if this hath place in the pestilentiall Fever, of all others most dan∣gerous; then much more hath it place in other Fevers, participating indeed of a certaine malignity, howbeit not pestilentiall. Of this na∣ture

is that Fever, which hath now divers times, especially of late yeeres, swept away many lusty people out of this Iland. This Fever is of the nature of putrid continuall Fevers, and yet not tied to any one particular kind. It is called, by reason of the evill quality, Febris ma∣ligna,* 1.59 approaching neare the confines of the pestilentiall Fever, howbe∣it commeth farre short of it in malignity, this disease being indeed contagious per contactum onely,* 1.60 when as such as are yet free, are infected by touching the body that is sicke, especially in their sweat, and some∣times also by being too neare their breath: and therefore wee see it often come to passe, that a whole family is one after another infected with the same, when as others who come to the sicke by way of visita∣tion goe free, provided they be not too busie about them. But the pe∣stilentiall fveer infecteth often by inspiration of the ambient aire, al∣though they have no commerce with the sicke of the same disease. This fever is also called febris petechialis,* 1.61 from the little blacke or blew spots like unto flea bits, which notwithstanding differ from those of the pestilentiall fever. It is also called morbus hungaricus, or the hungari∣an disease, by reason it hath been, and is very frequent among the peo∣ple of that nation. It is now become a free denison in these our coun∣tries,* 1.62 the smart whereof hath been of late yeeres experimentally felt here among us. Now it may here be demanded, whether Phlebotomy may be of any use in this maligne fever? The reason why I take upon me to discusse this question, is, because of the ignorance and error of many people, who have conceived so hard an opinion of this so noble and generous remedy in this disease, that if the patient die after the use thereof,* 1.63 they impute this successe to the use of this remedy, and the vulgar often are affrighted at the very mentioning of it, and as they are commonly jealous of the best actions of the Physitians, and apt to interpret every thing in the worst sense, so commeth it to passe in this particular.* 1.64 It is true indeed, that many after the use of the best meanes doe many times miscary, the Almighty who first made man having set downe a period of time for every one, which no man can passe: and because the skillfull Physitian not being able to dive into the secret counsell of his Maker (as being a man and no God) useth the likeliest meanes, which by reason, and his owne and other mens experiences he thinketh fittest to grapple with this strong champion; in the which combat, the violence of the disease being so great that it will not yeeld to any meanes,* 1.65 is it reason that the Physitian for all his care and diligence should be so sharply censured? I doe not deny, but that they had need to have their eyes in their heads who deale with this disease: but againe many stand in their owne light either protra∣cting time and irrecoverable occasion, which as in all, so especially in this disease, is speedily to be laied hold on; or else using the counsell of such ignorant and unskillfull persons, who although they assume unto themselves the name of Physitians, and are so by most reputed, are notwithstanding altogether unfit for so weighty an imploiment. By these meanes an error may be committed in the carriage of the busi∣nesse, and yet will this be but vitium personae, non rei, a fault in this ig∣norant person, but not in the profession it selfe. And it is by an un∣animous

consent of all our best practitioners agreed upon,* 1.66 that in this same fever phlebotomy is a most soveraine remedy, and may safely be used, if in time, and with due circumspection of circumstances it bee administred. The famous c 1.67 Crato, Physitian to foure Emperors, is of this opinion, and did so practise it, as likewise a famous d 1.68 Spanish Physitian, and divers others doe all subscribe to this practise. And therefore let women content themselves with their owne affaires, and conteine themselves within the precincts of their owne callings, and not take upon them to passe sentence in matters of so high a nature, whereof they are altogether ignorant, and let every man (as is most rea∣sonable) be beleeved in his owne profession. I doe not here averre, that the fever of it selfe in regard of the malignitie doth indicate phleboto∣my, but onely in regard of repletion. Neither yet am I so ignorant, but that I know there are divers such constitutions which admit not of Phlebotomy, which may severall waies come to passe:* 1.69 either in the absence of any such repletion, or else in regard of the sexe, age, some ordinary evacuation supplying the place thereof, a thinne or rare structure of the body, the individuall and particular constitution of some bodies, and the like circumstances. And indeed the various man∣ner of the invasion of this disease, and the diversitie of bodies it assault∣eth (few being surprized after one and the same manner, as e 1.70 writers doe witnesse, and I may selfe have, as very often, so especially this last yeere, and 1617. observed: in both which yeeres the constitution of the aire, humid and austrine, was much alike, doth require a divers, and not alwaies the same manner of cure. And therefore as in all dis∣eases, so in this more particularly, people had need to consider with whom they deale, and not, as it the too common and ordinary custome, to be trust their lives with such as are unfurnished often either of skill or honesty. It is true the patient often dieth after the use of this remedy, and so doth he also often recover after it; and so if the case be to be judged by issue and event, why take they not this with them then, and set the hares foot against the goose gibblets?* 1.71 And whereas it may bee objected, that phlebotomy in this disease occasioneth a sud¦den evacuation of the spirits, so carefully here to be preserved. I an∣swere, that the former cautions carefully being observed, there is no such feare: nay it is more agreeable to reason, that a breathing of the blood by eventilation, should rather refresh the spirits, and by that meanes the better enable nature to subdue the residue behind. And as some have died after the use of this remedy, and others recover, so have I likewise observed divers, who without either this or any other meanes, died. And many againe, especially of the poorer sort, who after a long endurance of much misery by reason of this disease, have at length without meanes recovered. This ministers sometime occa∣sion to some of the ignorant sort, especially of our too busie women, to say it is in vaine to use the advice of any Physitian; which opinion is so absurd in it selfe, that I thinke it needeth no confutation.* 1.72 But I reply to these pragmaticall busie bodies, that many poore women are in their lying in hard pinched with poverty, lying upon a little straw, scarce able to come by a morsel of good meat to refresh their hūgry ap∣petites,

and by this necessitating poverty, are often constrained with∣in two or three daies after their delivery to goe about their domesti∣call affaires; and yet these people (the blessing of the Almighty sup∣plying the want of that he hath otherwise denied them) all this not∣withstanding doe well live, and recover their former strength againe. I would willingly aske any of these so wise women, if they would in imitation of those poore people betake them to their straw-bed in a raw earthen floore, forsake their warme eawdells, plum-broths, almond-milkes, and many other dainties, their downe-beds well warmed, and couches well accommodated, and betake them in so short a time to bussle about their houshold businesse.* 1.73 There was a neare kins-woman of mine once delivered of twinnes in the fields, a great way from any towne (she not thinking her time of delivery then so neare) accompanied onely with her two men, the one performing the office of a midwife, while the other posted to the next towne for this same intent; but ere her comming, the Gentlewoman was delivered, and lived till she was above eighty yeeres old. Of these swinnes also, the one was afterwards a captaine in the Low-countries, and died afterwards at home in his bed: and the daughter was married to a gentleman of good meanes, and lived to be a mother of many children. By these and the like these foolish and idle objections are easily answered, and yet, sure I am, many of those poore people would be glad to injoy such comforts as those of the better sort doe; Howbeit, I thinke, they would scarce exchange their condition with that of those poore people, nor yet imi∣tate this last or the like example, howsoever the party sped well. Ma∣ny of these poore people, I am sure, would be glad to have the coun∣sell and directions of a good Physitian, and would be willing to follow his directions, at least in diet, if they were able. And howsoever many in this extreme poverty through the blessing of the Almightie, who is able both with small meanes,* 1.74 and without any meanes at all to bring his owne purpose to passe, yet doe many of those poore people also miscary and die; and many of those who recover, for want many times of a small helpe, as of a glister, &c; often undergoe a great deale of misery, and especially for want of good, comfortable and wholesome Diet, lye often languishing a long time. Now the judici∣ous well know and understand, that the Physitian many times neither useth phlebotomy nor purging medicines, where hee sees no use of the same, but when he sees nature able of it selfe to doe the worke, lets it alone, doing nothing but as he sees need: and many times there is need only of som directions for diet: and yet is this a thing of no smal moment, as hath been proved already. Besides, that the presence of the skilfull and expert Physitian watcheth and espieth the fit time and opportunity of doing, that which in his discretion he shall thinke fitting. The vulgar indeed thinke the Physitians skill consisteth all in purging and bleeding, and where either that is not to be done, or they conceive it ought not so to be, they thinke there is no use of the Phy∣sitians counsell.

* 1.75But now I proceed to the small poxe, wherein wee are to discusse this question, whether phlebotomy in this case may be admitted or no? the which may be also understood of the measells. Of this remedy in the

diseases, not onely the vulgar sort, but some of better breeding are al∣so very shy, whether there be any just cause, let us inquire. To dis∣cusse this question, we are to distinguish the times of this disease, whe∣ther before the eruption of the Pox or after. It hath beene held hither∣to by most people, a great absurdity to let blood, or administer any man∣ner of physicke in the least feare, or suspition of any such disease, and many, especially of the more ignorant sort, are still of this old erronious opinion: but others have of late yeeres, by the judicious proceeding of learned Physitians, atteined to some better understanding and are bet∣ter satisfied in this point. It is then the opinion of all our best e 1.76 Physi∣tians, that before the eruption of the poxe, consideratis considera••dis, all circumstances duely considered, it may be safely administred, if wee see neede: and this I could both out of mine owne, and other Physiti∣ans experience plainly make appeare. The late practice of the Physi∣tians of the City of London 1628, where this remedy was used, both in this disease before eruption, and in many young people for preventi∣on, I thinke, hath rectified the erring judgement of many people. This last yeere, 1630. a Lady then living in this I owne, had a chamber-maide,* 1.77 who falling sicke, within three or foure daies after, I was sent for to her; but per∣ceiving some beginning of either pox or measells, and for this cause abst••ined from phlebotomy, at first, by reason of the fever by mee intended: but inconclu∣sion, the disease getting the upper hand, the fever increasing, the Maide died. The same day, a little after, having hired another chamber-maide, within a little space shee also fell sicke of a fever, for whom also my presence and counsell be∣ing craved, at my first comming, finding a plethoricall body, with an intense Fe∣ver, yet without any eruption of poxe or measells, although a feared some such matter, I caused open a veine in the arme, and the next morning after the poxe came for thin great abundance; and so through Gods blessing upon the meanes, she in a short time recovered her former health. And yet after the use of this re∣medie, shee confessed, that before her bleeding, shee was not sensible of any thing that was either said or done to her: and yet immediat∣ly after, shee confessed shee found great ease and allevation of former accidents. If this party had died then, many of the vulgar would un∣doubtedly have said, phlebotomy had beene her bane, and yet the for∣mer died without it. f 1.78 Some Physitians proceed yet further, to the use of phlebotomy, even after the eruption, in some cases, as in a great plethory, or abundance of blood, accompanied with a Fever, difficul∣ty of respiration, &c. especially, if there be no other impediment or contra-indication. And in case this could not conveniently be effe∣cted, then doe they advise leaches, or else scarification with applica¦tion of cupping-glasses. But herein it will concerne that Physitian that shall follow this course, to be verie warie and circumspect, for feare of hindring the laudable course of nature, as also for preventing the clamour and calumnie of such as are alwaies readie to censure the Physitians best actions, and to interpret all in the worst sense, especi∣ally if so it come to passe, that the patient die of the disease. But be∣cause my purpose is not, in this place to dwell upon particular disea∣ses, I will speake but a word or two of phlebotomie in the Iaundise, and so conclude this chapter.

* 1.79As in many other points, so in this particular concerning phleboto∣mie in the Iaundise, the vulgar are much mis-taken. They are alwaies of opinion, that some ordinary womans medicine will doe the turne, how unfit soever, and without any consideration of the cause. Now, whe∣ther the use of phlebotomie be here sometimes necessary, let us in∣quire a little. Wee are then first to consider of the cause, and then shall wee be better able to proceed to the right cure. This disease then commeth either of it selfe alone, without any other disease, and that of divers causes; or else as a symptome, an accident, or reteiner to some other disease, a Fever, especially. g 1.80 If then it be conjoyned with a Fever, the Fever of it selfe, if no impediment, doth indicate phleboto∣mie, and the Iaundise doth not at all hinder our course. And if it come primarily, and of it selfe, blood abounding, or being the chiefe cause of the disease, it is in no wise to be neglected, as the authorities of our learned Physitians doe evidently witnesse, as I could prove by a cloud of witnesses, if I had undertaken of set purpose to handle this subject, and withall had not said some thing of this subject in h 1.81 another place, this being here spoken onely occasionally, and by the way, this being often an accident accompanying Fevers, as wee have said alreadie. Hence is evinced the mad temeritie of ma∣ny, indifferently exhibiting their ordinarie Iaundise medicines in every sort of Iaundise, without any respect, either to age, sexe, cause, or any other circumstance whatsoever, of the which to judge they are altogether unable; thus often trifling away irrecoverable oc∣casion, untill the party be ready to be imbarqued into Charons boat. And thus it befell a young Gentleman of Northampton-shire, some few yeeres agoe,* 1.82 and little above thirty yeeres of age, in whom, about the later end of the Spring, the Jaundise was apparently to be seene, of the which a wo∣man (as it commonly the custome) tooke upon her to cure, and thus was the time trifled away, untill at length, in the Harvest, the Gentleman came over to Northampton, to finde some better counsell than this womans skill could afford him, and did continue here for a certaine space. At my first comming to this Gentleman, I perceived besides his Jaundise, a double Dropsie of the worst kinde, together with a very hot obstructed liver, whom, a lear∣ned Physitian then living in this place also, and my selfe, doing our best indeavours to cure, yet had this enemy taken so strong possession, that all our writs of remove could not serve the turne, nor would any meanes serve to bribe this grim sergeant, death. Let people therefore be warned by o∣ther mens harmes, and learne to be wise in that which concerneth them so neere.

CHAP. IIIJ.

Of the veines to be opened in the body of man, together with the manner.

IT followeth now in order, that wee say some∣thing concerning the veines to be opened in the body of man. Vnder this name, veine, wee understand, besides the ordinary veines, the arteries also, which by antient Physiti∣ans were often opened for divers infirmities; the arteries have their originall from the great artery planted in the heart, and sending branches thorow the whole body, filled with a pure, thin, subtile, and more refined blood than that of the veines, and full of the vitall spirits. These arteries are not with us usually opened, as they were in antient times, and that both in regard they are not so easily found, also for the difficultie in the solidation, there being danger of gangrene, or at least of a dange∣rous tumour, called ancurysma, which are hard to be cured: of these therefore I will say no more.

The liver is the fountain and wel-spring of blood, from whence by the veines, as it were so many pipes, it is conveied thorow the whole body. The two principall, or master-veins, taking both their being and begin∣ning, are the great hollow veine, called by our Anatomists vena cava,* 1.83 and the other vena porta, or the porter-veine. From these two especially vena cava, are many great branches ful of blood, distributed thorow the whole body. Of these branches, a•• need requireth, either by way of prevention,* 1.84 or curation, we open sometimes one, sometimes another, as well for ge∣nerall evacuation; as in great repletions, and prevention of diseases; as also sometimes to evacuate blood abounding either in quantity, in quality, or both, in some great and dangerous diseases. It is againe sometimes used for revulsion, and sometimes for derivation, as hath beene said already. Sometimes also we use more particular evacuati∣on of the veines: as by leaches, scarification, with cupping, as after∣wards shall appeare. The veines usually opened in the arme, are sixe:* 1.85 Cephalica, Basilica, Mediana, Axillaris: and besides these, yet two other; the one running downe the arme like a cord, passing betwixt the thumbe and the formost finger, and another runneth out betwixt the ring-finger and the little finger. Among all these veines of the arme, none more safe to be opened than the Cephalica, or humeraria,* 1.86 as having neither nerve nor artery under it, as the others have. These three first mentioned are most usually opened in the arme: and sometimes the smaller veines upon some occasions: to wit, either when the great veins are not conspicuous, or perhaps when we feare the strength of the party; in which case the salvatella,* 1.87 running betwixt the ring finger and the little finger is opened. For these great master-veines send

downe small branches, which are distributed among the fingers. All these veines are branches of the great ascendent truncke of the great hollow veine.* 1.88 The Cephalica, we open to evacuat and pull backe from the head and parts above the necke. The Basilica, or liver veine, to e∣vacuat and pull backe from the liver, and all parts beneath the necke. The mediana or middle veine drawes as well from the parts above as be∣neath the necke. The Salvatella, as well right as left are used to be o∣pened in infirmities of the liver and spleen.* 1.89 That which runneth out betwixt the formest finger and the thumb is not so often opened. In the head there be divers veines which vpon occasion may bee opened, howbeit not all in use, there being few Surgeons so skillfull as to o∣pen them well. There is one in the forehead usually opened for a paine in the hinder part of the head; as also for the numnesse and heavinesse of the head, and for the inflammation of the eyes, called Ophthalmia. The veines of the temples and in the corners of the eyes helpe the me∣grim, old inflammations of the eyes, scabs and inflammations of the eie lids. But wee proceed now to veines usually opened in the foot, howbeit there be divers more veines in and about the head, which might upon occasion by a skillfull Artist be opened;* 1.90 howbeit there is in frequent request phlebotomy of the veines called ravinae in a Squinancy, and in∣ternall inflammations of the almonds, Tensills and Tongue. In the foot then there are two veines usually opened; the one called Ischiadica or vena poplitis in the out-side of the foot, usually opened in inflammations beneath the kidnies, especially after the Basilica of the arme hath been once opened. Saphena in the inside of the foot we open especially in in∣firmities of the womb: as in retention of the menstruous fluxe, &c. And these veines are branches of the great truncke descendent of the great hollow veine. Many ignorant Surgeons doe indifferently often∣times open the wrong veine in the foot in women, that in the outside for the other in the inside,* 1.91 and so doe them wrong. In phlebotomy we are likewise to observe a rectitude, or answering of the place affected, to the place by which we evacuat, and this in revulsion is the best way, and giveth speediest ease: as in a Pleurisie, to open a veine in the arme of the same side; as if in the right side, the right arme; if in the left, the left arme. And Galen himselfe witnesseth, that the parts of the body which have this relative situation, have likewise a great commu∣nion or sympathy one with another: as likewise eruptions of blood proceeding from any part of the side affected, bring no small profit; whereas that which proceedeth from the contrary side bringeth but small benefit, or if otherwise, it is after a long time. But upon many other particulars concerning this point, and many other alterations concerning the veines to be opened, I thinke it not pertinent now to insist. The manner of opening of the veine, and the orifice are not to bee passed over.* 1.92 Now as for the manner of the section, it is of three sorts: oblique or slopwise, when as wee reiterate this operation the same day, transverse or overthwart, when as wee purpose no reiterati∣on: downe-right, when we intend reiteration the next day. Some∣times also we make a larger orifice, and sometimes againe a narrow∣er. A large orifice we use when the blood is cold, thicke, clammie

and melancholicke, in Harvest and Winter, and in strong and able constitutions. And therefore in all diseases proceeding from melan∣cholicke or phlegmaticke blood, as in the Fever, quartane, quotidian, madnesse proceeding from melancholy in the braine, Apoplexie, suppressi∣on of menstruous fluxes in women, we are to use a large and ample orifice,* 1.93 as likewise, when we are to make use of a plentifull evacuation. Some∣times againe, we are to make a smaller orifice, and that both to pre∣vent weaknesse, to evacuat the thinnest blood, and to avoid the dangers which might insue upon immoderate evacuation. If the par∣ty likewise prove unruly, as in Delirations or Phrenesies; or yet fall out in the night time, the same course is to be taken, and the sicke to bee watched, lest the opening againe of the orifice should procure a dan∣gerous, if not deadly evacuation.

CHAP. V.

To what persons this remedy may safely be administred? And whe∣ther a woman with child may safely be let blood, where some thing also concerning the age fit to be phlebotomised.

NOw in the next place we are to consider what persons may safely use or not use this so noble and necessary a remedy.* 1.94 And we are not al∣waies when we deale with the sick to set up∣on that remedy, which the disease doth indi∣cate; but must alwaies in the first place care∣fully consider, whether their strength will en∣dure it or no? A great disease present or immi∣nent doth indicate phlebotomy, if strength, age, the time of the yeere, &c, do permit. But every weaknesse and debility doth not inhibite the use of this reme∣dy. The strength then is weakened two waies: first, when it is op∣pressed, and againe when it is quite dissolved and overthrown.* 1.95 Strength oppressed doth not alwaies inhibite evacuation, but onely that which is dissipated and prostrated or overthrowne, either by the abundance of humors or by their stuffing up, ab infarctu: as in that Plethoricall disposition whereunto the Wrestlers of old were obnoxious, and by interception of the veines, in fierce fevers,* 1.96 &c. the strength is dis∣sipated or prostrated by the dissolution of the substance of the spirits of the musculous or fleshy parts of the body, of the spermaticall parts, or by the overthrow of their temperature: as commeth to passe in Consumptions, Hecticke and maligne fevers, in great crudities and the like.* 1.97 The strength is to be considered according to the triple faculty, ani∣mall, vitall and naturall, and are discerned by their severall functions: the animall by the functions of sense and motion, the vitall by the pulfe; and the naturall by the signes of concoction and cruditie: al∣though

Galen mentioneth onely the vitall, as that on which all the o∣thers doe depend. Strength is altered by meanes of things naturall; not naturall,* 1.98 and such as are besides nature. So then in the first place the temperature of the body hot, of a solid and firme substance, with large and ample veines, may sustaine a large and ample evacuation: the contrary constitution either admitteth of a very small, or no eva∣cuation at all. Againe, a hot and moist constitution of body, of a soft and thinne substance, and often induring great dissipation, doth in no wise sustaine any great evacuation. A temperature of body, hot and reasonable dry, with large veines, will indure a more liberall evacua∣tion, than a body either cold and moist, or cold and dry; by reason that both these constitutions have but small veines. And let this al∣waies carefully be observed, that such bodies as have small veines and little blood, can spare but little, if any at all, of this so noble and necessary a humor. And for the most part in fat folkes the veines are small: but if they be larger, they endure phlebotomy better than the former.* 1.99 Againe, severall ages have their strength and naturall vigor for the most part answerable. Middle and flourishing age is ordinari∣ly and most commonly lusty and strong, abounding both in blood and spirits, and by consequent is more able to endure a more copious eva∣cuation of blood. But old age, decrepit I meane, by reason of the defect thereof, is to be exempted from this evacuation. And children before 14. yeeres of age, although their strength in the substance doe abound, yet by reason of their soft and tender bodies, and by meanes of much evacuation, endure a daily dissipation, doe therefore either admit of little or no evacuation at all by phlebotomie; howbeit we take not alwaies our indication from the age, as hereafter shall appeare. Againe,* 1.100 we are to consider the sex, for men generally and most com∣monly are for the most part better able to beate this evacuation than women, such especially as are of a thinne and foggy consti∣tution, with small narrow veines. And during the time of their men∣struous fluxe wee are to abstaine from this evacuation, unlesse some∣times in case of necessitie,* 1.101 when as it exceedeth in quantity. Women with child are likewise, unlesse in case of necessity, exempted from this generous remedy. And here custome commeth also to be considered: for such as are altogether unaccustomed to this evacuation, using a spare Diet, turmoiled with cares and troubles of mind, are lesse able to endure this evacuation. The contrary is to be understood of such as are thereunto accustomed,* 1.102 and feed more liberally: Againe, things contrary to nature, in regard they overthrow the strength, do inhibite this evacuation: as diseases proceeding from crude and ill humours without repletion; as a Dropsie, or the like. As also great distempers of the principall parts, great wounds, &c. And so doe likewise disten∣sion of the nerves, paine or gnawing in the orifice of the stomack, swoun∣ding, long-watching, immoderate fluxes of the belly, spontaneous e∣vacuation of blood, so farre as it overthroweth strength, or doth suffi∣ently diminish the matter of the disease. Neither yet doth it suffice to consider the present estate of the sicke, but to forsee also what is like∣ly after to insue. By these things wee may then judge; not onely who

may safely bleed, but in some sort aime at the quantity, and how often and when we may let blood, concerning which, notwithstanding, wee shall say some thing more at large in the next Chapter. But first I will discusse two questions; one concerning women with child, the other concerning the age, and whether age doth indicate Phlebotomy.

Concerning that therefore which hath been said concerning the sex,* 1.103 especially of bleeding women with child, ariseth here no small doubt, whether a woman with child may safely be let blood or no? And great reason there is for this doubt: first, for that the antient a 1.104 Hippocrates, and father of Physitians hath left upon record, that there is no lesse danger than of aborsion to let a woman with child blood. There is al∣so good reason to succour this assertion: for blood being the aliment and proper nourishment wherewith the child is sustained in the mothers wombe, if this sustenance be by phlebotomy withdrawne, the infant frustrated of its food, fadeth and is expelled before the accustomed time of deliverance. Now if this question were to be dec••ded by a jury of women, I doubt not, but we should have a verdict for the negative, unlesse it were composed of some of the wiser sort, who, perhaps, ha••e sometimes seene this with good successe practised. To answer this question, true it is, that Hippocrates doth totally inhibite this remedy,* 1.105 and that, as is most probable, by reason neither this phlebotomie in women with child, nor yet any other was so frequent in his age, as it is now adaies. As for that which some alledge, that the evacuations in his time were so copious, and so farre exceeding ours, that with good reason he forbiddeth the same, I thinke it to be no reason at all:* 1.106 for it is not to be supposed, that a man of that eminent understanding & experience was ignorant of the limitation of so generous a remedy, according to the severall circumstances. But with us this controver∣sie is long agoe decided, we finding by daily experience, that this in many women proveth a most soveraigne and singular good remedy both for themselves and their children, as both my selfe, and many o∣ther Physitians have by daily experience found to be true. And be¦sides, it is by an unanimous consent of our b 1.107 late Writers of whatsoe∣ver nation fully agreed upon and determined. But let us now see whe∣ther there bee any reason for this practice? Wee see many times some women so abound in blood, that all the time they are with child, they have their periodicall and monethly fluxe as constantly as at any other time, and often also in reasonable great abundance, which argueth that besides the infants ordinary allowance, there is yet a great deale to spare. Besides, it is not unknowne that some women cannot goe out their full time, unlesse they make use of this remedy. Againe, doe we not see, that even towards the later end, when they are now near∣est their time of deliverance, notwithstanding the infant now growing greater, demandeth a greater allowance of food than in former times, yet are the brests now filled fuller with this whitened blood than be∣fore. As also,* 1.108 doe we not often see some women to void a great quan∣tity of pure, refined blood at the nose, sometimes in the beginning, [Reason. 1] sometimes in the middle, and sometimes towards the later end of [Reason. 2] their time? What prejudice then, I pray you, can this bring to a wo∣man [Reason. 3] [Reason. 4]

man in this case,* 1.109 if surprized with some dangerous acute disease by the advice of a judicious and understanding Physitian; to prevent a further mischiefe, she make use of this remedy? It is true indeed, the issue and event is not in the power of mortall man; and perhaps; sometimes some have observed some sinistrous accident to have in sued the use of this re∣medy, which may deterre others from the use of it. But by the same rea∣son we may reject the most laudable and usefull evacuation in time of greatest need, it not alwaies answering our expectation: I can, notwith∣standing, upon mine owne experience testifie, that some, to whom upon necessity,* 1.110 I administred this remedy, did afterwards confesse, they ne∣ver found more easie and speedy labour, than after they had used both this and some other evacuating remedies, being likewise freed from divers accidents wherewith they had beene in former times after their delivery molested. Others, I make no doubt, can speake as much [Reason. 5] upon their owne experience. Besides, the same Hippocrates alloweth women with childe, the use of strong purging medicines in certaine moneths, which is yet, in my opinion, more dangerous, and not so in our power to stop when wee please: as for phlebotomy, it is alwaies in our owne power, according to our discretion, as we shall see neede require, to take more or lesse, and to use reiteration, if wee shall not see it safe to take our full allowance at the first. But let no man here mis-take my meaning, as though I would perswade women,* 1.111 desperately and unadvisedly to rush upon this noble remedy: nay, my meaning is so farre from this, that I wish them to be very wa∣ry and circumspect in the use hereof, but when the case without it is dangerous, if not desperate, then my counsell is, that they rather ad∣mit of a lawfull warranted remedy, which, by the blessing of God, is in all likelyhood and probability like to doe them good, then to lie still in the ditch and cry God helpe mee, and yet suffer none to put to their helping hand. But it may be the issue will not answer expectation. I answer, it is better to admit of a c 1.112 doubtfull remedy, than to continue in a desperate case, admitting none at all. Moreover, I wish women to be circumspect and wary whom they set aworke, not be trusting so pretious a jewell as thine owne,* 1.113 and it may be, thy childes life also, with some idle, prating, counterfeit Physitian, assuming, though undeser∣vedly, unto himselfe, the name of a Physitian: but such a one as thou knowest an Artist, experienced in his profession, and able to consider of all the severall circumstances here to be taken notice of. It is also to be observed, that it is not here sufficient to take notice of the strength and greatnesse of the disease in the woman her selfe, but to consider the strength of the infant also, and how much time is past since her first con∣ception. And let this rule alwaies carefully be observed, that this re∣medy be freelier, and in a greater quantity used in the three or foure first moneths than after. Againe, although the woman seeme to be strong and lusty, yet I wish the quantity to be but small, and rather to be sparing, so committing the rest to nature, than standing too pun∣ctually upon thy set quantity, adventure to overthrow both the mother and the childe: and if there shall seeme an urging necessity of a larger evacuation, then will it be farre better, and lesse prejudiciall to either

party, to divide thy quantity, and take it at two severall times.* 1.114 Besides phlebotomy upon this occasion, there occurres yet another in the which phlebotomy is used in women with childe; and that is, when now their reckoning is at an end, and they upon the point of their labour, then some Physitians doe advise phlebotomy in the foot, to facilitate and further the birth. The which course, as it hath beene practised by Hippocrates, so can I not altogether disallow of it;* 1.115 yet I wish him that shall undertake such a taske, to beware, lest hee precipitate and eject this guest out of his antient habitation before his lease be out; and so according to the old proverb, Haste might make waste.

Now,* 1.116 before wee conclude this point concerning the persons who are to use this remedy, I have yet something to sa•• concerning the age. Wee have already said, that d 1.117 children under 14 yeeres of age, were not to use this remedy. Vpon this then ariseth a question, whe∣ther the age doth indicate this evacuation or no? This is the vulgar opinion, that the age simply doth indicate this remedy: and there∣fore they stand punctually upon the number of yeeres, without any con∣sideration had to the strength of the party here principally to be consi∣dered. I answer therefore negatively, that the age doeth not simply and in it selfe indicate the strength, and by consequent the use of this remedy, but wee are rather to consider the state and constitution of bo¦dy: for wee see some bodies to be farre stronger at a certaine age, than others at the same age. Some children are stronger and abler at eight, than others at foureteene: and if we may upon urgent occasion let the one blood at foureteene, why not the other at eight, upon the like oc∣casion? Againe, as e 1.118 Celsus saith, if a young man be weake and feeble, or yet a woman that is not with childe, wee ought to refraine from this remedie. But a childe that is strong, as likewise a woman with childe may safely use this remedy. Put the case therefore, that a childe having overpast his sucking time, of a thick & strong constitution of body, and full of blood, fall into some acute dangerous disease, and without the use of this remedy, in all appearance, irrecoverable; it will be the best course without any further delay to let him blood, yet not without a due consideration of the time, age, &c. And thus Avenzoar let his sonne blood at the age of three yeeres. The like may be said of lusty able men or women, sicke of some dangerous disease proceeding of re¦pletion, as long experience hath taught us. Besides, it cannot be denied, that some men are abler and lustier at 60 or 70, than divers others at 40 yeeres. Why then may not such persons, upon urgent occasion, injoy the benefit of phlebotomy. Some dozen yeeres agoe, m•• pres••nce was sollici∣ted for an antient Gentlewoman in Bedford-shire, about 65 yeeres of a••e,* 1.119 at that time much distempered with heat, not without a Fever, and feare of further danger. After the use of some small meanes fit for the purpose, fearing shee would hardly admit of phelebotomie, although in my opinion then useful for her, yet I asked her whether shee had ever used this remedy, and whether shee durst adventure upon this remedy, if need should so require? she replyed, that for many ••eeres toge∣ther, she had used this remedy at least three or foure times a yeere for divers yeeres together, and therefore very willingly gave way to the same, which was not without good successe, and was very lately alive. Moreouer, doe wee not by experi∣ence,

often see many both children, women with childe, and old men and women lose a great quantity of their purest and most refined blood, at the nose, and often in a farre greater quantity than any Physitian would ordinarily let out of the arme? and therefore to conclude this point, let not people so much stand upon niceties of age, which as ap∣peareth, is of no such validity, as to withstand and oppose in time of need so noble and so necessary a remedy.

CHAP. VI.

Of the quantity, how long the patient is to bleed, and concerning reite∣ration of this remedy in time of need, with a confutation of some erronious opinions concerning this point.

IN bodily infirmities we are not onely to con∣sider what is fitting for them, but likewise what nature is able to beare: and therefore we are here to use no small discretion, lest wee give nature more than it either deman∣deth, or the cure requireth. When nature therefore is strong, then dare we boldly goe about that which the disease doth indicate: for nature it selfe being once set aworke by some auxiliary meanes, doth afterwards of it selfe perfect the rest. The quantity then of evacuation of blood must an∣swer in quantity to that which aboundeth in the body, provided the strength can beare it.* 1.120 But because there is no certaine rule and mea∣sure of the strength, neither doe wee assuredly know or fore-see divers circumstances and accidents to insue after; as of the constitution of the ambient aire, &c. this quantity therefore must needs remaine un∣certaine. It being, notwithstanding, in our power when wee open a veine, to take lesse or more, according to our liking; therefore comparing the strength with the greatnesse of the disease and the re∣pletion of the body, by the proper signes of them both, it will not be very hard by an artificiall conjecture, to come very neere to the just quantity.* 1.121 But if yet wee cannot so well bring our purpose to passe, it shall be the safer course to keepe within compasse, and reiterate the remedy another time, than standing too much upon our precise quan∣tity, indanger the sicke by diminution of strength. Now, wee must alwaies measure the quantity of evacuation, by the quantity or great∣nesse of the causes requiring, and strength tolerating the same. And from the mutuall comparison of the diseases requiring, and the strength tolerating,* 1.122 this phlebotomy admitteth a three-fold difference: for there is one sort of phlebotomy called great or perfect, evacuating all or the greatest part of the matter of the disease; another profitable but imperfect, which detracting some part of it, leaveth a lesser quantity

behinde, which therefore nature may easily overcome: there is yet a third, so small and little in quantity, that not only may it be called im∣perfect, but being so small, is also unprofitable, and no whit benefici∣all. The like we may say concerning the strength, which is either ab∣solute, and in the heigth, in a meane declining from the former,* 1.123 or weake and overthrowne: the first requireth perfect evacuation; the next, though imperfect, yet may prove profitable: the last admitteth either of a very small, or no evacuation at all. The like division may we likewise make of the diseases. And if wee would safely proceed in our cure, this rule must alwaies be observed, that wee lay in even scales the greatnesse of the disease with the measure of strength. If the dis∣ease be very great and dangerous,* 1.124 accompanied with strength answe∣rable, we are not to deferre a full and copious evacuation: if the dis∣ease be lesse, yet with full strength, a lesser evacuation may prove pro∣fitable, that the cure may be safe, although not so sudden: for to use a plentiful evacuation at the first, is not alwaies so safe. Againe, if the strength be but small, yet not altogether prostrate, meeting with a great violent disease, it will be best to divide this evacuation, and in the time interceding these two evacuations, before wee come to re∣iteration, to refresh and cherish languishing nature. In acute diseases,* 1.125 by reason of greater danger, wee may use a more plentifull evacuation, if strength be not quite prostrated: but if onely oppressed and langui∣shing, we are not to omit, but divide it, as hath beene said, which wee commonly call phlebotomy, per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. In diseases called chronicall,* 1.126 or of longer continuance, the longer we thinke they are like to last, the lesser evacuation may serve, for feare lest nature sincke in the way: for in chronicall diseases, we are not only to have an eye to the present, but also carefully to fore-see the future forces. Againe, in phlebotomy,* 1.127 by way of prevention in approaching of any disease from repletion, wee need not evacuate so much as this plenitude requireth; as wee see in diseases which require a present and speedy cure. The antients, I find, were very lavish in this kind of evacuation, and let them blood often, till they swounded; and yet is this no certaine rule how long they should bleed, neither yet is it safe,* 1.128 although both by Hippocrates and Galen in some cases prescribed; for neither are such as fall into those fainting fits, alwaies sufficiently evacuated, neither yet will some swound, although they lose a farre greater quantity of blood than the former. No more is the changing of the colour of the blood, especially in inflammations, and many more cases besides, any certaine signe of the true quantity. Now, this change of colour is either to be observed in the fluxe, or after: in the fluxe it is hardly discerned,* 1.129 and after, it is to small purpose: and we see oftentimes, that after a double or triple reiteration, the blood is still bad, and yet were it not safe to goe on still, untill the blood appeare better: for so sometimes we might exhaust all the blood of the body. And this is diligently to be observed of covetous or ignorant surgeons, either in the City or the country, many being often too ready to exceede the limits of reason; as little certainty is there to be found in the changing of the face & eyes.* 1.130 And in the streame or impetuosity of the fluxe of blood, there is yet as

litle certainty as in the former: the which many waies faile before a ful evacuation,* 1.131 howbeit none of these are to be slighted & neglected. We are then to judge of the competent quantity principally by the ease en∣suing, and the patients easie enduring of the same. Now although sudden alieniation doe not alwaies ensue, yet were it better againe and againe to reiterate the same, than proceed too farre at first, as we have said already;* 1.132 although the a 1.133 antients proceeded to an excessive quan∣tity, as 6. or 7. pounds at a time; and a b 1.134 late Writer relateth strange stories of prodigious and stupendious evacuations in this kind, which I had rather beleeve than make triall of the like. Our Brittaine bodies, I am sure, would never endure such vast evacuations. But I hold the rule of the learned Celsus far better, that it is good to be sparing in the use of those remedies which evacuat strength, the preserver and gardian of our lives, and in stead of credit purchase often disgrace to the Physitian. Now when as wee cannot at once evacuat a due quantity,* 1.135 then, as said is, we come to reitera∣tion. And this, both in evacuation, revulsion and derivation, is a very effectuall remedy: and the oftner this reiteration be used, the more effectuall is the revulsion, saith c 1.136 Galen. Now in reiteration, if neces∣sitie urge us not much, and we not so well as yet acquainted with the patients strength, it is better to beginne with the lesser quantity: but if necessity constraine us, and we assured of the patients strength, it is better at first to beginne with a greater quantity, and more the second time than the third. If we are to let blood in any inflammation, wee are to reiterate it the same or the next day, and out of the arme. Rei∣teration by way of preservation may bee deferred untill the third or fourth day.

* 1.137Now before we proceed, we must say something of a point, whereof some ignorants make a scruple: for oftentimes it commeth to passe, when the physitian, not without great need, prescribeth this so law∣full and use full a remedy, that some are afraid to venture on it, not out of any present feare or faint-heartednesse, but for feare, say they, lest our bodies looke for it againe every yeere.* 1.138 To this the answere is easy, that if there be the like occasion, the yeere after, I see not, why thou maiest not with as good reason, as before, yeeld to the use thereof. If there be no need, I warrant thee from incurring any danger for this o∣mission. Some againe use to bleed twice a yeere, and feare some great danger if this be neglected;* 1.139 and it may be demanded, whether this be well done or no, blood being the treasure of life, and the fountaine and originall of all the spirits?* 1.140 I answere, I would wish thee to bee well advised, how thou partest from such a Jewell: yet because some may have more need than others; as namely, sanguine complexions with large and ample veines, living in ease and idlenesse, may with good counsell be bolder than others. Some doe this meerely out of custome,* 1.141 as many of our country people will, without any occasion, or good counsell, bleed in the Spring: many covetous country-surge∣ons (and I wish there were none in the City) also will sooth them up in this erroneous opinion, and bleed them without any necessity at all, yea, although it prove oftentimes the cause of many after-ensuing dangerous diseases. But such as have, without any need for a long

time inured themselves to so base acustome, I advise them by de¦grees to change this custome into a better: and if they be such, as have been accustomed to live in ease and idlenesse, and to feed liber∣ally, I wish them to bee more frequent in their exercises, and more sparing in their Diet; so shall they both live longer, and injoy better health. No certaine perpetuall rule can here be prescribed to all bo∣dies; yet will it prove alwayes the safest, especially in a businesse of so great a weight and moment, to establish thy thoughts by good coun∣sell, for feare of a too late repentance.* 1.142 There is yet another erroneous opinion, for want of the knowledge of naturall philosophy, and igno∣rance of anatomy, hatched in the braines of some ignorant people: to wit, that when as they perceive any palpitation, by reason of some inclosed aire, either in the muscles of the temples, jawes, or any o∣ther place, they are of opinion that the life is then in that place, and by consequent, if the blood should at that same instant be let out of that place, that the party would instantly be deprived of life. And a d 1.143 learned Germane Physitian relateth, that some ignorant Surgeons, after the falling of the blood out of the vein into the vessell, percei∣ving it sometimes, by reason of some flatuous matter mingled there∣with, a little to move or tremble, made the party presently to drinke up this warme blood, affirming that this was the very life, whose sot∣tish, ignorant and erroneous opinion the same author doth there learn∣edly confute, on the which I cannot now insist, having now yet ma∣ny other things to handle, both concerning Phlebotomy and other matters. But I hope our people will be wiser, and leave many of their foolish, idle, ignorant and superstitious opinions, both concerning Phlebotomy and other points of Physicke. As for this flatulent, windy matter, the letting of it out, if there be not therewith too great an abundance of blood, will rather doe thee good than hurt: and as for the life, it is not confined to any particular part, but diffused tho∣row the whole parts of the body, although it be more principally, or as we may say, radicativè, in the more noble and principall parts, the Braine, Heart and Liver, according to the seats of the three principall powers or faculties, animall, vitall and naturall.

CHAP. VIJ.

Of the fittest time for evacuation by Phlebotomy, both generall and particular, both of election and coaction: as also whether wee may safely let blood during the dog daies.

a 1.144AS there is a fit and convenient time for every action under heaven, saith the wise man: so is not time to be neglected in this so waighty a businesse of evacuation by Phlebotomy, where especially the life of man lieth at the stake.* 1.145 The time is either generall or particu∣lar. By the generall time we understand the foure seasons of the yeere: by the particular, the day and houre befitting such a businesse. Among all our Physitians it is agreed upon; that the Spring is the best and most seasonable time,* 1.146 and next to that the Autumne: but the Sommer by reason of excessive heat, and the Winter by reason of cold,* 1.147 are not esteemed so seasonable. Againe, in the particular times the morning is answerable to the Spring, the noone tide to Sommer, the afternoone to Autumne, and the night to Winter.* 1.148 Now in the use of Phlebotomy, we consider the time after a double manner, one of election, another of necessity. In election when it is in our power, we are to make choice of the fitest time, as wel generall as particular: in necessity and cases of extremitie and coacti∣on, wee must take hold of that which offereth himselfe, when we stand in most need. Now Phlebotomy is used for a double end, either to prevent sickenesse in the whole, or to cure diseases in the sicke. In prevention,* 1.149 where we may have a free election, we are to make choice of the Spring, as the most temperate time, and a day temperate, nei∣ther too hot nor too cold: and in particular, the morning is the best and fittest, an houre or two after rising, the partie to be bled being fa∣sting, and having unburdened his body of the fecall excrements, and concoction being fully finished. Next to the Spring is Autumne, in the which, if any be to bleed, the same cautions are to be observed. In sicknes is the case not a like, where we are not alwaies allowed this free∣dome of election.* 1.150 Now all diseases are either acute or chronicall, as we have said already.* 1.151 In chronicall diseases wee are, as neare as we can without the patients prejudice, to pitch upon the best and most con∣venient time:* 1.152 but in acute diseases the case standeth farre otherwise, where we are often cast upon a coacted necessity. Wherefore, in burn∣ning Fevers, in Plurisies, in Squinancies, and other like diseases, if strength permit, we are not to deferre this remedy, delay here breeding danger; but with all speed, either day or night, at what soever houre, not regarding any preparation of the body, to goe about it. By pro∣tracting of time, strength is often overthrowne, and therefore it will

be best at the beginning, and if in the first or second day, wee find this be wanting, we are not to adventure; nor yet after divers daies over-past, if it be not wanting, to incite it. But according to theb 1.153 Hippo∣craticall oracle, it is best in the beginning of the disease to undertake such a worke, and when the humors are now setled, it is best to rest. And this is chiefely to bee understood of such diseases as are without intermission. In acute diseases with exacerbation, whether they ad∣mit of remission or intermission, we are to make choice of this time of greatest tranquillity.* 1.154 And therefore in Fevers with remission we are to take that time; as in those that intermit, we are then to use this re∣medy, whatsoever houre it be, whether day or night: for then nature is most at quiet, and in regard of strength they then are best able to beare it. But when in any inflammatiō,* 1.155 or any extraordinary great paine with∣out any Fever we are to use this remedy, we are not to wait for any re∣mission, but having respect to the greatnes of the cause, presently to set upon it, and in time of greatest extremity to use this remedy, to the end there may be procured a retraction of the humor (the other parts trans∣mitting thither both blood and spirits) from the part affected. Phle∣botomy used onely for a generall evacuation from the whole body, ought to bee administred in the beginning of the disease: and there∣fore in putrid Fevers it is best to be used at the first, according to c 1.156 Ga∣lens testimonie. Revulsion is used in diseases proceeding from distil∣lation, and is best in the beginning in the impetuous fluxe of humors: but derivation after revulsion or generall evacuation, the affluxe of hu∣mors now ceasing.

By that which hath been said already,* 1.157 the fittest and most conveni∣ent time for phlebotomy appeareth to be that which is most seasona∣ble, and by consequent, both the heat of Sommer, and the cold Win∣ter-season is here excluded. But here ariseth a great scruple in the mindes of the vulgar and ignorant people, who are so fearefull of phle∣botomy in some seasons, especially during the Dog-daies; howbeit,* 1.158 if they well weigh the premisies it will evidently appeare, that in all seasons we are to yeeld to necessitie. But the vulgar seeme to have some reason on their side, at least the authority of d 1.159 Hippocrates, who hath left this upon record, and the antients did carefully observe this rule, and that, as seemeth, not without reason. I answere,* 1.160 it is true indeed, we have it recorded by antiquity, that during that time, it is not so safe to adventure upon phlebotomy or purging, and that by reason of the excessive heat of the Sunne in that season. And indeed in hot countries, this season is often very tedious to the body of man,* 1.161 by reason of the dissolution of the spirits, and by consequence debili∣tating the whole body: yea, during that season, the sea it selfe suffer∣ing some alteration is more troubled, and wines in the cellars during that season doe often shew themselves therewith affected by a new ebullition, as it were boiling a fresh. And therefore, good reason had these antient fathers of Physicke, to wish men, during these ex∣cessive heats, to refraine from the use of any great evacuation. But let us see, whether there be any specificall, maligne influence descen∣ding upon the body phlebotomised during that season. The vulgar,

yea and some of a more refined understanding are carried away with, I know not what, superstitious feare of this season, be it hot or cold; that be they or their friends in greatest extremity of danger by reason of sickenesse in the same, yet shall one hardly many times perswade them to the use of any remedy. And in this, women (as they are com∣monly most pragmaticall, and readiest to controll the Physitians pre∣scriptions) shew themselves most crosse and opposite. In the first place then, true it is, that this season proveth often the hottest time of the yeere, the Sun then entring into the signe of Leo, as they call it, and the dog-starre then arising upon our horizon, the heat is most commonly then increased.* 1.162 But that any specificall malignity, more than is procured by heat, (which is a generall cause, and an active qualitie) is convei∣ed from this or any other starre or constellation into the body of man more than at any other season. I utterly deny: although the vulgar are of opinion, that the very season of it selfe, howsoever the ambient aire be affected, portendeth alwaies danger: even as the Papists have a strong conceit of their opus operatum, in mumbling over a set number of their Prayers in an unknowne tongue, the receiving of the Sacra∣ments,* 1.163 &c. to be of great force and efficacie. And besides, these an∣tient Physitians doe not absolutely inhibite the use of Phlebotomie or physicke during this season, but hold comparatively, that then they doe not so well sute with the body of man as at other times, and in this doe our opinions also concurre. And what judicious Physitian of our time maketh choice of these canicular daies for any elective eva∣cuation by way of prevention? doe we not alwaies advise people, when it is in their power to make choice of the most temperate time, as may plainely by our precedent discourse and difference of election and co∣action or necessity, appeare? But the question is not here of election, but of coaction; whether the body being assaulted with some furious Fever or Inflammation; as Pleurisie, Squinancy, or the like, may not in this case safely admit of Phlebotomy? If we should deny this truth, we should be injurious to our Maker,* 1.164 as though he were not alwaies the same, and would in some seasons leave men destitute of any helpe or succor, than the which, what can be more impious? I deny not indeed, but that if the sick can adjourne his disease (as Lawyers do their courts) till the Spring or Autumne, I shall be of their opinion. But we know, and many wilfull and peevish patients, though to their great smart, doe often finde this old saying true: Ante capillata, post est occasio calva. He that will not when he should,* 1.165 often cannot when he would. Now as there is no time nor season of the yeere, wherein there is any immunity or ex∣emption from sickenesse, so is there no time nor season of the same, wherein we are deprived of meanes and comfort against this calamity. And this is the generally received opinion of all learned and judicious Physitians, as I could prove by a multitude of witnesses. Among ma∣ny others, there is a famous d 1.166 French Physitian, who lived in the South parts of France, the Kings Physitian, and chancellour of the famous University of Mountpeliers, and Doctor of the chaire in the same University; who of set purpose confuteth this sottish and errone∣ous opinion of the vulgar in this particular concerning evacuations.

And yet this place Montpeliers, I meane, is betwixt * 1.167 8 or 9 degrees fur∣ther to the South, than wee here in this cold and moist climat, that knowne to be very hot, and of the same heighth of elevation of the pole, with many parts of Spaine, and Italy, yea, of Rome it selfe: which may be yet further proved by the strong wines of that countrie, exceeding many places of Italy; as likewise by the abundance of Orenges, Lem∣mons, Olives, Figs and Pomegranats, together with the abundance of Scorpions, Vipers, and other venomous vermine (to counterpoise this former felicitie) no where but in hot climats and countries to be found. This e 1.168 same Physitian, among many other passages, inserts a metric advertisement for women, wishing them, during this hot time, to coun∣sell their husbands, for their healths sake, to absteine from their amo∣rous imbracings, rather than trouble themselves with controlling the Physitian in his owne profession, who can tell well inough what to doe without their directions: although as he affirmes, some would have this abstinence in all the moneths that have not an (R) in them,* 1.169 yet dis∣claimeth he this rigidity. All this notwithstanding, many people are so pertinacious and obdurat in this their foolish opinion, without ei∣ther ground or reason, that they will often adventure their owne, or dearest friends life, rather than admit of any meanes for the recovery of their health during this season, and if, perhaps, sometimes pinched with extremitie, by meanes of some dangerous disease affrighting them, they use the lawfull meanes not to be neglected in any season, necessity so requiring, and through the violence of the disease, the patients, or assistants errour, there follow not that answerable successe as was ex∣pected, the Physitian is presently laid in fault, and condemned of te∣meritie and boldnesse, in adventuring the use of any meanes in such a season, when as the ambient aire, perhaps, was as temperate as in A∣pril (as in this our countrie and climat often commeth to passe) yet all is one, the very name of a dog-day, doth as much affright them as if some furious mastiffe dog had bitten them by the breech.* 1.170 About some ten yeeres agoe, a Knight living in Northampton-shire of any acquaintance, a∣bout Bartholomew-tide, fall sicke of a viol••••t Fever, with extreme drouth and headach, and although at his first falling sicke, hee would willingly have sent for mee, yet some Ladies and Gentlewomen his friends, at that season lying at his house, for the space of two or three daies, caused him deferre the execution of his intended purpose, and withall, kept him so short of drinke, that scarce would they allow him a good draught of drinke in a day. At length finding no amendment, and fearing some further inconvenience, neglecting now his womens counsell, hee sent for mee. At my first comming, I found him in great extremity of heat and head∣ach, and for this cause I presently caused administer to him a cooling glister, with diet accustomed with such a case, giving way also to a more liberall allowance of drinke, which of all other things gave him most content. The next night after, his rest was better, and after followed great allevation of his former accidents: and therfore, although my purpose was to open a veine, yet perceiving some allevation, and hoping still for more, by reason of signes of concoction in the urine, which ac∣cordingly came to passe (withall knowing the hard conceit these Gentlewomen, as is vsuall also with others, had conceived of that remedy, especially in that season, which neverthelesse was not them very unseasonable in regard of the temperature of

the aire) with cooling glisters, abstinence, and some other small meanes, within the space of two or three daies, this Gentleman recovered againe his former health, although by some otherwise indicious, this sudden good successe was not expected. And as for phlebotomie during the dog-daies, and purging, I have both knowne others use them with very good successe, and have beene my selfe both an agent and patient in time of need. Many yeeres agoe, about the midst of the canicular daies, a man of this same Towne, about 64 or 65 yeeres of age,* 1.171 fell sicke of a dangerous pleurisie, who sending for mee, intreated my best advice and counsell. Acquainting him then with the danger of the disease, not∣withstanding the heat of the weather and his yeeres, I wished with all speede to open a veine, a remedy of all other most likely to helpe him in this extremity. This was by him as speedily put in execution as apprehended, (notwithstanding many womens opposition, and their peremptory sentence of temerity and unadvi∣sednesse, past upon mee, as it pleased them to speake) and with as great speede was he rewarded for a voluntary submission to the meanes, by a speedy and happy reco∣very: who after that lived a many yeeres, and with a thankfull remembrance to his dying day acknowledged me under God the meanes of saving his life. But lest I may seeme too rigid and strict in imposing heavie burthens upon others, which I would not touch with mine owne little finger, I will adde yet one experiment practised upon mine owne person. Some 15 yeeres agoe,* 1.172 during the heat of these canicular daies, being newly returned from a noble Lady of Northampton-shire, and being great with childe, and then in some extremitie had desired my presence and counsell; after my returne I was sur∣prized with the head-ach, a drouth, with other accidents, arguing the inchoation of a Fever, and therefore well remembring that golden rule, principijs obsta, I did first use a gentle purge, keeping a diet fit in such a case, and the next day after sent for my Surgeon, and out of the median of the right arme, caused him take at least twelve ounces of blood already begunne to putrefie; with a full pur∣pose within a day or two after, in case of continuance of the former accidents, to have proceeded to a reiteration of the same remedy, evacuating as much out of the other arme. But the former quantity sufficed, and followed immediatly alleviati∣on, and so with the use of a gentle purging infusion, by the help of Almighty God, recovered my perfect health: All this notwithstanding, I kept not at home two daies together, but every other day rode abroad to visit a Gentle∣woman, a patient of mine, lying within some few miles of Northampton, and newly before that come out of Stafford-shire; and this is moreover yet observable, that although the weather was then as hot as any time I have knowne it, yet found I no more faintnesse then in my bodie after this evacuation, than at any other time of my perfectest health; but on the contrary, a speedy alleviation of all my former accidents. It were easie for mee to produce yet a multitude of mine owne, and other mens experiments of this nature, but these few shall suffice to con∣firme the truth of this assertion. I will yet adde this, that there is no small difference betwixt this our cold climat, and the country of France, the South part especially;* 1.173 in the which, notwithstanding, their Physi∣tians, as appeareth, allow both of phebotomie, and purging in time of need, be the season as it will, as hath beene already proved. And Greece, in the which Hippocrates and Galen lived, is yet a farre hotter countrie than any of the aforenamed, as extending it selfe to divers de∣grees

neere the South. Besides, this our Iland being so invironed round about with Neptunes watrie walls, by meanes of many moist exhalati∣ons by the Sunne-beames attracted into the middle region of the aire, is often so watered with showers, and our aire often so overcast with thicke cold clouds, by this meanes keeping from us the force of Phoebus burning beames; that by this meanes wee need not be so much afraid of the biting of this mad dog. To which purpose, I will relate a story told mee by a friend. The cruell Cardinall Beton,* 1.174 Arch-Bishop of S^t Andrewes in Scotland, sent for that famous Cardan out of Italy (for no me••er, nor ordinary Physitian would serve the proud prelates turne) to consult with him concerning some infirmity then troubling him: in his returne home∣wards, passing thorow England, hee staid some daies in London. During his aboade in the City, many hearing a great fame of an outlandish famous Physitian (as the Proverbe saith, A new broome sweepeth cleane) resorted to his lod∣ging to crave his counsell: but when hee saw them so shy of physicke, and that few would then in that season adventure on any, hee asked what was the reason? to whom it was replied, it was by reason of the dog-daies, in the which to take any phy∣sicke, they were much afraid. Hee wittily and wisely replyed againe,* 1.175 Canis non mordet in Anglia: alluding to this I have already said, that the Dog∣starre is not much to be feared here in England. And this did yet more evidently appeare, this late yeere past, 1630. in the which, during all this canicular season, or Dog daies, wee had not three hot daies,* 1.176 and proved colder than any of the former part of the Sommer. If the season then before or after be hotter than these canicular daies, why should not wee be as warie and circumspect, as when the heat falleth out in that season? And when that time falleth out seasonably, why are we as fearefull of it, as when extremitie of heat scorcheth our feeble bo∣dies? It is the ambient aire, hot or cold, &c. as I said,* 1.177 which doth most affect our bodies and not any specificall maligne influence from this or any other star that threatneth us with any mischiefe. Let people there∣fore from hence forward be warned, that they be not so superstitiously fearefull at the very naming of a dog-day, that during that season they neglect good and wholesome meanes for the recovery of their health in time of neede. But if it be in thy option, no necessity compelling thee, make choice of the most temperate time. But if thou beest surprized with any acute or dangerous disease, whatsoever the season be, take heed of dallying with thy disease: take counsell of a judicious and able Artist, and thou shalt finde, hee can accommodate his physicke to any season. The judicious and understanding Physitian goeth not hand o∣ver head and at randome; but knoweth how to accommodate his phy∣sicke both for quantity and quality, not onely to the severall seasons of the yeere, but to the particular and individuall constitutions and dis∣eases also. But if thou cast thy selfe upon Empirickes, woman physiti∣ans, and unlearned Physitians, I cannot blame thee to be afraid, not onely of dog-daies but of any other season also. But if thou wilt be ruled by no reason, upon thine owne perill be it, it is sufficient thou hast beene warned.

CHAP. VIII.

Whether in Phlebotomy wee are to observe the signes, and severall other things pointed out vnto us by our Ephemerides-masters.

BY that which hath beene alreadie said, it hath plainly appeared, that in diseases wee are in no hand to procrastinate and spinne out time, but lay hold on oportunitie without respect of time or season whatsoever; yea, even du∣ring the scorching heat of the canicular daies. This hath beene acknowledged, as an uncontrolled truth, and generally entertein'd by the most learned and judicious physitians of all ages of all countries; Greeke, Arabian, Roman, and others of all Europe. But as errorum plena sunt omnia, error and imposture carrieth a great stroke in this whole universe; so neither the noble celestiall creatures themselves (the heavens I meane, with their glorious orbes,* 1.178 and resplendent ornaments) have beene freed from imposture. And all this by meanes of wicked and malicious men, pro∣stituting themselves to imposture, and making bawds of these celestiall bodies, the more cunningly to circumvent the vulgar, and cover their their owne covetousnesse and ignorance in the principles of this profes∣sion. Hence have wee so many erronious and pernitious opinions now so ruvetted in mens mindes, that they cannot without great difficulty againe be extirpate. And this opinion concerning phlebotomie, the Moone being in certaine signes, among others is not one of smallest consequence.* 1.179 To mainteine then this erronious opinion they have ta∣ken for granted, that there are certaine signes, having dominion over certeine parts of the body, and therefore if any shall happen to be let blood in that member, where, say they, the sign for the time is predomi∣nant, portendeth no small danger to the patient. And therefore when at any time there is occasion offered of using this remedie, especially to the vulgar sort, or countrie people above others, they aske presently how is the signe? And if it shall then happen to be in that place to be phlebotomised,* 1.180 a man had need to use all his eloquence, and yet should scarce, perhaps, perswade them to it at that time, untill such time as the signe be past that part. And why, I pray thee, ought wee to be so curi∣ous in the observation of the signe, so many thousand miles off us, and in the meane time neglect the ambient aire, which, as sense it selfe tea∣cheth us, environeth us alwaies on every side. Now, they cannot deny that all diseases are ingendred in all times of the yeer, in every moneth, weeke, day and houre; and hot acute diseases are as well ingendred when old frosty father Saturne is in conjunction with the Moone, as when firie Mars is joined with the same affinitie: and cold diseases againe ingendred as well under the one as the other. Now, then, Master

Astrologer yeeld me a sound reason, why I may not as well use phleboto∣mie and any other evacuation during these conjunctions? And yet a 1.181 Ptolomee was in this particular so superstitious, that hee affirmeth that if physicke be exhibited while the Moone is in conjunction with Iupiter, it doth blunt the edge of the operation thereof. For, saith hee, our life consisteth in heat and moisture, over which qualities Iupiter presi∣deth: wherefore, saith he, if the Moone be also joined to Iupiter, then is vigour and strength so much increased, that they farre surpasse the vi∣gour and strength of the medicine, so making it of no effect or operati∣on, insomuch, that it worketh not at all. But by Ptolomees good leave,* 1.182 all our Physitians doe very well know, that by the vigour of naturall strength and heat, all physicall operations are furthered and perfected. And therefore the Moone being accounted the mother of humidity, if Iupiter adde yet more moisture, there will be great use of all the heat hee can communicate unto us: and by this meanes,* 1.183 in all probability of reason, it would seeme, this active quality of heat should the more facilitate the operation in the body now replenished with this double humiditie. And therefore, not without good reason is it that all our Physitians doe prohibite the use either of phlebotomie or physicke to old and decrepid persons, by reason of the want of this naturall vigour and strength, and then onely use them when as the body aboundeth therewith. But now concerning the signe, saith the * 1.184 same Author, wee are nor to open a veine when the Moone passeth by that signe which governeth that part of the body: for, saith hee, and with him Almansor, that since the Moone filleth the body with moisture, that then that part is replenished with humiditie: and yet it would seeme there should be then most use of phlebotomie. But this doctrine is a∣gaine contradicted, by Messahala, who would have us to beginne the cure of all diseases, when as the Moone is entred into that signe which is appropriated to the part affected: as if one were surprized with a Phrensie or Squinancie, although the Moone were in Aries, Taurus, or Gemi∣ni, yet should wee beginne our cure by incision of the Cephalica veine, otherwise called humeraria; which, neverthelesse, is quite contrary to the tenent of Ptolomee. This contrariety caused some to confesse, that these precepts were to be understood only of such diseases as might well without danger be deferred. It will then fol∣low, that in dangerous and acute diseases, they are of no force and validitie. Of this then the people in their prognostications ought to be advertised: for, wee see many times, that many, insnared with this perverse opinion, rather than they will transgresse these irregu∣lar rules, often indanger that which ought to be to them most deare. And have wee not too many that sooth them up in this their sottish superstitious and erronious opinion? I speake not onely of our ordina∣ry Ephemerides-Masters, and ordinary almanack-makers, but I wish some of the sonnes of Levi were not too much addicted to such idle vanities, with calculating nativities, and such other foolish frothy and forbidden stuffe. I will not deny, but since the Moone is accoun∣ted the mother of all moisture,* 1.185 there may be some use in the ob∣servation of her increasing and decreasing, according to her quarters,

and when it is in our free election, by way of prevention, if there be no impediment, wee may use evacuation in the increase of the Moone. And wee deny not that this same Planet manifesteth her power in many sublunary creatures; as wee see in the Sea, and creatures therein conteined; in the fruits of the earth, &c. It is true indeed, that m 1.186 Galen, both in the birth of mankinde, and other creatures, and in the criticall daies ascribeth something to the mo∣tion of the Moone, according to the 16 angles of her monethly pe∣ragration; and wee doe not deny the same. But withall, it as certaine, that the observations and effects of these criticall, judici∣arie and provocatory daies depend upon the disposition of the ma∣teriall cause of the disease,* 1.187 and concoction of the same, and bet∣ter knowne by the ordinary and set periods and paroxysmes of the disease, than by all the starres in the Heavens, witnessed that wor∣thy c 1.188 Hippocrates, in many places of his workes. And in c 1.189 one place hee maketh it yet more plaine, where, searching into the cause why the crisis commeth commonly upon the odde day, maketh no menti∣on of any starre at all.* 1.190 Now, besides all this, the Moone is of so swift a motion, that in two or three daies shee passeth by any of these signes, and that with such a celerity, that she hath quite pas∣sed by the signe, before the force of the same can be perceived, or taken notice of. And yet these wise Masters will have us in no hand to exhibite any purging medicine, the Moone being in any signe which doth ruminate or chew the cud: to wit, Aries, Taurus, Capricorne,* 1.191 for feare forsooth, say they, lest it be againe rejected by the mouth. But I could tell their wisdomes, that both my selfe and others have found this most idle and false; besides, that it is buil∣ded upon no reason at all, I have found by manifold experience, that a nice,* 1.192 daintie and weake stomacke, but especially oppressed with corrupt humours, will scarce reteine any purgation, unlesse it be first evacuated by vomit upwards, the which I have proved to worke as well in my selfe as others, when the Moone was most remote from those ruminant signes: and againe, purgations to worke as effectually in these ruminant signes as in others. And besides, I have alreadie made it appeare out of Hippocrates, that hee appointeth some times and seasons fitter by farre for evacuation of some humours, than o∣thers,* 1.193 without any relation at all of the signe. Moreover, this ru∣mination is but a meere Chimaera, or phansie, and nothing indeed: for these starres fixed in the firmament for mens better conception and capacity, were by some, at first, ranked into certaine troupes, and as it were, certaine companies; and unto each severall troupe or company, men imposed, certaine names of such creatures as in their conceit they most resembled: as of a Ramme, Bull, Beare, Dog, Dolphin, and the like; although most, if not all of them might as well be resembled unto some other shape or figure, and so carry an∣other name. Now, then, it is apparent, that there is neither Bull nor Beare, Dogge nor Cat in these celestiall bodies; and therefore what relation can there be betwixt this their supposed rumination and our medicines here exhibited? I could yet instance in a multitude of

such idle fopperies: as in what signes with the Moone to admini∣ster pills, when potions, and such like; and when to waine chil∣dren. And what better is it than meer heathenish, to point us out some daies of the moneth good, some bad, some criticall, some not?* 1.194 Is there one day of it selfe better than another? and what makes one day better than another but divine ordination? If they say this dependeth upon some influence of celestiall bodies, I answer, that ac∣cording to their owne doctrine, they are so various and divers, and doe so suddenly change, that their operations and influences cannot be certaine, and fixed upon set certaine daies alwaies the same. And therefore, as for their good and bad, criticall and not criticall daies, wee care not at all. But what is the reason that these wise men doe so much neglect that great and glorious triumphant King Pho∣bus, who sitting in his chaire of state, by his accesse towards,* 1.195 and recesse from us, produceth such an alteration in the seasons, and the ambient aire, that not one of all the rest of that great host of Hea∣ven is able to parallell his power? Who doth not sensibly see and feele the various effects and changes of seasons hee produceth in this inferiour world, is deprived of his senses. His effects are more forcible than any of his fellowes: the Moones moisture is but a passive, his vivifying heat an active quality, and therefore of farre greater force and validitie. See in his highest exaltation above our Hori∣zon what a sweet refreshing heat he darteth downe upon these sub∣lunary creatures. Againe, in his recesse and lowest declination,* 1.196 not∣withstanding Iupiters hot and moist influence, and all his auxiliary helpes, yet for the most part doe we find such frosty effects of old frostie father Saturne, that nill wee will wee, forced wee are to confesse and acknowledge the noble effects of this King of Planets above all the rest: for the which cause, not without reason, among all remote causes, in the generation of mankinde, and by conse∣quence of other creatures,* 1.197 the Philosopher ascribed the pre emi∣nence to this noble Planet. The efficacie and power of this power∣full King doth yet more plainely appeare, by comparison of those places where he doth most manifest his Majestie and power; name∣ly, under the Aequinoctiall line, and within the Tropicks,* 1.198 and many de∣grees on either side: with such places as are a great part of the yeere deprived of his princely presence; or else by reason of the farre di∣stance from them, are so little thereby refreshed, that in some of those places, there is no habitarion for mankinde, and in some o∣thers a life indeed some lead, but such, as, in regard of the outward estate, a death may rather be desired. The Hollanders in their na∣vigations, to finde out an North-East passage to the East Indies can testifie what enterteinment they found at Nova Zembla in about 70 degrees elevation of the Northerne pole: Forbisher, Davis and Hudson of this Nation, attempting the same by the North-west, could testi∣fie the same truth. If we will passe but into Poland, and other domi∣nions of that great Prince; as Life-land, Lap-land, Courland, &c. We may, during all Winter, make our habitation upon that vast and waterie element, where Neptune hath his dominion, as safely as upon

any part of the terrestriall globe.* 1.199 Besides all this, the Sunne hath his a∣bode and continuance in each of these twelve signes, for the space of a whole moneth; and yet for all this, there is no mention made of the Sun in the signe, which, in regard of these former reasons would seeme farie more reasonable. e 1.200 A late German Writer maketh mention of one of those Prognosticators, who had lately published an Almanacke, where∣in were set downe certaine daies in each moneth of the yeere, on the which, if any were let blood, it portended extreme danger, if not death to the party: and besides, prognosticated death to all that should be let blood on the feast of the Annuntiation of our Lady (I hope the Roman Catholikes will have this villaine by the eare, for so farre vili∣fying the power of the virgin Mary that she, that commanded her Son, cannot divert any dismall event from her holy day) on the day of Simon and Iude, and S. Andrew the Apostle, with many more other idle foole∣ries. In the same place, againe, hee inveigheth against the foo∣lish custome of some, who postposing signe, or any other thing what∣soever, in the midst of Winter, be the weather as it will, frost, snow, or haile, especially upon S. Stephens day, doe usually (as is the custome here with horses) to have a veine opened. f 1.201 This pernitious and pertinaci∣ous custome of some Surgeons (speaking still of the signe) and by them stiffely main∣teined, is a cause of no small mischiefe in a well ordered Common-wealth; and yet hath no solid nor sound foundation, either from antient or moderne Physitians of greatest fame, who never have any regard unto the same. g 1.202 And some of our late Writers, of no small note, and as well skilled in all the Mathema∣ticall Sciences as any Ephemerides-master of them all, yet neither in their cures nor indications once make mention of the Moone in the signe, of all these idle planetary conjunctions, evill or good aspects, and the like needlesse curiosities. Among others, there was of late yeeres a famous Physitian, and native of Aberden in Scotland, and no lesse skilfull in Ma∣thematicall speculations, and therefore by Henry, late Duke of Brawns∣wicke (called Henry with the long nose, and married a sister to our late gracious Queene Anne) chosen for Mathematicall profession in his Vniversity of Helmstadt: and yet in his learned works published to po∣sterity in the Latine tongue, in his tractat of indications, evacuations and curations of all sorts of Fevers, hath not one word of the observation of the signe and the rest of that rabble of foolish vanity. And this is also the generall opinion of all our most famous and skifull Physitians. h 1.203 Since then these signes, conjunctions, and the rest of these more than foolish and superstitious observations set downe in these lying Ephemerides tables (saith our former author) are no certaine true judicatory signes, either of Phleboto∣my, purgation or scarification, they are rather to be derided, and blotted out of

all bookes. And i 1.204 another famous Physitian and his country-man be∣fore him, wisheth that the magistrate would take order that in these publike prognostications, nothing might be divulged, save onely the Festivall times, to∣gether with the times and returnes of legall proceedings. The like could I wish might be looked into here in his Majesties dominions, that wee might have nothing but the moveable feasts, the motion of the Moone, and the times and returnes of the Termes: and if any memorable ac∣cidents or historicall relations were set downe, I thinke no man would be against it. As for Physitians they could make a good shift with∣out their helpe and directions, to phlebotomise both the sicke and the whole; to purge by pills, potions and electuaries, as the case and occasion should require: women could weane their children, the barbers shave beards and cut haire; and every man pare his owne nailes without the Almanacks prescription and direction. And Prin∣ces could undertake, and wage warre, and others goe about the busi∣nesse of their particular places and callings, without such busy-bodies intruding upon that which concerneth them not. By these particu∣lars it may then appeare, that this judiciall Astrology is not so well rooted, but may easily fall to the ground, being so loosened and weak∣ned by so many famous and worthy personages of severall ages and times: yea, and some who have in former times favoured the same, after they were thorowly acquainted with the vanity and uncertaintie thereof, at length forsooke it, and have left their recanaition for a per∣petuall memoriall behind them. Many others things concerning this subject be said, and many arguments to evince the vanitie and super∣stitious use of Judiciall Astrology, with all the dependants on the same: but this were besides my text, and withall would prove a taske too tedious, especially for mee, having at this time so many other things yet to handle; and therefore I will now draw this point to a pe∣riod: protesting neverthelesse, that what I have said, is neither of a∣ny

hatred or prejudicate opinion conceived against the persons of any, who have either practised this Art, or published any thing concern∣ing the same: but onely to vindicate the truth from error and impo∣sture, and to give the world notice, how farre they have hitherto been deluded. And besides, it never came into my mind to harbour in my heart the least evill thought against that noble and thrice renowned true Astronomy, with the subalterne Power it hath, from the great Lord, Maker of Heaven and Earth, received over all these sublunary creatures: Onely I would not have the servant to have dominion over his master, and place a creature in the place of the Creator, and to abuse the simpler sort of people, as is most frequent with those which attribute so much to this art.

CHAP. IX.

Preparation before phlebotomy, during bleeding what to be done, and how to bee ordered after. Of particular phlebotomy by leaches: of sacrification and cupping. Of searing, setum, vesicatories, &c.

IN the first place then before phlebotomy we are to prepare the body,* 1.205 by cleansing it from the excremēts of the first concoction contei∣ned in the guts, & withal we must have a care to correct the crudities of the stomacke and small veines.* 1.206 Crudities before must be cor∣rected by a spare and wholesome Diet. As for expulsion of the fecall excrements, it is safest to use a gentle, emollient glister, of some gentle, lenitive, Manna, sirup of roses, or the like. A broth made of loosening herbes; as mercury, mallowes, betcs, spinage, groundsell, and the like, will sometimes serve the turne. But if necessity constraines us, or any other acute disease urge us: as a Pleurisie, a Squinancy, or the like, we are then to make no delay, but take hold of the present opportunity, delay in this case threatning no lesse danger than death.* 1.207 If the orifice or mouth of the stomacke be ve∣ry sensible, if some choler proceeding from the liver or veines have ceized upon it, or it hath contracted any imbecillity or weakenesse, then before we set upon this worke, we are first to corroborate the sto∣make, and b••unt the edge of these humors, with the juice of lemmons, pomegranats, barberies, or rather their sirups: and the imbecillity of the heart is to bee remedied with a toste in a little Canary-sacke, hipocras or the like; as also with some cordiall loosings, or the like so∣lid or liquid substance. If fasting be offensive, an houre or two before, they may take a little of some liquid substance, broth cawdell or the like. The party to be phlebotomised, if in health, is to bleed sitting,

unlesse upon a small occasion subject to swound in which case he may bleed upon his bed. In sicke persons, especially when they are weake,* 1.208 this same rule is to be observed, and withall we are to be obserue and di∣ligently to marke, whether in the bleeding strength continue;* 1.209 the decay of which may be discerned by the changing of the colour, by ga∣ping and yawning, by stretching and reaching, dazeling of the eyes, singing of the eares, the hicket, loathing of the stomacke, and especi∣ally by the changing of the pulse: in which case it is good either to give over, or else to pause a little untill the partie be a little refreshed, and then to bleed againe, or deferre it a while as occasion shall re∣quire.* 1.210 If hee swound set him backward sprinkle his face with rose∣water, or other ordinary, and present to his nose refreshing smell. Af∣ter bleeding, especially in sicknesse or weaknesse, the patient is to be laid upon a bed on his backe, not sleeping for two or three houres after; and within an houre or two may take some food in a small quan∣tity, and easie of digestion: as some cawdell, broth or the like. And in case of sudden fainting it may bee sooner used▪ or at least some other comfortable cordiall. After this, the patient must keepe a good and spare Diet.

But many times is commeth so to passe,* 1.211 that this noble and gene∣rous remedy by opening of a veine cannot so wel be effected, or at least is not so fit, in regard blood is oftentimes impacted into some parti∣cular part, so that it cannot by ordinary phlebotomy bee evacuated, and then doe we betake our selves to a particular kind of phlebotomie by leaches, scarification and cupping glasses.* 1.212 The leaches must be chosen, such as live not in stinking puddle-water, not very greene, nor having great blacke heads: and being caught, they are to bee kept in faire water, which is often to be shifted.* 1.213 Some counsell to put a little sugar in the water, and some a little blood. They are best that live in waters where mosse and frogges abound: not rough on the backe, of the colour of antimony, or having blew lines; but round little tailes like unto mice, and small heads. In defect of phlebotomy, when for some good consideration it cannot conveniently be admini∣stred, we may apply them to the great veines: but most properly they are to be applied to the small veines.* 1.214 They are much used in the he∣morrhoidall veines, and doe best of all draw unto them melancholicke blood: & for this cause, they are of singular good use in Itches, Scabs, and the like. They are to be put through a quill,* 1.215 and so applied to the place wee please; howbeit some use a spunge, fomenting the place first with warme water, and then anointing it with a little blood to make them sucke the sooner. Some, when they are a sucking, cut off their tailes that they may draw more freely. If they fall not off in due time, sprinckle some salt on them: and if they fall off too soone,* 1.216 bath the place with warme water, and if it may be with conveniency, bleed over warme water; and after they are falne off, this will still further the bleeding. If the veine bleed too long, use the same meanes we use in stopping the bleeding of a veine in ordinary phlebotomy, adding,* 1.217 if thou wilt, a little powder of bole armenicke, some powder of galls, &c.

* 1.218Besides these, there is yet another particular evacuation of blood performed by meanes of scarification or racing of the skinne, and dif∣ferreth according to the manner it is used. If deeper, it draweth more copiously and from the remote parts, and withall evacuateth the thick∣er blood. It may often supply the place of Phlebotomy. And thus in the armes deepe scarifications evacuat from the whole, as likewise sometimes in the legges, especially cupping glasses being therewith applied. And thus Oribasius in that great and memorable Asiaticke plague scarified both himselfe and many others, and drew out very neare two pounds of blood, and by this meanes escaped the present danger.* 1.219 Scarification in this same place is also good in a plethory, proceeding from the suppression of the piles or menstruous fluxe. It may sometimes be used, by way of revulsion, to the remote parts, observing still the rectitude or communion of the parts, as in the inflammation of the right legge, scarification of the right hand or left legge. As likewise scarification of the legge attracteth from the inward to the outward parts, and draweth downe-wards, &c. And in the menstru∣ous fluxe scarification of the thighes or hands serveth in stead of deri∣vation in furthering this fluxe. But scarification hath alwaies a most forcible effect in attracting from the remote parts when it is deepe, and a cupping glasse presently applied. But the most proper use of scarification is to evacuat from the part affected, other remedies not prevailing. And for this cause is effectuall in all Scabs, and other brea∣kings forth upon the skinne, as also for an inveterate Scirrhus, Inflam∣mations, Gangrenes, Pestilentiall tumors, bittings of venemous beasts, &c. But with scarification for the most part we use also cupping with or without fire;* 1.220 and these cups are made of divers matters, of horne, glasse and copper; and of severall formes, long, round, some of a wi∣der and some of a narrower orifice. They are for the most part used of glasse called therefore cupping glasses.* 1.221 And of these the round with a narrow mouth or orifice are the best, and draw most effectually; and of these some are bigger, some lesser, according as the evacuation is to be more or lesse In regard of the bodies they are to be applied to,* 1.222 they have a farre more successefull operation in thinne bodies, than in thicker constitutions. Againe, we are to consider the nobility, con∣sent, and the vicinity of the parts in the application and use of this re∣medy; and therefore not to bee applied to any principall part, lest there follow an attraction of bad humors thereunto. But in the mutu∣all consent of two parts, they may to good purpose be applied to the one; as in the immoderate menstruous fluxe, to the breast. They are not to be used of sound and healthfull bodies, to young and growing people,* 1.223 nor to old decrepit persons: nor yet of custome, but with good advice of the learned Physitian, as need shall require, especially in the Spring and in Winter; not in a hot house, but neere a good fire, onely some frictions going before. We use them either with or with∣out fire,* 1.224 also with or without scarification. The time elective is after perfect concoction, the stomacke now being empty, and the guts cleane from cōmon excrements. The time of coaction or necessity is that which requireth this remedy, although the time bee not so seasonable, and

that to prevent a further danger. They are not ordinarily to be used before generall or universall evacuations have been used, but in some cases; as in the wind-colicke: or when as by reason of the thinne stru∣cture of the body it is not so safe to open a veine; or when we would attract any tumor from the internall to the externall and superficiall parts of the body. Wee are then to apply this remedy either to the part affected, or the next to it, when there is now no more affluxe of matter. Dry cups without scarification draw and evacuat the body insensibly, especially of wind.* 1.225 They are sometimes for staying of vo∣mits and yexing applied to the stomacke. They are in divers cases ap∣plied to severall parts of the body: as the hinder part of the head, and the crowne for divers infirmities of the eyes and head: to the fore∣part for the Phrensie, Lethargy, &c: as also to the shoulders, chinne, thighes, legges, &c; for divers infirmities, whereon I must not now insist, but proceed.

Besides the premisses, there are yet some other particular evacua∣tions performed by the hand of the Surgeon, the which for affinitie with the former, although no bloody evacuations,* 1.226 we will handle in this place. Of these, the chiefe is burning or searing of some parti¦cular place of the skin both for preservation and recovering of health; whereunto we referre also the two other, setum and vesicatory.* 1.227 This sea∣ring, in Latine called cauterium, is nothing else but a little ulcer made in the superficiall part of the body of man, with some actually or po∣tentially hot thing, by this meanes to make a free passage for a lei∣surely ensuing out of peccant, noxious matter causing diseases: and that both for inhibiting corruption, corroboration of the members of the body, and the restriction of the influxe of humors.* 1.228 This remedy is of greater utility and profit than many are aware of; and may indif∣ferently be used in all ages, not excepting infancy it selfe, where it is most soveraigne, even when they are yet in the cradle, and that for curing and preventing many diseases: as Convulsions, Epilepsies and rheumes; and besides, is not denied to any sex. The severall sorts or kindes of it are distinguished by three severall & distinct names:* 1.229 the one sonticulus, the next setaceum or setum; from a thred of silke or haire drawne thorow; and the last vesicans or vesicatorium, and of the vulgar, a blister, from the effect: and as for others dropax, sinapismus, psilothrum, as not being so frequent and usefull in sicknesse and health, as the for∣mer, I passe by. Now as concerning the part or place of the body where this issue is to be made, we must be very circumspect,* 1.230 and well consider where this noxious matter to be evacuated is ingendred. If the matter be by the issue to be derived, diverted or drawne aside, then is the issue to be made neare to the part affected. If it be for revulsion or pulling backe, then we are to beware of molesting any noble part, and therefore the place of the issue must be made a little further off; with that caveat notwithstanding, that the rectitude and consent with the part affected be observed. Neither are wee ever to make any issue in the part affected, unlesse the matter be already there impacted,* 1.231 and universall evacuations have already proceeded. This issue is made most commonly with an instrument made of iron actually hot, and of

divers formes according to the nature of the part affected: and some are also made of gold.* 1.232 Some againe use no materiall instrument of iron or other metall; but some hot burning medicine, composed of some ingredients of a hot, burning operation, although no heat to the outward senses of seeing or touching be therein discerneable; called therefore potentiall cauteries:* 1.233 and these being applied to the part, doe in a short time make an issue. Some againe use to open the part by incision, and so make the issue; but is farre inferior to the former. The best way is that which is seared with gold or iron; and next to that, such as are made of causticke matter; especially, if care be had that is performe its operation with speed, and with as little paine as is possible.* 1.234 The particular place where this is to be made, is indica∣ted by the place affected, where the matter hath its residence; which if ingendred in the liver ascendeth up into the head, then is it to bee made in the legge; and if it descend into the legge, then is the arme of the same side to have an issue opened. Againe, if noxious humours abound in the nether belly, it must be opened in the legge; if in the middle region, in the arme, if there be no impediment: but if there be any such matter in the head, it must be made in the the hinder part of the head: if it take the way downe towards the breast and the lungs, then both in the coronall future in the forehead, and in the hinder part. If it be ingendred in the head, and descend upon the backe-bone, the loines and nether parts, then must it bee made in the beginning of the backe-bone to intercept the matter. In many other particular places of the body we use this remedy, which would be here too long to relate.

* 1.235As for vesicatories, or blistering remedies, they use to bee made of such things as blister the flesh; such as be crowfoot, euphorbium, pelli∣tory of Spaine, mustard, cantharides; being any one or more of these mingled, with sowre leaven and vineger wrought together; the blister so made is to be opened, the place to bee kept open with a little fresh butter, or cere-cloth.

* 1.236That which we call Setum or Sataceum, is an issue most commonly made in the necke with a hot needle drawne thorow the necke with a thred of white or crimson silke, the place kept open by drawing the silke to or fro out of its place, and dressing it afterwards as is fitting. Some used heretofore a haire in stead of silke, from whence this opera∣tion taketh its denomination.

There is yet mention made of another manner of making of this issue with this hot needle, recorded by a a 1.237 famous Surgeon, on which now I will not insist. Now all these issues are to be kept open untill such time as this noxious and evill matter bee quite spent and wasted away, at which time it may safely againe be closed up. But if they be appointed by way of revulsion, or pulling backe any humor, accusto∣med to fall downe upon any place, and have been of a long time con∣tinued, then may they not so safely be dried up, unlesse another bee made to supply the place of the former. This Setum is a singular good meanes to helpe all infirmities of the eye-sight, and many inveterate infirmities of the braine: as Epilepticke fits, bad memory proceeding

of moisture, and many more. And thus have I somewhat at large handled phlebotomy, and all circumstances concerning the same; and so much the rather, for that I see the world so much herein abu∣sed, and so many by the indiscreet use thereof miscary: now I pro∣ceed to the other and second generall evacuation called purgation.

CHAP. X.

Of purgation, or evacuation of corrupted humors in generall.

HItherto have we handled Phlebotomy both generall and particular, it now resteth, wee proceed to other generall evacuations. In the body there is a triple repletion, two with,* 1.238 in the vessels or veines, and one without: One abounding in quantitie, to be evacua∣ted by phlebotomy; another abounding in quality, to bee purged by appropriate pur∣ging medicines: the third being without the veines, is to be purged by sweat. And all these are called universall evacuations, by reason they doe not evacuat from any one particular part, as from the head, errhina;* 1.239 from the brest, bechica, &c: are properly called particular purges. Here wee purpose in the first place to speake of purgations in generall, as they purge evill humors from the whole body. a 1.240 Purgation therefore we de∣fine to be an evacuation of humors abounding in quality, procured by the helpe of nature, together with the efficacy of the purging medicines administred by the Physitian, for the preservation of health present, or recovering of health already lost. In purgations properly so called two things are to be considered: first, that which is to be purged, and do principally indicate purgation: to wit, the humor abounding in quality, which we call cacochymia, and is of many sorts. Againe, in purgation we are to consider that which purgeth. Nature it selfe, or the expelling faculty purgeth, yet not simply in it selfe, but seconded and set forward by the power and effi∣cacie of the purging medicine, and exciting the expulsive faculty to purge away the superfluous humor, either upwards by vomit, or down∣wards by dejection. Such purging medicines are of two sorts, either such as by a manifest quality evacuat any obvious humor: and such are ordinary loosening herbes; as betes, mallowes, spinage, coleworts, and infinite others. Againe, there is another sort of purging medi∣cines, properly so called, and by a proper name cathartica, and make peculiar choice of one or more certaine peculiar humors,* 1.241 called there∣fore electiva purgantia. Now in purgations wee are to consider three things: the first doth concerne the medicaments wherewith we purge. The second, the manner or method how to use them. The third, the accidents following upon purgation, or such things as are to be done

after the taking of a purgation. Purging medicines, as wee have said already, are of two sorts, either purging by manifest qualities, heat and cold, &c; without any distinction, any or all humors: or else one or more particular humors,* 1.242 or from some particular part. Now although purging medicines by reason of heat, attract unto them peccant and no¦xious humors, yet that the attraction is of this or that particular humor▪ proceedeth from a specifical quality, or from the whole substance. And yet such medicines as together with this specificall propertie partake of a greater heat, doe more forcibly and effectually attract the appro∣priated humor. Each purging medicine most commonly evacuateth one particular humor, sometimes two, seldome three, and never all, unlesse, either the medicine be so violent, or nature so weake, that it is not able to master them: and then it oftentimes worketh so violent∣ly,* 1.243 that at length it bringeth blood; and this the Greekes call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or over purging; very familiar to Empiricks, women-physi∣tians,* 1.244 and such as have not been initiated in the schooles, and so trained up in the practise of this profession. In these purging me∣dicines then foure things are to bee considered. First, what hu∣mor they are properly to purge, whether choler, phlegme, water or melancholy. Secondly, by what wayes they evacuate: for some purge upwards by vomit, and some downe-wards by dejection. Thirdly, from what parts principally: for some purge from the ne∣ther belly,* 1.245 some from the liver, some from the head, &c. Fourthly, after what manner: for some purge gently and mildly, some againe more forcibly and violently, and some keep a meane betwixt both. Man∣na, Cassia, sirup of Roses purge gently: Rhubarb, Sene, and the like, keepe a meane: Scammonie, Colocynthis, strongly. It were easie for me here to make an enumeration of variety of purging medicines appropriated to severall humors. And although these medicines both weake and stron∣ger draw some from the more remote parts, some from the neerer; yet have some of them a neerer relation to one, and some to another part: as Colocynthis and Agaricke most effectually from the head, Rhubarb from the liver, Aloc from the stomacke, &c. These milde and gentle medi∣cines, by reason of their milde and easie evacuation, are rather refer∣red to preparations than purges; these other being of a farre more for∣cible power to attract and draw humors from the remote regions of the body. Notwithstanding, the judicious Physitian can easily quicken them according to occasions, with an addition of a small quantity of the stronger;* 1.246 as likewise, with some of the milder medicines, blunt the edge of these stronger and more violent purgations. Of these simple purging medicines,* 1.247 divers compounded are made, and that in severall formes; which are either taken inwardly by the mouth, or injected, and put up into the fundament: or else outwardly applied, by way of cataplasme, ointment, &c. Such as are assumed at the mouth, are ta∣ken either to worke upwards by vomit, or downewards by stoole; and are, according to their formes, divided into three severall sorts: some liquid, as potions made after divers manners; some, againe, solid, as pills, solid electuaries, or confections: some of a soster, and as it were, of a middle substance, betwixt both; as our ordinary electuaries. In the fundament

wee use to make injections by glisters, and put up suppositories, in consti∣pation of the belly, and divers other cases. But in some cases, when the patient is uncapable of any of these, or at least refuseth them, then are wee sometimes forced to supply this defect by outward ointments,* 1.248 cata∣plasmes, epithemes, &c. and sometimes by masses & lumps made of strong purges holden in the hand, until they grow warme, and smelled to at the nose. Of these purgations againe which purge by election, or by choice,* 1.249 some are called perfect and full, which purge away the whole cause of the disease at once: another againe, imperfect, which doth not all at once evacuate the whole matter of the disease. Vnder this last is cōpre∣hended, first, that which we commonly call a minora•• purgation,* 1.250 where∣by wee lessen a little the matter and humour causing the disease, which most commonly is used in the beginning of diseases: and againe,* 1.251 that evacuation performed by degrees, which wee call pe•• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, whereby we gently, and by degrees purge away the vitious humour, and in stead thereof supply the sicke with good and laudable humours, which by meanes of good and wholesome diet is effected. Now,* 1.252 the next thing we propounded to consider in purgation, was the manner how to use these purging medicines, or the method of purgation,* 1.253 which we may reduce to these five heads: 1 whether, and to what persons wee may safely administer purging medicines: 2 what manner of humors wee are to purge: 3 how much, how often we are to purge, and how farre to proceed: 4 the convenient and fit time for purging: 5 by what waies or parts, or passages wee are to purge. And this is the summe of that wee have to say concerning purgation and purging medicines, and therefore of these in order.

CHAP. XI.

Whether wee ought to purge or no, what persons are to be purged, and able to indure purgations, whether women with childe may safely be purged.

THat evacuation by purging medicine is to be used in cacochymicall bodies, abounding in bad humours, hath beene said already. a 1.254 But whether bodies living in health may be purged or no, may not without cause be questioned: for purgations not finding bad humours in the body, trouble the good, make a colliquation of good flesh, and withall in∣duce divers evill accidents. I answer, this holdeth true of such strong purgations as were used in the time of Hippocrates and Galen: but in our milde and gentle purging medicines, there is no such cause of feare, they being rather in stead of a preparation than of any strong purgation: for the

which cause, being my selfe administred, they may safely be used of all sorts of people, to loosen the belly, to expell the common excre∣ments of the guts, and withall, to prepare the humour causing the dis∣ease. And we may safely purge any body, although living now in health, and that by way of preventing the accumulation of humours, which in time might produce some disease. Hence appeareth the frivolous feare of many people,* 1.255 who being altogether ignorant of the true knowledge of this sublime profession, yet, with open mouth cry out there is poison in all our purgations: but the judicious are not ignorant with what caution and circumspection the honest and able Artist, even in cases of greatest necessitie, and with what correction and preparation, and in how small a quantity they make use of these strong medicines, which, notwithstanding, were in onely use among the antients, and yet many of these plantives themselves will often in their need, sooner have recourse to some ignorant Empericke, some unskilfull Barber-Surgeon, yea, to a beard-shaver, or a woman, who will adventure upon any the most desperate medicine, without any preparation, or knowledge of the constitution of the body: than to the learnedst and ablest Physitian, who is able, if it were a poison, so to prepare and ac∣commodate it, that it may safely be taken without any danger: and indeed, who deale with such chapmen, may often cry out with these Prophets, mors est in olla, death or poisoniis in the body, howsoever the effects are not alwaies upon the sudden so sensibly perceived. Besides, some of these severe censurers are often as busie with a pipe of Tabacco, as with their appointed food? and yet no bill of inditement preferred against it. Now, I will be judged by the learned, if this simple be not indued with as poisonable and maligne a qualitie as any of these strong and violent purgations the antients used: I will except neither Helle∣bore,* 1.256 of them, nor Antimonie of us used, nor any other; besides, the narco∣tick quality, as we prove by daily experience, of the which more here∣after. It is then apparent that we may purge, and that no bodies are ex∣cluded from the use of gentle and milde purgations. And yet do we not so indifferently admit of purgation, that we thinke they may be of all, and at all times indifferently used, but with divers cautions, diorismes and limitations, especially when wee are to purge cacochymicall bo∣dies with strong purgations, when as they will not yeeld to gentler remedies.* 1.257 Before we proceed, wee are to take notice of a threefold constitution of the body: One injoining perfect health, which we com∣monly call a sound and healthfull constituion: another we call a neu∣ter, or neutrall constitution, declining from the former perfection of health,* 1.258 and yet not falne into any sicknesse which may be taken notice of: and such wee commonly call crazie, or valetudinarie bodies, and pertake of both the extremes, and so is apt, ready, and inclined to fall, and yet not falne into sicknesse. The third is such a body as is now al∣ready falne sicke. Now, as the first may safely be purged for preventi∣on, so this second sort hath yet greater need, as living still in feare of some infirmity. The sicke especially are not to be abbridged of this benefit, but with these limitations: first, of the strength, con∣stitution, and other circumstances doe not inhibite; we may safely

use it. Againe, if nature of it selfe suffice,* 1.259 and by other gentle meanes it may be effected, and where nature leadeth us not the way; as likewise if the humor be unfit for purgation, wee are not to at∣tempt it. In every purgation then, the first indication is desumed from the morbisicke cause, or humor peccant,* 1.260 which doth indi∣cate purgation; to the which wee are to joine also the disease it selfe, and the most urging accidents of the same. The second indication is desumed from the stomacke of the patient. The third is desumed from the condition and nature of the part affected; as like∣wise the ambient aire and region, which we will referre to the time. As for the first then, in the sicke wee are to consider the quality of the Dis∣ease, whether acute or chronicall; whether sole,* 1.261 and of it selfe alone, or joyned with some other, as with a sever, &c. Againe, weare to consider of what manner of matter, whether calme or quiet, or furious and raging; and whether crude or concocted. The Physitian is againe to consider how long the patient hath been sicke; and finally his indi∣viduall propriety, called Idiosyncrasia, and whether formerly accusto∣med to strong evacuations or otherwise. It commeth also sometimes so to passe, that the sicke is unfit for any Physicke at all: wherefore it is good physicke sometimes to administer no physicke at all: and yet this must be alwaies at the Physitians pleasure, and not according to the humor and pleasure of the ignorant assistants, no competent judges in a matter of this weight and worth. In the next place,* 1.262 urg∣ing accidents doe often inhibit strong evacuation. Strong Purgations, saith Hippocrates, are not fitting for ill-coloured persons, very dry or drouthy, that have a dry cough, and distension under the short ribs; as also such as use evill diet. Such symptomes againe and urging ac∣cidents as debilitate and overthrow strength: as violent paine, wat∣ching, gnawing about the mouth of the stomacke doe inhibit evacu∣ations. The strength is indicated by the age, sex,* 1.263 temperature of the body, naturall individuall propriety, disposition of the body, cu∣stome, and urging accidents. First then for age,* 1.264 the middle age is ap∣test to endure purgations: old age and infancy of all others, by reason of weakenesse most unfit; and therefore unlesse in time of great need, to them they are not to be administred. And yet old age is farre abler to endure them than infants. Besides, children have a certaine natu∣rall evacuation thorow the pores of the skinne, by which meanes,* 1.265 without any other evacuation, they often breath out abundance of bad humors. And yet, if there be need, and nature be wanting, wee are not to deny even a sucking child such an evacuation: yet with the counsell of Hippocrates, we are then to exhibit some gentle purgation to the nurse, which communicateth a purging facultie to her milke: to children of fuller yeeres we may safely administer some gentle me∣dicine. In the second place,* 1.266 the sex is to be considered in this indica∣tion of strength: men then, for the most part, endure strong purging medicines better than women. Virgins and widowes, and such as are much subject to hystericall infirmities, or fits of the mother, are not to be purged with strong purgations. Besides, women with child doe not easily endure purgations. And from hence then ariseth a question,* 1.267

whether we may at all purge a woman with child? I answere that even Hippocrates himselfe,* 1.268 who forbad phlebotomy to women in that case (which notwithstanding both by reason & experience I have proved to be lawfull) giveth yet allowance to this remedy. And yet, as hath here∣tofore been proved, the purgations used in his time were farre more violent, and of more maligne quality than most of our medicines now in ordinary use with us. b 1.269 Purge women with child (saith Hippocrates) when we conjecture the child to be attained to the age of foure moneths or seaven, but the last least, for feare left by the violence of the medicine the ligaments tying the child to the womb be burst: but if the child be either younger or elder, we must not use these means. Now in these our daies, if a woman with child be cei∣zed with any acute disease, or the body abounding with bad humors, and without purging there be apparent danger, may we not admini∣ster some of our gentle medicines, in antient times altogether un∣knowne? If Hippocrates permitted the use of his helleborate medi∣cines of so maligne qualities,* 1.270 and so dangerous for the Diseased, why should any be afraid of our gentle and mild medicines? There is no such danger of bursting those ligaments by the use of so gentle meanes. Is it not farre better to administer some gentle medicine, which may prove profitable both to the mother and her fruit? Againe if there be a∣ny reason in those women that oppose so useful meanes (for this sex is, as in other, so in this action, often most opposit to Physitians prescripti∣ons) let them answere me, how many women they see, not only for some daies and weekes, but even for moneths together, molested and tor∣mented with excessive vomiting, that one would wonder, that ever they should bee able to hold out to their appointed period? And yet through the helpe of the Almighty both mother and child doe very well, wherof I need to instance in no examples, they being obvious e∣very where. Now it cannot be unknowne, that the succussion and strai∣ning of the body one day in so extreme a manner, offereth more vio∣lence both to the mother and the child, then three or foure dayes would doe with some gentle purges downewards. It will be replied, this vi∣olence is naturall, and therefore not so dangerous. I answere, violence is alwaies violence, howsoever procured; and the action is alwayes the same, whatsoever the instrument be: a man may breake his necke as wel by a natural fall from the top of a tower without any violence of∣fered; as when he is pusht downe by the hand or otherwise. Againe, the mother many times, for want of appetite, and by reason she reject∣eth that the taketh, indangereth that she goeth with. In widdowes and unmarried women,* 1.271 we are willing to use meanes to free them from such evill and unpleasing accidents, and why shall we let languish a woman in this case. All the answere will be, that in them we use to pro∣voke their menstruous fluxe, which here is no waies to be tolerated, far lesse attempted. I answere, wee may freely with gentle medicines purge away these corrupt and evill humors, so offensive both to the mother and the infant, without feare of any danger whatsoever. Now this is not my private opinion onely, but generally of all our best and most famous Physitians, wherewith I could stuffe up this my booke, and make it swell to a too great voluminous bignesse. I will instance but

in one of whom I have now and then alreadie in this book upon occasion made mention, to wit, the learned Ioubert. c 1.272 This famous French Phy∣sitian of late yeeres, hath writ a whole Chapter of this same point only, where hee proveth: that many womens bodies are farre harder strained many times by blowes, falls, scolding and chafing, than by any gentle medicine; and yet never for any such violence miscarry. Nay, yet further the same Author affirmeth, that many gallants dance the gaillards, the valt, and the like, ride on trotting horses, are carried in coaches, being full to the throat, plemees a lagorge (these be the Authors owne words) and yet for all this never are thereby in∣damaged. Now, besides the case they may from hence receive of all those evill ac∣cidents wherewith they are molested; as casting, feeblenesse and fainting, short∣nesse of breath, and the like, are all by this meanes quickly cured; and why, saith the same Author, should wee thus suffer a woman to undergoe so much trouble, when it is in our power to helpe her? And upon this insueth yet another great in∣convenience, that the childe thus soaked, as it were, in such corrupt and filthy hu∣mours, seldome proveth afterwards so sound and healthfull, as when the body of the mother is kept cleane from such corruption; and for want of this seasonable evacuation, in stead of one medicine seasonably administred,* 1.273 during the abode in the mothers Wombe, the childe is after forced, it may be, to take a hundreth. To confirme this truth, I could produce a multitude of particular exam∣ples out of severall Authours, where this course hath with prosperous successe beene used: but to avoid prolixity, I will passe them over, and instance but in one or two of mine owne experiments.* 1.274 A woman of this same towne, some 8 or 9 yeeres agoe, and great with childe, was surprized with a Fever, loathing in her stomack, and a number of tedious and troublesome accidents, her body both plethoricall and cacochymicall, and withall much oppressed with me∣lancholy, who, after she had for divers daies indured these noisome and troublesome accidents, at length craved my counsell. Her neighbours (of the female sexe I meane, they being especially in such physicall affaires, more pragmaticall than men) utterly disswaded her from any physicke whatsoever. I confesse, I was unwilling, if it had beene possible, to have meddled in so dangerous and intricate a bu∣sinesse, and where the event was so doubtfull, and where, if all things succeeded not according to expected desire, I exposed my selfe to the censure and slander of so many venomous and virulent tongues: yet being thereunto lawfully called, I first acquainted both her selfe and husband with the danger both the mother and the childe were in without the meanes, and that by the use of phlebotomie and purgation, wee might through the blessing of God hope for some good successe, howsoever the issue or event was not certaine. Both her selfe and husband freely giving way to use such meanes as I in discretion thought fitting in this case to be used, by Gods blessing, upon the meanes of blee∣ding, and purging both by vomit, and direction downewards, with cordialls and coolers, she went forth her full period of time, and brought forth a sound and living childe; having in this, by her owne confession, both easier labour, and more free∣dome from after accidents, than in any other before or after. Some two yeeres be∣fore that, another woman of the same Towne, being bigge with childe also,* 1.275 for a fortnight and upwards was so tormented with excessive vomiting, that she was able to reteine neither meate nor drinke in her stomacke, whereupon insued great weak∣nesse and feeblenesse, insomuch, that shee was much afraid, lest this young guest should have forsaken his lodging for want of fresh supply; I being sent for, and

finding her stomacke pestered and oppressed with corrupt humours, I gave her a vomit, which wrought to so good purpose, that after the administring of some other small meanes for the corroborating of her stomacke, within two or three daies not onely her appetite returned, her casting ceased; but shee in a short time also reco∣vered her accustomed strength, and at the time appointed was delivered of a lusty man-childe, and although a mother of many children before that time, yet, by her owne confession,* 1.276 never better in and after her labour, than at that time. And that it may yet still more plainly appeare, that a woman with childe may sometime indure without aborsion, heare yet of a third, who, not∣withstanding, used none of these generous remedies. About some fifteene yeeres agoe, a woman of this same towne, about the third moneth of her concepti∣on, was surprized with a double tertian, with a continuall casting, coughing, and spitting of blood; the which for certaine daies, as women in those cases thinke themselves exempted from all physicall helpes, shee did neglect, hoping it would not long so continue; but at length, fearing aborsion at the least, sent to mee, but then absent, and therefore sent to another physitian of good account, then living within this same towne, who, after hee had administred one glister, this set nature so aworke, that for the space of two moneths at least and upwards, to all the other accidents this was also added. At length the Physitian forsooke her, as then irreco∣verable, especially by reason of her spitting of blood, which was supposed to pro∣ceed from the lungs. In this case she continued some three weekes, or neere by, and after my comming home shee sent for mee: but hearing of all that was past, I re∣fused, although twice or thrice intreated, hearing of so desperate a businesse, yet be∣ing intreated, to give her satisfaction, at least by seeing her, although I administred nothing. At length, after I had seene her, and well considered of this blood thus reiected, I found it proceeded not from her lungs, whereof I gave her notice, and withall proceeded with cordialls, and other things fitting for her cough, especially excretion of blood, which were by this meanes qualified, and the excretion of blood within a few daies was quite staied; and although I know both phlebotomie and purgation to be of very good used for these diseases, yet durst I not then adventure on any of them, but continued this course with diet such as was fitting. At my first vi∣siting of her, she was now above a moneth quicke with childe, and very feeble, and for the most part kept her bed: her loosnesse left her about a moneth after, and her cought and casting, together with her Fever, forsooke her about a moneth before she was brought to bed, and was delivered of a sonne, who lived a moneth, and was as∣saulted with fits of a Fever of the the same manner as the mother, and died about the end of the moneth. The mother, notwithstanding all the premisses, a few daies after her delivery was assaulted with the measels, and afterward, recovered her perfect health, and lived after that many yeeres. It may then plainly ap∣peare, that it is not a matter so dangerous as it is deemed, sometimes in time of need to give a woman with childe some gentle physicke, as shall by a judicious and understanding Physitian be thought fitting:* 1.277 and since this hath beene the opinion of all our famous Physitians since the daies of Hippocrates, let women be silent, and not too sawcie in con∣trolling such a cloud of witnesses of learned and able Artists. But let no man nor woman here mistake my meaning, as though I would in∣courage any women to be too bold in this case; my meaning is onely this, that in case of extremity, women should not be so wilfull, as to let their neighbours perish without meanes, upon needlesse feare, or

at least indanger their lives in apparent necessitie, Hippocrates himselfe giving way to this course, as hath beene said alreadie, yea, even du∣ring any time of their nine moneths, although freelier in some than in others, their physicke, notwithstanding, being farre harsher, and of farre more violent operation than our ordinary medecines, as hath beene proved alreadie. But withall, I wish them still to be very warie whom they trust in so waightie a businesse, or else it may cause repentance when it is too late. Especially beware of such ignorant and erronious practitioners as I haue alreadie mentioned. But this by the way, al∣though I hope, not out of purpose, now I proceed.

In the third place then,* 1.278 in the body to be purged wee are to consider the temperature and constitution, which doth either indicate or inhibit purgation. The middle, or meane temperature and constitution, be∣twixt extremes, is fittest for purgation: but bodies of drie complexion,* 1.279 drie, leane, loose, of foggy, thinne, soft, or very fat bodies are not so fit for purgation: nor such as abound in blood, are much subject to swoun∣ding, ond are hardly recovered, and such as are apt to cast upon any oc∣casion: children also, and women plentifully purged by their menstru∣ous fluxe: and such as have cleane bodies, and observe a strict and good diet, and such as naturally are constipat in their bodies, and are easily overtaken with fluxes of the belly: all such are not so fit to be purged as others, although upon occasion, necessitie so requiring, they are not totally excluded, yet must it then be done with great discretion and circumspection, and more sparingly than to others. But on the other side, strong able fleshy bodies, accustomed to labour and paines, having strong stomackes, who collect great store of superfluous and excremen∣titious matter in their bodies, may better undergoe this evacuation.* 1.280 Next to the temperature or constitution, wee adde the specificall and individuall proprietie of the bodie: and this is the reason why some bodies will beare a strong purgation, and others againe, it may be of a stronger constitution, yet are not able to beare halfe so much. Besides,* 1.281 wee must not neglect custome, which doth in some bodies facilitate the use of purgations; which they may therefore better beare, which in others unaccustomed, wee must not attempt, unlesse to us knowne to be of a strong constitution. Besides, the ambient aire, the region and place of abode are not to be neglected, of the which,* 1.282 when we speake of the time of purgation. Now, besides the strength,* 1.283 we must also consider the situation of the part affected, which is discerned by the tempera∣ture, the use, figure, or forme, and sense or feeling of the same. And therefore the head requireth stronger purgations than the stomacke and the liver; and the stomacke of a quicke and exquisite sense, subject to gnawing, is gently to be dealt withall. And now wee proceed to the humours.

CHAP. XIJ.

Of the humors to be purged, of their preparation; as also of the body to be purged. Of the quantity and reiteration, or often exhibition in time of need.

THat corrupt humors, commonly called by the name of cacochimia, are to be purged and ex∣pelled out of the body, hath been already. These humors are in all foure in number; choler, melancholy, phlegme, and serosity, or thinne waterish humors.* 1.284 These humors doe diversly in the body abound, and so pro∣duce divers diseases. Sometimes one humor alone aboundeth, sometimes one or more, in an even or uneven proportion; and this noxious peccant humor is alwaies to bee purged with appropriate re∣medies. Againe, in regard of the quality, it is either crude or raw, or else concocted: and againe, either thinne or subtile; or thicke, or else participating of a meane betwixt both. It is againe, either still and quiet impacted into some part of the body; or raging, swelling and moveable. Now in all purgations, aswell spontaneous and naturall, as artificiall, this is to be observed, a 1.285 that that purgation is profitable, whereby such humors, as nature would of its owne accord expell, bee purged out. And againe, b 1.286 we are not to judge of a profitable purga∣gation by the quantity (as is the custome among many vulgar, especi∣ally of our country-people, who therefore many times more magnifie ignorant Empirickes, who purge away plenty of humors, bee they good or bad, than better skilled Physitians, who purge away but the worst, although in a smaller quantity, but if the right peccant humor be ex∣pelled. Humors already concocted are easiliest purged, and then next such as swell and are of a furious nature, and are of thinne or a meane substance. Crude humors, still and quiet, impacted into any part, thicke, tough and clammy, are not so expelled out of the body, and are therefore first by concoction to be prepared. Now concoction is nothing else but a reduction of the peccant humor in the body to a right temper and frame, whereby it is fitted for expulsion. Now of these peccant and noxious humors some are capable of concoction, some not.* 1.287 Capable of concoction we call, such as grow tame and tra∣ctable; as the humors in putrid Fevers, which ought first to bee con∣cocted, and then expelled. Not capable of concoction are first, such as are sequestred from the blood; as in the defluxion of rheumes, yel∣low choler, in suffusion and some sort of the bloody fluxe; of phlegme in the wind-colicke, and water in the Dropsie, which without expecting any preparation are to be expelled. Some humors againe, are in fault by reason of the corruption of their proper substance, which destroy

and overthrow the substance of that part whereon they: fal as commeth to passe in the Plague, in Cankers, and in raging and furious humours,* 1.288 called turgentes, or swelling. The faculty of concoction proceedeth from three causes, the imbecillity and feeblenesse of nature, the nar∣rownesse of passages, and the contumacy or repugnancy of the matter. In these crude and corrupt humors natural heat hath no predominancy nor power, but externall and adventitious, with a debility of the natu∣rall, confounding good and bad humors, dividing humidity from its naturall siccity. c 1.289 In diseases therefore of that nature and kind, where∣in the humors are putrified and corrupted in the veines, and nature hath not the pre-eminence, we are not to purge in the beginning, but to expect the concoction of the humor, which maketh a separation of the good from the bad. After concoction whatsoever noxious humor yet remaineth within the veines, and by a laudable crise not expelled, is to good purpose purged away with Physicke. Concoction is, by na∣ture it selfe, by meanes of naturall heat, performed: now if nature be feeble and weak, and his heat not in a due proportion answerable,* 1.290 it is then the Physitians part, with fitting and appropriate meanes to sup∣ply this defect. This supply consisteth in removing the lets and rubs lying in the way, preparing the humours to concoction, and repairing the breaches made in the strength and naturall heat. Concoction then is performed when nature overcommeth, and affimilateth the matter making resistance. Now, since the humour many waies repugneth or resisteth; as sometimes by reason of the quality, or the manner of sub∣stance beyond the naturall course: to wit, by distemper, thicknesse and clamminesse; and somtimes by reason of too great a quantity impacted into the part: hence commeth it to passe, that there is not one onely kinde of remedy fit to prepare and concoct these crude rebellious hu∣mours. And therefore d 1.291 Hippocrates affirmeth, that concoction is performed by contraries, and that sometimes it is furthered by hot, and sometimes by cold, and sometimes by drie meanes: and againe, sometimes by extenuation, sometimes by incrassation, sometime by abstinence, sometimes by rest, &c.* 1.292 And thus thicke and tough humours are ratified, and made thinner; thinne hamours a∣gaine thickned, obstructions opened, and each humour with proper and appropriate medicinces prepared, as the judicious and discreet Physitian, according to circumstances, shall thinke fitting. There is then a preparation of the humors, and yet another of the body, which was the meaning of Hippocrates in these words: e 1.293 If any have a purpose to purge the body, it must first be made fluid, thinne, and passable. And thus the passages are first to be made slippery, large, and passable, without any impediment: which may be effected by meanes of loosening and opening set brothes, by emollient glisters, and such others meanes as easily open the belly and the small capillary veines and other parts obstru∣cted. Now, since of purgations some worke upwards,* 1.294 and some downewards, there must not be in all a like preparation: for, in purgations that worke downewards, it is required, that the guts and the small veines be open, and free, as hath beene said alrea∣dy: but in a vomit, especially if it be to worke strongly, f 1.295 Hippo∣crates willeth us, sometime to bath and anoint the body, to use a

liberall diet, and to rest: but when the time of administring the vo∣mit is come, then are we to use such meanes as irritate and loosen the humors, and make them more easily to ascend upwards. But when to prepare the humors, how, by what meanes, and in what bodies, this double preparation is to bee performed, is the worke of a learned and understanding Physitian: but not of any ordinary Empiricke, Barber-surgeon, ignorant Apothecary, Woman-physitian, and the like, who most commonly exhibite their strong unprepared medicines, without regard of any of these preparations. But I proceed now to the quantity, wherein they erre as much as in any of the pre∣misses.

The various and divers constitutions of severall individuall bodies breed no small difficulty in the due dose or quantity of the purging medicine.* 1.296 But to define the particular dose of these particular medi∣cines is not my purpose, but onely to set downe some generall rules of direction concerning this particular. ••he indication then of the quan∣tity is desumed from the greatnesse of the disease, and the refractari∣nesse of the same, the peculiar and individuall propriety of the body, and the strength: as likewise from the nature of the part to be purged, in the sense, substance, office, forme, situation and society. g 1.297 Thus great diseases require great remedies, as witnesseth Hippocrates: and som bodies are moved with gentle remedies, and others againe although of a weaker constitution, yet endure stronger purgations. Againe, some bodies are strong and well able to endure strong purgations; as in the middle age: some againe, as young children, and decrepit old men, are either not to be purged, or very gently, and so are we also to consider the severall parts to be purged: as the head, liver, stomack, kidnies, &c: and to observe the severall circumstances in them and other parts to be observed. Now to every purging medicine Phy∣sitians doe commonly assigne three doses, comparing the strength of the patient with the medicine: to wit, to strong people, the greatest; to weake the smallest, and the middle or meane to the middle or meane strength.* 1.298 The quantity of the medicine is also intended or remitted according to the ambient aire, region, &c; as also according to the nature of the noxious humor: for thinne moveable humors will give way to a mild medicine; but tought, thicke and clammie humors, and impacted in the part, will not so easily bee removed. Besides, we must neither exceed in giving too small a quantity: for that often stirreth and moveth the humor, gripeth the belly, and putteth the patient to great paine,* 1.299 howbeit to small purpose. Nei∣ther yet must it exceed in too great a quantity, which is yet farre worse; and a more dangerous error than in the defect which is easilier remedied than the other in the excesse. Now sometimes we evacuate all the noxious humor at one time, and sometimes wee returne a∣gaine once or oftner. This first is called a full evacuation, and then onely hath place where the body is strong, and nature it selfe leadeth the way: and this commeth to passe, when as in diseases the humors are already concocted, and withall doe so abound, that they, as it were, swell and rage. But by reason this seldome commeth to passe,

therefore we doe most commonly purge by degrees,* 1.300 in reiterating our remedies. And in unknowne bodies, rather than to adventure a full dose, it will bee better to beginne with a lesser quantity, al∣though it be not the true dose the patient may endure, by this meanes trying the strength at first, and afterwards supplying what is wan∣ting. Now in these leisurely reiterated purgations, the indication is desumed from the nature of the humor peccant, from the situation, from the condition and nature of the part affected, and the strength of the patient. Thus we often find, that all this morbificke matter,* 1.301 is neither altogether, nor yet after the same manner in the whole bo∣dy, and the vessells of the same, but distributed into divers parts; one part being conteined in the stomacke, to bee evacuated by vomit; an∣other in the guts, by qlisters; another in the veines, by potions; another in the head, to be purged by pills. It commeth often againe to passe, that some portion of the matter is concocted, another part yet re∣maining crude, some part thinne, another thicke and rough; some part of it quiet and still; and some againe unquiet, swelling or raging: all which ought neither to be purged at the same time, nor at once; and therefore both Galen and Hippocrates counsell us in some diseases; as Quotidianes, Quartanes, and diseases of the spleen, and proceeding from melancholy to purge little and often, which notwithstanding in time will make up a great evacuation. But h 1.302 in acute diseases the same Hippocrates would have vs to purge seldomer, and that not with∣out great care and circumspection. Againe, the condition of the part affected doth variat the manner of evacuation: for a part that is com∣mon and of acute sense cannot endure a plentifull, large and sudden evacuation. In like manner any part that is farre distant from the ne∣ther belly, or by reason of small and narrow passages hath any commu∣nion with the same, must not bee largely at once evacuated: as infir∣mities of the brests and joints.* 1.303 And any part that daily receiveth a new supply of superfluous humors must not at once and suddenly, but by little and leisurely be evacuated. But above all the rest, as in all o∣ther, so in this the strength principally must be regarded. And there∣fore although both the nature and quantity of the humor, and the situ∣ation of the part doe require a strong purgation; yet, if the strength be not answerable, we are forced to administer more mild medicines, and reiterate them the oftner. And this is that wee commonly call to purge per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, when as by degrees we purge any noisome and no∣xious humors, and, instead thereof, make a new supply of good and wholesome.

CHAP. XIII.

Of Vomits, Glisters, Suppositories, and with which evacuation wee are to beginne, when divers are required.

IT hath beene sufficiently already proved, and experience it selfe doth daily evince unto us, that there are divers sorts of purgations, some taken at the mouth, and some injected at the fundament. And of these againe taken at the mouth, some worke the same way they went in, which is by vomit; and some againe worke downwards by stoole. Now, although wee have at large spoken of all manner of purgations in generall, yet this being an evacuation not befitting every one, and which some of the antients, as Asclepiades, did utterly reject, it will not be amisse to say something of it. Of this kinde of evacuation, a 1.304 Galen givieth no small commen∣dation, and in some cases the most soveraigne of all others: to wit, in repletion of the stomack, and tunicles thereof, and in the hollow parts of the liver, in infirmities of the spleene, the laundise, many infirmities of the head: as Epilepsie, Vertigo or giddinesse, megrim, suffusion; and all infirmities of the head proceeding from a sympathy with the nether parts. Now, it commeth often to passe, that humours which descend not so easily into the guts, yet by vomit are easily expelled. Some of the antients againe, quite contrary to the minde of Asclepiades, were so farre in love with this evacuation, that they prescribed it even in time of health, every moneth for two or three daies together, which I confesse was too much, and tending to another extremity. But all are not fit for the use of so noble and generous a remedie, such especially as are not accustomed to it, are not, unlesse in case of great extremity to be urged to the use of it. And againe, wee are to looke unto the incli∣nation of the humor, whether it incline that way or no, and then are we to second this naturall inclination of the humor by exhibiting help for the bettet furtherance of this worke. But great care and caution must be used in the administring of this remedie in regard of the partie to use the same: for such as are narrow breasted, have a long necke, and dis∣posed to a consumption, are not to use this remedy: and such, whose sto∣mackes are unfit for it, a weake braine, women subject to hystericall in∣firmities, indure not vomits easily. And to induce this evacuation, there is a good strength required in the stomacke, especialy if the vomit be strong. Now, as in other evacuations, so in this also, wee use in time of need some preparation to facilitate the operation thereof. Re∣laxation of the stomacke by outward inunctions and fomentations I hold suspect, for feare of too much debilitating the stomacke after, espe∣cially in this so nice and effeminate age. For an inward preparation to

facilitate the operation, we use sometimes to suffer the patient fill his stomacke before, with divers sorts of food,* 1.305 especially such as may cleanse and cut, or attenuate: as salt meats, onions, and the like; and this is when the matter is tough, congealed and stuffed in the stomack, where the use of hot herbs, Time, Savory, of Oxymel and the like may safely sometimes be permitted. But when the humor is thin, fluid, and easie to be purged, then posset drinke blood warme, now and then taken after the assuming of thy vomit, will serve the turne. Some adde butter, which to some bodies wil prove too fulsome.* 1.306 Vomit evacuateth & clean∣seth first the stomack, and the adjoining meseraick-veins; and next if it be strong, the liver, splene, and great veines; and lastly, the whole body: It serveth for revulsion, or pulling back of humors from the stomack, and other inferior parts; and therefore b 1.307 Hippocrates affirmeth, that after great fluxes of the belly, a vomit succeeding, doth presage good to the patient. And by the same reason it is good in the sciatica, and all other gouts, infir∣mities of the kidnies, bladder, fundament, &c. It deriveth or diverteth the humours from the next adjacent parts into the stomacke. It hel∣peth therefore hypochondriacke, melancholy, dropsies and other diseases of the mesenterie, liver and splene: but especially if the matter tend up∣wards toward the stomack; which by bitter belching, spaine and heaui∣nesse or gnawing under the short ribs may be discerned. Now as of other purgations, so of vomits, some are milde and gentle, some stron∣ger, and others againe stronger than any of the former, such as the an∣tients used. Our Emperickes, and ignorant practitioners erre in no∣thing more, than in the rash administration of this remedy,* 1.308 to any in∣differently, present or absent, without any consideration, either of the body or disease. And yet if there be any veine burst in the brest or lungs, or the party subject to any hemorrhagie,* 1.309 or effusion of blood at nose, &c. What danger may insue to the patient, a vulgar under∣standing, I thinke, may easily judge. I will not now protract time with instances of such errors, but proceed to that which yet remaineth.

Besides Vomits, there are yet some purgations, which may be called particular, and are injected at the fundament into the guts: and such are our gilsters, which are appropriated to divers inrfimities, and used for divers ends, and are composed of severall ingredients, and some∣times of one only, as occasion and necessity require. c 1.310 The use of these glisters, among the antient Egyptians, was so frequent & common, that as they used their vomits, so did they those glisters three daies in a moneth successively, one after another. They are used by way of evacuation, and sometimes for astriction and healing; as in the bloody fluxe. Some∣times we use them only to mollifie and supple the guts, that nature may have the freer passage. Sometimes we use this medicine as a prepara∣tive for other insuing physicke.* 1.311 They are administred for a number of infirmites of the body, but differ accordi••••••y in the composition, and that both in the quantity and quality. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••he quality, some being appointed to purge, some to mollifie; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against the wind-cholicke,* 1.312 some against the stone, strangury, suppre•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 urine, of menstruous fluxe, or in the excessive fluxe of the same; 〈◊〉〈◊〉, againe, being administred in great weakenesses to nourish, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of many others, the matter

whereof must of necessity accordingly differ, as the learned Physitians well know.* 1.313 Againe, the quantity must needs differ according to the nature of the disease, and party diseased. According to the disease: as in the Wind-colicke, in the suppression and induration of fecall excrements, the quantity must needs be small; as also in children, women with child, &c. And nourishing glisters must be administred in a smaller quantity than others, or else they will purge rather than nourish. Such as are injected for the infirmities of the small, must bee in a farre grea∣ter quantity than in the great guts. Besides, glisters must bee reteined a pretty while, some more, some lesse, according to the cause for the which they are administred:* 1.314 for glisters given onely to wash and cleanse the guts, would bee reteined about an houre or more; anodine and mitigating of paine, somewhat longer; and such are gi∣ven to heale and conglutinat the guts, as in the bloody fluxe, a longer time than of the former. Purging glisters commonly give warning when time serveth; and yet, if they be too quicke, it is not good to give way to the first warning.* 1.315 In great weakenesse they may bee kept by application of hot cloth to the fundament for a certaine time. If it stay too long, it may be helpt by a suppository put up. This medicine not onely cleanseth the guts, but by consequent often helpeth the head, stomacke, and other parts adjacent. And therefore I wish peo∣ple not to bee so shy in the use of so soveraigne and so excellent a me∣dicine, wherein there is so small offence, and in the use whereof there is no injury offered either to the taste or stomacke. But when as many times either for haste, or else we cannot prevaile with the pati∣ent to admit of a glister,* 1.316 we make use of suppositories put up into the same place, but yet with greater facility and ease; they are not onely made of hony hard boiled, but also of allum and other matter: and sometimes the end of a candle performeth such an exploit; and some∣times a violet comfit, especially in children, and many other things will make an irritation, to provoke to stoole. But let this caution, aswell in glisters as suppositories alwaies carefully bee observed, that in infirmities of the fundament,* 1.317 the Piles especially, fistulaes and the like, there be none of those strong powders or electuaries, hiera simple or compound, or the like vsed, unlesse when we have a purpose to open the piles, or provoke the menstruous fluxe. But let this alwaies be done with great caution and circumspection.

* 1.318Now in all our physicall actions, especially in evacuations, when divers are to be performed, wee are to consider the order, what is to be undertaken in the first, and what in the next place. So that when as we have need both to purge and bleed, it is doubtfull with which we must beginne. And againe, if purgation be necessary, whether to beginne with a purge upward or downeward, by glister or otherwise: If these things be not carefully looked into, they may prove not a little prejudiciall, if not pernicious to the patient. Now in this case, our rule of direction must bee desumed from the order of the causes, and that especially we are to beginne with that which urgeth us most. It it may be, conveniently, we are to beginne with that operation, which conduceth to, and helpeth to further the operation of the other, re∣moving

that which is the cause of others insuing after: but in any case beginning alwaies with that which presseth us most:* 1.319 as in some diseases, where with a cacochymicall body is conjoined a great debility of strength; postposing all evacuations, wee beginne to re∣paire the breaches thereof, without this all other remedies conducing but little. In like manner, if in the veines we perceive a great redundan∣cy of humors, we hold it the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to beginne with phlebotomy, and afterwards to purge, and what is remaining to bring to a right tem∣per and frame: and in such cases after phlebotomy purgation hath the better successe. But if there be any impurity in the first region of the body, it will be best to begin with a gentle purge, left being conveied into the veines it infect the blood. But if there be any urgent occasi∣on for phlebotomy: as a fall from some height, Squinancie, Pleuresie, Phrensie, Burning-fever, &c; we are not to deferre this generous and noble remedy. If the stomacke be oppressed with choler, or inclined to casting, and nothing let us, we are to beginne with that remedie. If constipation of body, Wind-colicke, Nephriticall paine pinch, then is it best to beginne with a glister. What further concerneth this bu∣sinesse, may from that which hath been said already easily be collected, and therefore now we proceed to the time.

CHAP. XIIIJ.

Of the opportune time of purgation, both generall and particular, with divers things concerning this subiect.

NOw if all other things be duly as they ought performed, in purgation, yet we if erre but in the right and opportune time, all our labour is lost. By the fit and opportune time I here understand aswell the time of the disease,* 1.320 as the time and season of the yeere and day. As for the time of the disease I understand both the general and particular, as hath been said already: and in both wee consider the beginning, the increase, height and declin∣ning. By the generall, the whole course and period of the disease; by the particular, the paroxysmes or exacerbations thereof: as in fevers with paroxysmes which we commonly call fits. Now concerning this opportune time, although that which hath beene lately spoken may give us some light, yet will we make the point yet more cleere. It may then be demanded, whether it be fit and safe to purge the pa∣tient in the beginning of the disease or no? And that a 1.321 among the Aegyptians it was strictly forbidden, may by Aristotle appeare, affirming, that the Aegyptians would not suffer the Physitians to innovate or at∣tempt any thing about the sicke untill the fourth day were past; which

if they did, they were at their owne perill to doe it. From them it seemeth Hippocrates brought this custome into Greece, not determining the day, but deferring purgation untill concoction of the disease, whensoever it commeth to passe. And therefore with b 1.322 Hippocrates following therein also Galen, we expect the signes of concoction in the urine and the like, unlesse the humors be furious and swelling, then we purge in the beginning, as hath been said already. Otherwise we neither purge in the beginning, nor in the increase of the disease, but deferre it untill the end or vigor or height thereof, when as most com∣monly diseases are concocted, and by the benefit of nature is made sequestration of the matter, and is often thereby critically expelled. c 1.323 If nature of it selfe be strong enough for this worke, let it alone: but if deficient and unable, the Physitian is then to further the operation. And this is the wise counsell of Hippocrates, who againe adviseth us, d 1.324 that if any reliques of the matter be left behind, it may procure a relapse; and therefore it is good wisedome to sweep the house cleane, and so may we be freed from future feares. All this notwithstanding, when as by reason of the abundance of putrid humors, wee feare lest nature faint before perfect concoction, we may sometimes use a gen∣tle minorative, which may lessen this quantity, by which meanes na∣ture is made stronger for the subduing of the residue behind.* 1.325 Besides, in maligne and venemous humors, threatning to the party sudden de∣struction, we are not then to deferre evacuation, nor yet feare the dan∣ger the want of concoction might produce; being better alwayes to yeeld to an incoveniencie than to a mischiefe. And e 1.326 Hippocrates himselfe ad∣viseth us sometimes to purge even in the beginning of diseases, be∣fore the humors bee setled or impacted upon some parts, or else after they are brought to perfect maturation.* 1.327 For in diseases proceeding from an influxe of humors (such as are Pleurisies, Squinancies and the like) we are even in the very beginning to use all manner of evacuati∣ons fitting, either by purging or phlebotomy: the like in luxations, or members out of joint, in wounds, &c; is to be observed, for feare lest the humor settle upon the part affected. But what is already set∣led in any part, cannot, before concoction, bee evacuated. The like course is to bee taken when the humor overwhelmeth any noble part, and by that meanes oppresseth the strength (which often in Apoplexies, and sudden suffocations by reason of rheumes commeth to passe) when delay is not without danger. In other acute diseases, where we feare not the like danger, we are to be more sparing, and use it onely in case of necessity: but in chronicall diseases, and of longer continuance we may be bolder in our evacuations, especially signes of concoction appearing. In them also, by reason of the toughnesse of the humor, being especially setled on some part, we may by a minorative lessen some of the matter, and withall open some of the wayes and passages. And therefore if here we see but the beginning of concoction, we are contented, f 1.328 Now concerning acute diseases, having no set paro∣xysmes or exacerbations, it is best to abstaine from all manner of phy∣sicke. And this seemeth to be the precept of Hippocrates, bidding us to beware of odde and criticall daies, on the which the humors are

most moved; as in continuall Fevers, &c. The like may wee 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the paroxysmes, or fits of intermittenr Fevers, in the which it is safer to purge on the day of intermisson, especially where the strength is not vigorous, than on the day of exacerbation, which is, according to Hippocrates, odde and criticall. And yet if the party be strong, in Quartans, and the like intermittent Fevers,* 1.329 in the which the humors are not easily moved, it is not amisse, sometimes on the same day, when the humours are in motion, to expell them. For whensoever the matter is in motion, and the disease exasperated, it is then easiest to expell it by purgation: but if the party be weake and feeble, it is farre better to attend the time of intermission. Againe,* 1.330 as concerning the time of the yeere, the Spring is the best, and next to that, the Autumne: but Winter and Sommer, especially if extreme hot or cold, are not so convenient; howbeit if temperate, as they often prove here with vs, I see no reason why we should so much feare them: howbeit in elective purgation, and in chronicall diseases that will stay our leisure, without feare of any danger, I thinke it fit to make choice of thy fittest time. On a temperate faire day,* 1.331 the purgation is most commodious; howbeit on a warme moist day it is more copious and plentifull. In diseases therefore free from paroxysmes, in Sommer, and hot times it is best very earely in the morning to purge: if in cold wea∣ther, it will be better later in the day, drawing neerer noone, I meane,* 1.332 that the medicine may beginne to worke about that time: and as wee see the ambient, so are wee to fit our physicke, so as it may worke in a temperate time of the day.* 1.333 Sometimes we exhibite pills an houre be∣fore supper to purge the belly; but three or route houres after a light supper to purge the head.* 1.334 Strong purgations are not to be taken but on an empty stomacke: but easie and gentle medicines are given be∣fore and sometimes with meat, especially to cleanse the guts only.

As in plebotomie, so here may be asked,* 1.335 whether wee may safely administer physicke during the dogge-daies, or hot seasons? I answer, as I did before concerning phlebotomy, that there is neither time nor age doth hinder any from this so usefull and necessary a remedy; pro∣vided all the circumstances in such cases considerable, especially the strength of the patient, be well weighed, as I my selfe have with good successe often found true, both in my selfe and others. And if any shall yet aske mee concerning the signes, and severall conjunctions and as∣pects of planets, and their manifold conjunctions, whether in them we may safely purge? my answer shall be the same, that it is a frivolous feare, to be afraid where there is no cause, and what wee have already pleaded for phlebotomy, will here sute as well with these evacuations.* 1.336 It is true indeede, Hippocrates gives us warning to mark certaine starres, especially the Dog-starre, during the raigne whereof it is not common∣ly so good and seasonable a time to bleed and purge. But this is not meant of such a starre as a starre; but by reason that about that season of the yeere, heat hath commonly a great pre-eminence, especially in those hot countries where Hippocrates lived; but with us, neither is this Dog-starre so dangerous, nor our ambient so hot, that wee need to feare, in time of necessity, either to purge or bleed, as I have already made it

appeare. The same e 1.337 Hippocrates giveth us yet warning to observe cer∣taine other starres as Arcturus, and the Pleiades; and this onely because that about the rising and setting of these starres, there is commonly a great alteration in the weather: and not as they are such starres, and do alwaies undoubtedly send downe in all places alike, some particular in∣evitable influence. The like may be said of the two Aequinoxes, and Solstices, whereof the same Author also maketh mention. But because I have somewhat largely already explained my meaning concerning the starres and signes, I will not repeat any thing, but wish people to be warned, and now to grow wiser, and not to be afraid of Wizards and Prognosticators, whatsoever they prate concerning signes, conjun∣ctions, aspects good or bad, and the like: but in time of need inquire of good counsell, and accommodate thy selfe so as to follow such di∣rections as are prescribed thee for thy health, howsoever the season be.

CHAP. XV.

Of the waies and passages by which wee are to purge: of the formes in which wee exhibite physicke; together with the manner how to go∣verne the sicke during purgation, and meanes how to keepe physicke in the stomacke, that it cast it not up againe.

IT hath beene already declared, that the waies by which we are to purge, are two, either up∣wards by vomit, or downewards by dejecti∣on.* 1.338 The way or passage is partly indicated by the place which the humour peccant, ei∣ther already occupieth, or is like shortly to assault: and partly the inclination of the hu∣mour,* 1.339 and motion of nature it selfe. In the waies and passages by which the humor is to be purged▪ wee are to consider foure things: to wit, whether they be neere the place where the noxious humour is seated, whether it hath any communion with it, and whether they be naturally disposed or no. Now, a noxious humour either taketh hold of the whole body, and all the regions thereof, or else some one region, or one part of it: as the head, stomacke, &c. And wee are alwaies to fit and prepare the place by which the humor may most easily be evacu∣ated;* 1.340 it being alwaies easiliest purged by the passages freest, wide, ac∣customed▪ and most naturally disposed. And therefore what is con∣teined in the stomacke, is easiliest by vomit expelled; that in the guts by dejection, and what is conteined in the whole body, both waies. The like wee are also to observe in particular evacuations: as the ex∣crements of the forehead, by the palate and the nose: of the bladder and kidnies, by the urine, &c. But when as the matter is yet in fluxe,

it is the Physitians part by all meanes, possible to turne it away by some other passage. Wherefore, if the eyes and braine be affected,* 1.341 we are not to purge upwards, except it come by sympathy from the stomacke, but downewards. Contrariwise, if any defluxion fall downe upon the legges or nether parts, we are not to purge downe∣wards but upwards; especially, if nature and custome can well beare it, and the passages be thereunto disposed. Againe, as a 1.342 Hippocrates teach∣eth us, we are to follow natures inclination. Now choler inclineth most upwards; phlegmaticke and melancholicke humors decline more downewards. And therefore in Sommer and beginning of paroxysmes, where choler is most abounding, it is best to purge upwards: in Win∣ter best to purge downewards; to wit, when the whole body is to be purged. But if it shall so come to passe that phlegme and melancho∣ly be lodged in the stomacke; as in the paroxysmes of Quotidians and Quartanes, and it affect the way upward, then may we safely follow natures direction, notwithstanding the Winter season, as both Hip∣pocrates and Galen direct us.

The forme of the medicine is not here also to bee neglected.* 1.343 A li∣quid forme penetrateth more powerfully, openeth obstructions bet∣ter: but a solid forme, as of pills, stayeth longer in the stomacke, and draweth more effectually from the remote parts. But in hot and dry constitutions and diseases they are not so convenient. Besides, hot medicines in a liquid forme are not so fit for a weake stomacke, ex∣cept the distance of some part require it; and in that case they are to be mingled with well-smelling correctives, or else they much debi∣litate the stomacke. But if the stomacke be strong and uncleane, then may they bee exhibited with lesse correction, and long after meales. Electuaries participate of a meane betwixt both, and are of divers sorts; some lenitives and preparatives, and some againe strong purgers.

Followeth now the ordering of the party that hath taken physicke,* 1.344 both before and after the same. The patient after the taking of phy∣sicke for feare of casting up againe may wash his mouth with some li∣quid substance, whereof he may let downe a guple or two to wash and cleanse away the loathsome-taste of the medicine; and this may bee either a little cleere posset-drinke, thinne broth, or a little ordinarie beere or ale: or yet it will not be amisse, especially, for our sweet too∣thed female sex, to eate a preserved damson, cherrie, or some such thing, which may take away the evill taste of the medicine. Some wish before the taking of the medicine to chew a little pellitory of Spaine. As for the smell, few are ignorant how to hold a tost of bread dipt in rose-vineger to the nose, that the smell offend nor. And as for the manner of taking physicke,* 1.345 I hold it not amisse to take Pill•• in the pap of a rosted apple, as many doe, and better in my opinion then in the yolke of an egge. Some gild them over, and so swallow them, which is not amisse. The Germane Physitians make them farre smal∣ler than we use; as for our seven they make commonly the double, if not more, and so give their patients 4. or 5. in a spoone at a time with some sirup to suppe up, and so proceed till they have taken all. Ele∣ctuaries

are most usually rolled in sugar,* 1.346 and so eaten by gobbets, or on the point of a knife without sugar. Potions are drunke downe, and therefore in most danger to be cast up againe; and therefore greater care must be had in keeping them downe, for feare of frustrating our intention: and therefore, besides that which hath beene said, when that is feared, it will be good to make the party hold his hand in cold water, to besprinckle his face with a little faire water, rose-water, or rose-vineger mingled therewith, or to lap the hands in a linnen cloth wet with vineger; and which is a most soveraigne remedy, let tye a warme linnen cloth close about their necke. And some hold a raw egge, shell and all close to the throat. Besides the premisses, let them be silent, and refraine as much as is possible from spitting, cough∣ing, sit still a while without motion or agitation of the body. It is to bee wished,* 1.347 that the medicine at the least stay an houre: and if there be no meanes to reteine it longer, yet will it not cease to have its operation, the vertue and efficacie thereof having in that space dif∣fused it selfe abroad, and sometimes in a shorter space, as I have often observed: and besides, it will hardly come up alone, but bring up with it such corrupt humors as have been collected in the stomacke, which is no small benefit, if it went no further. I have often obser∣ved, that even after halfe an houres retention, and sometimes lesse, although rejected againe by vomit, yet hath it wrought effectually downe-wards. Now here it may be demanded, whether after phy∣sicke the patient may sleepe or no?* 1.348 It is agreed upon by all our Phy∣sitians, that after Pills the patient may sleep, and are therefore often after supper exhibited: but as for other physicke, most are against it untill the physicke have finished its operation. And yet b 1.349 a late learn∣ed French Physitian sometimes heretofore by us mentioned, allow∣eth of sleep after any physicke, which he professeth to have practi∣sed to his patients without any prejudice; howbeit after the operati∣on is once begunne, then permitteth he it not untill all be finished. As for vomits,* 1.350 we give now and then a draught of thinne posset-drink to facilitate the operation, and some dissolve in it a little butter: and some to facilitate the operation thrust their finger into their throat, and sometimes dip a feather in oile and so thrust it downe the throat,* 1.351 the better to facilitate the same. Now as for the lavative, ordinarily given, after purgations (being nothing else but a draught of thinne broth or posset-drinke) it is hard to determine the particular houre: but it is then to be given, when as we thinke the medicine al or the most part to bee descended out of the stomacke into the guts, which is most commonly three or foure houres after the taking of the purgation: so that if it be taken about six in the morning, this broth may be given about nine or ten; in some sooner, in some later: and then there would againe interceed two houres to let this lavative des∣cend into the guts before dinner; which is to be given, when as we guesse that the medicine hath wholly, or almost finished it operation, and the patient findeth his stomacke empty of it, which is not at one and the same houre in all alike.* 1.352 The dinner must be sparing, and of boiled meat; and as for supper, if the dinner be late, the supper need

to be little or none, unlesse some cawdell, a potched egge or two, of some such easie thing. If the medicine be taken earely in the morning, then is the operation of the physicke so much furthered, that dinner∣time commeth on so earely, that supper may be had in due season, which may likewise be sparing, and rost meat rather than boiled. If pills be taken over night, the lavative may be taken in the morning betimes,* 1.353 and dinner and supper at their accustomed seasons. During this time of purging,* 1.354 it is commonly injoined by the Physitian to keepe the cham∣ber, which is called cum custodia: and that for a double reason; both for feare lest the ambient aire abroad, if exceeding in cold, might of∣fend, as likewise for feare of troubling the operation of the medicine by any objects, which, then occuring, might hinder the operation there∣of. And therefore the roome ought not to be too light, but rather some∣what darke: and the patient to be purged, is that day to free his thoughts from any weightie cares, not to study, nor admit of company, which might hinder and divert the operation of the medicine.* 1.355 And it is to be observed, that if the ambient aire be warme, wee need not to warme the roome with any fire; but if the ambient be cold, then are we to warme it moderatly. If the diseased be weake, then the dis∣cretion of the Physitian must appeare in accommodating diet and other things according to the strength, and other circumstances concer∣ning his patient. And when solid food cannot be received, suppings and liquid meats must then of them be used. And this is the summe of that I thinke needfull to be said concerning the governing of such as take physick. In some, I confesse,* 1.356 we observe not alwaies so strict and precise a proceeding: as in some persons, who, either by way of preven∣tion, or otherwise, for some inveterate chronicall infirmity (being, not∣withstanding, well able to walke up and downe, and dispatch their or∣dinary and usefull affaires) doe use some diet drinke, or other gentle medicines for divers daies, yet without keeping close within their chamber; called therefore sine custodia. Now, we proceed to the signes of a laudable purgation. That the purge hath plaid its part,* 1.357 wee dis∣cerne by these signes: when the excrements shew some alteration in colour, if the party finde alleviation, the appetite returne, and the ac∣cidents be eased: and sometimes if there be a propensenesse to sleepe, and if drouth appeare: provided, it proceed not from some hot rheume, from the heat of the purging medicine, or of the stomacke it selfe, or some cholericke humour, or that there were no complaint of it before the medicine taken: for oftentime a great drouth is well qualified and quieted by purgation, the hot cause being then removed. In other cases, faith c 1.358 Hippocrates, such as being purged, have no feeling of drouth, let them purge untill they be sensible of it. Neither yet is sleepe simply to be understood, but when as by sleepe and hot humours, great watching preceding, the cause now removed, sleepe ensueth: provided alwaies it proceed not from debility of the body. But that purgation wee account not laudable, which mooveth and stirreth the humours, but expelleth them not:* 1.359 or that expelleth them, yet not as it ought, nor the fit humour to be expelled; but with great paine, with evill accidents, and the good and bad both

together.* 1.360 The cause of these proceedeth either from the party purged, in regard of some fault in the debilitie of the facultie, or want of preparation in the humours, or by reason of obstructi∣ons: it may also come to passe by meanes of the medicine; as being either too strong of a maligne quality, weake, or not well corrected. It proceedeth also sometimes by reason of some errour in diet:* 1.361 As I remember a young Gentlewoman, my patient, some yeeres agoe, having taken a purge by my prescription, within an houre or two after filled her belly with baked peares, which hindered the operation of the physicke, although strong enough, and not without danger to her selfe. If it should happen, as sometimes it may, that physicke should not work,* 1.362 a gentle Glister, or perhaps a quicke Suppository will draw it downe.* 1.363 If too violently, a temperate aire, warme clothes appli∣ed to the belly, astringent diet, and rest without motion will helpe it. If not, a little burnt claret wine, or some good Venice treacle,* 1.364 will helpe it. If gripings proceeding from some tough phlegme, which cannot passe thorow the orifices of the small veines, doe gnaw thy belly, some warme clothes applied to the belly will dissolve the humour, and discusse any flatuous matter. And this ••hen shall suffice to have spoken concerning this generall evacuati∣on, we proceed now to the last generall evacuation, which is sweat.

CHAP. XVI.

Of sweating, and meanes to provoke the same; divers sorts of Hydro∣tickes or medicines provoking sweat, both externall and internall: Something concerning teares, their causes and prognosticke.

OF two generall evacuations, phlebotomy and purgation wee have said sufficiently already, resteth yet a third, which by reason it evacu∣ateth in the like manner from the whole bo∣dy, is therefore also ranked among generall and universall evacuations.* 1.365 It hath been said already, there are three concoctions perfor∣med in the body of man: the first, in the sto∣macke and guts, having for excrement the ordure, which is expelled by the fundament: the second in the liver and veines, having for excrement the urine: the third in the capillary veines, in the habite of the bodie, having for ex∣crements the sweat and fuliginous evaporations,* 1.366 expelled by the pores of the body. This last is the subtilest part of this matter, by a milde and gentle heat resolved into vapours, so and insensibly expelled: the other of a grosser substance, expelled in the forme of moisture; and this wee commonly call sweat.* 1.367 And it is defined, an excretion of thinne, serous, or

watry humours by the whole habite, or outward parts of the body. But a 1.368 Fernel would have all sweat to proceed from the inward parts super abounding in moisture, whom, notwithstanding, all our best Physitians doe con∣tradict. Sweat is usefull both in sicknesse and in health, and is both naturall and artificiall. Artificiall sweat is often procured by exercises in healthfull persons, and sometimes by bathes and other meanes. My purpose and intention is here chiefely to speake of sweat in the sick, together with the utility thereof, and many meanes to procure the same; as also divers generall directions and rules concerning the use of these meanes both in sicknesse and in health. Sweat is used either in acute or chronicall diseases. In chronicall diseases, exercise may sometimes further them, which in acute diseases most commonly can∣not be effected. In acute diseases, sweat is either naturall or artificiall:* 1.369 and againe, naturall, besides the ordinary course, is sometimes criti∣call, and sometimes againe symptomaticall. Criticall, as when on a criticall day, accompanied with other good and laudable signes,* 1.370 the strength especially holding out, and alleviation after insuing.* 1.371 Sympto∣maticall, is, when failing either in quantity, in quality, or in the time∣ly and orderly excretion it is deficient, accompanied with some other ill accidents, and without alleviation of the patient, often also accom∣panied with the overthrow of the vigor or strength; and thus we often by experience find, when the sicke sweateth but in some one or other part of the body; as about the head, and upper parts only: or when the sweat is of an evill smell, and often also cold and clammie; and some∣times also comming in too great abundance, nature now being so much overthrowne, that it is not any more able to conteine this humidity within the body, which we then call sudorem diaphoreticum. Now,* 1.372 all these kindes of sweats doe many times prove dangerous, if not deadly, especially accompanied with other dangerous presaging signes, as Hippocrates in many places of his prognostickes, and other places of his workes; and after him, Galen doe fully testifie. But it com∣meth often also to passe, that nature is defective in expelling this hu∣miditie, which may proceed from divers causes; and is then by the Phsiytian to be helped forward, by administring such meanes as may answer the patients expectation. Now, this is by divers meanes effe∣cted: sometimes, as was said, by exercise,* 1.373 in cases where it may safely be admitted, and sometimes by other meanes, as by covering with ma∣ny clothes, hydroticke, or sweating medicines, diet drinkes, and the like inward medicines: and sometime by outward meanes also; as by perfumes, ointments, baths drie and moist, application of bottles to the soles of the feet, hot brickes and the like. Of simples provo∣king sweat, called therefore sudorisickes, there be divers sorts, as well vegetables as mineralls, as also some compositions there are which further this worke effectually. The simples are of an opening quality, somewhat hot and drie, yet with moderation,* 1.374 rarefying and opening the passages and pores by which sweat is to passe: as among vegetables wee have divers woods, both forren and domesticke: to wit, lignum sanctum, assafras, Zarzaparilla, China root, Vine root, Box, Ling, Heath or Hadder, of the which divers sudorificke drinkes are made, in severall

cases and manners, according as the nature of the disease, the strength of the patient, with other circumstances concurring shall permit, with the which decoctions are often mingled some other vegetables, herbs, flowers, or roots; and besides, we have yet many other simples of a for∣cible operation, which may safely be given in a small quantity: as Bezoar stone,* 1.375 Harts horne calcinated or burnt, Vnicornes-horne (in the esteeme of some) which I value not a rush; a gumme found in the eye of an old Hart. Diuers plants there be also of good use and efficacy for this same purpose: as holy Thistle, the decoction, water and salt of it and of many other simples. Some there are also made of mineralls and metalls, which ought carefully to be prepared, and with great circumspection administred; any Empericke or Barber-surgeon can tell how to make any sweat apace in the poxe, with some mercuriall medicines, suffumigation of cinabaris, &c. better than to fit and prepare proper medicines for the strength and constitution of each individuall patient. There are yet a multitude of medicines made of Antimonie, Sulphur, and other mineralls and metalls, yea, of gold it selfe: as flores sulphuris,* 1.376 antimo••••i, aurum diaphoreticum, &c. concerning which, our late Writers, especially our Paracelsists, haue written at great length, and undertaken thereby to worke wonders. Compounded sudorificke medicines are Venice treacle, Mithridat, Dioscordium, &c. But in the use of these sudorificke medicines,* 1.377 some cautions and rules are to be ob∣served: first, that the body be first evacuated by purgation, phlebotomy, or both,* 1.378 if need be. Againe, the body is to be prepared, especially where there is need, and that by some of the gentlest of some of these same sudorificke medicines: such as are mulsa, or hony water, the decoction of tormentill roots,* 1.379 squinant, of our ordinary canes with ca∣lamus aromaticus, the decoction of chamomill, sage, betonie, and the like; wherunto may be added cordiall flowers of borrage, buglosse and marigolds, the which, together with the water of the decoction, will correct both their hot and drie qualities. After the exhibiting of these preparatives, they are in no case to be forced to sweat. Now, the preparations may be divers, according to severall and divers dis∣eases: as French poxe, Fevers, and divers chronicall diseases. But when then the poison in the plague▪* 1.380 and some pestilent fevers hath already taken possession, I wish thee then, neither to stay for purgation nor prepa∣ration, but according to strength, presently by all meanes possible to expell the enemy out of the house. Some prescribe frictions as a fit preparation,* 1.381 which I thinke to be very good, if they be used as they ought. Some, againe, prescribe fomentations; howbeit this better becommeth a particular sudorificke,* 1.382 I meane, of some one par∣ticular part.* 1.383 Besides acute diseases, they are very usefull in many chronicall diseases: as in all manner of defluxions, Sciatica, and all other gouts proceeding of a cold cause; as also in long conti∣nuing Fevers, French poxe, all long▪ continuing fluxes of the belly: as also in Epilepsies. Palsies, and paines of the head, proceeding of cold humours. Wee are also to observe, that wee urge not the sicke to sweat,* 1.384 at least halfe an houre after the reception of his sudori∣ficke medicine: and then if it come not freely, wee are to force it

with covering with more clothes, or hot brickes quenched in vineger, and lapped up in linnen clothes dipt in vineger, applied to the arme∣holes, soles of the feet and thighes, rubbing still off the sweat with warme clothes to make it come the freclier. Some bodies thou shalt hardly by any meanes make to sweat, and there the physitian is to be∣ware lest he offer too much violece nature. The sicke is to sweat as strength and other circumstances shall require.* 1.385 This remedy must not be used in extreme weaknesse, in extenuat persons, wasted with long lingering diseases, in Consumptions, Fever hecticke, in very young children, and old decrepit persons, &c. Now because our authors doe much commend sweating procured by bathing, either naturall or ar∣tificiall, we will therefore say something of the use of both these be∣fore we proceed any further, having first said something of teares for the affinitie with sweat.

To this place of sweat wee may also referre teares,* 1.386 a moist excre∣ment of the braine, participating of the nature of sweat. I passe by a punctuall description of many particulars concerning this point, which may at great length be seene in a b 1.387 learned late Physitian, and come to that which most maketh for our purpose in hand. As for the differences of teares, they are these. Some are called cold, by reason they seeme in trickling downe to be cold; some againe seeme to bee hotter; and others are called dry: and these be such, as falling downe are quickly dry againe. Some againe are called thicke, and sticke closer to the cheekes, and some againe thinner, which are quicklier dissolved, and are of a very thinne and watery substance. Teares a∣gaine sometimes come in great abundance, and sometimes in a smal∣ler quantity. Some againe salt, some sweet, some bittter. Some a∣gaine are without any sicknesse, and some with sicknesse. Some come easily and of themselves, and some againe are forced. Upon the severall causes of all these particulars, I will not insist.* 1.388 The use of this moisture is to irrigate and moisten the hard horny tunicle of the eye, which otherwise with its hardnesse might easily have hurt the other tender tunicles, and adjacent parts of the eye. But let us see what teares signifie and prognosticat. Now that a physitian ought to contemplate and consider the nature and signification of teares, there is a warrant in c 1.389 Galen himselfe. Abundance of teares argue abun∣dance of moisture in the braine, as wee see commonly in women and children: few teares againe argue the contrary disposition; how∣beit sometimes that peice of flesh lying within the corner of the eyes (called caruncula lachrymalis) may be growne to such a bignesse, that it stoppeth all the passages of this tearie moisture, as I may call it:* 1.390 and this may be well assigned for a reason, why some cannot by any meanes whatsoever be forced to shed one teare: others againe upon any small occasion shed abundance of teares. Teares of several tasts argue the do∣minion of such a humor in the braine: as bitter, choler, &c. Tears againe are observed either in health or sicknesse,* 1.391 and either naturall and invo∣luntary, or else voluntary. Naturall involuntary teares proceed ei∣ther from the want of this caruncle, or abundance of moisture in the braine, which they signifie. If they be accidentall,* 1.392 then they may

proceed by meanes of cold compressing and condensating: as also by meanes of sharpe things from without, or taken inwardly; as onions, mustard,* 1.393 smoake, and defluxions and weaknesse of the braines. In∣voluntary teares in the sicke of acute diseases are esteemed bad, as signifying a great imbecillity of the retentive faculty. Voluntary teares both in sicknesse and in health may proceed aswell from a vo∣luntary compression or a dilatation: and hence is it, that teares pro∣ceed aswell from joy and mirth,* 1.394 as from sorrow and anger. Cold teares are not esteemed good, and so are very hot and salt; and that not on∣ly because they signifie too great a heat of the braine, but also, be∣cause, as witnesseth Hippocrates, they threaten exulceration of the eyes.* 1.395 Thicke teares argue concoction. The thinnesse argueth some∣times the crudity of the humor, and sometimes againe the narrow∣nesse of the passages, which are also causes thereof. But this shall suf∣fice to have said concerning this subject.

CHAP. XVIJ.

Of bathing among the antients; as also certaine ablutions, of head, hands and feet. Of artificiall bathes generall and particular: their right use, the time, preparation, and divers other considerable cir∣cumstances, and how far we observe these customes.

* 1.396THe antients had in great request divers sorts of ablutions, or washings both of the whole, and also of some parts of the bodie, some whereof we yet observe, and some wee have forsaken. They were used either before or after meales, and that for severall uses and ends.* 1.397 Before meales they had a custome to bath their whole body, and to anoint it, as may appeare by many places of antient wri∣ters both Poets and Orators, and many o∣ther antient authors, aswell Physitians as others. Of these some were publike, to receive all commers: others private, which private men of meanes with great cost and charges builded for their owne and friends use: the like whereof is at this day to be seene in all the Ger∣mane countries. My purpose is not to spend time in entring upon a par∣ticular description of those sumptuous bathes of antient times, where∣of antient authors are so full. But what excesse was used in this par∣ticular, see in that wise a 1.398 Seneca. At this day the Germanes have in ve∣ry frequent use this bathing once a weeke, or at least in a fortnight, those of any fashion having for this same purpose their hot house in their backe court, as we here have other office houses; and in every towne are some of these publike hot-houses for the use of any; where

they pay a certaine rate for their attendance.* 1.399 In these bathes they use most commonly to sweat, without any other previous preparation or purgation, both man, woman and child; and many use immediate∣ly after,* 1.400 scarification with cupping-glasses applied to some parts of the body, where they bleed at the discretion of their dog-leach, who yeelds his attendance during this time; or yet according to their owne foolish fancy, seldome consulting with a Physitian about this businesse. With us these bathings are not so much in request; al∣though I deny not, they might now and then discreetly used prove profitable for the body; howbeit in some places of London there are some hot-houses, whereof one may make use. It is more frequent here with us to wash the body in cold water in the Sommer-time, which being but seldome, as twice or thrice a yeere used, might well bee al∣lowed. But there is a very perverse and preposterous custome,* 1.401 used of the younger sort, apprentices especially, to wash their bodies in rivers or other waters immediately after meales, especially after supper, be∣ing very prejudiciall to their health, and disposing the bodie to di∣vers diseases. The hands may be as often washed as one will, both morning, evening and midday, both before and after meales, in sick∣nesse and in health. But whether often washing of the hands helpe the eye-sight, may not without cause be questioned. The b 1.402 Salerni∣tane schoole affirmeth it, howbeit his interpreter thinketh it is only by accident, by reason the hands being cleane, they handling the eyes, they are like to fare the better. Againe, whether we may ever wash head and feet may likewise be demanded? Or whether that old pro∣verbiall speech be true; Saepemanus, raro pedes, nunquam caput. Now as for the head, in regard it is for the most part so well supplied with internall moisture, and that aswell in regard of its moist constitution, as also by the continuall exhalations from the nether parts of the bo∣dy, and there by sublimation metamorphosed into moisture, it would seeme to be against reason, by any new addition to increase the same. I doe indeed confesse, we are to be wary in medling with this sublime and noble part, the seat of the senses, of reason and understanding it selfe. It is notwithstanding, in some cases and certaine diseases,* 1.403 not onely tolerable, but even also necessary to use this lotion of the head; provided it bee but seldome used:* 1.404 as namely in heads much subject to defluxions of rheume, in which case we may wash the head in a lee appropriated for this purpose; as of betony or the like, and afterwards wash it in faire water not fully cold, then dry it with a dry linnen cloth without warming it; afterwards besprinckling the head with some powder made of frankincense, masticke, red-rose leaves, rosemary and sage, it will much comfort both head and senses. And we see the an∣tients used much Embrocations, which was a wetting of the head:* 1.405 and those who goe to the hot bath in Sommerset-shire, sitting in the bath use these Embrocations, or buckettings, which some doe often endure to a very great number. I wish notwithstanding, that these ablutions of the head bee but seldome used in health: as twice or thrice, or at most foure times a yeere. And as for the use of it in the sicke, as in defluxions and rheums, I advise them, if they desire to speed wel, to be

advised by good counsell what and when to doe. As for this abluti∣on or washing of the feet,* 1.406 it hath been of very antient use, especial∣ly among the Easterne people, where the heat was great, where this was an ordinary curtesie used towards strangers, which was no small refreshing in these hot scorching countries. Wee use it often also both in sicknesse and in health, but in warme-water commonly, with addition of some well-smelling herbes: as fennell, camomill, hyssop, and the like, which cannot be misliked, especially to bed-ward, as it is most commonly by us used. In sicknesse it is also often of very good use, especially in hot acute diseases, in burning Fevers, Phrensie••, where often pertinacious watching is joined with deliration. And in this case we are to boile good store of lettice, white nymphaea or wa∣ter-lilly leaves, violet leaves and flowers, and some poppy-heads, being very forcible to provoke sleepe, by reason of the great sympathy be∣twixt those two, howbeit farre distant and remote parts. But in this, as in all the rest, if it be possible, bee advised by thy learned coun∣sell.

But now we come to speake of the division and diversity of bathes; and being of so great use in the body of man, it shall not bee out of purpose to insist a little the longer upon this subject. All baths then are either naturall or artificiall.

* 1.407Of the artificiall first, as being most obvious and easy to come by, we will speake in the first place.* 1.408 In the first place then, for the matter of these bathes it is various and divers: as water, wine, milke and oile; and sometimes sand, but the most common and frequent mat∣ter is water, sometimes warme, sometimes cold, and sometimes of a meane temper betwixt both. In the body of man these bathes have a triple use or benefit:* 1.409 some evacuat and cleanse, some qualifie and temper the humors of the body, and some supply and fill up that which is decaied. Now that they doe euacuat by sweat if one should deny, daily experience will evince, and c 1.410 Galen himselfe witnesseth unto us: but to fill up and supply any thing that is wanting, will perhaps finde lesse credit with ordinary understandings; which notwithstanding the d 1.411 same author yet in another place witnesseth. In the sicke wee commonly use them of warme-water, intending or remitting this quality of heat as occasion requireth, adding thereunto divers simples, according to the nature of the disease, and constitutions of the body to be bathed. Now a temperate warme bath helpeth forward natures worke in such as have need of moderate humectation and heat, and by reseration of the pores of the body refresheth and cooleth, and by ex∣traction of fuligionous excrements freeth from internall heat. A hot bath helpeth contractions proceeding from cold,* 1.412 provoketh sweat, exhausteth and draineth the body dry of superfluous moisture. This ba∣thing in warme-water acccording to a e 1.413 late Writer is good to bee used in divers infirmities: as in a Diarie or owne dayes Fever, and in a hecticke fever also sole and of it selfe, before it turne to a marasme, and not as yet joined to any putrid fever: as also for such as have their moi∣sture exhausted with watchings, cares, dry Diet, or medicines of that nature. And not in these onely, but also in dry distempers, and in

decrepid old age. In Fevers proceeding from putrefaction, it is not to be used but after signes of concoction, unlesse in a perfect Tertian, the dri∣nesse of the humours urge the use of it. It is also in use in Quartans pro∣ceeding from choler adust. In Rheumaticke distillations, inflammation of the lungs, pleurisie, after signes of concoction, and in headach, proceeding from humours or vapours arising from the nether parts, it is of good use: as also for the falling off of the haire, for Lethargies, Phrensies, Epilepsie not proceeding from the stomacke or head, but from some other part of the body. It is also good against melancholy proceeding from sharpe humors, paines of the eyes, bleere-eyes, fluxes of the belly, helpeth defects of the voice, in∣veterate infirmities of the spleene, and indurations thereof, the cholicke procee∣ding of choler, especially in the younger sort. But proceeding of a cold cause and grosse humours it qualifieth indeed, but cureth it not. And it is good against the gout, proceeding of choler, as also against all extenuation of the body. But on the contrary is hurtfull to plethoricall and cachochymicall bodies, to Hecticks proceeding from an Erisipelas,* 1.414 com∣monly called S. Anthonies fire, and Headaches proceeding from a flatuous matter: and it is hurtfull for the inward parts overtaken with inflam∣mation, in all diseases of the ioints, excepting the above mentioned; and for all manner of effusion of blood, whether at the nose, or any other part of the body. And it is yet hurtfull for all such as are inclined to casting, loathing of the stomacke, weaknesse of body, such as are subject to bitter belchings, and such as abound with humors, howbeit otherwise good; espe∣cially if any feare of a fluxe of blood. That bath which is hotter than the former, in provoking sweat is more effectuall, but withall doth not communicate that humectation to the body as the former. Now there was also an use of bathing in cold water succeeding the former,* 1.415 which was not immediatly to be used after the temperate; but from this in∣to a tepid or a little warmish, and then into cold water.* 1.416 But to some bodies this kind of bathing bringeth some prejudice: as among health∣full people, to such as are yet growing, and to children especially, as also to women, and antient people, to small and weake persons. It is also hurtfull for the brest, procureth hoarsenesse and the cough, offendeth the heart, the stomacke; especially if already weake and feeble. And as for the diseased, it is principally hurtfull to weake kidnies, procu∣reth paine in the guts; especially that called Tenesmus, and stayeth womens fluxes: and it is hurtfull also for humid and cold diseases, as likewise for the Fevers Hectick, that especially already turned into a ma∣rasme. The antients used often to enter into another roome, where they sweat by meanes of the aire warmed, the which they called Laconicum,* 1.417 answerable unto which, in neerest resemblance, are our hot houses, or stoves, as they are in frequent use in all Germanie, although the par∣ticular manner of heating this aire differeth much; these drie stoves being warmed by the heat of the fire onely; but this Laconicum was a moister vapour. This vapour then, or hot aire the antients used, was twofold: either dry, in respect of the other, procured by heat of flints,* 1.418 or the like, water being cast upon them, and the sicke set in the tub, and covered with clothes made to sweat: or else this was a moister aire, procured by a vapour derived from a vessell full of liquour, with

answerable ingredients, and conveied betwixt the two bottomes of a bathing tub, the uppermost full of holes, where the sicke being set, and covered with clothes, was to sweat, as need required; and this with us is also in frequent use. Wee use often also particular moist bathes, cal∣led insessus, and semicapium,* 1.419 being a bathing tub filled with warme water, or other matter with appropriate herbs, wherein the patient sits up to the middle or more, being prepared for divers uses and ends. And these are chiefely usefull for hot and dry bodies. The other dry swea∣tings are fit only for moist & cold constitutions, abounding with grosse humours, and for fat and corpulent people, having alwaies a watchfull eye, to the strength of the patient. But such are altogether contrary to cold and dry, and yet more to hot and drie constitutions. Now, as con∣cerning the time of these bathings and sweatings, both generall and particular,* 1.420 wee are to consider, whether they are used for any necessity in sicknesse, or otherwise, as physick for prevention of future infirmities. If it be left to election, then the most temperate time of the yeere is to be made choice of, as hath beene said of other evacuations: and the time of the day likewise most temperate, as in a morning before din∣ner, and after concoction is perfected. In sicke folkes, if there be a ne∣cessity, the ambient aire, if not answerable to our desire, must be corre∣cted, as accasion shall require. As for the time of the day, as hath beene said already,* 1.421 the former daies food must first be perfectly concocted, as well in the stomacke as in the liver. As concerning the time of the dis∣ease, it being with us unusuall in Fevers, and such acute diseases, wee need not so curiously insist upon it: yet if there were any such necessi∣ty, the same time already set downe for the diet, and evacuations, both generall and particular,* 1.422 were to be observed. Before entring into any of these baths of any kind whatsoever, wee are to see that the body be be∣fore cleansed, and that the common excrements of urin and ordure first be evacuated, for feare of some defluxion upon the feeble parts, by dis∣solving & liquifying the humors of the body. Neither yet are we to use exercise before it, for feare of filling the head with fumes & vapors: and food must also be refrained from, for feare of crudities, from whence ob∣structions, and divers dangerous diseases might after insue. If the party be not able to absteine, let him take some little sustenance in a morning, a little biscuit,* 1.423 or some cordiall electuary, or the like. In bathing, the par∣ty is to abstein from all manner of food, as also from drinke and sleep, for feare of crudities, the mother of a many diseases. But if strength should so farre faile, that we should feare fainting, then are comfortable smells to be presented to the nose: or else the crums of a manchet soak'd in good sacke, or the like, a little marchpane, manus Christi, or some such comfor∣table refresher of the spirits, speedily to be given the patient. As for the continuance in the bath,* 1.424 there cannot be one certaine rule prescribed to every individuall person. Cold constitutions, unlesse very weake, may continue a longer time: but temperate persons, when they begin to grow red may goe forth of it: and leane and slender people, by long continu∣ance therein are much indāmaged. But the strength is that which must alwaies be our best directer. In hectick fevers, they are first to goe into the warme bath,* 1.425 and next into a cold, that by this meanes a constipation of

the skin may be procured and dissipation prevented. Such as in health were much accustomed to bathing, in sicknesse more freely may use this meanes: and yet if they use oftner than once a day, they are to inter∣pose 4 or 5 houres betwixt the two severall times. After bathing,* 1.426 the party is diligently to be dried with dry clothes in a warme roome, and well rubd, the head especially, and then sent to bed to sweat a while; and is afterwards againe to be rubd and dri'd with soft linnen clothes. After all this is performed, and the body setled, then are we to offer the sick some liquid food at first: as namely some broth, or the like, and af∣terwards in a more solid substance, sometimes in a greater, & sometimes in a lesser quantity, according to the nature of the disease, strength of the patient, custome, the ambient aire, the season of the yeere, &c.* 1.427 But as in all other things, so are we here to observe the golden mediocrity: for all manner of hot baths immoderatly used, whether moist or dry, doe too much mollifie the body, evacuating & overthrowing the naturall vigor thereof: and if too hot, they cause continuall burning fevers, debilitate the body; from whence proceedeth great faintnesse, and finally death it selfe. Againe, too much bathing in cold water, procureth shivering and shaking, convulsions, and at length an extinction of naturall heat, wherein life consisteth.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of naturall baths, or minerall waters; whether leap-yeere called also the bissextil, causeth any alteration in these minerall waters, or infringeth the force thereof: and of the originall and first beginning of this time.

ALmighty God, out of his singular goodnesse, and infinite bounty, taking pitty upon mi∣serable man-kinde, now by reason of sinne made subject to so many sicknesses, a due reward of the fame, as bee hath affoorded this microcosme man, a multitude of soveraigne medicines for his solace in such diseases; so among many others hee hath made many wa∣ters, that spring out of the earth to affoord him comfort in his great calamity of sicke∣nesse. Now, besides the common waters of severall sorts, whereof wee have daily use, both in food and physicke, as hath beene proved already; there are yet many waters that spring out of the bowells of the earth, participating of the nature of divers mineralls and metalls,* 1.428 the vertues whereof these waters do reteine, and are therfore with no small successe often used of the sicke for many and divers infirmities. And these by a generall word, are by us commonly called Thermae or aquae Thermales, from that heat whereof most of them doe lesse or more participate. Now, that these waters were not at first among antient Physitians in

that request they have beene since, may by a 1.429 Pliny appeare: who won∣dering that Homer made no mention of them, doth afterwards answer himselfe, that in those daies there was no Physitian that made use of them; although Homer maketh often mention of washing in warme water. After Homer, b 1.430 Hippocrates, although hee seeme not utterly to to reject such waters, yet by reason of their running thorow mine∣rall and metallicke veines, holdeth them therefore for suspected: for the which cause hee never admitteth of them for the use of the sicke. And of the same mind was Galen also, who never that we reade of, made any triall of such waters.* 1.431 But the late Physitians, as well Greeke as Ara∣bians, have introduced the use of them; as finding by long experience, that in chronicall and long continuing diseases, there is not a more sove∣raine remedy: as in old inveterate obstructions of the inward parts, and the like. Now, it is confirmed by the Authorities of a multitude of our best Physitians, that some of these waters are hot, and some againe cold in their first qualities; and some mixt: and so in their second qualities depending upon the first, they differ likewise, according to those mi∣neralls or metalls from whence they borrow their vertues, howbeit in generall,* 1.432 all these waters participate of exsication. Now, from what me∣tall or minerall the water taketh its vertue or operation, may partly by the colour, taste, smell, the day in the bottome; and partly by di∣stillation, long boiling, evaporation, and the dregges left in the bot∣tome be discerned, as also the nature of such diseases as are thereby cu∣red. And howsover, many trust much to distillation, yet is it not so sure a way, that we may alwaies trust to it, these waters being often of so subtile a nature, that they draw nothing, but, as it were, the spiritu∣ous qualitie from these solid substances. In generall, it is to be observed, that those which abound in brimstone and bitume,* 1.433 are all of a loosening and mollifying nature, and doe therewith affect both the stomacke and the liver.* 1.434 But such as partake more of the nature of yron, alum, copper, or plaster, doe too much condensat and shut up the pores of the skinne, by which meanes it commeth to passe, that no excrement can thereby be excluded. But such as participate of both these extremes, are ac∣counted the best, and their use alwaies safest: for they digest & discusse, yet alwaies reserving intirely the strength and naturall vigor of all the parts of the body. But before I proceed to handle divers particulars concerning these minerall waters, I must here discusse a question, whe∣ther all these minerall waters be at all times of a like and equall force? And that this question is not out of purpose, nor needlessely propoun∣ded,* 1.435 may from this appeare, in that some have beene, and some yet are of opinion, that these waters every Bissextile or leap-yeere, as wee call it, lose a great deale of their efficacie and power, and therefore not so efficacious and powerfull against ordinary infirmities. In the first place then, that the vertue and efficacie of these minerall waters, is according to the severall seasons of the yeere, and often according to abundance of drouth or moisture, is often intended and remitted, as wee cannot deny, so is not the point in controversie: but whether in any one certaine determinate time, quatenus such a time, howsoever the ambi∣ent aire in all the qualities be affected, doth produce such an infallible

alteration in all minerall waters, that during that time, they are of little or no efficacie against diseases: and this is this leap-yeere now in question. And although I am not ignorant, that many of the wiser and more judicious have their judgements well enough setled herein; yet because not onely some of the vulgar, but some of more eminent parts, and more sublimate understandings, have beene involved in this vulgar errour, I shall crave pardon to digresse a little upon this point, which in my opinion may not seeme impertinent.

In the first place then, let us take notice of the originall of this leap-yeere, and what it is. Before the time of Iulius Caesar,* 1.436 it is thought that most nations used the computation of the yeere according to the course of the Moone, the which, because it was uncertaine, the Moone in her motion being so unstable and uncertaine; therefore Iulius Caesar 54 yeeres before the nativitie of our Lord and Saviour, after he had fi∣nished his warres, taking into his consideration this irregularity of the yeere, resolved to rectifie the same. And for this same purpose he sent into Egypt for the most expert Mathematicians of that Kingdome, and among the rest one Sosigenes (from whence, as from this Iulius it is cal¦led the Iulian,* 1.437 so from this same Sosigenes it is called the Sosigenian yeere) and therefore whereas before the yeere was ordinarily measured by the motion of the Moone, it was then reduced to the motion of the Sunne, which finisheth his course in 365 daies, and 6 houres. These daies he divided into twelve equall parts, called by the name of Mensis, or mea∣sure. And because there rested yet 6 odde houres, for avoiding confu∣sion, which in processe of time might thereby be occasioned, every fourth yeere, there being just 24 houres remaining, these making up a just naturall day, were inserted into the moneth of February, which before had but 28 daies. And yet this computation is not so perfect, but that it admitteth of some defects, here being added unto this yeere more by the fifth part of an houre than ought: and by consequence more added every leap-yeere unto February than ought, by 48 minutes: the which hath made an alteration in the Aequinoxes, and Solstices since this Emperours time, about 11 or 12 daies. Besides, that I say no∣thing of the motion of the Moone, wherein was likewise some defect, notwithstanding the course was taken to rectifie the same, which made a great confusion in the time of the observation of Easter betwixt the Easterne and Westerne Churches, untill the councell of Nice. The emendation of this errour,* 1.438 howsoever for the space of 200 yeeres by divers Popes attempted; yet untill the time of Gregorie the 13 in the yeere of our Lord 1••82, was never brought to any passe. This Pope, by the helpe especially of one Lilius, a Doctor of physicke, tooke such a course to reforme the Calender, that the vernall Aequinoxe was from the 10 of March reduced to the 21, to the same day that it was at the Nicene councell. Now, this could not be, unlesse in the Calender and computation of the daies of the yeere there were 10 daies quite cut off. And for this cause, this same Lilius chose the moneth of Octo∣ber, wherein this Pope was borne, and tooke quite away from it tenne daies: so that when the 5 of October was to be numbred,* 1.439 in stead there∣of was substituted the 15. and October that yeere had but 21 daies.

And this is that wee call the Gregorian,* 1.440 or beyond the seas account or yeere; by reason it is received in those countries beyond the seas where the Pope is acknowledged. The which account, yet notwithstanding, * 1.441 is not perfect, nor without exception, as I could make appeare, if I were purposed to insist upon this point. But to come now to our purpose, and to answer this point: I say it is a thing very ridiculous, and an opinion very erronious,* 1.442 that this orderly alteration in the com∣putation of time, should infuse any new influence into these celestiall bodies, which should againe produce so strange and stupendious effects upon these sublunary creatures. Now, these celestiall bodies keepe constantly the same course they ever did since the first creation, these humane constitutions neither adding to, nor detracting from these ce∣lestiall bodies any new energie, vertue or power. And if there were any such matter, why then did not some such effects follow upon the c 1.443 alte∣ration of Num 1 Pompilius, who added two moneths, to wit, Ianuary and February to the former yeere, consisting onely of ten moneths; and why followed not there some strange new effects, upon the altering of the names of two months, Quintilis & Sextilis, to Iuly & August, the names of two famous Emperors: and finally, why followed not there some strange effects upon the alteration of the old Roman Iulian calender, where there is no lesse than the difference of ten whole daies betwixt us and the Romanists, whch it would seeme, should produce new and stranger effects; and this would seeme a thing not unbeseeming a papall power, who, as Gods Vicar generall here upon earth, yea, and an earthly God too, as they would make him, possessing not onely the waies of Heaven and Purgatory, but even of Hell it selfe; and hee that can alter the decree of the Almighty, that from Hell is no redemption, and bring an heathen ¶ 1.444 Emperour out of those firie flames, why might hee not as well worke some new wonder in the alteration of the influ∣ences of these celestiall bodies? This would have purchased farre grea∣ter credit and reputation to his shavelings, than all the juggling Iesuites, in Iapan or China, with their counterfeit miracles, yea, or their whole legend of lies, put in to weigh downe the scales, our Lady of Loretto, and all the wonders of the West Indies, could ever yet doe. This, I con∣fesse, would, perhaps, make our Heretickes and Huguenots thinke better of S. Peters successe. This would be obvious to the simplest understan∣dings; whereas when wee see a dead mans scull thorow a glasse, wee may as well thinke it the head of some Barabbas, as of a holy Iohn Baptist; and when we see some milke, which they tell us was the Virgin Maries, in regard of the great store, and more than miraculous multiplication of this milk, it makes many Hereticke Huguenot of their Master c 1.445 Calvins minde, that if all the milke they say was the Virgin Maries, and which for such they keepe up, and make the people beleeve it is such, the best cow in Holland never gave so much: that I say nothing of the monstrous bodies of the Saints, some of them having two or three heads, some store of legges, &c. yea, some double or triple bodied. But if his holinesse could but stay a little the course of the Sunne or Moone, there might yet be some witnesses of it. But yet, to give the divell his right, I doe much commend the attempts of some Popes, for attempting, but

this Gregory, especially for effecting some reformation of the old calen∣der; but withall wish this famous Doctor, that was the chiefe doer had beene as well kept in remembrance for associating him into this com∣munion and fellowship of calling the yeere, as Gregorian, so Lilian, as was done to that famous Sosigenes. But since those daies, the case is quite altered, and Gregory must goe farre beyond Iulius, our Popes assu∣ming the pre-eminence alone, and precedency before Emperours. Let this then remaine firme and stable, like the lawes of the Medes and Per∣sians, that in these Leape or Bissextile yeeres, as such,* 1.446 there is no alteration nor difference from other yeers. As such, I adde, because sometimes this yeere may much differ from the precedent, or subsequent yeere (and so may any other yeere differ from others) but never as such a yeere, nei∣ther yet is such a difference ever in every such Bissextile yeere observable. Now at the ignorance of countrie people, and such others as may easi∣ly in such points prove ignorant, I marvell not so much, as that some better learned in the Arts and liberall sciences, should be so farre mis∣taken. And this hath made mee a little the longer insist upon this point, finding a e 1.447 learned Physitian, in his treatise now and then men∣tioned, to be of the same mind: Sed Bernardus non videt omnia. But I thinke that some such yeere, perhaps falling out to be very wet, in which seasons, such waters often are not so forcible, and this falling out it may be twice or thrice in these yeeres, and so by some observed, was afterwards taken for an uncontrolled truth, that alwaies in every leape yeere, the minerall waters lost much of their vertues. But now I proceed to that which followeth.

These minerall waters are in a double manner used,* 1.448 being either drunke, or the body bathed in them. They are used for divers infirmi∣ties: for the cleansing of the stomacke, guts, and meseraicke veines; as also to correct the distemper of the body, to helpe infirmities of the lungs, shortnesse of breath, purging of sanious matter without, an ulcer out of the breast, and to heale the infirmities of the liver, splene, guts, and kidnies, &c. In hot baths the body is commonly bathed; the others are ordinary drunke for divers diseases.* 1.449 The time and season most proper for the use of these baths, especially these hot watets, when ele∣ction may have place, as in other evacuations, so in this must be the most temperate time of the yeere; as the later end of March, all April and May: and againe, in September, and beginning of October. But with us it is better to goe rather in August, that so the businesse may be dispatched before the cold come in, our Sommer-heats here being sel∣dome with us so excessive. If any necessity require, they may be used al∣so at other times, correcting the aire, as occasion shall require, and thy learned counsell shall advise, without which, if thou go rashly to worke, thou maiest, perhaps, all thy life long repent it.

CHAP. XIX.

Of the preparation before the use of minerall waters, the right use and vertues of them; their various kindes both in this Iland and other Countries.

* 1.450NOw, as in all other noble and generous re∣medies which concerne the health of man∣kinde, wee are not rashly to rush upon them without some previous preparation and fit∣ting of the body before: no more are wee in the use of these meanes to neglect the like prudence in the preparation of the body. And the same are here to be observed, which before in the use of artificiall baths were mentioned: to wit, obstructions to be opened, the body to be well purged according to the nature of the disease, strength of the party, and other answerable circumstances, and withall, there must be a care had, that the concoction be well accomplished, there be an abstinence from the venereall act, and a freedome from passions and perturbations of the minde.* 1.451 The fit and convenient time to enter into these baths, is two houres after Sunne rising in a morning: and if the nether parts be affected, the party is to sit in the water, cove∣red therewith to the navell: if the upper parts be affected, as farre as the necke. And this must all be done in due order, the first day begin∣ning with the space of an houre,* 1.452 so increasing both the time of continu∣ance, and intending the hot quality of the water. In the meanetime, the same caution both concerning the nature and constitution of the parties to be bathed, and the rules concerning diet, before, in and after the bathing, is to be observed, as we have heretofore set downe. In the morning they may be suffered to continue longer, in the evening a shor∣ter time, the space of five or sixe houres interceeding betwixt these two times.* 1.453 But neither can there be a certaine or precise time for the num∣ber of houres continuance in the bath, nor yet a certaine and set number of daies determined, not other new particular circumstances limited, but must still depend upon the judgement of the learned and judicious Physitian, without whose counsell this businesse may prove more per∣nicious than profitable.* 1.454 Of these minerall waters there be divers sorts, as said is; every country being furnished with some one kind or other. France and Italy abound most in hot baths, desuming their force and ef∣ficacy most from Sulphur or Brimston, wherewith is sometimes con∣joined some salt,* 1.455 or salt peter. Our English baths in Sommerset shire, take their vertue and efficacie from this sulphureous substance. In Ger∣manie,* 1.456 baths of all sorts are in great abundance; and as the country a∣bounds in divers mineralls and metalls, so doe these waters participate of severall and divers qualities and vertues: as those of Baden in Switzer∣land,

participate of Brimstone principally, and some little quantity of Alum: those of Baden the Marquisat, besides the premisses, partici∣pate also somewhat of salt and salt-peter. Againe, in the confines of Lorreine, there are hot baths called Plumbarenses, participating of the nature of Lead, Brimstone and Salt-peter. In the Dutchie of Wirtenberg, there is the wild bath, called Silvestres, or Ferinae, participating of the nature of brimstone, salt and alum: and as some say, of copper and salt-peter also. And besides these, a great number of many others also, not differing from the former in operation: some of them, as they say, par∣ticipating also of the nature of gold, which I hardly beleeve,* 1.457 it being of so solid and well compacted a substance, that hardly doth it communi∣cate any vertue to waters that runne thorow such mines, no more than silver also, being likest unto it for solidity of substance. As concerning our owne baths with us here in great use for a multitude of infirmities, and which doe most concerne us, because a learned a 1.458 Physitian hath lately explained their vertues and use, as being best with them ac∣quainted, I shall not need to say any thing; the vertues of others of the same nature and kinde in other countries, being much also of the same vertue and efficacy. But because peregrination and travell, partly for profit, and partly for pleasure and other ends, is now much in this our age improved, and by reason it concerneth not a little the health of such as are to live or travell in remote and forren countries, to know the na∣ture and vertues of such minerall waters as are found in these countries, I will therefore say a little concerning some of them. Among all those,* 1.459 such as are of an acid or sowre taste, and much abounding in many pla∣ces of high Germany, beare away the bell. And these waters doe com∣monly participate of the nature of vitriol or copperas, of alum and yron, with the admixture often of other mineralls or metalls: as sulphur, salt, &c. There sowre waters sometimes somewhat differ in taste one from another; and sometimes little or no difference at all in their taste can be observed. Their chiefe vertues in the body of man are these fol∣lowing; In the first place, they are very soveraine good against all man∣ner of obstructions of the liver, splene, kidnies, and meseraicall veines,* 1.460 and for this cause conduce not a little for the infirmities of those parts, being very good against exorbitant casting,* 1.461 which by their astringent facultie they cure: and they helpe also the Iaundise, the Dropsie, in the beginning; cleanse the kidnies, bladder, and other urinary passages, purging away gravell, or any other matter lying in these passages. They are also good against the itch, scab, and any other defedations of the skinne, all foule ulcers and gangrenes. But Nihil est ex omni parte beatum.* 1.462 So are not these acid and sowre waters able to helpe all infirmities: and in particular, they are great enemies to infirmities of the lungs, especially where there is any ulcer, wasting or inflammation. They are hurtfull also for the bloodie fluxe, with exulceration of the guts, and any other inter∣nall ulcer, or excoriation, and that in regard of their acidity or sharp∣nesse. And for the dimnesse of the eyes, they have beene tried to be soveraine good; and that they have a singular and forcible faculty in provoking urine, I had the triall in mine owne body, this sowre water being ordinarily brought from a place distant from Ments, in stone

bottles to Franckfort mart.* 1.463 These waters are cold, and therefore are commonly drunke in hot moneths, § 1.464 May, Iune, Iuly, August, Septem∣ber, in a morning fasting, an houre or two after Sunne rising, as is the use in others; and then againe at night, after dinner is digested. The continuance or time of duration of drinking this water,* 1.465 is accor∣ding as necessity shall require, and cannot certainly be determined: as in some 10 or 12 daies, a fortnight, or three weekes. No more can the measure or certaine quantity be gaged, some contenting them∣selves with halfe a pint, and some againe will drinke double, some 4 or 5. And the more freely they passe thorow the body by urin or other∣wise, the bolder in the use of them may we be. How the body before the use of these waters is to be prepared, the Physitian shall in time of need give notice, and according to all severall circumstancess give par∣ticular directions.* 1.466 It is to be observed, that these minerall waters, by carrying from one place to another, lose alwaies something of their former force and efficacie, how close soever they be stopt up, and so be∣come lesse powerfull.* 1.467 It is further diligently to be observed, in the use of all minerall waters that are to be drunke, that when as they are drunke twice a day, the partie using them must be carefull that din∣ner be well digested before they be drunke in the afternoone: and for this purpose dinner must either be very sparing, or else a long distance betwixt dinner and the drinking of them; or else it were better to drinke it but once in a morning, and so double the time of continuing this drinke, as for a fortnight, a whole moneth. Moreover, if the case should so require, that the party should need both to drinke of this water, and bathe in it, it would be most expedient to doe them severall: as first for certaine daies to drinke them, and afterwards for as long to bathe in them. But because wee in this Iland are so farre remote from these acid and other fountains, that ordinarily we cannot have recourse unto them, therefore I shall not need to particularise many of them; of one only, being so much freequented by many of the gentrie, as be∣ing neerer unto us than the rest, I will say a little; the so much renow∣ned Well of Spa I meane.* 1.468 This Spa then is in the Bishoprick of Liege, a part of the 17 Provinces, and is much resorted unto yeere by many Knights and Gentlemen, and sometimes by Ladies and Gentlewomen also; and that for recovering of their health in divers chronicall infir∣mities: howbeit it is well knowne, that under this colour, some have other projects in their pates. This water particapateth principally of the nature of yron, which in the taste it doth somewhat represent: and it participateth also somewhat of a sulphureous faculty, and a little of vitriol.* 1.469 It correcteth hot distempers, quencheth thirst, and is good a∣gainst all inveterate obstructions: and therefore usefull in all inveterate Quartane Fevers, or others, and in all sorts of Iaundise, in the Dropsie, and to open the splene; provoketh also urine, and the menstruous fluxe, and helpeth melancholy Hypochondriacke. These waters are exceeding dry in operation, and therefore exceeding good against all diseases proceeding of moisture. But yet it is to be observed, that they fume up into the head, and therefore not so fit for such as are obnoxious to the Epilepsie, Apoplexie, Vertigo, or giddinesse of the head.

Now, to come to our owne Iland, besides our ordinary baths in Som∣merset shire, so famous, and so much frequented; whereof I have promised silence; therere are yet many more in this our Iland of no small vertue and efficacie against many infirmities of the body of man. And first I cannot but mention that water of S. Vincents rocke,* 1.470 neere that famous and antient City of Bristoll, which commeth now in request against the stone; and this I need but only mention, the which is to me altogether unknowne, howbeit the b 1.471 former Author hath like∣wise past his censure concerning this Spring, and the right use thereof; and therefore unto his discourse I referre the reader: howsoever, it see∣meth by his relation, that it participateth chiefly of the nature of Sul∣phure and Nitre, and is taken now orderly, being potable, and used for all manner of internall heats and inflammations.

There is a Well in Yorkeshire,* 1.472 thought to participate somewhat of the nature of the Well of Spa, taking its vertue and operation from yron; and therefore is good against obstructions of the liver, splene and mesa∣raicke veines, and to cleanse and corroborate the urinary passages, &c. whereon I will not now dwell, there being a little tractat of late yeeres published concerning the vertues and use of this water.

There is within 7 miles of this towne of Northampton,* 1.473 and hard by the market towne of Wellenborogh, a Well much of the same nature and effi∣cacy, participating of the nature of yron, as by proofes may easily ap∣peare: and all the ground through which it runneth, coloureth red. This water, although it can scarce be discerned from others in taste & colour, yet is it powerfull in opening obstructions of the liver, splene and mesa∣raick veins, to cleanse the the kidnies, bladder, and urinary passages, and so good against the stone, &c. It was but within these few yeers brought in request by that famous Physitian, S^r Theoder Mayrne, D^r in physicke, and Phsitian to the King & Queenes Majesties; and first renowned by some good successe, the right honourable Lord of Pembrok, then Lord Chamberlaine, found thereby: and since, by our gracious Queens Majesty now living, and divers others, approved to be of good use and efficacy. But when I shal be my selfe better satisfied & certified concerning this businesse, I shall be ready, if God prolong my life, to give more particu∣lar satisfaction to the publike. But in the use of this,* 1.474 and other such mi∣nerall waters, especially such as are deprived of any acidity, in the taste, there is an especiall regard to be had to the strength of the stomack, and accordingly to the strength of it to accommodat the quantity of water, and alwaies to have a diligent care to correct the acidities of the same; and either before, or together with the use of this water, to be carefull in the corroboration of the stomack. I heard a story of a worthy Lady, who,* 1.475 by advice of some Physitians, for some infirmities did drink for certaine days of Tunbridge water in Kent: after the use whereof,* 1.476 by means of an ir∣recoverable debility, her stomacke had by the use of this water contra∣cted, it cost her at last no lesse than her life; as for the nature and vertues of this water, because I am not acquainted with it, I will not meddle.

Some other waters in this Kingdome have for a while beene in great credit and estimation for many infirmities, and their fame againe as quickly falne to the ground. Some few yeeres agoe,* 1.477 there was in great

esteem and credit a Well in Mauborn hils in Worcestershire, which the vul∣gar (ut est natura hominis novitatis avida, a new broome sweepes cleane) for a while esteemed as some noble Panacaea, or aurum potabile, supposed good against all infirmities: but in short space, there was againe, altum si∣lentium, and proved, according to the proverbe, but a nine daies wonder. I doe not for this condemne this water, the nature and vertues whereof are to me unknowne, but I advise people to be wise, and to be circumspect, and with good and mature deliberation to ad∣mit of these minerall waters, and then should we not have often times such sudden flashes of the fame of some waters, which as quickly againe vanish into smoake,* 1.478 and their credit is as soone crackt.

There hath beene likewise no small account made of New name Wells in Warwick-shire, which of late yeeres have come in request for the stone, and infirmities of the urinary passages, &c. The which, as many others, I beleeve, doe most participate of this same yron, whereof mention hath beene made already, and therefore are good to be used against the same infirmities.* 1.479

I have heard likewise, by relation, of a famous Well, neer Aberdene in the North parts of Scotland, called by the name of Spa; and as they say, effectuall against the same infirmities, which the Well of Spa is said to cure. Of this water a learned Physitian of that same Kingdome,* 1.480 composed a learned tractat, as I am credibly informed, the which as yet I never saw.

There is within two miles of the Citie of Edenburgh, in the same Kingdome, a bituminous Well or Spring, called the oily Well, yeelding great store of this bituminous stuffe, being very good against all manner of itches, scabs, and many other outward defaedations of the skinne, &c. This well was in time of Popery cal∣led Saint Catherines Well, and so this Saint carried away the cre∣dit of any cure that was thereby performed: as the like use they made of minerall waters, not onely here, but in many other pla∣ces, as is the use even at this day. I make no question, but in that same countrie,* 1.481 especially in the most mountainous parts thereof, where there is such store of yron, and all manner of other ore, there might be found as efficacious waters against any infirmities, as any in remote regions. The like may be said of divers places of this King∣dome; especially in Wales, Cornewall, Devonshire, and many places of the North countrie; as in Yorkeshire, and other shires lying fur∣ther to the North. But concerning minerall waters, and all manner of baths, as well naturall as artificiall, together with their uses, for the present this shall suffice.

CHAP. XX.

Of the excretion by urine, the retention of urine, together with the na∣ture of diureticke remedies, the right use and abuse thereof.

HAving already at length discoursed of gene∣rall evacuations, being three in number,* 1.482 we come now to some particular, the considera∣tion whereof is of no small use, as well in sicknesse as in health. Now, for the affinity it hath with sweat, being much of one nature, although both at divers passages, and in a different manner voided, it shall succeed in the next place. Of the nature of this excre∣mentitious humour, the manner of generati∣on, deceit and coozenage of ignorant and erronious practitioners, in the judgement by the same, and many things which concerne this sub∣ject, hath beene * 1.483 else-where handled at great length; where hath beene sufficiently proved the uncertainty of judging the issue of disea∣ses by this bare signe onely; being a signe whereby some diseases only, and somtimes, may be discerned: and yet but a generall one,* 1.484 which can neither acquaint us with the strength of the patient (a thing of all others in diseases of great moment) nor many other particular circum∣stances, wherewith the Physitian ought, in so waighty a businesse, to be acquainted. And there we likewise proved, that from thence wee could neither gather any certainty of conception, nor yet of the sexe. I say, neverthelesse, that urine is not to be neglected either in sick∣nesse or in health: but withall, let other signes not be neglected, but have their due desert. That urine therefore, both in sicknesse and in health, which is of a laudable colour, and contents answerable,* 1.485 doth commonly argue that body to be in best case, especially if all other signes concurre; as if it be otherwise, wee are to conceive the contra∣ry. That urine we commonly call best, that is of a light golden colour,* 1.486 with a meane white coloured even contents: and the farther it decline from this golden rule, the worse we deeme it: as sometimes when it is of an intense red colour, it often argueth Fevers, or inflammations,* 1.487 &c. unlesse sometimes by reseration of some small veines the urine be died with this colour. And yet the urine of a cholericke man will looke of a higher colour than any other, and so if hee shall fall sicke, it must needs be of an intenser colour than of a phlegmaticke person: and this same phlegmaticke person in health shall have a paler coloured urine, and falling into some fever, the urine may be also paler than the for∣mer, and yet the party as dangerously sicke; and so I could instance in many other like cases. Againe,* 1.488 it appeareth sometimes of a blacke colour, and portendeth often no good to the party; and yet this same colour may often prove criticall, and accompanied with like contents.

It may sometimes againe appeare unto us like pure transparent water, without any contents at all,* 1.489 signifying sometimes crudity in the first concoction, sometimes obstructions, with a totall ouerthrow of naturall heat: howbeit sometimes it may be accompanied with extreme heat in a burning Fevet, with a Phrensie, of all others most dangerous, &c. In generall, in sicknesse, these colours and contents are very various and changeable,* 1.490 according to the nature of the disease, and constitution of the diseased, on which I will not now dwell, nor make any repeti∣tion of that which hath beene formerly handled.

* 1.491Vrin again faileth somtimes in the excesse, being in too great a quan∣ty, and sometimes in the defect, where little or no urine is excerned. In excesse, as in that disease called diabete, H••drops ad matulam, or pot-drop∣sie;* 1.492 whersas by weaknesse of the retentive faculty, and want of con∣coction, drinke passeth thorow the body with little and small alterati∣on: answerable to that disease in the stomacke, commonly called Li∣enteria,* 1.493 being a defect of concoction in the stomacke and guts; but with us is but rare. As for criticall excretion of urine, it is very pro∣fitable, and helpeth often to terminate the disease. Now, on the o∣ther side, there is a frequent defect in the expelling of urine, and pro∣ceedeth from suppression totall or in part;* 1.494 or else by difficulty, where∣as without great difficulty and paine it is expelled. Painfull pissing commeth divers manner of waies to passe: as either by the acrimony and sharpnesse of the humour, or by the imbecillity or weaknesse of the retentive faculty, proceeding often from cold: and is sometime occasi∣oned by inflammation, ulcer, clotted or congealed blood, and by the stone,* 1.495 &c. Suppression of urine proceedeth likewise from divers causes: sometimes by meanes of the obstruction, or stoppage of the guts; and sometimes of the emulgent or sucking veines, when as by meanes of imbecillity they are frustrate of their attractive faculty, or yet by ob∣struction. a 1.496 It is procured likewise by obstruction or passage of the kidnies, or urinary passages, and by meanes, of the imbecillity of the same. By reason of the obstruction of the foresaid passages, it is divers waies procured: as either by inflammation, knob or bunch of either of the these parts, or some tough phlegme impacted in, and cleaving fast to the place: as also sometimes, howbeit seldome, by reason of some holes and cavities left in the kidnies after the voiding of some stones. It is sometimes also caused by meanes of the bladder, or parts thereto ad∣joining, comming divers waies to passe: as first, by reason of the want of sense of feeling, by reason of the resolution of the nerve descending from the loines and hucklebone. Secondly, by reason of the failing of the expelling power of the bladder, &c. Thirdly, by the too great quantity of urine longer than is fit, deteined. Fourthly, by a resoluti∣on of the muscles of the nether belly. Fifthly, by the totall over∣throw of the expulsive faculty: as in burning Foevers, and then proveth for the most part mortall, as witnesseth b 1.497 Hippocrates, and yet divers other waies commeth this also to passe: as by the resolution of the muscle sphincter, a stone, bunch, clotted blood, &c. And this commeth sometimes to passe by consent of the places adjoining, the bladder and urinary passages being also sometimes so shut up, that they cannot free∣ly

deliver the urine; and many times also cannot keepe it long: as commeth to passe in women with child.* 1.498 All these severall cases are to be cured accordingly, and that with a due regard had to their severall causes. The totall obstruction of urine proceeding from any cause, if long continuing, may prove mortall. Such remedies as provoke urine, we commonly call diureticks, or provokers of urine. But neither are these in all cases of suppression to be administred, nor yet indifferent∣ly, when there is need, are they alwaies without a previous prepara∣tion to be used. Now in all such obstructions of the urine,* 1.499 before we goe about the right cure, we are first to procure the expulsion of the urine out of the bladder, lest o•• by the use Diureticke medicines a greater attraction of humors increase the obstruction.* 1.500 And therefore in such cases we often use the helpe of a catheter, insessions, fomen∣tations, inunctions, glisters, violent motions,* 1.501 as riding on a trotting horse, &c. Such medicines as are properly called diureticke or ex∣pellers of urine, are of a hot and dry facultie, rarefying, attenua∣ting and making thinne the humors. Now such as are properly of this nature, doe not onely extenuat and rarefie the blood, but dis∣solve also, rarefie, and as it were, melt it, and make a sequestration of the thinnest serositie, coagulating and thickning the residue, as we see in curdled milke come to passe: and that serosity so separated, the kidnies, by their attractive faculty, draw unto the themselves, and from thence transmit it into the bladder; and such not onely pro∣voke urine, but even ingender it also. And such bee especially hot and dry simples, seeds especially: as of carrots, cumin, and the like.* 1.502 There is another sort of Diureticks, milder than the former, which doth indeed attenuat, howbeit not so forcibly as the former; which send it onely towards the passages of the urine: and of these there are yet two sorts, some being of greater force to extenuate and cleanse:* 1.503 as the foure hot seeds, namely parsly seed, &c. Some againe performe this action more mildly and moderatly, and with a temperate heat; as the foure cooling seeds, of melons, &c: so called in comparison with the other foure hot seeds.* 1.504 Among these diureticke medicines are also reckoned some which supple and make smooth the passages: as marsh-mallow and licorice root, and prove often more beneficiall than the former more violent medicines, so ordinarily used by Em∣piricks and ignorant persons. Now it is a common received opinion a∣mong most people,* 1.505 that those violent hot and dry medicines are of all others most forcible and effectuall, to breake and expell the stone out of the kidnies or bladder: wherein notwithstanding they so farre are deceived, that for the most part, such medicines, not onely by reason of their great heat they communicate to the body, but also in regard they send downe too fast uncleanne and corrupt humors, doe rather much increase the matter of the stone.* 1.506 Such simples therefore as are indued with a temperate heat, attenuating tough and clammie hu∣mors; such as are Asparagus root, and the like,* 1.507 are for this purpose the fittest.* 1.508 Some medicines are thought to have a diureticke proper∣ty accidentally, by scraping and tearing by their roughnesse the super∣ficies or outmost part of the stone: as powder of burnt glasse. And some

are thought by meanes of excessive heat to dissolve the viscosity of the stone, and breake it to powder. But I thinke thou maiest sooner by such medicines bake it harder, as we see brickes baked in a bricke kilne. Some medicines by reason of some occult qualitie are esteemed good against the stone. And of this kind is the Jewes stone, goats blood, and many other medicines. Acid juices, as juice of Lemon, spirit of vitriole, if they could in their full force come at the stone, and not of∣fend the passages betwixt, in my opinion were of all others the fittest. But to draw this point to an end, there is no disease for the which there are more remedies boasted of,* 1.509 with the attestation of a probatum est at least, as much worth as the oath of one of the knights of the post: and yet no disease wherein we see fewer good effects follow. As for these hot violent diureticke medicines besides the former inconve∣niences, they prove often causes of excoriations in those tender ner∣vous parts, and at length incurable and tormenting ulcers. And sometimes when as thou thinkest to have made a great purchase, to have procured of some Empiricke or other ignorant person a rare re∣medy for the stone, thou art now falne, as we say, out of the frying-pan into the fire: and thou who before diddest so magnifie thy Empi∣ricke, and too much trust to his smoakie promises, art often then forced to implore the helpe of the learned Physitian, when many times his best skill can scarce allay the extremity of thy painefull dis∣ease, whereas by wise counsell at first thou mightest both have pre∣vented thy paine, and saved thy purse. And thus the Proverb proveth often true,* 1.510 Covetousnesse bringeth nothing home. To conclude then this point of urines, I wish, that in time of need people make not such an idole of their urines, that in time of sicknesse they thinke it sufficient to send their urine to the Physitian, it may bee in an inke or oile bot∣tle, and without any further to demand of the physitian, as of some Oracle, not onely the disease; but even often, all the circumstances thereof:* 1.511 but if you would speed well, if you will need your old mump∣simus in sending your urine to the Physitian, acquaint your physitian with all the severall circumstances of the disease. But an honest learn∣ed Physitian will bee better able to advise by one view of the patient, than twentie sights of the urine. It may be others, whose worth and sufficiency is confined to such an excrement, may like an empty bar∣rell prate apace, and make thee beleeve wonders by thy water. And be carefull in any case in trustin•• such cheaters with their rare recits a∣gainst the stone, and if thou be wise, be warned by other mens harmes.

CHAP. XXI.

Of ordure or fecall excrements, and divers things in them consider∣able, this excretion being sometimes too lavish, and sometimes de∣ficient.

NExt unto the urine for affinity we wil say som∣thing of the fecall ordure, an excrement of the first concoction performed in the sto∣macke. And howsoever some may perhaps think the consideration thereof to be of small use, yet hath it alwaies beene of great utili∣ty both in sicknesse and in health, and hath been by our antient Physitians diligently ob∣served: and a 1.512 some have written whole Tractats of this excrement, aswell as of urine. The utility thereof is by b 1.513 Hippocrates aswell mentioned as of the urine and sweat, and by him as much commended. Moreover, if wee shall compare the urine with the fecall excrements, wee shall finde that of the urine farre inferior, which may seeme a strange paradox to our urine-mongers, who will have no signe but the urine of any significa∣tion. Now the urine giveth onely notice of the state of the liver and the veines, and sometimes of the bladder: but this excrement besides the liver and the veines, giveth also notice of the nature of the mesara∣icke veines, the stomacke, and the guts, and finally of the state of the whole belly, for the which we take so much paines, and for whose sake most men live, saith c 1.514 Pliny. This excrement is then thus defined: the most terrestrious part and purgation of the unprofitable part of aliment, in the consummation of concoction separated, and many times mingled with many wa¦ters. It is said to have other matters mingled therewith, by reason of choler which doth colour and dye these excrements; which if not thus dyed, then were they not so good and laudable in quality as is required; and some other substances have been some times observed, mingled therewith. Wee will then beginne with those excrements which in every respect are accounted best;* 1.515 and from thence wee may the better observe and know the deviation of others from that rule. The best then are neither too hard nor too soft, or liquid and thinne, but consisting of a meane betwixt both; compact and firmely united, without the admixture of any uncouth matter, of a pale yellow co∣lour, and in quantity answerable to the food received; in smell, nei∣ther too stinking, not yet altogether free from all manner of smell, nor of too sharpe a quality; and which are at the time accustomed, with∣out any great paine, labor, straining, or great noise, easily expelled. Such as decline further from these laudable markes, are alwayes ac∣counted worse either in sicknesse or in health. And therefore thinne

and very liquid excrements,* 1.516 unlesse procured by the like diet, by phy∣sicke, or by way of crise, are esteemed bad and unconcocted: as like∣wise such as are white in colour, and reteining still the quality of the food from whence they proceed: and such also as are of a high golden, or intense yellow colour, by reason of the affluxe of choler into the guts:* 1.517 and in like manner we approve not of too pale and frothy, and yet worst of all purulent and materie excrements. Greene, black, linid or leaden coloured, unlesse by reason of such diet, or by way of crises, are dangerous and to be condemned; and so are viscous and fat ordure, by reason they signifie colliguation and wasting. Besides, whensoever a very bad stinking smell is joyned with a bad colour, it is very bad: for then it argueth a very great putrefaction. Variety of bad colours in these excrements is also very bad; as arguing in the body many ill infirmities.* 1.518 Wormes on a criticall day with the ordure ex∣pelled signifie good: but if in the beginning of the disease they ap∣peare, it is bad: and if they come forth by themselves without any ex∣crements dead or alive in acute diseases it is dangerous. There be divers causes of these severall substances of excrements. Thicke, com∣pact and well united excrements proceed from a good concoction of the stomacke,* 1.519 and a temperate heat of the guts. Thinne and liquid excrements proceed either from obstruction of the mesaraicke veines, or by reason the food is not digested and concocted, as in crudities: or else is not altered or changed; as in the disease lienteria: or is cor∣rupted; as in belches from such matter may bee discerned. Such excrements againe from the imbecillity of attractive faculty. Fourthly from defluxion of humidity upon the guts. Fiftly, from the quality and nature of the food, and such other things as loosen the belly; as prunes, caffe, and the like. Sixtly, drinke descending towards the guts, when as it is not carried thorow the mesaraicke veines to the li∣ver,* 1.520 and attracted by the reines and ureters. Soft excrements pro∣ceed also from divers causes. 1. From the moderate moisture of the guts. 2. From the mollifying Diet: as mallowes, lettice and the like. 3. They proceed sometimes from the admixture of divers humors, proceeding from the liver or other parts; as likewise from the admix∣ture of some fat with the ordure: as in Pthisickes, Hecticke fevers turned to Marasmes, &c. d 1.521 And it is the opinion of Galen, that in pe∣stilentiall Fevers the egestions are almost alwayes liquid, by reason of this fat substance. Hard egestions againe proceed likewise of di∣vers causes. 1. By reason of immoderate heat proceeding of great la∣bour, from bathing, or some other externall cause. 2. By use of diu∣reticke medicines, by which meanes these excrements may bee dried up. 3. By reason of astringent diet: as medlars, quinces, sloes, and the like. 4. The long continuance of the excrements in the guts may likewise occasion the same, the small veines implanted in the guts attracting all the moisture from the excrements, and the guts by this long continuance acquiring a greater heat. 5. By means of the dry constitution of the guts, and the like distem∣per of the whole body. I could here likewise insist on many o∣ther particulars concerning the mixture of severall sorts of excre∣ments,

and causes, which, to avoyd prolixity, I willingly passe by. But the question may here be asked, how often,* 1.522 and when is the best time for this evacuation in health? I answer, that as wee can hardly certainly determine mens particular occasions, constitutions, and in∣dividuall proprieties and natures;* 1.523 no more can wee absolutely set downe any verdict concerning this businesse: yet is it best in time of health to inioy this benefit at least once, if not twice aday: howbeit I am not ignorant, that some, both in sicknesse and in health, have con∣tinued divers daies, yea, sometimes weekes,* 1.524 without the use of this evacuation. I confesse indeed, such as were able to absteine from all manner of sustenance for divers yeeres together, needed not either this, or any other evacuation;* 1.525 examples whereof I have produced some already. But in ordinary healthfull bodies this is alwaies the best, and so answerable also in sicknesse; and who so decline from this rule, it commonly fareth not so well with them. I deny not but there are some individuall constitutions, who better indure the want of this benefit than others. Neither yet is there any set quantity to be determined: for good and laudable nourishment; as egges, and the like,* 1.526 ingender fewer excrements than herbes, browne bread, and the like. The best time is the morning, and if it may be conveniently, in the evening also before going to bed, will prove beneficiall. But it commeth many times to passe, than in Fevers especially, and hot acute diseases, the body being bound, and, as it were, locked up, there arise and ascend up in∣to the braine divers hot vapours, the cause of no small annoyance,* 1.527 not to that noble part only, but to the whole body: there must be therefore a speciall regard and care had to expell these excrements, especially by opening and loosening diet: and if that will not prevaile, by leni∣tive and milde gentle evacuations, suppositories and glisters. Againe, it commeth so sometimes to passe,* 1.528 that nature is too forward in this kinde of evacuation; as commonly in fluxes of all kindes, proving often very pernicious to the patient. Now, these fluxes are of divers sorts; as first, that wee call diarrhaea, the mildest and safest of all the rest; and next, dysenteria, proceeding of divers humours, but ordinarily, with the admixtion of blood, and therefore called commonly the bloody fl••xe, or fluxe rather; which, if not carefully in time look'd unto, proveth often dangerous, if not deadly. Besides, there are yet other dangerous fluxes, call'd Lienteria, and Caeliaca, where the parts appropriated for concoction, being interessed by these fluxes, the body is frustrated its of proper nou∣rishment. All these fluxes in due and convenient time, are by the advice and counsell of the wise and judicious Physitian, by proper and conve∣nient remedies to be cured: but now alwaies by the use of astringent medicines, by most people,* 1.529 ignorantly and unadvisedly used in those fluxes; lest it befall thee, as it did that woman, of whom e 1.530 Fernel maketh mention, who, having beene for a long time troubled with a tedious fluxe in her belly, at length, by the advice and counsell of some shee neighbour, are a whole rosted Quince, which indeed,* 1.531 presently stopp'd the fluxe, but withall burst a new passage thorow her belly. But having here no purpose in this place to insist either upon the cure, or diet of these particular diseases, and not willing any longer to

deteine the reader with the entertainment of so unsavorie a subject, I proceed.

CHAP. XXII.

Of Spittle Spiting, or Salivation: of Tabacco and the great abuse there∣of in this Kingdome, to the great preiudice of the health of the body.

THe braine, not onely by reason of situa∣tion, as a limbecke attracting many va∣pours from the inferiour region of the body: but also in regard of the moist temper and constitution, is apt to ingender much excre∣mentitious moisture. But all this excremen∣titious matter or moisture is not altogether unprofitable:* 1.532 for some of this moisture is in∣gendred of certaine glands or kernells, by our great Architect and Creator placed in the jawes or uppermost part of the throat, to the end that those parts might thereby be moistened, lest by exsiccation of internall heat they should prove lesse usefull for the body. So then neither are these glands, nor that excrement they produce, without a profitable use in the body. Of these glands, or kernells, and their utility, a 1.533 Galen maketh frequent mention, and affirmeth, that by the same, even the tongue is nouri∣shed. This excrement is called in the Greeke, 〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉, or 〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉. and in the Latin saliva, and with us spittle, spitting, and salivation: and when this too much aboundeth, it argueth great moisture of the braine. This spittle then is such a moisture, as in it selfe, in health, and a sound person, is a profitable, and laudable, and usefull excrement. This spittle then, which of all others is the best, in a sound and healthfull person, should be such,* 1.534 as neither exceedeth in quantity, nor yet hath any ill taste; and this is spit up without any cough. Now, when it aboun∣deth in quantity,* 1.535 wee use to spit it out; and for this purpose, we often use divers meanes to further the same. And the body being ill affected, it sometimes exceedeth also in quality: and thus it appeareth some∣times of a yellow,* 1.536 pale, or blacke colour, howbeit the white be the best. Sometimes againe, it is of an insipid, acid, bitter, salt or sweet taste: howbeit insipid or sweet be the best. Sometimes againe, it is too tough or clammy,* 1.537 or else too thinne; and the meane betwixt both is the best. These severall colours and tastes in the spittle do often indicate and de∣monstrat the nature of the humors conteined in the stomack, and there∣fore, in sicknesse especially, are of good use, and to be observed. When excrement exceedeth in quantity, wee use to purge it out, not onely naturally by expuition,* 1.538 or spitting out, but divers times by some appro∣priate medicines, used in divers diseases of the head proceeding from phlegmatick or rheumatick matter: and such are commonly of a hot or sharp quality, and are used sometimes to be chewed in the mouth, and draw downe abundance of rheumatick matter: and sometimes of these

are made and composed certaine compounded formes: as gargarismes,* 1.539 masticatories, and liniments or ointments. Of the simples whereof these are composed, some are of a more milde and gentle operation: as greene bay leaves, dill, and annise seed, tops of hyssop, &c. Some a∣gaine, are of a more forcible operation: as pepper, pellitory of Spaine, mustard seed, &c. The effect produced by these and the like medicines,* 1.540 we call salivation, or purging by spitting. And this salivation is ob∣served sometimes not onely to purge the humours from the head, but from the whole body: but this is not by any of these ordinary medi∣cines; as in mercuriall inunctions for the french poxe commeth to passe. But in stead of all other medicines used for the expurgation of this excrement, there hath beene of late yeeres, since Sir Walter Raleighs first voiage into the West Indies, in use with us the smoake of an Indian herbe, called by the Indians Tabacco.* 1.541 To insist upon any large discourse or description of this simple, the use of it being now so frequent, and so much said, both pro and contra, for and against it, will be thought, it may be, to small purpose, and thought perhaps, but to sing the Cuckowes song; yet comming now so handsomely in my way, and offering it selfe, as it were, into my armes, left I should leave any thing untouched, I will yet cast in my mite.

As therefore every creature of God is good, so in this simple,* 1.542 this is as easie to be seene and observed. That this simple then is hot and dry in the second degree, cannot be denied: as for the second qualities a∣rising from the first, as attenuation, penetration, discussion, &c. they cannot likewise be denied. And besides the afore-mentioned qualities, it participateth yet of a narcoticke or stupifying nature; which, whe∣ther it proceed from heat, cold, or the whole substance, it is not my purpose here to dispute, leaving it rather to be discussed in the schooles. And howsoever out antient Physitians did attribute unto those narco∣ticke medicines a transcending cold, even to the fourth degree: yet am I sure, that in this simple, with this narcoticke quality, concurreth both calidity and siccity. By reason then of these first qualities,* 1.543 it hea∣teth and drieth very much; and by consequent, conduceth in cold and moist diseases, and alike constitutions: and by reason of these second qualities, it openeth obstructions, cutteth tough and slimy humours, attenuateth and rarefieth them; and therefore helpeth defluxions of phlegmaticke humours upon the wind-pipe and lungs, obstructions of the liver, &c. By its narcotick quality, it stupifieth & benummeth the senses, and so allaieth paine. And the Indians often endure many daies hunger by the onely use of the smoake of this herb, this stupifying qua∣lity bereaving the nerves of sense, and procuring often times an artifi∣ciall and forced sleepe. Besides all these, we have already proved,* 1.544 that it is indued with a violent purging quality, both upwards and downe∣wards and that in as violent a manner, as either antimony, or that so much renowned hellebore, and the rest of those violent purging simples, used by Hippocrates or others. And this proceedeth from none of the a∣fore-mentioned qualities, as all our Physitians confesse. It is likewise by the learned in this profession confessed, that such violent purges par∣ticipate all of some maligne quality, contrary to mans nature: and ther∣fore

never sole and of themselves exhibited, without due prepa∣ration, and never in any great quantity, and that but seldome, and in cases of necessity, and for the most part to sharpen and quicken the dull and sluggish operation of other milder medicines. By that which hath been said then,* 1.545 let the ingenuous and judicious Reader judge of the ordinary use, or rather abuse of this so noble a medi∣cine. We see how nice and shy many people are of the use of good and wholesome Physicke prescribed by the most industrious and skil∣full Artist,* 1.546 still pleading that in all physicke there is some poison: and yet may we see, and observe the same persons all the houres of the day smoaking this poison, sole and of it selfe, without any correcti∣on; morning, evening and mid-day, fasting and feasting, before meales and after, before and after sleep, at home and abroad, in Winter and Sommer, and in all seasons whatsoever: and that for the most part without any respect either of age, sex, or any other circumstance what∣soever. The dry and melancholicke person is often as forward in the use of it, as the moist and cold, the leane as well as the far. If it be good for cold, foggy, moist constitutions, then must it needs be hurtfull for the contrary. If it be good to procure sleepe in watchfull bodies, then let the drowsie,* 1.547 sleepie sluggard refraine the use of it. Opium prepa∣red in the most artificiall and exquisite manner, although there bee scarce the proportion of one graine to twice or thrice as great a quan∣tity of the best extracted cordialls, yet is it had in detestation, and such a suspition had of it, that it is often condemned before any good evidence given in against it. And yet dare I be bold to say, that some of those ordinary Tabacconists take in one day the very quin∣tessence and strength of a many graines, that I say no further, of this benumming, intoxicating Tabacco. And whereas the other is used but seldome, by good advice, well prepared and corrected, and that in case of necessity too: this on the contrary is of all indifferent∣ly used, and without any preparation (although many times, if they knew all the truth, there is some poyson added to the former) of an unlimited quantity, as every ones unbridled affection, and unlimi∣ted lust leadeth him. But it will be objected, that people find here∣by some benefit,* 1.548 abundance of rheume being thereby avoided at the mouth.* 1.549 I answere, that there is thereby much moisture voided, but many times, yea for the most part, good naturall and radicall moi∣sture is thereby extracted. But this is neither safe, nor yet agreeth with sound reason.* 1.550 It hath been already proved that there is a ne∣cessary use of this laudable humor, which ought not thus, without rime or reason as we say, be exhaust, when as againe many times by a new supply with the pot wee fill in twice as much as was exhaust. We complaine often, and not without cause, of Empirickes and ig∣norant practitioners, that they commonly erre in this particular, that they purge away both good and bad humors indifferently: and shall we wrong our selves in the same kind, wherein wee find fault with o∣thers? But as concerning the seeming ease it giveth for the present, it is but momentary and of short continuance; but the hurt redoun∣ding by exsiccation of radicall moisture and profitable humidity more

permanent, and of longer endurance: so that of this it may well be said, that the remedy is worse than the disease.* 1.551 What shall I say of the ve∣nomous and violent deleterious damps from thence imparted to the braine and animall parts, by reason whereof we often see such strange astonishment and amazement in the senses? If any shall reply that by reason of heat and drouth it drieth up a moist braine: I an∣swere, that as in such a braine I hold it best, so againe I say, if a cow yeeld a good deale of milke, and kicke it downe when she hath done, what hast thou here to bragge of? If it doe thee good that way, and perhaps hurt thy memory, and by long continuance leave some ill impression upon thy body, brag of thy winning. And why may not sage as safely, and without any seeming shew of danger be used?* 1.552 It is by all our physitians accorded and agreed upon, that it doth appa∣rently corroborate and strengthen the nerves, and by consequent, all the animall powers, besides the many excellent vertues thereof re∣corded, the like whereof were never ascribed to Tabacco. And in ob∣structions of the pipes of the lungs, why might we not with far greater reason use the harmelesse and innocent smoake of colts foot (since the world is now become so smoakie) than the dampish smoake of this deletorious plant? But we see the world is now full of fansies and phan∣tasticke fashions, and this growne now of late yeeres, a new fashion to smoake away our precious time with this smoakie weed; besides,* 1.553 that this proveth often but a shooing-horne to make them draw downe drinke apace, the pip and the pot mutually entertaining one another: the dry ale-house, (so did a reverend judge on the bench lately stile these smoakie places) as said is,* 1.554 proving often a preparative to the o∣ther. Some againe in defence of this whiffing plead,* 1.555 that it proveth beneficiall for the furtherance of digestion, without the which they are not able to eate any. I answere, that Tabacco in this case proveth as lime laied to the root of a tree, which howsoever hasteneth, it may be, the maturity of the fruit, yet by meanes of exsiccation, and pre∣cipitate maturation, the tree is farre sooner overthrowne and decaieth: even so commeth it here to passe, where Tabacco driveth the meate downe out of the stomack before it receive that due alteration it ought,* 1.556 and consequently, howbeit the stomacke be sooner emptied, yet cru∣dities the mother of a multitude of diseases are often thereby ingen∣dred, which in their appointed times bring forth oftentimes a bitter fruit of many incurable diseases. How much better then were it not to oppresse thy stomacke, and to impose no heavier burden on it than it is well able to beare? and if ceized with any debility, are there not many good wholesome and corroborant medicines farre safer than this smoake? Besides,* 1.557 that moderate exercise and abstinence till thy ap∣petite returne, would perhaps prove better medicines than thou art aware of: sure I am, farre better than all the Tabacco of Trinidad. Now what hath beene hitherto said concerning this simple,* 1.558 I under∣stand even of the best not sophisticate: what shall we then say of that which is sophisticate and adulterate with divers, yea it may be some∣times deleterious drugs, yea even sublimate it selfe? Now if not∣withstanding all that hath been said, people will needs bee dallying

with a doubtfull drugge,* 1.559 yet I advise them, that as in other medicines they are wished to weigh divers circumstances: as of time, place, age, constitution of body, the disease, the quantitie, quality, and the manner of preparation: so thinke I here the like circumspection, and care not to be neglected. And this I speak to the more understanding & discreeter sort, who erre it may be out of ignorance. As for our roaring bores, tosse∣pots, pot-companions, and our ordinary swil-bolls, who, I thinke, will be rea∣dier to jeere and flout, than be reformed and ruled by my counsell, ther∣fore such I leave to be corrected with their owne rod, and it may be a sharper,* 1.560 if they persist. I advise especially all thin, cleare and cholericke, constitutions, as likewise all melancholicke persons, especially by meanes of choler adust, hot brained and yong people, women with child, and all such as are sicke of any acute diseases, to absteine from the use thereof.* 1.561 It is best to be used in Winter, in raw and moist weather, and in cold and moist braines, in dropsies, defluctions upon the joints and lungs, proceeding from cold humors, tooth-ach, gout, pector all infirmities, &c. As al∣so for the megrim,* 1.562 proceeding from the same cause, the mother, and divers infirmities of the braine proceeding from wind & cold moisture. As for the age,* 1.563 it best befitteth old age, where the brain is cold and moist. And as for the kind of life, Mariners and Sailers, and such as live neer waters, and there use their trade: as Tanners, Pelt-mongers, and the like; and such as live in moist, fenny, waterish and moorish places: as in Holland, in Lincolneshire,* 1.564 and other like places. And such as make use of it thus physically (for to such here I direct my speech) I thinke it very fit they use with it some correctives, it having as great need as any most violent purge whatsoever,* 1.565 as hath bin already proved. In diseases of the braine therefore, a drop or two of the oile of amber, cloves, mace; or in defect of them, some of their powder, or halfe sage, some dry rosemary, or the like: if in Epilepticall fits, some powder of paeoniae seeds, or roots will much correct the ill qualities of this intoxicating simple,* 1.566 and corrobo∣rate the animall powers. In diseases of the lungs, joints, cholicke from wind, or phlegme and the like, a drop or two of the oile of annise seeds, of mints, cumin or caroway seeds, or in defect of them, some of the pow∣der of the seeds will serve for a good corrective. But howsoever, let no man deceive himselfe so farre, as to thinke this to be some famous Pana∣cea, Nepenthe, or some golden Elixir, whereof there hath beene much bragging, but small benefit as yet reaped. If thou wilt not be warned by that which I and others have advertised thee, thou maiest, perhaps, repent when it will be too late:* 1.567 and howsoever thou findest not alwaies suddenly such ill successe as we fore-tell thee, yet remember, that of∣tentimes in yonger yeers, there is such seed of diseases by disorder sown in the body, that in old age bringeth forth much bitter fruit. And of this I am verily perswaded,* 1.568 that the excessive and disorderly use of this simple, is no small cause, as of the more frequent raigning of divers dan∣gerous diseases among us, so of many strange and uncoth accidents, ac∣cording to the severall and individuall bodies therewith assaulted. But yet before I finish this point concerning salivation,* 1.569 I must give notice of an ignorant and dangerous custome of some Barber-surgeons in the use thereof. Some of these many times undertake the cure of some in∣••••••••••t••••••

〈…〉〈…〉 with an ordinary 〈…〉〈…〉 with a 〈…〉〈…〉 by 〈…〉〈…〉 into this c••••rt, o•• 〈…〉〈…〉 by 〈…〉〈…〉 mercurially 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which in this cas•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 commonly uses, wh•• 〈…〉〈…〉 no••th all there 〈…〉〈…〉 and 〈…〉〈…〉 into 〈…〉〈…〉 with a 〈…〉〈…〉. His reason, as s••••be of her 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣ted 〈…〉〈…〉 all 〈…〉〈…〉 or this cause was, to draw the humour upwards, and fr•••• the 〈…〉〈…〉. But here the whole frame of her body was out of order the live 〈…〉〈…〉 body, especially the nether parts, by reason 〈…〉〈…〉. Now, whether such a cours•• was then sit 〈…〉〈…〉 the ••••rned ••••dge, and besides, a reason∣able in 〈…〉〈…〉 by that which hath been said al∣ready 〈…〉〈…〉 and their wai••s, how unfit and indirect a course this was, 〈…〉〈…〉 mak•• it in th•••• appeare,* 1.570 but that now i•• cann••t, 〈…〉〈…〉 thi•• particular. Onely by th•• way, take a 〈…〉〈…〉 sottish stupidity, and or 〈…〉〈…〉 of the 〈…〉〈…〉 This so•••• 〈…〉〈…〉 counsell, a 〈…〉〈…〉 onely 〈…〉〈…〉 time, being 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Winte••, to 〈…〉〈…〉 such a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as 〈…〉〈…〉 the 〈…〉〈…〉 of the 〈…〉〈…〉 from an•• kinde of physicke, to 〈…〉〈…〉 by 〈…〉〈…〉 and a••e••snesse, and partly for 〈…〉〈…〉 ••presse upon her, sh•••• seeming 〈…〉〈…〉 to 〈…〉〈…〉 the Spirits of the yeere: and yet, 〈…〉〈…〉 it perswasion, shee that before was unwilling to 〈…〉〈…〉 ••tion, submitted her selfe to this trouble some mercuriall 〈…〉〈…〉 ••¦vation, and such other directions hee was pleased to ordeine, 〈…〉〈…〉 member▪ very neere a matter of a yeere, I speake n••t this 〈…〉〈…〉 will I beare this mans person: but pleading now f••r the publi•••• 〈…〉〈…〉 ••he which I haue my warrant from my m••ther, the Vniversity. I thought not my duty to betray the truth, but hee ••om•• to my 〈…〉〈…〉 to vindicate the same from error and impo••ture. And therof for 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••suredly knowne that the same party hath with others pr••ceeded aft•••• this same manner, in other cases also, and where, I dare sweare ther•• was not the ha••t ••••••••ition of the po••e, I thought good to give the coun¦trie notice, that they be no more deluded. And that so much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••¦ther, in that •• supp••se it be not his errour ••••••ly, but 〈…〉〈…〉 be culpable in th same binde.

CHAP. XXIII.

Of Snot or Snevell: Rheume falling downe upon the lungs and other pectorall parts: of Expuition, or Expectoration; and the great abuse in the use of expectorating medicines, and the right use thereof.

AS in the whole body of man there are divers emunctories or passages whereby superfluous and excrementitious matter is expelled; so hath the braine for the same purpose obteined the nose, which besides other uses, hath this in particular, thereby to expell such superfluous excrements as abound in the braine. This ex∣crement most usually thus expelled, is by the Greeke Physitian Hippocrates especially, call'd 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: in Latine mucus narium: in English snot of snewell. a 1.571 This is then an excrement of the braine, the which abounding in phlegmaticke moisture, whatsoever is superflu∣ous or unprofitable, it partly expelleth by the nose, and partly by other places. Of this excrementitious matter, some is sometimes very thinne, and some tough and clammy, sometimes in a greater, sometimes in a smaller quantity: some againe hot, some cold; some also sweet, unsa∣voury, and bitter: againe, some without and smell, and some of an evill smell, as commeth to passe in ulcers called ozenae, and principally in the French pox, where the nose, to the view of the eye, may often be discer∣ned to be eaten away with this venomous matter. This excrement is a∣gaine often died with divers colors; as reddish, yellowish, white. Some∣times this snot commeth away of its own accord, and sometimes other∣wise expelled. Such excrements as are purg'd by the palat of the mouth and the nose,* 1.572 according to Galen, declare unto us how the braine and the members thereof are affected. When this matter is thinne, it signifieth a colliquation, as it were, a melting of this matter, and the beginning of this distillation: but that againe which is thicker, argueth concoction, and that it is either now at the height, or else declining. When this excrement stinketh,* 1.573 it is alwaies taken for an evill signe, indicating an ulcer, and sometimes taken for a signe of headach proceeding from wormes. Great abundance of this excrementitious humidity in the braine, is signified, where this excrement aboundeth, and by conse∣quence, often stupidity, or debility of memory: descending copiously of its owne accord, it is not so good as when it is blowne out. When it is of a reddish colour, it is not so to be approved of, as arguing alwaies some blood. Salt or bitter argue some heat; sweet and insipid, the contrary. When this excrement is stopp'd, and the head stuffed, the passages must by convenient and fit meanes be opened, by means of the juice of beets, marjoram, and many other such opening simples, either the juice or dry powder thereof being for this purpose used. Such are commonly called

errhina, or caputpurgia. If it be too aboundant,* 1.574 then meanes must be used to dry the braine by powders, perfumes, &c. especially, a spare and dry∣ing diet, and forget not to keepe warme the head and feet.

But wee finde often,* 1.575 that a liquid thinne excrement taketh another way, and from the braine descendeth and falleth downe upon divers parts of the body; which, when it falleth down upon the pectorall parts, wee commoly call the rheume, which, as also Catarrhus, is a Greeke word, signifying a defluxe, or falling downe. In Latine sputum is com∣mon to both that we call saliva, whereof before, and this same whereof wee now speake. That Spittle or Rheume in b 1.576 Galens esteeme is the best, which is white in colour, smooth and equall, being neither too moist and liquid in substance, not yet too thicke and tough: and Avi∣cenne out of Hippocrates addeth, that they be easie, and of speedy ex∣pectoration.* 1.577 This theumaticke matter is either solitary without any other disease or symptome; or else therewith accompanied; to wit, a Feuer. When it falled downe upon the wind-pipe, or the pipes of the lungs, and be not very hot or sharpe, it causeth hoarsnesse and shortnesse of breath, in intention or remission, according as the humour lesse or more aboundeth; and as it is tough and clammy, or thinner; as also according to the strength or weaknesse of the part recipient, &c.* 1.578 When there is a Fever joined with such a matter, falne downe vpon the pectorall parts, it is common∣ly either a Pleuresie, or inflammation of the lungs, called Peripneumonia: howbeit I deny not but that there are also divers other rheumaticke Fe∣vers, whereof I purpose not here to speake. This excrement is found to be of divers tasts: as sweete, insipid, bitter and salt,* 1.579 proceeding from the nature of the humours they are ingendred of. And it is like∣wise of divers colours, partaking also of the nature of the humours: as some are white, some reddish, some yellow, blacke or greene, which varietie of colours is oftenest in Pleuresies to be observed.* 1.580 Sometimes there is also some other matter mingled therewith: as sometimes a congealed mattery substance, sometime a cartisaginous substance from the wind-pipe, and sometimes also little stones. Now, this rheuma∣ticke matter falling downe upon any of the aforesaid parts,* 1.581 if it be not from thence expelled, is not a little prejudiciall to the health, and is commonly accompanied with a cough. Upon the first annoyance of the cough therefore, it is a common custome to use some meanes to ex∣pell this humour; which is most commonly done without any order,* 1.582 or distinction, either of causes or constitutions, &c. and none so ig∣norant, but they are furnished with some one or other, if not more medicines for the cold, as they call it. And yet in the use of them there is no small caution to be observed, both of the state of the body, the time of the disease, the part ttansmitting, commonly the head; and the part recipient, or receiving, to wit, the parts within the brest. When as this excrement is hard to be ex∣pelled, wee are by all meanes possible to further and facilitate the same: and this difficulty proceedeth from a double cause, the thin∣nesse and sharpnesse, or from the toughnesse and clamminesse of the hu∣mor. The former we effect by incrassation of the humor,* 1.583 by sparing and

orderly Diet, and divers other things which doe incrassat and thicken this thinne matter: as conserve of roses, sirup of violets, of Jujubes, &c: and divers compound medicines tending to this same purpose. If it be tough and impacted into the pipes of the lungs, then are wee to use such meanes as may both cut and expell it: as colts-foot, mai∣dens haire,* 1.584 hyssop, licorice, and the like; whereof are made divers sirups and other compositions for the effecting of this businesse. And when these will not serve the turne, then make we use of some more forcible meanes, as of Oxymel simplex, and compounded with divers for∣cible ingredients, as squills, &c: as shall by the counsell and directi∣ons of the learned be prescribed. And this is the proper way by which diseases of the pectorall parts are ordinarily purged: howbeit some∣times, although seldome, we use to purge by stoole in these cases. It is here also to be observed, that such medicines as are for this purpose ap∣pointed,* 1.585 be prepared in a solid, or at least not a very liquid forme, that they may be lickt downe, or else let melt under the tongue: for taken in a great quantity, and drunke or swallowed downe, they goe onely into the stomacke, and so into the guts and veines, and therefore pro∣duce not the expected effect.* 1.586 Hence doth appeare the error of such as thinke to drive away their cold, as they call it, by large draughts of buttered beere to bed-wards; which is so farre from answering their expectation, that by hindring and interrupting concoction, increasing crudities, opening the orifice of the stomacke, and loosening the same, and by fuming up into the head, it rather furthereth and increaseth this cough or cold,* 1.587 call it as thou wilt. It is in like manner to be obser∣ved, that as sweet things loosen tough phlegme, and so facilitate ex∣pectoration, so doth the too frequent use of them much debilitate the concocting faculty of the stomacke, besides that in cholericke per∣sons they are apt to ingender the like humor. And the too frequent use of too acid,* 1.588 tart or sharpe things, is here also to be shunned: but bit∣ter things, howbeit better for both, yet scarce so wel-come to the A∣pitian palats of our age.* 1.589 And it is here likewise to be observed, that in diseases conteined within this second region, the spittings up, spu∣ta are equivalent to the urines in many other diseases, whereby wee judge of the concoction or crudity of the disease: as c 1.590 Galen him∣selfe at great length witnesseth: yea, and he himselfe willeth us, in the first place, ere ever we view the water, in diseases of this naure to consider of that which is spit up, which may often reveale unto us the causes of the disease, and sometimes the indications thereof. For that which is spit up reasonable thicke, except some other worse mat∣ter be joined therewith, doth most commonly argue concoction: as againe on the contrary, that which is very thinne and liquid argueth cruditie, especially in the beginning of diseases. Very tough and clammy matter spit up in a Pleurisie, argueth the length and contuma∣cie of the disease: yet if it bee frothie, it is a signe it proceedeth from putrefied phlegme.* 1.591 That which is spit up of it selfe without a∣ny admixture of other matter, is good and laudable; and yet in a Pleurisie and Inflammation of the lungs argueth the crudity of the dis∣ease. If it be thinne, salt, and in a small quantity, according to Galen,

argueth alwaies cruditie; and Avicenne addeth, the long continuance of the disease: and if joined either with matter, caruncles, or small cartilages, or little stones, there is no good presaged. In Pthisickes or ulcerat lungs, if all spitting up faile, it is alwaies a dangerous, if not a deadly signe. If this excrement should too much abound, we must looke into the cause, and cure it accordingly, by good and sparing Diet, by light suppers, and sometimes none at all;* 1.592 corroboration of the braine, by perfumes, plasters, and other things in such cases requisite. By that which hath beene said then, may evidently be un∣derstood, how erroneous is the opinion of the vulgar, esteeming that all diseases may by the bare inspection of the urine onley bee discer∣ned; as also of such ignorant, erroneous, and covetous Empiricall practitioners, who being void of all true sufficiency in the profession of Physicke, would by this or other indirect meanes magnifie them∣selves, amongst the more rude and ignorant sort of people.

CHAP. XXIV.

Of carnall copulation, the right use, and abuse thereof: what age and constitutions it best befitteth. Something concerning the menstruous fluxe in women.

BEsides all these unprofitable excrements, and to be expelled out of the body, there is yet a profitable excrement ingendred in the bo∣dy of man, abounding not in quality but in quantity onely, and that for a beneficiall and profitable end, the propagation of mankind. And this is that we call the food of generati∣on, which with man is common to unreason∣able creatures.* 1.593 This excrement then is no∣thing else save a remainder of some portion of blood after the whole body is served in the third concoction, and which being altered and changed into a white colour in the spe••mati∣call vessells, is in those places reserved untill it be expelled in the act of generation. This is not found in the body untill it have attein∣ed to yeeres of puberty, and these persons atteined to some reason∣able stature, all the blood before being imploied to the growth and in∣crease of the body.* 1.594 The proper use of this so utile and profitable ex∣crement, is the multiplication of mankind, and is found both in man and woman. And therefore as other excrements, so is this sometimes to bee expelled out of the body, the which being too long deteined, in some bodies especially, proveth often the occasion of divers disea∣ses and dangerous accidents. But as in all other things, so here espe∣cially, I meane, a moderation should bee observed, and herein the Lawes of God and man be not infringed. The moderate; timely and

orderly use thereof is in many respects usefull and profitable: for, be∣sides that it serveth for the propagation of mankinde,* 1.595 it inhibiteth al∣so the repletion of the body, reviveth the spirits, exciteth naturall heat, helpeth the agility of the body, preventeth phlegmaticke diseases, di∣lateth the pores of the body, quickeneth the minde, and qualifieth fury and melancholy.* 1.596 The immoderate and unseasonable use thereof, re∣solves the spirits, cooleth the body, hurteth the head, eyes, nerves and joints, ingendreth crudities, dulleth the minde and senses, pro∣cureth a stinking breath, pissing of blood, consumption of the backe, &c. And this I say to such as will take warning, and will not wittingly and willingly overthrow both soule and body. I thinke it is to small purpose to speake to these sensuall Sardanaples of this our licentious and luxuri∣ous age, our common haunters of whore-houses, to brothel birds, and the like, who will sell their soules, and part of Paradise for satisfying a short lasting lust. But because such sensuall Epicures are seldome moved with divine threats, and scarce ever firmely beleeve there is a hell, untill they fall headlong into it; therefore if the premisses will not serve the turne, let such know, that, besides the loathsome poxe, rottenesse of bones, and a world of weaknesses doe often accompany their later yeers, if divine punition permit them so long to live: besides, that as the a 1.597 Wise-man saith, that by meanes of a whorish woman, a man is brought to a morsell of bread, and if hee should yet escape all this, yet is he but led like an oxe to the slaughter, as witnesseth the same wise Solomon. And all that which is in the same golden booke of Proverbes set downe concer∣ning this subject, I wish they would read, and seriously consider: I knew,* 1.598 my selfe, within these few yeeres, a Knight of antient descent, having left him by his father of antient inheritance, 1200 pounds sterling of yeerely rent to spend, who having in a short space wasted all this estate on whores, and other excesse, was at length brought to that passe, that hee had not a morsell of bread to put in his belly, but what hee begged, or else sharked for; and for his lodging, hee had some shop doore in the City to lie at, a penthis to shelter him from the raine, and a hard bulke for his feather bed: many that read this, can, no doubt, out of their owne knowledge, instance in a multitude of the like examples. The age fittest for this act,* 1.599 is manly age, to the younger sort and old age it being rather hurtfull. From hence may then evidently appeare the preposterous course of many, who, for some sinister respect, either for covetousnesse to compasse some great match, some great alliance or the like, often cause children to marry before ever they know what mar∣riage meanes (although not alwaies consummate,* 1.600 yet in effect, and finished at parents or neere friends pleasure) or how to make a free choice, which ought to be voluntary, and not forced: and hence com∣meth it to passe, that both their bodies are debilitated, their growth of∣ten hindred (that which should have turned to the nourishing and in∣creasing of the body, being too soone, as we have already said, turned another way) divers diseases ingendred, and their issue (if they have any, they being ordinarily not so fruitfull as others) proving often crasie and valetudinary, and by the just judgement of God, upon such unlawfull matches, there is seldome seen that firme love and true affection, agree∣ment and concord betwixt such parties as ought to be, in this sacred

ordinance, as I have often observed, and by relation heard of a many more: besides, that many times they prove afterwards more inconti∣nent: for considering that they were not of judgement sufficient when they were first married, disliking the party that before was, as it were, pinned upon them, breake forth into unlawfull lust. It is their sinne,* 1.601 I confesse, but parents and friends minister occasions, which prove more dangerous, when these parties have not first been trained up in the feare of God, which, alas the pitty, is too much neglected. Such, therefore, as have children marriageable, it is the parents duty to provide for their children matches in due time, observing the disposition of their chil∣dren, lest the neglect of this duty done in due time, extort out of them aftewards a too late repentance. Such as cannot so suddenly,* 1.602 as need requireth, be furnished to their liking, let parents be more watchfull over them, and all have a care of their pious education in their younger yeeres, preventing all occasions of evill; idlenesse especially, reading of lewd lascivious love books, frequenting lewd and lascivious compa∣ny; stage-plaies especially, the very bane and break-necke of all mo∣desty, honesty and chastity: and all other things that may worke pre∣judice in this kind. And such as are of yeeres of discretion, and sui iuris; and now by death of parents freed from that triall of obedience, I wish them to marry, rather than burne and breake out in sinne, and so live to dishonour God, and scandalise their neighbour. And if they cannot accommodate themselves so suddenly, let them in the meane-time avoid all provocations to lust, use spare and thinne diet, avoiding the pampering of the flesh, using often for companion the Bible and other good bookes, and other good meanes. But in any case, never a∣bandon thy selfe to idlenesse; but alwaies be imploied in some good and laudable vocation, whereby thou maist prove profitable either to Church or Common-wealth. But this belonging more properly to the Divines pulpit than the Physitians pen, I leave to them.* 1.603 But now be∣cause it concerneth every one, both in sicknesse and in health, to be ac∣quainted with that which concerneth them so neere: I therefore ad∣vertise all weake, feeble and infirme persons,* 1.604 that they be not too busie in this particular. Of constitutions the hot and drie chole∣ricke, and next dry melancholicke persons are most thereby indamaged: but hot and moist, sanguine and phlegmaticke bodies are hereby most benefitted. And I advise sicke persons, especially in acute diseases,* 1.605 and in their recovery, untill they have atteined their full strength, for feare of a relaps, to absteine from this act. As for chronicall,* 1.606 or long continuing diseases, by reason it is an enemy to the nerves, and nervous parts, it is therefore in many infirmities of the braine, Epilepsie especi∣ally, and all manner of gouts most hurtfull. As for the age, the parti∣cular yeeres cannot so well be determined, some being more able at twenty, than others at thirty or upwards: and some old men of foure∣score, abler than others at fifty: but yet, as I touched before,* 1.607 to mar∣ry children, or young people while they are yet a growing, it is both prejudiciall to the publike, and their owne private persons. For feeble old age, it cannot but prove very pernicious, as any one may easily un∣derstand. As for the time of the yeere, the most temperate,* 1.608 keeping a

meane and moderation betwixt heat and cold, as in other evacuations, so here likewise is alwaies most seasonable. But in extreme hot or cold seasons be wary & circumspect, especially in time of great heat, which is more hurtfull than the cold. As for the particular time, some have preferred the evening,* 1.609 by reason of sleepe insuing after; but most are for the morning, as most seasonable. Howsoever, after a full stomacke, any violent exercise or bodily labour that hath much debilitated the strength, is not to be used. And besides, among men, some are some∣times ignorant of that they ought to know, and some more sensuall than becommeth so noble a creature; therefore, in time of a womans menstruous fluxe, as likewise that time which is set apart for this eva∣cuation, after a womans delivery they must absteine: the which b 1.610 as we see to have beene by Gods owne appointment practised among the people of the Iewes, so for divers good respects, the same is to remaine with us inviolable. Now, if this excrement be not in due time and order expelled,* 1.611 it proveth often the cause of divers diseases both in man and woman: as that we call gonorrhaea, or involuntary effluxe of seed in either sexe, proceeding also sometimes from the debility of the retentive faculty. In women it occasioneth often histericall Passions, or fits of the mother, greene sicknesse, obstructions, palpitation of the heart, &c. But in both sexes I wish that moderation which becommeth Christi∣ans to be observed,* 1.612 and withall, to consider that a man may be drunke with his owne drinke, if he take too much, and besides, that * 1.613 a man may (as our Divines hold) even commit adultery with his owne wise. There is yet no small prejudice hereby procured to thine owne health, and besides, hath cost many a man his life. c 1.614 Pliny maketh mention of two Roman Knights, Quintilius Horatius, and Cornelius Gallus, who both died in this act.* 1.615 I thinke, few that read this treatise, but can relate the tragicall stories of many, who have by this meanes both shortned their lives, wasted their meanes, and purchased to themselves many loath∣some and dangerous diseases, the poxe, especially (a punishment sent from God to punish this odious sinne) and we may see in every corner of the country the wofull effects of this excesse of luxury. In all that I have already said, my purpose is not to disswade any from the use of that sacred ordinance of wedlocke, which God in the depth of his sacred wisedome hath ordeined as a fit remedy for preventing of sinne, and for the great good and manifold comfort of mankinde: but only to ad∣vise all people to a moderation, and withall, wishing every one to know themselves, and who have more or lesse need, and accordingly to ac∣commodate themselves in the lawfull use of this ordinance. And from hence may manifestly appeare the malapert sawcinesse of that man of sinne and his shavelings, who in direct opposition to Gods command, and approbation of this sacred ordinance, will make it knowne to the whole world, that he is that man of sinne foretold by the holy d 1.616 Apostle, forbidding marriage and meats. It hath, by that which hath bin said, plain∣ly appeared, that some persons, and some constitutions may better and longer forbeare this ordinance than others:* 1.617 but never was it by God absolutely forbidden any estate, degree, sexe, or any sort of people, to use this sacred ordinance, Priest nor people, in the old or new

Testament: nay, is there not a punctuall e 1.618 place to the contrary? Mar∣riage is honourable among all men, and the bed undefiled. But the Pope re∣plies, (lest it should not be taken notice hee is Antichrist) that it is not so, Marriage is dishonorable to my shavelings. But what? to keepe a Concubine, yea, to practise that unnaturall sinne of Sedomi••, by God himselfe punished by fire from heaven, belike is no sinne: nay, what shall it be then for a Clergie man, nay, for a f 1.619 Popish Prelate, not by word of mouth onely, but by a booke in print proclaime his owne shame to the open view of the world, and the Romish Clergies impious, abominable, and more than brutish luxurious and lascivious lives. And if one should make a narrow search, and take a survey of these holy fathers of the Church, wee shall finde them nothing inferiour to, if not exceeding Sodome by many degrees in filthy lust; and then what we may expect from children of such parents, let the world judge. We may read of Iulius the 3^d. who, to grace that gracelesse Innocentius, whom he had before abused in commiting with him that sinne against nature, when he was himselfe installed into S. Peters chaire, preferred this base varlet into the number of the Cardinalls. And when as some Writers had by publicke writings detested his blasphemies and other grosse villanies, he suborned one of his favorites by publike writing to de∣fend the lawfulnesse of these abominable villanies; and lest he should be unlike himselfe, by his bull and broad seale allowed of all this var∣lets witing. Sixtus the 4. for another monument to perpetuat the me∣mory, and continue the practice of these salacious Satyres, erected in Rome a publike stewes for the daily practice of both kindes of unclean∣nesse, for the which they pay even yet a weekly tribute to this unholy holinesse, the which often amounteth to 40000 ducats in the yeere: and this is by his clergie collected, and by them together with his church revenues brought in to his coffers. This same holy father at the request and petition of one of his favorites, whom he abused in the same Sode∣miticall sin, granted to his whole family, and to a certaine company of Cardinalls freely to use this sin (a horrible impietie to be mentioned, saith mine author) in the three hot months of the yeere, Iune, Iuly & Au∣gust. And Iohn the 24. was accused in the councel of Constans for a whore∣master, adulterer, and a Sodomite. Of Clement the 8. it is recorded that hee

was a Bastard, a Poisoner, a murderer, a Bawd, a Smoniacke, a Sorcerer, a ra∣••i••h••r, Sodomite, sacrilegious, and a contriver and inventer of all wickednesse. Such were Benedict, 1. and the 14. and Paul the 3. And for the com∣mendation of this Paul 3. it is written of him that he prostituted his owne sister, that he might become Bishop and Cardinail o•• Hostia. Ano∣ther sister with whom he was as familiar as a man with his wife, by reason he saw her more affectioned to another than himselfe, hee poiso∣ned. And being taken in the very act of adultery with another mans wife, received of the husband such a blow, that he carried the marke of it to his grave. And that he might the more freely enjoy the com∣pany of his owne daughter whom hee had for a long time thus abused, he caused poison her husband. He had in his memoriall the names of 45. thousand whores of whom hee received a monethly tribute. And these might kisse his foot, have familiar accesse unto him, and converse with him both day and night. These few instances among a multitude more I have set downe, that the world may see the hypocrisie of that filthy Roman strumper, who would beare the world in hand, they and their clergy are very chast and continent, and yet none can come neere them in all manner of uncleannesse. Nay, there lived a gentleman here in this towne a few yeeres agoe, in the Priory of S^t. Andrewes, whose sonne told me he saw among some deeds concerning this Priory, his father had then in custody during his lease, one, wherein a priest, as I remember, living at Saywell within foure miles of this same towne, was for something hee held of the Prior, tied to bring him every mo∣neth a pretty, faire, young wench: and this was not said to be for lust (they know not what it meaneth, simple babes) but to cleanse his kidnies: pu••llam pulchram nitidam, &c, non libidinis gratia sed ad purgandos renes; were the words as I remember. Nay, if I should hold my peace the multitude of young childrens skulls found in many ponds of these con∣vents of many Monks, Friers and Nunnes, when they were cleansed, would proclaime the Romish whores uncleannesse. And this by the way for a touch shall suffice to have said concerning this point.

* 1.620Now besides this profitable excrement of seed of generation, there is yet another in women, appointed also for a profitable and necessary use. And this is the blood of the menstruous fluxe, which is good and laudable blood, of the same nature and property of the rest of the blood of the body, at first appointed for a profitable use, the nourish∣ment of the infant in the mothers whomb: and after it is brought into the world, this alimentarie liquor is by certaine vessells, as so many pipes, for this end and purpose appointed, conveied into the breasts, and there by paps or dugs converted into a white liquor, which we call milke, the proper aliment of the infant, the which is still by the mo∣ther to be continued, and to be exhibited to this tender fruit of her womb, so long as shall be needfull. In women that are with child, whether Virgins or married women where this fluxe is become habi∣tuall,* 1.621 that which superaboundeth, in sound and healthfull bodies is ordinarily by a periodicall course once a moneth expelled. But up∣on divers occasions it commeth often to passe, that both in maids and

married women this fluxe being stopt proveth a cause of many danger∣ous diseases, and therefore by good and wise counsell this fluxe is to be furthered, and if it be not regulat and keep not the due times and turnes, we are by fit and appropriat remedies, according to the sever∣all causes and circumstances, to provoke and further the same, on the which here were too long to insist, my Booke already being growne to that bignesse that I dare not bee too bold. Howsoever I advise young maides not to bee too idle, and cocketing mothers not too much to mainteine them in idlenesse.* 1.622 This fluxe is sometimes againe facultie in the excesse, which is then with great discretion, according to the severall causes and circumstances to be suppressed. But I advise every woman afflicted with this infirmitie to be wise, and not be too busie with Empirickes, and womens receits by strong astringent meanes sud∣denly to stop this course, which was never yet by the judicious and learned allowed for a legall cure of this disease. On the diet befitting both this and other fluxes proper to this sex, it requiring some more paines and time then I can now well spare, I will not insist, but reserve it to some fitter opportunity, when as if God spare my life and health I may give this sex some more particular satisfaction.

CHAP. XXV.

Of sleeping and waking, the benefit and use thereof in sicknesse and in health. The severall sorts of sleepe; and what persons may freeliest sleep, and who lesse.

HAving hitherto at great length discoursed of foure things commonly called not naturall: to wit, of the aire and other elements; of meat and drink, the uses and preparations in sicknesse and in health; of exercises of divers sorts; and lastly of divers sorts of evacuati∣ons; we come now to the fift, watching and sleeping, not unworthy of our consideration both in sicknesse and in health. My meaning is not here to enter into a curious and philo∣sophicall discourse concerning the nature and essence thereof, but leave such speculations to our schooles, and who so will bee satisfied herein, let him have recourse to a 1.623 that Prince of philosophers who hath handled this subject learnedly and at great length. The same author and Galen also referre both sleeping and waking to the common sense. As for the seat of sleep, we with b 1.624 Galen and all our famous Physitians doe undoubtedly place it in the braine, from whence the originall of the nerves is by the senses to be observed, and from thence the nerves communicated to the whole body impart both motion and feeling to every part and particle of the same: although I confesse Aristotle as he

would have the originall of the nerves in the heart, so following the same error, would likewise have the seat of sleepe feated in the heart: which we utterly reject, whatsoever c 1.625 acute Scaliger seeme to say to the contrary; who by the sharpenesse of his wit would seeme to think that his ipse dixit should be sufficient to make us beleeve that the moone is made of greene cheese. But my purpose is not here to enter upon any po∣lemicall matter, but proceed to that which concerneth the considera∣tion of this subject in sicknesse and in health. Under watching wee here comprehend both the functions of the common sense. The first is the distribution of the animall faculty proceeding from the head to the organs of the outward senses, to the end they may receive the species: and the next is, the perception it selfe, and the judging of such species received into these organs of the outward senses. Now sleepe is not properly a function of any sense, but a certaine affection following upon the naturall function of the senses, to wit, waking, that thereby the strength which by waking was tired out, might the better be repai∣red and refreshed. The moderation of both these in sicknesse and in health are very necessary, and when either exceedeth, the body is much endamaged, and health much hindered. Immoderate watching drieth up, attenuateth, exhausteth and debilitateth the body, and spendeth the spirits; and therefore in hot acute diseases, if long continuing, prov▪ the very dangerous. Sleep, produceth the contrary effects; howbeit ex∣ceeding measure dulleth the body, moisteneth too much, oppresseth and suffocateth naturall heat, ingendreth abundance of excrements▪ and drowneth both the senses and the mind. But sleep moderately used be∣nefitteth both the body and the mind: for by this meanes the conco∣ction of the aliment in the stomacke and all the parts of the body, are by the testimony of d 1.626 Hippocrates, best performed, the which is also by e 1.627 Galen him selfe seconded. Sleep moistneth also the body, where∣unto it seemeth the f 1.628 Poet alluded, fessos sopor irrigat artus. And be∣sides, it nourisheth and maketh fat, and what is corrupted expelleth by sweat or urine, and what is not fully concocted it perfecteth and maketh profitable for the nourishment of the body: besides all this, it qualifieth and mitigateth choler, the cause of many dangerous disea∣ses: and it staieth and hindereth any evacuation except sweat, and withall cooleth the body.* 1.629 Sleep then is a naturall rest, and that almost per∣fect of all the externall senses; or a naturall impotency of the animall faculties to the actions, by reason of a mild and pleasant vapor arising from the aliment irrigating, and as it were, besprinkling the braine, that in the meane time, the vigor and strength of the body may be this meanes bee repaired and refreshed. Now,* 1.630 although there be here a cessation of the influxe of the animall spirits into the organs of the outward senses, yet is there not a totall cessation of this influxe: for then a man should not againe waken at all, and this would prove a stupefaction of the senses, and not a sleep. Sleep is therefore, as it were, a binding or tying up of the common sense, and a hindering of the influence of the animall spirits into the organs of the outward senses in part onely; as wee see by experience in respiration and many motions the body useth in sleepe: but the in∣fluxe of so great a quantity and quality of spirits into these organs

of the outward senses, as for the performance of their functions is re∣quisite, then is denied. And in a profound, sound or deep sleep, as we may call it, there is a smaller or lesser influence; in a lesse profound sleep, when as the senses worke but slenderly, there is a greater quan∣tity of spirits. This humor or vapor thus moistening the braine, being spent, the body awaketh, and so becommeth more fit and quicke to goe about all ordinary imploiments; and these two doe thus alternatively succeed each other, according to the Poet.

Quod caret alternarequie durabile non est. What thing wants rest, thou maiest be sure, Long time on earth cannot indure.

And all this is to be understood of naturall sleepe, usefull and usuall both in sicknesse and in health, there being also some sleepes, or ra∣ther soporiferous affections which are not naturall. And this unnatu∣rall or soporiferous sleep is often an accident of acute diseases, some∣times dangerous, and sometimes free there from. Sleep then being so necessary for all ages, sexes, and sorts of people, wee will say something concerning the fit and convenient time for sleepe, as also of the dura∣tion and continuance thereof, and with what site or posture of the bo∣dy we are to sleep, and who may safely sleepe longest, and who are not allowed so long a time. The wisedome and provident care of our Maker, is not a little in this to be admired, in that as he hath appoin∣ted the day time for man to labour in, so hath hee likewise appointed the night time for a cessation from worke and serious imploiment, and a time to repaire that which hath beene decaied or tyred out the day before. The night time therefore is the fittest and most conveni∣ent time for sleep and rest,* 1.631 when as both the Sunne withdrawes from us his bright beames, and the darknesse and night-silence seeme to invite and summon us thereunto.* 1.632 But it hath been and yet is a questi∣on among many, whether sleep in the day time be not allowable, which by the generall suffrage, and unanimous consent of Physitians seem∣eth to have been condemned? The g 1.633 Salernitan schoole likewise dis∣claimeth it as hurtfull for the health. I answere, it is not indeed allow∣able, that especially which is used immediately after dinner, called commonly somnus meridianus, of the which all our Physitians are to be understood: and indeed it cannot but be very hurtfull to the body, and prejudiciall to the health, filling the head with many vapors,* 1.634 and by consequence procuring many diseases. Such especially as are sub∣ject to rheumes, Epilepticke fits, and diseases of that nature, are chiefly to shunne this kind of sleep. To some thereunto accustomed it is lesse hurtfull, if especially sparingly, and an houre or two after dinner used. Morning sleepe, although by some longer continued,* 1.635 is alwaies lesse offensive than used immediatly after meales, howbeit the night is al∣waies most seasonable.* 1.636 As for sicke people we are often forced to suffer them to sleep when they can, it being often out of our power to accom∣modate it, as we would, to the right and proper time and season, espe∣cially in acute diseases, and in hot cholericke constitutions: howbeit we are by all meanes, if it be possible, to helpe them to rest in the night

time, as they were accustomed in time of health; the which is al∣waies most fit and convenient both in sicknesse and in health. And Silla, h 1.637 saith Plutarch, is of opinion, that this symbole of Pythagoras, whereby is injoined to marre the print of the bed-clothes wherein any hath lien, is to be understood of sleeping in the day time, as though we were thereby dehorted from sleeping in that unseasonable time, ap∣pointed for action and imployment, and there be no remainder or shew of sleeping left behinde, there being no more use of a sleeping, than of a dead man. What shall wee then say of such prodigious monsters, not worthy to be ranked among men, unprofitable pieces of earth, who seeme to have beene borne to subvert and invert the orderly course of nature; while as in drinking, dicing and drabbing, they turne the night into day, and the day into night. These night owles, the cankers and caterpillers of a common-wealth, would to God our Magistrates would diligently search and inquire after, and having found out, would condignely punish, that others might thereby be warned to live moderatly and honestly in their places and callings, if they have any; or if without, to force them to live in some usefull and lawfull im∣ploiment. Now, although the night time is of all others most seasonable for sleep, yet are we not immediatly after supper to compose our selves to sleepe, but at least to let an bourne or two passe over before wee goe to rest.* 1.638 And it is the advice of all our Physitians, after supper to walke a while gently, that so our food may descend from the upper orifice of the stomacke to the bottome thereof: for as wee are not suddenly after our exercise to set upon our meats, untill the perturbation of the body be somewhat setled,; no more are we immediatly after supper to setle our selves to sleepe. This was the custome of i 1.639 Cato of Vtica: and likewise k 1.640 Domitian the Emperor was wont after supper to walke all a∣lone in his chamber till bed time. The manner how to compose our selves to sleepe,* 1.641 is at first to lie downe on the right side, and after the first sleepe to turne on the left: and the head ought to lie reasonable high, especially in a disposition to defluxions from the braine, and diseases from thence proceeding. To lie on the belly, might, perhaps, helpe and further concoction,* 1.642 but the harme the eyes might by affluxe of humors by that meanes receive, would quickly eat out all the gaines would be gotten by the bargain. To lie upon the back is yet worst of all other,* 1.643 and furthereth the Apoplexie, Epilesie, Vertigo, or giddinesse, Incubus, or night mare, and the like. Now, as for the time, duration, or continu∣ance of sleepe, wee use to determine it by concoction, continuing the same untill it be quite finished.* 1.644 But because in all is not required the like length of time for concoction; hence have wee also the uncertain∣ty for the time of sleepe. But most commonly, in ordinary and indif∣ferent constitutions in time of health,* 1.645 wee include it within the com∣passe of seven houres, so that wee thinke it should not exceed this pe∣riod of time. Some constitutions of body, as the cholericke and the melancholike, are commonly contented with a smaller portion of rest I was my selfe acquainted with a gentleman, who many times contented himselfe with a nap of an houre or two long,* 1.646 sitting in his chaire, and that for divers night•• together, and found thereby no inconvenience at all. Some againe have need

of a longer time for sl••epe: as young inf•••••• 〈…〉〈…〉 abound in crudities, and others also that are 〈…〉〈…〉 travell. And its written * 1.647 of Augustu•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, that 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣bove seven houres at a time. As for 〈…〉〈…〉 to consider both the nature of the person, and the 〈…〉〈…〉 eases differ much,* 1.648 both in their nature and in 〈…〉〈…〉 and some chronicall: againe, acure, either 〈…〉〈…〉 all which may make the sleepe differ in 〈…〉〈…〉 diseases, which give no intermission, if it can b•• 〈…〉〈…〉 prove best of the night rest, as was accustomed in the time of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unlesse necessity and long want of sleepe prevail•• with us. It 〈…〉〈…〉 be wished, that the sicke absteine from sleepe an 〈…〉〈…〉 past, if extreme weaknesse alter not our intention: in which cas•• ne∣cessity must be our best guide. And by reason sleepe doth 〈…〉〈…〉, and withall cooleth the inward her distemper,* 1.649 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 〈…〉〈…〉 diseases, the sleepe may be of longer continuance, 〈…〉〈…〉 b•• any internall inflammation, in which case much sleep 〈…〉〈…〉 ••¦ning of the disease increaseth the same. As for i••t••••mitting 〈◊〉〈◊〉, wee cannot appoint any certaine or precise period of time, m••ght 〈◊〉〈◊〉 day; and that in regard of paroxysmes, or exacerbations, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 here be our load-stone to lead us.* 1.650 In the beginning therefore of the paroxysme, or fit, Physitians doe with the sicke to abstein•• fr••m sl••••p•• and towards the declining thereof to repaire the ••••rmer l••ss•••••• and if the presence of a judicious physitian shall some 〈…〉〈…〉 alter, to his discretion it is left. But as concerning 〈◊〉〈◊〉 disea••••s, we are as neere as wee can to admit of sleepe at the time ac••••stomed in time of health, most of them being of that nature,* 1.651 that they may easily be guided after that rule. Some diseases there 〈◊〉〈◊〉,* 1.652 as namely some in the braine, proceeding from frigidity and humility where in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 i•• too prone and inclined to sleep, and therefore such we are ••ot to suffer to sleepe too long to shunne sleeping in the day time, and to suffer them to sleepe so much in the night as may well suffice to repaire decayed strength For the more ea••ie vnderstanding of this matter▪ we are to con∣sider that Physitians make 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••efold sleep; a naturall, not naturall,* 1.653 and criticall. Of the naturall we have already spoken. Of that which is not naturall there are three sorts properly so called: that is, when the sicke either sleepeth in the day and waketh in the night; or else when sleep•• is troublesome and unquiet; and when the sicke sleepeth both day and night unto the which some adde this also, m 1.654 when the sicke sleepeth neither day nor night: and although this may seeme rather to belong to immoderate waking, yet being an extreme, referred to the same medium or meane, it may be, as wee use other extremes, referred hither. Now, all these in diseases prove often, although not alwaies, dangerous; but then especially, when accompanied with other dan∣gerous accidents. And it is often observed, that when the sicke hath long languished, and it may be for divers daies beene deprived of any rest, that before he exchange this life for another, some certaine time,* 1.655 before falleth into some pleasant sleepe, often deluding the friends and assistance, flattering them with some counterfeit sh••w of some better

presage then is often confirmed by event. And indeed this is nothing else but a drowsie disposition, arguing an extreme imbecillitie of the animall parts, when as they are not now able any longer to keepe open the shop-windowes, and this is rather to be termed sopor, than somnus, or a heavy and deadly drowsinesse, rather than a true and na∣turall sleepe. a 1.656 And most commonly that sleepe is to be suspe••ted that bringeth no alleviation to the sicke partie. And this is likewise to be observed, that as well in sicknesse as in health, a full stomacke to bed-wards,* 1.657 or too hot and vaporous and flatuous meat or drinke, will much annoy and interrupt quiet rest, which in sicke persons especially is carefully to be avoyded. As for soporiserous affections, my purpose is not in this place to meddle with them, as being now beyond my present intention, but will say a little of criticall sleepe. This criticall sleepe then is twofold,* 1.658 as being either a presage of a good or bad crise. Of a good crise againe two manner of waies: either when as there is a freedome and liberty for nature, without any trouble or molestation whatsoever,* 1.659 to order and dispose of their businesse, that the sicke after much trouble or turmoile, and much watching, falleth now into a quiet, profound and comfortable sleepe, a sure presage, especially accompanied with other good signes, of a good and com∣fortable crise. And sometimes, againe, during this sleepe, there is often an eruption of an orderly alleviating sweat, sometimes also seconded by some laudable criticall excretion, accompanied with a durable and continuing alleviation. But on the contrary, that which commeth with unquietnesse,* 1.660 accompanied with many ill accidents, with imperfect sweating, and other evacuations begunne onely, and not fully perfected, without any alleviation, and often seconded with a profound soporiferous sleepe, with intense and strong delirations, bad pulse and urine, doth either presage death, or at least a ttansmu∣tation or exchanged of the disease for a worse. Now, since the benefits of sweet, comfortable and moderate sleepe are so many, and so great, and the body by extraordinary watching so much endammaged, we are, especially in cases of extremity, as namely in hot and dry diseases, in feare of delirations and phrensies to use all meanes possible to procure the sicke some rest;* 1.661 which is divers waies procured, both by fit and convenient diet, cold and moist in quality, Lettices, Violets and the like; as also by outward applications of oinments to the temples▪ and divers other meanes as the case shall require. Sometimes wee use lotions of the head and feet,* 1.662 hypnoticke medicines inwardly in divers formes exhibited, and of such meanes the vulgar are often much afraid, by reason such meanes being often used in cases of extremi∣ty, and the patient yeelding under the burthen of the disease, after dying, the fault is presently laid upon the medicine, and the Phy∣sitian who administred it. Sometimes also, I am not ignorant, that unskilfull and ignorant Emperickes are too busie with narcoticke un∣prepared,* 1.663 and ill corrected narcoticke medicines, and by this meanes make the honest and skilfull Physitian fare the worse, especially when the matter dependeth upon the vulgars voyces, who judge all by issue and event. The like commeth often also to passe in phlebotomy

and purgations, and other physicall helps, little considering that often through the malignity of the disease, and divers dangerous accidents, the Physitian is forced to try rather some doubtful remedie in apparent danger, than to leave the patient in desperation, not once offering to try some meanes to succour his necessity. Now, if it shall so come to passe that through the malignitie of the disease, or multiplicity of evill accidents, the sicke succumbe under the burthen of the disease; in stead of thankfull acknowledgement of the Physitians care and dili∣gence in doing his utmost endeauour for the patients recovery, is often by slanderous and virulent tongues traduced, and by ignorant persons his actions, and diligent indeauors misconstrued, and he by false igno∣rant witnesses, directly against the ninth commandement, condemned without any hearing. I justifie no mans ignorance, nor patronise em∣piricall errour, but taxe vulgar indiscretion in assuming unto them∣selves to judge of that which farre transcendeth their reach, and ma∣king no difference betwixt a true Physitian, and a masked or counter∣feit one, where there is nothing but a shaddow and an outside, with∣out any substance. It behoveth therefore every one carefully to consider with what Physitian they betrust this precious jewell of their life: but when the honest and learned artist hath done his best, I see no reason why hee should be thus roughly without any cause dealt withall, as though the Physitian were of so malicious a minde, that he would wil∣lingly suffer his patient to perish, if it lay in his power to preserve life: litle considering that,

Interdum doct a plus valet arte malum, Diseases sometimes greater prove than skilfull art can cure.

But because I have already touched upon this string, I will no fur∣ther here digresse. Now then, the excesse of sleeping and watching,* 1.664 being so prejudiciall to the body, it may, perhaps, be demanded, which of the twaine is most dangerous? I answer, that in weake and feeble persons, especially in acute diseases, in phrensies, and strong delirations, there must needs be more danger in contumacious watching, than in profound and sound sleeping: For, besides that by long watching,* 1.665 the motions are often violent, overthrowing the naturall strength, concocti∣on hindred (howsoever distribution may too much by this meanes be furthered) and by consequence crudities ingendred; whereas in sleep, be it naturall, or symptomaticall, there is some cessation of the senses and motion, and that little remainder of strength whereon all hope con∣sisteth, is not vtterly overthrowne: besides, that in hot and dry diseases the body is thereby moistened, and somewhat withall cooled. From this rule, notwithstanding, wee must alwaies except soporiferous diseases of the braine: as lethargie, Carus, &c. Againe, it may, perhaps, here be demanded, whether it be good to sleepe with the mouth open or shut?* 1.666 I answer, that to sleepe with open mouth, doth farre better breath out such fuliginous vapours as arise from the concoction of the stomacke, than with the mouth shut: howbeit it drieth somewhat the mouth and the throat, but after the party is awakened, this is againe easily amen∣ded. Sometimes againe, there be some that sleepe with open eyes, like

hares, and some with their eye-lids close shut, now then may be de∣manded which is the best?* 1.667 I answere, that in perfect health some are accustomed to sleepe thus with open eyes without any hurt or danger whatsoever; and the same party falling sicke may so continue this cu∣stome without any hurt or detriment: but if this should befall ano∣ther sicke person, in former times unaccustomed thereunto, it is then more dangerous, especially if accompanied with other dangerous signes.

CHAP. XXVI.

Of Dreames, and that of them there may be made good use in sicknesse and in health. Of night-walkers, or such as walke in their sleepe in the night-season, and the cause thereof.

NOw in our sleep there appeare unto us often i∣maginary visions and apparitions, which we call insomnium or somnium from somnus sleepe, and wee call in English dreames, and by the Greekes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉,* 1.668 answerable to the Latine som∣nium. Dreaming then is a middle disposition with∣out any disease, betwixt sleeping and waking, in the which neither as waking doe the outward senses per∣forme their whole perfect actions; neither yet as wholly asleep are they altogether idle: howbeit this properly is an affection or function belonging to the principall faculty, especially the Fancy;* 1.669 which although the body bee asleep, yet is that together with the cogitation and memory, often set a worke; and be∣cause in an ordinary or meane sleep, the Fancy is often free, the discer∣ning faculty confused; therefore if severall objects or species, either re∣maining still in the senses, or which the body being yet awake, hath done or felt, it composeth together in many vaine visions, and as we commonly for hence call them, Fancies, the which being asleepe we seeme to see; and because reason is then weake we give thereunto our assent. But if it shall so come to passe (as we often find when we are as it were in a light slumber) that reason is at som more liberty, and giveth no assent to such Fancies exposed to our imagination, then such are not so properly called dreames. Of Dreames there have beene some supernaturall:* 1.670 and thus we read that in the old Testament, God did often reveale his Will by dreames and visions. With this supernatu∣rall dreame my purpose is not here to meddle at all. Some againe are naturall,* 1.671 arguing and declaring unto us often the state and dispositi∣on of the body in sicknesse and in health, and are by the Physitian onely to be considered, and to this onely end and purpose. Concer∣ning dreames a 1.672 Hippocrates among the rest of this works hath written one little Tractate, where he setteth downe divers things concerning sick∣nesse

and health signified and pointed out unto us by dreames, and the meanes to remedy the same. And there he sheweth▪ that if such things whereabout we were in the day time busied bee after the same manner represented unto us, it signifieth that all is well within, if otherwise, the coutrary is signified.* 1.673 The same author there setteth downe, that to see with a cleere and sharpe sight such things as are done upon earth, and likewise to have the sense of hearing answerable in dreaming portendeth health: as likewise to seeme to travaile strong¦ly and securely without any feare, to runne apace, and to see the earth plaine and smooth, well manured, planted with pleasant and fruit•• full trees, and bearing good store of fruit: as also to see rivers and fountaines running their accustomed course, and the accustomed quantity of water, this doth also signifie sound health; and that both meat and drinke and all excretions keepe a due symmetry and propor∣tion. If these things seeme otherwise, saith the same Author,* 1.674 there is a deviation from that former soundnesse of body, and some inward distemper thereby argued. If the sight then or hearing in thy dream•• seeme to be endamaged, there is some disease in the head portended A rough and uneven earth argueth some corruption in the flesh. Tr•••••• seeming barren argue corruption of seed of generation. If leaves fall from the trees, it argueth hurt from humiditie and moisture: but if the same trees seeme full of leaves without any fruit, it presageth some hur•• from heat and drouth. Rivers running with greater abundance of wa¦ter than ordinary,* 1.675 signifie greater abundance of blood in the body then is usefull; the contrary argueth some deficiency in this n••ble humor Wels & springs signifie wind about the bladder. If the sea seeme to be troubled, it portendeth some disease in the belly. It is also according to the same Author good to see by dreame people apparelled in white and comely clothes. But againe, to see any naked or apparelled with base, blacke, sordid and sloven-like apparell, receiving any thing or ca∣rying any thing out of the house, portendeth no good. Many other things are there set downe by the same Author concerning this sub∣ject, with briefe remedies for the preventing and curing such infirmi∣ties. And there it may plainely appeare,* 1.676 that one and the same dreame may have a diverse signification in sicknesse and in health: as if the earth or house seeme to move, in a healthfull person it signi∣fieth imbecillity and weaknesse; but to a sicke person presageth health and a change and alteration from his former estate. In like manner if any person seeme to swimme in a river or pond, in health it portendeth too great abundance of moisture: but in a burning Fever it portendeth good, and that this extreme siccity is overcome by the contrary hu¦midity. It is moreover in that place apparent, that many times dreams do accompany such humors as abound in the body, and may often from thence be collected.* 1.677 As much dreaming of rivers and ponds and often swimming therein, abundance of moist phlegmaticke humors in the body. To see blacke and burnt earth, argueth a great exsiccation of the body by choler adust. Strange and terrible shapes, and affrighting monstrous formes, signifieth that the body is filled with divers sorts of uncouth foods, which make a great perturbation in the body. Be∣sides,

all such troublesome, fearefull dreames often argue melancho∣ly in the body. Passing over rivers (saith the same Author) armed men often appearing, and many strange and monstrous apparitions doe portend either some great disease or madnesse. And thus wee see it is apparent,* 1.678 that by the dreames may often be discerned or presa∣ged some present or future infirmity. Besides, we finde many times that even in our best health, oppression of the stomacke at night with too great a quantity of food will both procure unquiet rest and trouble∣some dreames. And severall constitutions of body produce often dreames answerable thereunto: as the sanguine dreameth often of all pleasant things, greene medowes and gardens, &c. The cholericke of fire,* 1.679 and the like. Such as are much subject to wind, of much flying aloft and the like: and so of the rest, as may from the premisses easily be collected. And now concerning dreames, so faire as they are obser∣vable in sicknesse and in health, this shall suffice. Now to give some satisfaction to the curious Reader, I will say something concerning a point depending upon the former: and that is concerning such as du∣ring their naturall sleepe, yet performe such actions as are commonly performed by such as are awake, to the no small astonishment and a∣mazement of the beholders, and are called therefore Noctambuli, or night-walkers.

* 1.680Of these actions then thus performed our Writers assigne this cause; When as by the mediocrity of causes procuring sleepe, wee fall into sweet and comfortable rest, the discerning faculty, notwithstanding, being over-clouded with thicke, misty vapors; the efficient cause of Fancies and dreames, without any let or disturbance enjoying its full freedome and liberty; then of such things as the party being awake either felt, thought, or by practice put in execution, this fancying faculty composeth many sorts of visions or dreames, the which by the sleeping party are taken for truths: and hence commeth it often to passe, that at length the bonds of the senses, passages of the spirits, and impediments of motion being removed, they performe workes proper to those that are awake; as to climbe up to the tops of houses, to walke upon narrow beames and bridges, and many other such acti∣ons without any feare or danger, which if they were awake they durst never doe: and all this by reason this discerning facultie of the common sense is yet at rest, not acknowledging nor discerning any danger, unlesse by loud houping and crying the party be awaked out of sleep. If they be suddenly awaked, then are they in danger of sud∣den precipitation, or falling downe head long, all the spirits and powers of the body then leaving the extreme parts hands and feet, and flying

to succour the feeble heart now assaulted with no small feare. A late Writer averreth, that this commeth to passe by reason of hot and vapo∣rous spirits, arising from a commotion and heat of the blood, which being carried aloft into the seat of the minde, doth incite and stirre up that faculty of the soule by which it performeth its actions, and by which it doth impell the instrumentary parts to their actions, to pro∣duce such motion and stupendious effects, as are often by such per∣sons performed: Hence also commeth it to passe, that if these vaporous and flatuous fumes be not strong and violent enough to produce the former effects, then the parties doe but stirre, or start up in their sleepe, uttering some lowd cries, and turbulent speeches, yet still conteining themselves within the bed. The same author addeth, that such per∣sons are most commonly of a thinne and leane constitution of body, and of a low stature: and such as have hot braine (as for the most part cholericke persons have) saith Hippocrates, are most apt to cry out in their sleepe, and are much subject to motion and agitation therein: especially, if in the day time their braines be much encumbred and bu∣sied with many matters. Such especially be our busie bodies, who will needs have an oare in every mans boat, and oftentimes more imploied about other mens affaires, than carefull to looke home to their owne businesse. But of this now sufficient.

CHAP. XXVIJ.* 1.681

Of the Soule, and of the passions thereof in generall.

THe noble painter Apelles, after he had drawne that curious picture of Venus, fastened the whole frame with a peg, or pinne, the which being pulled out, the whole frame fell in pie∣ces; and in the top of this peg, he drew his owne picture: even so it seemeth the Al∣mighty God, after he had made the whole frame of this universe, at length, as a con∣clusion and closing up of his whole worke, he made man the noblest of all the rest of his creatures (for whom all the rest were made) and stamped on him his owne glorious image, by the inspection whereof the workman him∣selfe might be knowne. This noble creature which we may justly call the microcosme, or little world, man, is composed of a double substance, whereof the one is terrestriall, composed of the elements, whither after a season it must returne againe, which we call the body; the which, without the other more noble part, which wee call the soule, is but a dead carcase, as may after the separation of these two loving friends plainly appeare. Now, this soule is of a more sublime and celestiall sub∣stance, neither composed of any elementary substance, nor yet ever to

be dissolved into the same; not ingendred, and therefore incorruptible and immortall. And as by the body wee take, as it were, roore in the earth; so by the soule againe, wee take hold of Heaven, and glorifie our Lord and maker: and this was the principall end of our creation, being then at our first framing fitted for so high and sublime imploy∣ment, and all the faculties of our soules being then bent upon our God, his honour and glory, wherein was then placed mans chiefe felicity, and pleasure. But afterwards, this so noble a creature by the subtile Serpents perswasion, rebelled, and tooke up armes against his Lord and Master, and so forfeited that great and glorious estate; by which meanes both the soule, that sublime and celestiall substance, and all the powers and faculties of the same are now become sinfull, prone to evill, and averse from any good. Now this same soule, although in the estate of in∣nocency, yet was not without certaine powers or affections; as love, joy, anger, feare: the which affections or powers the soule now by sinning hath now not lost, but are become altogether sinfull and evil, and called now in sinful man, animi pathemata seu perturbationes, the passions or pertur∣bations of the mind; the which exorbitant affections, as they are displea∣sing to the Almighty God, so are they many times very hurtful to health, and in sicknesse are oft the causes of no small mischief to the patient: for the which cause it shall not be amisse to say something of them, being especially ranked among these six things not naturall, having already handled the five former, resting now this sixth and last. The Stoickes in∣deed would have brought in a certaine apathie, or blockish stupi∣dity among men, whereby they should be, as it were, insensible, and not affected with any thing whatsoever, which wee altogether disclaime. Now, as concerning the diversitie of opinions, and some controversie betwixt Physitians and Philosophers, or betwixt Philo∣sophers themselves, concerning the seat and place of residence of these affections or passions, as not being so pertinent for our purpose we let passe. As for their number, it is not likewise agreed upon among all. Some make tenne, ambition, avarice, pleasure, envy, curiosity, anger, feare, ioy, griefe and hope. Some againe but seven, excluding the last three: and some will have but foure; ioy, griefe, hope and feare, exclu∣ding the three former.* 1.682 Some againe reduce all to two heads, concu∣piscible and irascible, under which they comprehend all the rest. Vn∣der the concupiscible therefore we comprehend, love, hatred, desire, a flight, or fleeing from evill, delectation and sadnesse, sixe in number. Vnder the irascible, these five following: hope, desperation, boldnesse, feare and anger. The actions of both these powers are commonly therefore, called pas∣sions or perturbations, by reason that thereby there is with them some affection or materiall passion or perturbation caused in the body: such as is the heat, or ebullition of the blood in anger, &c. All these againe, and whatsoever doth participate of the nature of such passions or per∣turbations, doe consist in the prosecution or avoyding of some thing, by reason of the opinion wee conceive of the shew of some good or evill; and that either present, imminent, or instant and to come. And first of the imagination of some present good newly represented to us, ariseth pleasure or delight: the which againe consisteth either in our owne

prosperity, or other mens adversity. As concerning our owne prosperity,* 1.683 if it be constant and moderate, we call it qaudium, or ioy; if profuse and exorbitant, wee call it laetitia, or ioy in a high measure; and if it extoll it selfe too much, it is called bragging or boasting. If againe this pleasure and delectation arise from other mens adversity,* 1.684 it is called malevolen∣tia, & malitia, or ill will and malice. Againe, from the opinion of evill present ariseth an aversation and griefe of minde, which is various and divers. In the first place, oppressing griefe is called angor, or anguish:* 1.685 tormenting griefe with labour and paine, is called aerumna, or miserie: with vexation of the body, it is called afflictio, affliction: that which commeth with trouble and profound cogitations, wee call sollicitudo,* 1.686 or anxious care; that which commeth without any expectation of better hopes, desperatio, or desperation:* 1.687 that which is accompanied with wee∣ping, lamentation, howling and yelling, maeror,* 1.688 being a higher de∣gree of sorrow; if for the death of any friend, luctus,* 1.689 sorrowing or la∣menting: that which proceedeth of anothers miserie, which we desire to helpe, is called misericodia, pittie or compassion;* 1.690 that which pro∣ceedeth from others prosperity, if of good things, it is called livor,* 1.691 envie or spite: if of evill things, it is comprised under the name of re∣venge, called vindicta, being a mixt affection of anger and griefe.* 1.692 A∣gaine, thirdly, from the opinion of a future good, ariseth hope,* 1.693 an ex∣pectation and a confidence, and from hence an earnest desire, called cupiditas, which is yet various;* 1.694 one consisteth in the lusting after dain∣ty faire, called cupidiae; another in lust and lechery, called libido, or lust; some in the earnest desire of honour and glory, called ambitio, ambition; some againe, in excessive desire of riches, called avaritia, or covetous∣nesse; some in revenge: the which, if it suddenly vanish away, wee call excandescentia; if it grow inveterate, wee call it odium, or hatred:* 1.695 if there be an expectation of revenge, it is called inimicitia, enmity,* 1.696 or hosti∣lity, &c. On the contrary, from the opinion of any future evill, ariseth feare, (contrary to hope and confidence) an expectation of some future evill, the which, when it is instant, or neere at hand, we call it timor;* 1.697 if of longer continuance, formido: if it move the body very much, terrour; if it strike a terrour in the minde, pavor; if it proceed yet fur∣ther, consternatio & exanimatio, or strange amazement and astonishment; if it arise from feare of labour, pigritia, or lazinesse, &c. But verecundia, bashfulnesse, or shamefastnesse, is a mixt affection of hope and feare. And these be the chiefe affections, passions and perturbations of the minde, all which, for the multiplicity, by reason of the copious∣nesse of the Latine, and penury of the English tongue, cannot all be accommodated with proper English names. But because all these doe not equally affect the body and minde of man, neither yet pro∣duce alike dangerous and sudden alterations in sickenesse and in health, therefore omitting the greatest number, we will but single out some of the principall, and on the which most of the rest doe depend. The chiefe then of these, and on which I purpose princi∣pally to insist, are these foure following: Love, Anger,* 1.698 Ioy and Sor∣row or Griefe: and these are commonly called, and accounted the ex∣ercises of the soule, the which doe not a little affect the body both in

sicknesse and in health. And so forcible and powerfull are these pas∣sions of the mind, that by meanes thereof some have sometimes lost their lives, some their wits and understandings; and some have by some of them suddenly recovered out of some sicknesse. Since then they doe so much affect both body and minde, they are not slight∣ly to be past over. And therefore my purpose is to insist upon them somewhat the longer, and first I will begin with that noble affection of Love.

CHAP. XXVIIJ.

Of lustfull Love, and what hurt is thereby procured to mankinde. Whe∣ther any may die of love; something also concerning iealousie.

AMongst all these passions of the minde▪ this Love is not the least, nor of smallest efficacie and force,* 1.699 as being often not only the occasi∣on and cause of many dangerous diseases un∣to the body, but also depriving the soule of its chiefest happinesse, and so metamorpho∣sing the whole man into an informe monster, void of all reason, whereby he runneth head∣long upon his owne ruine. My purpose is not in this place to speake of the love of ambiti∣on, honour, riches, dainty fare and the like, but of that foule lustfull love, the author of so much hurt, of so much mischiefe to the body of man. Vpon this therefore, as witnesseth Suidas, a 1.700 Cadmus Milesius pub∣lished 14 books concerning the same subject. b 1.701 Now, this mad affecti∣on of love is a passion of the concupiscible part of the soule, residing in the liver and the heart, conceived of the desire and representation of the thing beloved, and conveighed by the eyes unto the mind: whose concupiscence, which hardly can be satisfied, both by imagination, and the common spirits of the liver and the heart is set on sire. And therefore some deduce 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, from the sight. And this is the opinion of c 1.702 Plato himselfe, as may in his workes be seene; as also that it hath its seat in the liver. d 1.703 And Lactantius also as∣signeth the same seat to lustfull concupiscence. And to this likewise may be referred that which e 1.704 Homer writeth concerning Titius, who fell in love with Latona, and for this cause had assigned to him two ravenous vultures to eat vp his ever new renewing liver. But that which yet sur∣passeth all other authorities, the f 1.705 Wise man in the Proverbs alluding to this, maketh mention of a dart striking thorow the liver of a libidinous young man, punishing that part where was the root of his sinne. The like but∣chery doth this cruell tyrant love exercise upon many, who can scarce ever be satiat, although many times injoying that they have long de∣sired; neither can yet the rule of reason so over-rule this brutish and

sensuall apetite, but that it still burneth the very inward marrow of the bones, as the g 1.706 Poet well expresseth it:

Fecit amor maciem & longa internodia crurum, Love makes the body pale and leane, it marres the members quite and cleane.

Now, the infirmities which follow this disorderly passion, are not a few: as namely decay of strength, fainting and swounding, hollow eyes, a body pale and destitute of blood, languishing, crudities, conti∣nuall watchings, palpitation of the heart, trembling of the joints; sometimes madnesse, deepe melancholy, consumptions, and the like. These and many more like effects are the attendants of this lustfull and disor∣derly passion.* 1.707 How dangerous a thing then it is to give way to this so disorderly affection, if there were nothing else but what hath beene said already, may easily appeare. How many by this meanes have antici∣pated the ordinary period appointed for man to live? And whereas it is naturall for all creatures to seeke their owne preservation; yet have many so farre infringed this sacred law of nature, that they have put vi∣olent hands into themselves, so becomming their owne executioners: and that sometimes by way of desperation, being affraid to be depri∣ved of that booty they so eagerly pursued after. And of this, that fa∣mous Physitian h 1.708 Plater maketh mention of a scholler and student in physicke, who being farre in love with a Doctor of the same professions daughter, and for some disparity, despairing of ever obteining that hee aimed at, with sublimat poy∣soned himselfe, having first set downe in a paper the cause thereof. But with such examples, and many tragicall stories many bookes are stuffed full; and many of our young Gentlemen and Gentlewomen, I doubt, are bet∣ter versed in such legends, than in the sacred historie of the Bible. And many have bin by this disorderly passion so farre transported, that at the command of a base strumpet (a prodigious thing ever to enter into the thought of a reasonable man) they have cast away that life which the Lord of life had allotted them to doe him service. To omit antient histories, i 1.709 a late Writer maketh mention of one Galeacius, Duke of Mantua, living then at Padua, A Mistresse of his wished him, if hee loved her, to throw himselfe into the river, Brenta; the which, being then on horse-backe, setting spurres to his horse, hee presently accomplished. I wish by the talion law shee had her selfe beene served after the same manner. But it may, perhaps, then be demanded, what is the remedy to prevent so dange∣rous a passion? The heathens themselves set downe divers good dire∣ctions in this case, which would to God Christians would imitate;* 1.710 whereof one principall is to avoid idlenesse the mother of all mischiefe. That k 1.711 amorous Poet setteth downe this idlenesse as a principall in∣centive to this unlawfull lust.

Quaeritur Aegistus quare sit factus adulter? In promptu causa est, desidiosus erat. Men aske the cause why Ae••isthus adultery did commit? The reason's plaine, he sloth ••ill was, sloth lov'd, and liv'd in it.

The same Poet willeth us to shunne the fight of the object beloved,

and whatsoever may nourish or cherish the secret flame; of the which we are also warned by l 1.712 another, although himselfe and Epicure.

Sed fugitare decet siumulachra, & pabula amoris, absterrere sibi, & alio convertere mentem. All wanton pictures feeding love, avoid, shunne and decline, And turne thou still another way, thine eye, thine heart and minde.

I have a little before in another chapter touched upon a principall remedy, concerning the care parents ought to have in the education of their children; and therefore, as likewise being a theme proper for the Divine, I will not here meddle any more with it, nor repeat any thing that hath beene said already. But it will, perhaps, be demanded what is then the remedy for such as are already intangled with this love pas∣sion? I answer, that here I have not undertaken to set downe a particu∣lar cure of this, or any other particular infirmity, but only to set downe some generall directions to remedy this passion.* 1.713 There must therefore a due consideration be had of the individuall partie, considering the sexe, age, temperature, and constitution of body, and the object whereunto this furious passion is fixed. If there may be a yeelding to the parties desire without the breach of the lawes of God and man, al∣though, perhaps, some disparity betwixt the parties, in regard of wealth, birth, or both; yet, if there be danger in the deniall, my opi∣nion is, rather to yeeld to an inconvenience, than to a mischiefe, especi∣ally where the disparity is not so great. But when as this cannot be at∣teined unto without breach of Gods commandement,* 1.714 wee must ne∣ver doe evill that good may come of it, nor commit one sinne to prevent another; but use all other lawfull meanes, and commit the successe to him that can bring light out of darknesse, and is able to bring his owne purpose to passe without any mans sinne. Let them use such meanes as wee have already set downe in that place already mentioned. It is true, wee m 1.715 read of Erasistratus the Physitian, that hee found Antiochus, sonne to King Seleucus, to be now almost consumed and pined away with the love, or ra∣ther lust, of Stratonice his mother in law, insomuch, that to his seeming, there was now no other way but the inioying of his lust to save his life: this too indulgent parent gave way to his unlawfull lust. But wee are to remember, this was but a heathen, and such actions not to be drawne into imitation. But among us in this age, there is many times a great oversight in parents, who stand often so punctually upon some points: as of wealth especi∣ally, and some others; that vertue and true worth, the true feare of God especially, is set in the last place, and scarce, indeed, regar∣ded in any place. Hence commeth if often to passe, that many of our young prodigalls so gallop out of their goodly estates, and are throwne off their horse before ever they were well setled in the saddle; and their wealth many times quite vanished away, before they atteine to a dragme of wit. I speake not here against some sutable proportion betwixt parties to be matched in marriage, and some competent meanes according to their places and callings; but my meaning is, that many times true worth and vertue is so, by worthlesse people, un∣dervalued, that this proverbiall speech is often very truely verified,

many times for a little land they take a foole by the hand. But because it is an easie matter for an ordinary understanding to make a large cōment up∣on this Text, I here leave it, wishing people to be wiser, and not so much wrong their children, as is now adaies the custome, which oftentimes brings the gray-haires of the parents to the grave with sorrow, and a too late repentance, had I knowne so much, &c. The antient heathens a∣gainst this used mans blood against this intoxication, and histories make mention of n 1.716 Faustina, daughter to the Emperour Antoninus Pius, and wife to Antoninus the Philosopher, who fell so farre in love with a sword-player, that this Emperour asked counsell of all his wisards what was the readiest and speediest way to cure this strong and violent affection: and they (being in∣structed by their Master Satan, a murderer from the beginning) advised him to put to death this sword-player, and that afterward Faustina should drinke up a good draught of his warme blood, and then get her to bed to her husband; which accordingly was performed: of the which copulation was ingendred that cruell Emperor Commodus, who with his frequent sword-plaies, and slaughter of his subiects, had almost quite over throwne the whole Roman common wealth. And howbeit this woman was thus freed, yet is this no warrant for the use of such a remedy, although some of the o 1.717 antients have set downe this as a remedy both against this and the Epilepsie. The Para∣celsists promise wonders of mans blood; as Paracelsus himselfe promiseth by a secret made of mans blood, to cure all Epileptick diseases. And one Ioh. Ernestus Burgravius maketh a lamp of mans blood, called brolychnium, or lampas vitae & mortis. Of this lampe of life and death hee promiseth wonders: to wit, that it shall burne as long as the party of whose blood it was made continueth, and goe out at the same instant that the party dieth; and withall, that as this lamp burneth cleare and quietly with∣out any sparkling, the party shall live with freedome from any infir∣mity, either of body or minde; but if otherwise, it sparkle, or the light be dimme and obscure, and the flame be sometimes lighter than at other times, then it is a token of anxiety, heavinesse, and the like. Credat Iudaeus apella. Let them beleeve it who list. It is not un∣knowne how Satan hath from the beginning thirsted after mans blood: hence have wee so many sacrifices of mankinde: as in antient stories recorded, so even unto these our times so many still continue; as our Spanish narrations make mention of the Westerne parts of the world. And hence was if also, that hee suggested to his ministers so ma∣ny remedies composed not onely of the blood, * 1.718 but of divers other parts of the body of man, and as our Magicians still teach their too too credulous disciples, p 1.719 as an antient Father well observeth.

* 1.720But now it may be asked whether one may die of love, inseeming not to offer that violence to nature as to extinguish this lampe of life •• I answer, that this passion, as we have heard, may emaciat, dry up and exhaust all the radicall moisture of the body. And so although it doe not worke such a sudden impression upon the body, whereby it is in an instant overthrowne: yet doth it by degrees so extenuate and debili∣tate the whole body, that it is thereby often cast into an irrecoverable consumption. And with histories in this kind, it were easie to make up a great volume. q 1.721 Schenchius maketh mention of a maid, who being by her parents crossed of a match intended betwixt her and a young man, pined away and died; many, I make no question, can instance of many in their owne experience, as it were easie for my selfe to doe also, but that I hasten to other matter. And besides, because I thinke few of judge∣ment will make any doubt thereof, I will therefore leave it.

* 1.722To this place also we may referre iealousie, called * 1.723 zelotypia, being no∣thing else but the excesse of love, with a continuall feare of being depri∣ved of that they love, or at least of having any corrivall, which often ma∣keth a man or woman to lose the use of reason, insomuch that the minde is never at rest. And this feare is merely imaginary, I meane, without any just cause, and sometimes there is too just cause ministred. It behoo∣veth therefore both man and woman, to be carefull in their choice, and afterwards to give no just occasion to bring their reputation in question. Some instances of jealousies, both justly and unjustly conceived, a ^r fa∣mous late Physitian setteth downe. A certaine Merchant of a chiefe towne in Switzerland, a man of good account and esteeme in that place, being divorced from his former wife, married another being a maide, who bare him divers chil∣dren. After certaine yeeres, perceiving his man too familiar with his Mistresse, conceived a strong iealousie of his wife, which caused him the more narrowly to observe her carriage. Vpon a time he fained himselfe to goe a iourney into the coun∣trie about some earnest businesse, and yet in the evening conveied himselfe secretly into a chamber next adioining to his owne bed-chamber, where he might easily ob∣serve what passed, and within a short space, es••ies his man come boldly to his Mi∣stresse, where he killed them both in the very act of adultery: and then, as is the custome of that country, laid certaine pieces of mony upon their dead corpses, which was a signe, that they were taken in this filthy act, and might therefore lawfully be killed; the matter being afterwards examined, hee was acquitted of the fact. The same Authour maketh mention of a Doctor of the civill law in the South part of France, who was very iealous of his wife (and not without iust cause) and suspecting her familiarity with a Scrivener, so narrowly observed her actions, that one day hee comes rushing into the roome where shee and this Scrive∣ner were together (being in his owne house) masqued and accompanied with many schollers, students in law; where he first bindes him hand and foot, then cut off his nose, his yard; and afterwards cut his hamstrings, and so let him goe: the same maimed Scrivener (sayth mine Author) I saw afterwards at Montpelier, go∣ing upon crutches, and in a miserable and wretched case drawing his lame leggs af∣ter him. A just recompence for adulterers; and it were to be wished we might see some such exemplary punishment inflicted upon such as thus neigh after their neighbours wives: since especially Moses law, that the adulterer should dy the death (which in all the Germane coun∣tries

is in force is not here with us in force.* 1.724 The •• same Auth•••• 〈…〉〈…〉 yet mention of another ev••n me jealous of his wife,* 1.725 and yet with out any cause: This was a scholler newly returned out of France, who married Do•••••••• of physickes daughter, with whom a long time before h••e had been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 love; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Doctor had a patient lying at his house, a Canon: and because the ••••the••, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 widdower, often sent for his daughter to helpe him out in some domesticall all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 therefore this scholler conceived a great iealousie against this Canon, as though 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were more familiar with his wife than was fitting (howbeit, 〈…〉〈…〉 kept her fathers house, it was not to be marvelled that hee often sent for h••••) in∣somuch, that he confessed to the Author, that he sometimes purposed to have killed this supposed corrivall Canon, when he went at night to fetch home his wife, but after a while, giving way to reason, and fully perswaded of his wives honesty, and so acknowledging his owne fault, became more wife afterwards. But before I close up this discourse of jealousie, I cannot passe by a story of an t 1.726 old woman. This woman, although very antient, yet married a lusty youngman; and afterwards when she bethought her selfe of her owne old age and his youth, perswa∣ding her selfe, he would out-live her, and marry againe another younger than her selfe, it did so trouble her,* 1.727 that with much anger and in di••••nation she•• would m••••e her griefe knowne to her neighbours and gossips, and thus to her dying day persi∣sted. It is good wisedome therefore to be wary, and take warning, that neither man nor woman give any just cause of suspition. How much more then ought both parties to be circumspect in absteining from the act of uncleanesse it selfe. And by that which hath beene said already, we see that which was spoken by the wise Salomon, the pen-man of the holy Ghost, confirmed: Iealousie is the rage of a man, therefore he will not spare in the day of vengeance. He will not regard any ransome, neither will he rest con∣tent, though thou givest many gifts. And a worthy Divine of this kingdome, expounding the later part of this chapter, by the Text it selfe maketh it plainly appeare, how farre adultery doth exceed theft; and how er∣roneous is the judgement of many men, who will exclaime with open mouth against a theefe, and will scorne to come in his company; and yet many times bragge of this erroneous and detestable crime; which the same spirit of truth in the same place affirmeth, to destroy the soule. And besides that, this reproach shall never be wiped away. But this sinne is so frequently in the pulpits spoken against, and better befitteth the pen of a Divine than of a Physitian, and therefore, Manum de tabula.

CHAP. XXIX.

Of amorous or loue-potions, called Philtra. Whether loue may be procu∣red by fascination?

IT hath beene an inveterate opinion, and is yet fast rooted in the mindes of many, that there are certaine medicines of that naturall force and operation, that being taken within the bodie, they will inflame that party that taketh them with this passion of loue. Now whether this be so or no? and if it be, whether it can force the affection to any one individual person more than another, is worth the inqui∣ring. As for the first, it would seeme there were some such medicines,* 1.728 there being so frequent mention made a∣mong our Authors of these love medicines. The poets both Greeke and Latine often mention them, and some also set downe the matter, wher∣of they are made,* 1.729 which is without all controversie: but whether they be indued with any such efficacie, let us now inquire. We have alrea∣dy declared that all simples worke either by their ordinary qualities of three severall sorts, as we have said already: or else by an occult and hidden qualitie: as we see the loadstone draweth the yron; and divers purging medicines make choice of certaine select and peculiar humors: as rhubarb purgeth choler, &c. Now that there proceedeth no such ver∣tue from any of these ordinary qualities, it is so manifest that none did ever yet affirme it. It resteth then that it must needes proceed from an occult qualitie. It must needs then follow, that there are some simples that will procure love: and since love is an affection of the soule, why may there not be other simples to worke upon other affections of the soule: as harted, anger, &c? and if so, then these medicines which are corporeall, may worke upon the affections of the soule, which is spiri∣tuall, which is absurd. But will some reply, it cannot be denied, that some medicines there are which procure love. I answere, that some doe provoke lust,* 1.730 I doe not deny; but to procure love is not yet proved▪ and such produce this effect by an ordinary and to us knowne qualitie as some by increasing the blood, and consequently the seed of genera∣tion: some by meanes of their flatuous quality: and some againe by their acrimony,* 1.731 sharpe and venomous quality, doe often provoke an irri∣tation, and are of such a corroding and fretting nature, that they often make pisse blood, and cause irrecoverable ulcers in the kidnies and obscene parts. And sometimes these intoxicating medicines fly up into the head, and cause madnesse, of the which fearefull effects fre∣quent mention is made in divers Authors. And it is memorable which is written of Lucretius the Poet, who howbeit he set downe di∣vers directions against love, yet could he not escape death by this owne

violent hands, incited thereunto by meanes of a love potion ex••••o••ted to him by his owne wife, Lucilla: of the which a 1.732 another Poet hath these words:

His qui philtra hibit, nimio{que} insanus amore Mox ferro occubuit, sic mente•••• a••••••serat omnem. In love who drunke his charmed drinke, raging on sword did fall And being mad, did lose his wit, his sense, his life and all.

And it is just with God often to punish men by that meanes where∣in they promised themselves some extraordinary great contentment. But those same simples which are supposed of this efficacie and power (howsoever some of the antients have by tradition received them from others) yet neither our antient, nor moderne Physitians doe attribute any such efficacie unto them. And besides, if there were any such force or efficacie in them to be found, then were this towards all equally,* 1.733 and not towards one individuall particular person. If any shal yet reply, that this hath beene often observed, that after the use of such medicines, such an effect hath followed; I answer, this is but an evill consequence, and that Philosophers call▪ lenchus a non causa pro causa▪ when that is as∣signed for a true cause which is none at all. And this wee see often verified in magicall spells, and characters, which in themselves have no such efficacy and power to produce such strange stupendious effects, where it may plainly appeare that Satan is the chiefe actor in the action. During my abode in France, som 25 yeeres agoe, I was familiarly acquainted with a gentleman of Poitou, who had a Tennant dwelling in the same towne,* 1.734 ever which hee was sole Lord, whose wife told mee, that some few yeeres before that time, being married, the very same day as they went out at the Church doore, the one ranne away from the other, and could not indure either to come neere, or indure the sight one of another: and when the one was brought at unawares into the presence of the other, they cryed out, that they were in that case as though they were all pricked with pins and needles, and hated as much one another, a•• did ever two of the mortallest enemies that lived on earth. Their Land-lady, a stout and couragious; Gentlewoman commiserating this distressed couple, and suspecting a knave accustomed to play such prankes, and living in the same towne, sent for him to her owne house, and taking him aside into a private roome, drew her knife, and vowed shee would presently cut his throat with her owne hands, if hee redressed not the wrong hee had done her tennants; who, after a saint deniall at first, yet pro∣mised hee would presently accomplish her desire, which as soone was performed▪ for this villaine went but a little way into an adioining closset, where with his knife he digged out of the ground a point, with certaine knots on it, with a crosse sticke, and I remember not if any thing else; after the untying of which knots, accompanied with some secret whispered words, this couple came presently together, without any feeling of these former painfull accidents, and ever after that loved one another in such a manner as became such as were ioined in that honorable estate. And this I had from the womans owne mouth who was so ser∣ved; as likewise from the relation of the Gentlewoman her selfe, of whom I learned all these particular passages. Besides, this same Gentlewo∣man told mee that another time all her pigeons came flying out of the Dove-coat,* 1.735 and would not by any meanes any of them goe in: the which this same Gentlewo∣man

perceiving, used this same fellow after the former fashion, and he presently went up within the Dove-coat, and tooke out of a hole a crosse sticke, with a little salt, and I know not what else, and before the fellow came downe three or foure rounds of the ladder, the pigeons were all got in, and continued their former cu∣stome. Besides, I was credibly informed, by many of good worth, that this practice towards new married couples was there so common, that many for this cause married in the night time: and yet many times the Priest himselfe that married them was the worker of this villainy, who, even as he married them would use this charming or inchaunting, call it which you will. And I was informed of three neigbouring Priests, in the three next adjacent townes to this Gentlemans dwel∣ling, who ordinarily played such prankes. And while this lasted, there was neither love betwixt those parties, nor the man able carnally to know his wife. And these relations I had from Papists themselves. As for the Protestants, I speake it unfainedly before God, I never re∣member that I heard it practised among any of them, either in that Kingdome, or any other place of Christendome where I have travelled: farre lesse did I ever heare any of their Preachers to be tainted with any such infamous courses. It is then apparent that this was no vertue or power in these things whereof use was made; but was the immediate operation of Satan, who, by Gods permission, and for causes best knowne to himselfe, sometimes suffered Satan to afflict the bodies of men after strange manners; the which by the history of Iob, is apparent. And as for these amorous potions, wee finde they prove rather poisons, than produce any amorous effect; as by that wee have already said of the Poet Lucrece may appeare. And ¶ 1.736 a late Writer allegeth out of divers Authors the truth of this tenent. Cornelius Nepos (saith he) and Plutarch have written, that Lucius Lucullus Emperour, having drunke an amorous potion, given him by his wife Calisthene, became fist furious and mad, and af∣terwards died. The like is related of Caligula the Emperor, who having received of his wife Caesonia a like medicine, became mad therewith; and this was supposed to be made of that so much talked of Hippomanes. * 1.737 And yet, even in the opinion of Aristotle, this Hippomanes, and that they write of it, is no∣thing but a meer fable of old women, and the invention of such as make a profession of Sorcerie. But even many of the same heathen Poets, who plead for all that may procure love, do often disclaime these amorous medicines, as may at length in their writings appeare. And many times a love potion is pretended to colour a great deale of knave∣ry: and many times a pretense of the affections to be forced by some such meanes, is made a stalking horse to hide and cover our owne foule lust. y 1.738 Mine Authour rehearseth to this purpose a history: Wee have knowne, saith Henry Jnstitoris, and James Sernger, Doctors in divinity, an old woman, who, with her love-drinkes, not only bewitched and inchaunted three Abbots one after another, but likewise (as the common report goeth, yet at this same time amongst the fryers of that convent) that shee made them all three to die, and set the fourth besides himselfe. And this strumpet is not ashamed to confesse in publike, that shee hath not only done, but continueth still to doe the same villainy, and that these Abbots are not able to withdraw themselves from her love, and that by reason they had eaten as much of her dung as her arme was

bigge. And this woman yet liveth (say they) by reason none hath as yet given us any charge to bring her before any Iudge that shee might be punished. But (saith mine Authour) I am of opinion, that this dung shee saith shee hath made them eat, was nothing else but their filthy lust and pleasure, in the which, as in a stinking filthy mire, these Monkes being now as it were drowned, and having so often now tasted of this carnall and filthy lust with this old strumpet, they were now at length, as it were, so poisoned, and bewitched therewith, that they were never after able to leave this beastly sin, and returne againe to their right wits. z 1.739 The same Author bringeth another history out of Plutarch, of a yong maid, belov'd of Philip, father to Alexander the great: This Philip, King of Macedonie, fell in love with a young maid of meane condition and degree; this maid, by reason of the great disproportion betwixt these regall riches and her poore pedigree, without any great difficulty yeelded to this great King that which hee demanded. This being brought to Olympias the Queene, it is no marvell if shee tooke it ill, the which did yet the more trouble her, in that it was reported, that by meanes of amorous po∣tions shee had attracted the Kings affections; much therefore mooved at this matter, she sends to the lodging where she lived, commanding to bring her to her, with a stedfast purpose and resolution to shut her up in some dungeon or else to send her away into some remote country. Being brought into her presence, and percei∣ving her beauty and comely countenance, the excellency of her understanding, &c. shee said with a lowd voice, I give now no more eare to false and slanderous re∣ports; for thou hast within thy selfe power enough to bewitch any. And by this meanes was her anger appeased towards this young woman, and her owne husband also. I wil instance in no more histories, but now proceed. The absurdity then of this opinion may yet further appeare in this, that such as main∣tein & practise such things, a 1.740 affirme, that the same part of one and the same creature produceth divers effects, according to the right & left si∣tuation in the body: insomuch that the bone in the right leg shall cause love, and that of the left hatred. These amorous medicines therefore are in case to be used, as being altogether dangerous, and besides, un∣lawfull, and by the learned ranked with that sort of witch-craft, called b 1.741 Goetia, and reckoned for the third sort thereof, there being of this same yet divers other sorts, on which we will not now insist; but leave them to such as delight in such trash, which is all forbidden in the second commandement. And therefore I thinke I have proved this point suf∣ficiently, that these love-potions, or philtra, are not to be used, and that they produce no such effects as are unto them prescribed, neither yet can they of themselves force the affection. As concerning medicines which provoke lust, I hold it altogether unfit for the unmarried to use them: and for such married people only, who, for the better furtherance of procreation of children, do desire and crave the aid of the honest and learned Physitian, to excite and stir up the force & vigor of nature now languishing. As for others, yea, even in wedlocke it selfe, merely for wantonnesse to increase their carnall lust, I advise all those of mine owne profession, that they yeeld no satisfaction to these their disorderly carnall lusts: and that as they will not be accessary to their sinne, and as they will answer it at that great and dreadfull day, when that great House-keeper shall call for a redde Rationem villicationis tuae. The like I say of our complexion-mongers, who, as our Taylors devise new fashi∣ons,

so these are ready to devise new faces, to such of our discontented female sexe; who, not contented with that feature and comelinesse of face, which their Lord and Maker thought fitting, will yet make use of a painter. And I thinke it much derogates from the dignity and worth of an ingenuous and generous Physitian to abandon himselfe to such base imploiments (I meane, both this last and the former) as be∣come better some Bawd than an honest Artist, professing so excellent and eminent a calling. Sed manum de tabula. Howbeit I could yet insist at length on these matters, yet I hasten to that which followeth.

CHAP. XXX.

Of Fascination by sight, by word or voice, and by spells: of imagination, and strange stupendious effects our Paracelsists attribute therunto, together with the absurdity of the same.

* 1.742THere is yet another erroneous opinion crept in, not onely among the meaner and more ig∣norant; but even among some of the more judicious sort, that love may be procured by effascination or bewitching: and by this meanes some have been strongly perswaded that affections might be forced; and the af∣fection of one by effascination (as before they conceived of philtra) to be procured to another: the truth whereof would be a little inquired into. That there is such a thing as fascination, or effascinati∣on, cannot be denied, as by the antient Poets, both Greeke and Latine may appeare; but what it is would be considered. c 1.743 In this fascinati∣on therefore, there must needes be an effluxe of something from some body, and received againe into some other body. In this businesse then wee are to consider the body transmitting, the body receiving that which is transmitted, the medium, or middle space betwixt them, and that which is transmitted. That which transmitteth, is most com∣monly the eye or mouth, the party receiving, some tender body, apt to receive such an evill impression, as children especially: the medium, or middle space, the aire: and the thing transmitted, a vapour, cal∣led by the Greekes 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Now, certaine it is, that there is no member of the body that doth so abound in spirits as the eye, nor that sendeth out more resplendent beames than the ball or apple thereof. And it is reported of d 1.744 Augustus Caesar, that on whomsoever he had firmely fixt his eye-sight, they were forced after a while to winke, as in the bright shining of the Sunne beames, so cleare and bright shining were his eyes. e 1.745 And of Tiberius Caesar it is also written, that when he rose in the night time, he saw as clearely as any cat. And it is reported, that f 1.746 in the country of Albania, the inhabitants before they atteine to mans age,

are white haired, and that they see better in the night than in the day time. These lucid spirits then, the carriers of this fascination, slowing in that abundance, towards the eyes, and ejaculated upon the object; if these spirits proceed from uncleane blood, it is no marvell, that some most obnoxious to receive this venomous impression, be therewith sur∣prized: and such vapors our g 1.747 Authors affirme often to proceed from bleare-eyed persons, whereby they may infect others with the same in∣firmities: as likewise that a menstruous woman infecteth the glasse shee looketh into. h 1.748 And some write of certaine families among the Triballians and Illyrians, who, if they looke earnesty, especially if angrily, upon any one, they presently kill them by their bare aspect onely; and they likewise write of some women of Scythia, and of o∣thers living neere unto Pontus, having in one of their eyes a double bale, and in the other the shape of a horse, being very terrible to behold, and who being throwne into the water, clothes and all, could not be drow∣ned. Now, this fascination among the antients was so frequent, that the very brutes were not freed therefrom; as may by the Poet appeare. Nescio quis teneros, &c. Many other things might here out of antient Au∣thors be alleged, but that I hasten to that which followeth. Besides this fascination by sight, antient Authors mention yet another kind by meanes of speech and tongue. And Gellius maketh mention of whole families in Africke, bewitching with their speech and tongue: who if they praised much either young children, trees, corne, cattell, or any thing else, all died, and withered away presently. Hence have wee this custome derived from antiquity, that when wee praise any thing in a high manner, wee use a kinde of prayer, desiring God to blesse it, lest, perhaps, our tongue hurt it. And there is yet another phrase in use among the vulgar especially, when any thing prospereth not according to our intents and wishes, to say it is forespoken. But whatsoever credu∣lous antiquity hath beleeved concerning this matter, yet in truth there is no such efficacie in either of these as was supposed. I beleeve no such strange effects produced by bare beholding of any. If any children or weake natures received any such venomous impressions from such eyes, it was but rare, and seldome came to passe. And as I said before, so here againe: why might not God sometimes suffer the divell to inflict some hurt upon children or other, after some such particular persons in∣tent fixing their eyes upon them, which that arch-enemy of mankinde might afterwards make them beleeve came to passe by reason of their intent aspect; as he does ordinarily make our deluded witches beleeve that by meanes of certaine words, spells, or other creatures, such effects are produced, howbeit most falsely, as shall presently appeare. And that which some relate, that if a Wolfe see a man first, it bereaveth him of his speech, is but a mere fiction. And so is that which Pliny wri∣teth concerning that Serpent called Catoblepas and the Basil••••k••, which hee, beleeving others, saith, doe kill any man on whom they looke. All this i 1.749 a late Writer confuteth as fabulous, proving the varieties of opinions concerning this Serpent, the last especially, called by vs a Cocatrice, which our vulgar erroneously beleeve to be hatched by a Toad sitting on a Cocks egge. This, as some say killeth by sight: some againe,

affirme onely by the bite, and some by the sound or hissing of it. The history of it therefore is very doubtfull, and divers waies related. As for the other sort of bewitching by * 1.750 words, there is as little, if not lesse probability of producing such strange stupendious effects. And if I should grant that sometimes there might proceed out at the mouth some virulent vapours which might annoy a tender in∣fant, especially by neere approaching, yet tell mee, I pray thee, what so forcible vapours can come forth at the mouth of any mor∣tall man to infect forrests of trees, and whole come-fields. It is then a cleare case, that when any such accidents come to passe, they are effected by Satan himselfe, GOD in his hid and secret wisedome, and for causes best knowne to himselfe, suffering some persons themselves, or their goods, to be in this enemies power: and many times such persons as are by the vulgar suspected of performing such ill offices, are ignorant wicked people, filled with envie and malice, often wishing such harmes to their neighbours, which Satan by his power from above, putting presently in execu∣tion, these wicked malicious people are often beleeved to be the actors; and sometimes God in his justice suffereth such to be pu∣nished by the sword of the Magistrate, although free from any com∣pact with Satan;* 1.751 God sometimes thus justly punishing their envie and malice, and other sinnes. And therefore it behooves those in authoritie to be carefull of the lives of such people, where there is no evident and apparent proofe to convince them. And it com∣meth often to passe,* 1.752 that as old age is peevish and froward; so some∣times some poore melancholicke woman in the countrie falling out with some of her neighbours, useth froward speeches, and, perhaps, some imprecations also; and then, if any hurt or harme suddenly be∣fall this neighbour, with whom this woman wrangled, be it that any of the cattell miscarry, or any of the family fall sicke; espe∣cially if any thing by this poore woman imprecated come to passe: this poore woman then is presently accused for a witch; and if it lay in their power (so ignorant, envious and malicious are some of those peo∣ple) merely upon this pre-conceived opinion, they would hang this accused party: in which cases, if the reverend Judges and the Justices of the countrie were not more judicious and mercifull than the ac∣cusers, we should have many an innocent person condemned to death. I have here a large field offered mee to expatiat upon, but not willing to dwell too long upon it,* 1.753 I must contract my matter. The cure used against such fascination doth yet argue the truth of that which hath beene said: as to hang some things about their neckes, for the which, corall is commended: although I cannot see what vertue can proceed out of so sollid a body, to encounter with so subtile and venomous a vapor, as proceedeth either from the eyes or other part. And what great vertue can proceed out of herbes hung up in the roofe of the house? and what extraordinary vertue was there in k 1.754 a Wolfes head nailed upon the entry of great mens gates, as is yet the custome in divers places of Germanie, although now I thinke they have no such intention? and in divers places in Switzerland they use Boares heads af∣ter

the same manner. It is farre more probable that l 1.755 Aristotle writeth concerning Rue, which being eaten, is good against fascination: for being good against poisons, it might also resist maligne and veno∣mous vapours proceeding from any part of the body. Now,* 1.756 that both ordinary spells, barbarous words, and many other such trash used by Satan and his imps, have no such power not efficacy in them either to bewitch, or yet to cure the bewitched, I could makes it by evident arguments appeare, but that I may not now too long insist, howbeit I will relate a story our of m 1.757 a late Writer, who hath of set pur∣pose confuted this foolerie, where he prooveth the force of a strong confidence. A Knave upon a time, saith hee, went to visit a woman much vexed with a paine in her eyes, whom this fellow promised to cure, onely by hanging a billet about her necke, wherein were written some few words, which shee was to weare constantly, and never to open or one looke what was within it. This foolish woman,* 1.758 accustomed continually to weepe and cry, (the chiefe cause of all her misery) conceiving now such a confidence in this cure, gave over her weeping, and became now as cheerefull as ever before, and so her eyes mended. After a pretty while, her eyes being now reasonable well, shee was somewhat carelesse of her billet, so that at length shee quite lost it. But bethinking her selfe what shee had lost, and fearing lest shee should be againe troubled with her for∣mer infirmity, fell a weeping and crying as before shee had beene accustomed, and so fell as ill in her eyes as ever before. This note or billet was found by a stranger, who opening it, found written in it these words in high dutch: Der teuffel kat zedir die augen auff, vnd scheisse dir in die loocher: that is in English, The Divell scratch out thy eyes, and fill up the holes with his ordure. Now, if there had beene any vertue in these words, this good woman had lost her eyes: for they had beene pulled out and filled with the divells ordure. It behooveth then all honest,* 1.759 carefull, and conscionable Physitians, to shunne all such unwarran∣ted and suspected waies of curing the sicke. And I advise sicke people to seeke for remedy by lawfull and allowed meanes, and not to Wizards, Witches, Spell-mongers, and the like forbidden crash. What? in the time of the Gospell must wee needes goe to n 1.760 Beelzebub? Is there never a God in Israel? No balme in Gilead? If this be scandalous for common Christians, what shall it be for one of the tribe of Levi, anointed with sacred oile? It is not unknowne to the country, how that some of that profession, besides their lawlesse intrusi∣on upon another profession, if they doe no evill, yet I am sure, doe that which is evill like. I speake nothing here of their practising of Iudiciall Astrology, calculating nativities and the like: but I heare by relation round about the countrie, that some remedies they use, which have beene by the most judicious accounted to savour of superstition. And although I have heard much, yet will I instance but in one particular, and of mine owne knowledge, and related to mee by a Clergie man, and therefore, I hope, the credit of the story lesse liable to exception. This sa••••e last yeere there came to mee a Minister, desiring to know mine opinion concerning a doubt whereof hee was desirous to be satisfied: A maide (saith hee) being obnoxious to Epilepticall fits,* 1.761

craved the counsell of a Minister-Physitian. He gave her o 1.762 a silver ring to hang about her necke, wherein were written certaine barbarous words, such as are commonly used by those who use unlawfull arts. This the young woman for a while continued, and was so long as shee wore the amulet free from her former sits: afterward being by some put in doubt of the lawfulnesse of this manner of me∣dicine she left it off, and still after that was haunted with her old fits, as before. But being againe by some perswaded, if I remember right, shee made againe tryall of the same medicine with a like effect following as before. But after a while being without the use of this ring, whether it was lost, or whether shee left it off of pur∣pose. I re••emember not well, but shee was seized with her fits as before. Now, this Minister demanded of me, whether I thought this to be a regular cure, and warranted by the rules of our art, and by us ordinarily practi∣sed; my reply was, that cures were all either supernaturall, or naturall: the former proper to almighty God, and practised both in the old and new Testament. As for natural means, the Physitian makes use of them, as medicus est naturae minister, the Physitian being an assistant and helper of nature in time of neede. And thus Physitians make use of severall sorts of simples of all sorts, variously prepared, and exhibited often in∣wardly, sometimes applied but outwardly, according to severall cir∣cumstances, and such simples as the Physitian knowes to be indued with such vertues and qualities, or else he meddleth not with them at all. As for this ring made of a solid metall, although our Chymists attribute some antepilepticall quality to silver; yet neither use they this not gold it selfe (of the medicines whereof they tell us such wonders) without a laborious and artificiall preparation, and then exhibit it in∣wardly, most commonly in a potable forme; and yet are many times, yea, for the most part frustrat of her expected effects. And as I said then, so I say now, that I see no naturall cause of this cure: the silver being so solid a substance, can send out no such forcible vapors as might pro∣duce so strange an effect. Now, then, it resteth it must either be effected by vertue of these barbarous words of the ring, or force of the imagina∣ting faculty, and her strong conceit of the excellency of the medicine: the former of the which I have already proved to be false, and that words have no vertue either to hurt or heale. It resteth then, if by any meanes, it was by vertue of her strong imagination, by reason of the high conceit shee had of this medicinall ring. But this is false: for howsover shee might at first have some high conceit hereof, yet after∣wards her minde was quite altered, and what shee then did, it was ra∣ther against her judgement, and with feare, as not being perswaded of the lawfulnesse thereof. But now I appeale to the ingenuous and judi∣cious unpartiall reader, whether this be fit and comely for a Church∣man to make use of such meanes, which, suppose they be not unlawfull, yet at least are they suspicious. And the Apostle wisheth us to absteine from all appearance of evill; if this precept my be extended to all Clergie men. And whether there be not here at least an appearance of evill, that I say no further, let the learned and judicious judge. I cannot dwell longer upon this point, but wish master parson now in his old age, be∣ing now capularis senex, to leave these vanities, and betake himselfe to doe what good he can in his owne ministeriall function, not meddling

with such things especially, as have bin by the honestest and most judi∣cious of all ages condemned; and so may he at that great day of account give up a good reckoning. Now, because in this point of fascination there is often much use made of imagination, and having beene lately also mentioned, it shall not be impertinent, ere wee proceed further, to say something thereof.

I purpose not here to enter into any exquisite and accurate Philoso∣phicall discourse, concerning this subject, nor yet the strange effects thereby produced, but to demonstrate the erroneous opinion of some concerning the same. p 1.763 The phansie, then called phantasia, is an internall sense, reteining and examining such species as have beene by the commonsense ap∣prehended, or yet by it selfe framed. Of the strange effects of this phansie, called also imagination, both in melancholicke persons, in women with child, and divers others, the mouthes of every one are so full, that I shall not neede to insist thereon. But all these strange effects are yet imma∣nent, and confined within the body imagining, not transient or wor∣king upon any outward object. For although wee ofte gape or make water when we see some others doe such things, yet is this but by way of remembrance, and being excited by their example, and not forced thereunto by their imagination. But here ariseth now the question, whether the phansie can worke without that body whereunto it belon∣geth: or whether it can worke without its owne body for a great distance. This hath beene alwaies by an unanimous consent as well of Physitians as Philosophers ever denied, the which I could prove by a cloud of witnesses, which were but to small purpose, it being a confessed truth. Notwithstanding the premisses, some have taught us another lesson, and q 1.764 that imagination not onely within the same individuall body, but in others also may produce strange effects. And this hath been by our Arabians strongly mainteined, that the soule approached neerest to the celestiall understandings, and by that meanes was indu∣ed with extraordinary vertues and powers, and among the rest, to command inferiour natures. But to confute this opinion, many ar¦guments might be produced. In the first place, these supreme intelli∣gences, by meanes of naturall causes interceding, produce raine, stormes, and faire weather, &c. Besides, that if by this strong imagina∣tion any thing might be without the body produced, then mad men, who are very strong in their imagination, should in this farre excell others. Besides, if by strong imagination any man could alter any remote object without touching, it might thus doe infinitly, there be∣ing nothing in any distance to hinder it. Besides, if this were true, then the wisest and most vertuous men should performe best such actions. But the case stands farre otherwise: for these impostors are of opini∣on, that the most wretched and unskilfull knaves and drunkards, whose soules were never indued with any excellency or vertue, produce such operations. But besides that which hath beene said, our Pa∣racelsists have well improved this doctrine of imagination. So strange

things they tell us of this imagination, that * 1.765 it will draw health from a whole man; whereas, saith mine author, in reason the contrary should rather come to passe, and the stronger draw the weaker, insomuch, that the sound party should rather draw sickenesse from the former. And as concerning that sympatheticall operation, saith the same Author, as that of Persicaria, the weapon-salve, and the like, they have no sound reason for them: if any thing come to passe, it is but casuall and accidentall, and often deceiveth us. By the same imagination they tell us, that wee may inflict any sicknesse upon our neighbour: and the stronger be our imagination, and s 1.766 the more our cogitations that way intended, the greater shall be the mischiefe: by reason that by intent co∣gitation the spirits are directed, the which holdeth as well in doing good as harme. This will sute well with the Popish doctrine, whereas the consecration of the hoste dependeth upon the Priests intention; insomuch that any Sir Iean may gull his people, and give them a bare wafer for the body of Christ. But now, if imagination do all, our witches & wizards are mere ignorant fooles, let them but turn Paracelsists, and by their strong imagi∣nation they may bring any mischiefe to passe which they had purposed, and not be liable to the law. What neede they be so much beholden to the divell, as to sell themselves to be his slaves, if these operations may so easily be effected. But if this should come to passe, then the Divell would have nothing to doe. This t 1.767 Crollius tells us yet strange things of this imagination; to wit, it dependeth wholly upon the starres, yea, that it is all one with them, as also, that the firmament it selfe is indued with imagination, howbeit it be void of reason; as man hath imagination with reason. And that the whole heaven is nothing else but mere imagina∣tion, sending downe upon this inferiour world, fevers, pestilences, and the like, without any corporeall instrument. And this imagination, saith he, is as a load-stone, yea, farre exceeding the same, working beyond thousands of miles: yea, saith be, in its exaltation it attracteth from the elements whatsoever it pleaseth. So that these wise men can attract the power and vertues of the starres into any image, metall, or any other thing whatsoever; insomuch, that the power and efficacy therof may therin plainly and conspicuously be seen. Many more such things may there be seen, the confutation of the which fooleries may in the forenamed Libavius at great length be seene: where the same Au∣thour justly taxeth the other, that if hee can attract any thing from the

elements, as hee seemeth to have both heaven and earth at command, why then doth not he and his fellowes help the publike in time of need? And why did he not, saith hee, in the yeere 1613. draw downe some warmth, to qualifie the extreme cold of that nipping winter: and if he can doe good to the publike, and be so envious, it is a pitty, saith he, but he had beene buried in the snow. I adde yet, where were all our imagi∣nation-mongers this last yeere 1630. where drouth, and by consequence famine and scarcity prevailed through the most parts of Christendome? It was a very malicious minde, that had no pitty of the publike. If they would not helpe their enemies, yet they might have helpt their friends. But I am sure for all their strong imaginations, if our poore people had not found more reall comfort by the charity of well disposed people, they might often have dined with Duke Humphrey, and gone supperlesse to bed. But concerning this imagination, this shall for this present suf∣fice, howbeit I could yet have inlarged my selfe very much upon this point.

A Digression concerning the Weapon-salve, not impertinent for this place.

COurteous and kind Reader, by thy good leave, let mee a little digresse upon a point which, as I hope, will not prove impertinent, of the which howbeit I might by reason of the pre∣cedent Chapter have taken occasion to have discoursed, yet had I past it over in silence, if there had not come lately into my hand a little discourse concerning the Weapon-salve, by one impugned, and then by another in another discourse stoutly mainteined: for the which cause I must intreat a little patience to declare as briefely as I can mine owne opinion also, which whether it be grounded on reason I shall be willing to be judged by the judicious aswell of mine owne profession as others.* 1.768 And first I doe here protest before the searcher of all hearts, that in this particular I aime at no private or particular end, either for mine owne advantage, or yet to injury others; but onely to cleere and vindicate truth from error and imposture. Neither is it here my purpose to meddle with any mans private quarrell, or to ad∣joine my selfe as a second in this contention: nay both the plantife and defendant are to me alike knowne by any intime acquaintance, the one being knowne by sight, and the other by heare-say onely, and by his late published Tractat. And besides, I have never ever had, nor yet have, any particular relation to the company of Barber surgeons, nor yet any one person among them in particular; and know none of my kinred either by affinity or consanguinity of that profession. Surgery indeed is a part of the Physitians profession, the which, as also the A∣pothecaries part in Galens time (as some doe yet even at this day) was performed by the Physitian alone; although now the case be much al∣tered,

the Surgeon often (here in the Country especially) underta∣king all three. And therefore, if partiall respects carried me away, I had more reason to give sentence against the Surgeons. Besides then, the antient, and in all ages accustomed cure of wounds by application of appropriate and fit remedies to the part wounded,* 1.769 Paracelsus hath brought in a new manner (whether he were the first inventer, or onely the disperser abroad of this cure I care not) of curing the same by a∣nointing the weapon onely which inflicted the wound, or some other drawne thorow the wound. a 1.770 Oswaldus Crollius a late Germane writer, and a very affectionate scholler to his master Paracelsus, hath both set downe the description of this ointment, and the manner of performing this cure. It is ordinarily knowne by the name of Huguentum armarium in Latine, and in Greeke 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: but by Paracelsus and his disci∣ples Vnguentum sympatheticum, the sympathicke ointment; Magneti∣cum & stellatum,* 1.771 the magneticke and starry ointment, from the supposed attractive power, whereby it seemeth to draw down influence and effi∣cacy from the starres. It is likewise to be observed, that this b 1.772 Author willeth us first before the anointing of the Weapon to stay the bleed∣ing of the wound: as also addeth this caution, that the wound be every day bound up with a clean linnen-cloth first dipt in the patients urine. Moreover, the wounds thus to be cured must neither be in any princi∣pall member, and neither nerve nor arterie must be cut. This manner of cure howsoever used by Paracelsus and his disciples and some others who have beene by them caught, yet hath it beene by others confuted and impugned, some calling it c 1.773 impostorious and others worse. This same last yeere there came forth a little Tractat, disclaiming the use of this ointment, and proving it altogether unlawfull. But the same yeere there was by a learned Physitian of the Colledge of London published an other Tractat, wherein he not onely labours to confute his adversaries arguments (wherein I confesse hee satisfies me not, whatsoever he doth others) but with might and maine, by a fresh supply of arguments and examples, labours to uphold and mainteine the credit of the Weapon-salve. In the first place then to divert our thoughts from any conceit of a cacomagicall cure (so I cal it according to his owne mind) or diabolicall cure; the defendant (so here I call the Doctor,* 1.774 as the impugning Parson the plaintiffe) takes great paines to prove, and that by many places of Scripture, that because God alone operateth all in all essentially, therefore there is no devill nor evill spi∣rit that can produce any good worke or doe any good, his nature being destructive and altogether evill, quite contrary to the manner of Gods spirits operation; and therefore that he is altogether for hurting but never for healing of mankind. As for Gods omnipotent power and goodnesse, that hee is good, yea goodnesse it selfe, to prove the same were but to spend our time in vaine: as likewise, that the divell is the prince of darknesse, aiming at the overthrow and utter ruine both of the soule and body of man, cannot be denied. And although his end be al∣waies evill, yet is his purpose not alwaies prosecuted after one and the same manne. Can any deny this d 1.775 text, that Satan oftentimes trans∣formeth himselfe into an angell of light? And what more contrary than

light and darknesse? Why doth he thus transforme himselfe? Is it not because he cannot alwaies in his owne lively colours deceive every one; and therefore when the Lions skinne will not serve the turne, he puts on that of the Lamb. It will perhaps be objected, that then his actions are still evill, which is the point in hand. I answere, that how∣soever indeed that be true, yet it serveth our turne, if these actions be apparently good, which is that most men looke after. Now that God oftentimes suffereth the devill and his instruments to doe some appa∣rent good, in healing some diseases, &c: if any shall deny, experience of all ages will evince the contrary. And a e 1.776 late Writer, as stoutly standing for this cure as our defendant, yet cannot deny but that some∣times the devill may by repairing the radicall moisture in man, and by a supply of benigne, warme, temperate moisture, retardate, and for a while stave off old age. And what, doth not this farre surpasse the curing of a greene wound? And is not this accounted a reall good which so many men hunt after, whatsoever the devills purpose bee? Nay which is yet more, did not God himselfe make f 1.777 the mouth of wicked Balaam a notorious wizard, to blesse his owne people Israel, and yet this same imp of Satan aimed onely at the destruction of this people, as after appeared? And it is not without great reason ordi∣narily averred, that the white devill is alwaies the most dangerous. Who likewise is so ignorant, that knoweth not,* 1.778 that there are such as they call good witches, which doe more dangerously than any others often insnare the simpler sort. In the time of the raigne of King Iames of famous memory, in his kingdome of Scotland, after his returne out of Denmarke, and marriage with Queene Anne, divers witches were questioned, and at his owne desire convented before him, who affirmed they were in the ship with him at his returne, relating many particular passages which had then happened: among all these was there one woman called Anna Sampson, who was commonly (for her ordinary pra∣ctice in curing maladies) called the good witch,* 1.779 who did constantly averre, that she never hurt any, but helpt all she could. Some few yeeres after that, there was in that same kingdome a notorious wizard called Richard Grahame, who, as I was credibly informed,* 1.780 came to a great noble man, a pious Peere of that kingdome, then lying and lan∣guishing on his death-bed, promising to cure and recover him, if he would follow his advice; who like a truely noble man indeed utterly refused any succour from Satan, if God would not by lawfull meanes affoord him health and deliverance, and in this pious resolution re∣signed his soule into the hands of his Maker and Redeemer. This same wizard was aftewards burnt at the Market-crosse of Edinburgh. I will not avouch that this wizard could then have cured this noble man; but this much to us it evinceth, that he practised upon others this trade of healing. And who hath not heard that in our forefathers dayes in the time of Cimmerian darknesse, when this Prince of the world domi∣neered with lesse controll, there were certaine spirits then usually fre∣quenting many houses, performing in the night-time many workes, the servants were with great toile to have done in the day-time, as threshing in the barne, dressing up the houses, &c. And these were

here called by the name of Hob Thrush;* 1.781 and in the northermost part of this Iland, Brownie; and beyond the seas other answerable names. The white Divells, the Faries, or rather (as they say they were ordinari∣ly to be seene) the green Divells were wont to pinch the maids in the night time, if all were not cleane in the house. And thus those divells were seldome observed to doe any apparent harme either to mans body or goods, and yet still the same Divell; and no question, this was, not∣withstanding, a farre more efficacious meanes to delude the simpler sort, and to lead them hood-wink'd into hell, than when hee appeared in his more lively colours. If God, either for the punishment of his creature, or for other ends best knowne to his secret wisedome, shall feale Satan a commission against his creature, what matter is it whether hee delude as an Angell of light or darknesse? this being also a thing most certaine, that hee neither can, nor dare in the least point exceed his commission. And therefore it is altogether without sense or reason to aske, if then the tutelary Angells leave their charge, as though God had now forsaken them. I answer, that his is meant of either his owne electiones, and then he somtimes leaves them to Satan to try for a time; as he did to g 1.782 Iob, or else they are reprobate; h 1.783 Ahab, who was by lying Prophets seduced; and that by Satans inspiration, although by Gods owne direction. i 1.784 Hath not the Potter power over the clay to make of it a vessell of honour or dishonour? And to no more purpose is it, that be∣cause it is said, k 1.785 The uncorruptible Spirit of the Lord is in all things, and l 1.786 that from the Spirit of Gods mouth proceede the vertues of all things, with such other places, which for brevity I here passe by, therefore God doth not make use of inferiour Angells. And therefore there was no neede of the enumeration of so many places to so small purpose, no man calling in question the power of Gods Spirit. But where∣as the defendant would from hence inferre such a new spirit of Paracelsus,* 1.787 and his owne forging, to operate in this weapon-salve, we have at least as good reason to deny it. I cannot here for brevity insist upon the severall acceptations of this word spirit in holy Writ, but must leave it with the true meaning of the severall places alleaged, to those who have more leisure and meanes to effect the same: Yet sure I am, that in all holy Scripture there is no such signification of spirit as is here intended.* 1.788 But now I proceed to the salve it selfe, the ingredi∣ents, and manner of use or application. As for the ingredients, the va∣rious waies of composition, doe evidently evince the vanity and nulli∣tie of the operation of this ointment. Some indeed set downe a num∣ber of various ingredients collected after a superstitious manner. Some againe are not so scrupulous and superstitious, either in the number of simples, or curious composition; some contenting themselves with dogges grease: and m 1.789 a learned late Writer relateth an insianee in a woman of high Germany, who professed, shee onely stucke a sticke or weapon in a piece of lard, and had as good successe as others with their most curious composed ointment. And it is there usuall with others to sticke a knife, or any other thing that hath hurt them, or a sticke in stead of it, in a loafe of bread, or in the earth it selfe, and yet (say they) fol∣loweth still the same effect. And this, I thinke, were sufficient to con∣fute

this weapon-salve, if there were no more. But it is to be observed,* 1.790 that whereas blood by our defendant is accounted one of the principall ingredients of this ointment, how commeth it then to passe, that Crol∣lius (as it were Paracelsus his owne genius) doth omit the same? But howsoever, since such an account is made of the blood, I will not quite passe over it in silence. It is then demanded why God gave so strict a charge to his owne people of Israel, that they should n 1.791 eat no blood▪ if not for this reason that the life is in the blood? I answer, that indeed the blood is the vehicle and receptacle of life, which is communicated to the whole body. But this was not the reason why God forbad them the eating of the blood of beasts; but as that worthy light of the Church o 1.792 Calvin allegeth: In this prohibition God would accustome men to a gentle and milde kinde of diet, and lest then being too much accustomed to the eating of blood, they should afterwards be imbold∣ned to shed mans blood, which is the principall scope is here aimed at. Besides (as the same Authour allegeth) that the flesh and the blood are not here as divers and distinct set downe, as differing so much one from another, but the same in substance; and yet was the flesh of beasts even then permitted to be eaten, and so was the milke, being nothing else but blood refined and dealbuted or whitened in these gloobus ma∣millarie glands. Moreover, if this had beene simply and in it selfe a sinne, and had obliged us adsemper, for ever, then had it beene still a finne, the contrary whereof is true, this ceremoniall precept being but a part of that legall pedagogie; as the difference of meats, cleane and uncleane, and the like. And the blood of the murthered cries as loud in these our times, as ever it did after the death of Abel, this being still a crying sinne, and this being a figurative speech, as the plantiffe hath sufficiently proved. And howsoever blood by some be esteemed for one of the principall ingredients in this salve, yet (saith the same learned p 1.793 Libavius) Surgeans hold mans blood to be poyson to wounds, and that the cure is thereby rather hindred than helped: and put the case it were indeed helpefull, yet were this onely applyed, and not at so farre a distance. And as for the spirits in the blood, wee justly deny so active operating spirits in the blood now separated from the body. And be∣sides, admit there were any such matter,* 1.794 yet were all spirits alike effi∣cacious? Hath a heavy melancholicke or phlegmaticke blood as active spirits as a quick cholerick and firy blood? And what if the blood be pu∣trefied by the poxe, plague, poison, or any other contagious disease, the blood being starke naught, shall these corrupt spirits be so powerfull and efficacious? Surely, the more we stirre in this businesse, the more it stinketh. And whereas it is said that of mans blood, with the spirit of wine,* 1.795 is extracted a spirit whereof is made that burning lamp which will burne as long as the party whose blood it is, liveth, and at his death goe quite out, with divers other like allegations; I answer, that even in this they then confesse, that this blood is actuated by meanes of this operating menstruum, the spirit of wine, and therefore no such effi∣cious power proceeding from so farre a distance can be the cause of this cure. Besides, that the right spirit of wine is to be knowne for such, if it be suddenly quite consumed with the flame, and put the case the

blood might a little retardate and hinder this operation, yet could it neither wholly inhibit the operation of this devouring element, nor could there such strange effects follow as are related of this lumpe. But for brevity I passe by all other things concerning this point. The fat is likewise forbidden to be eaten,* 1.796 howbeit no vehicle of life, the flesh (per∣mitted notwithstanding to bee eaten) being farre neerer the substance of blood, as hath beene already proved. Againe, as for the bones of the skull, mummy and skull-mosse, or usnea (by them called the essence, I say rather the excrement of the skull) being now but parts of the ca∣daver, or dead corps, them cannot bee that neere relation to the lively microcosme man.* 1.797 And if we plead a sympathy betwixt man and man, what doe we know but some of these may sometimes be taken from an enemie, and then shall we have an antipathy, and by consequent a con∣trary operation? And let there be as much balsamicke salt (as they tearme it) in the blood and bones, this same answere will serve. I hold it impious to mainteine that by vertue of that balsamicke salt remain∣ing in the bones of Elisha q 1.798 made to the murthered man revive: for it should then first have revived Elisha himselfe, in whom it inhabited radically, or else not suffered him to dye. No more was there any pow∣er in the dead bones mentioned by r 1.799 Ezechiel, nor yet in the dead at the death of our Saviour Christ, and at the last resurrection to arise, all these being meerely miraculous, & not effected by any natural meanes. On these, I say, and the like places, impiously (in mine opinion) and out of purpose alledged, I cannot now longer insist, but leave them to the scanning and judging of by the judicious and learned Divine, and come to the manner of cure.

And here I must intreate the Reader to call to mind what was first said concerning this cure. In the first place then the blood was to bee stanched, the wound washed with the patients owne urine, and well bound up: and that the Author might act his part more handsomely, if a bone were broken then he put into this ointment some comfrey rrots. The condition and quality was that it were neither of any principall part, nor yet yet that any nerve or arte∣rie were cut. And what need such adoe about nothing, this being ea∣sily by nature effected? Wash an ordinary wound, and keepe it cleane, and I warrant it will heale without this curious ointment, which effe∣cteth just nothing,* 1.800 especially as it is used. The beasts (dogges especi∣ally) wee see licking a wound or ulcer, and by this meanes keeping it cleane from corruption (the chiefe impediment hindring the healing) is thus easily cured without either stitching or any other helpe. And therefore if this have beene accounted impostorious to make the world beleeve that was done by the vertue of such ointment wherewith the weapon was anointed,* 1.801 let no man marvell. This manner of cure is cal∣led sympatheticall and magneticall by way of sympathy and attracti∣on; and from the supposed attracted vertue from the starres, stellatum, or starrie ointment. Now, as concerning the operating vertue by sym∣pathy,* 1.802 as I doe not deny, so I say the same is not here to be seene; and where this sympathy is to be found, the things sympathising are not far remote one from another: as in the unisone harmony and consent of

two lutes or vialls may easily appeare, which is the defendants owne instance. But let any one touch the string of a lute or viall, and see whe∣ther the unisone string of another lute a mile off will make any vibrati∣on or stirring of the straw, or make it leape from one thing to the other unison with that of a miles or more distance; suppose also there be nei∣ther wind stirring, nor interposition of houses, or any other impedi∣ment whatsoever. And therefore the length of a table is no proportionat distance to that often, yea, twenty miles of the operation of the wea∣pon-salve, as is applied by our defendant. And as little, or farre lesse for this purpose make the rest of his examples of sympathie: as of the maw or gussord of fowles, alleaged for this same sympathie, good to corroborate the stomacke, braines to braines, lungs to lungs, heart to heart, guts to guts, &c. If I should yet grant all this to be true (whereof I have yet just cause to doubt, if not to deny, whatsoever some others have held to the contrary; and fox lungs working by their abstersive and opening quality) yet would all this make just nothing for the pur∣pose, these working, per contactum physicum, by mutuall contact, and their operation exuscitated and actuated by the internall naturall heat; but none of them producing any such effect at a miles or more remote distance. But on things so plaine and evident I need not to insist.* 1.803 This salve is called also magneticall, for magnetically attracting (forsooth) a sanative vertue from the weapon and salve to the wound. But the expe∣rience of many yeeres hath taught us, that the load-stone will draw yron but at a small distance, neither twenty, ten, nor yet one mile, take as bigge a load-stone as a mans head, and as little a piece of yron as you will. s 1.804 And therefore although some agents worke at some distance, yet is there alwaies some proportion to be observed betwixt the agent and the patient; and although there be not alwaies a naturall contract, yet there is commonly some effluxe, or emanation whereby the one toucheth the other. And this is the ordinary manner of operation. And that this is the case with the loadstone may easily appeare, in that it attracteth yron, more or lesse, as it is of efficacy and power: and not on∣ly doeth it draw yron, but even sometimes silver it selfe: yea, some∣times one loadstone hath beene observed to draw another, yron to draw the loadstone, yea, yron to draw yron. And some piece of a loadstone hath beene observed, with the one side to draw yron unto it, with ano∣ther to draw another loadstone, and with a third to attract both unto it. And as concerning the point of the needle compasse alwaies looking to the North, that is not universally tree: for sailing towards the Wersterne world, passing under the Meridian of Asores or Terceres Ilands, the compasse then turnes, and lookes not towards the North pole as be∣fore. And not onely there, but even in our owne hemisphere al∣so

that the needle of the compasse declines from the line looking to∣wards the North, from the Canarie Ilands to Carygara, about some nine degrees. But of this subject, although I could say a great deale more, yet this shall here suffice. And in the fire this is yet more mani∣fest, where there is an emanation of heat, which warmeth at a propor∣tionate distance: and therefore although the fire heat, and warme at a remote distance, yet is this not indefinite, but proportioniate, the fire warming according to the bignesse of the fire, and the propinquitie or remotenesse of the object.* 1.805 And therefore although the fire be a very active agent, yet make a fire of ten or twenty load of wood or coales, and in a cold frostie morning let any stand a mile or two off, yea, although there be neither hill, nor any other obstacle betwixt, yet let him tell me what great warmth he findes thereby. As for the distance alleaged, sometimes to interceed betwixt the bullet and the party thereby offen∣ded,* 1.806 it makes as little for the purpose: for the bullet violently beats the aire, the aire thus agitated, worketh such a violent impression on the bodie: and the like may be said of the lithning producing the like effect. But this aire so agitate by such an agent will not offend the par∣tie many miles distant from thence. A friend of mine told mee, that in a hot skirmish, betwixt the English and the Portugalls, in the East Indies, a bullet shot from the enemies ship, past over him within a yard or little more of his head, and yet never hurt him.* 1.807 As for the sweet smells of Rosemarie in Spaine, and Sassafras wood in the West Indies, be many miles carried into the aire, and by sailers smelt a farre off, what strange thing is here, these countries abounding with such odoriferous trees and shrubs, by meanes of the ve∣hicle of the aire agitated with the wind, carries such smells to the ol∣factorie organe, as I may say, where wee see, that sense it selfe is here judge of this action: and yet if the wind be contrary, these odoriferous and fragrant smells are not carried halfe so farre. The like is likewise here in our owne countries, by meanes of the blossomes of pease and beanes observed. And yet this ointment, being so little in quantitie, notwithstanding all winds, or other interceding rubs or hinderances, can by a direct line send out for many miles a sanative vertue from this salve and besmeared weapon to the wound. Now, yet somewhat more concerning this operating medicine, besides the blood besmeared on the weapon, there is also great store spilt upon the ground, and on the patients clothes, and in the same, no doubt, great store of spirits, and therefore the greater store of blood be effused, the sooner should the cure be performed: and if those few spirits in so small a quantitie of blood so far remote from the patient produce such stupendious effects, shall all those spirits of the hot blood so neere the patient be idle, and of none effect? But I will yet demand further, whether the blood be∣smeared on the weapon, or that mingled with the ointment gives this efficacie and operation. If that in the ointment, how then, when there is no blood in the same,* 1.808 as wee have already proved. (As for blood on the weapon, wee have newly answered it) and if any, then this blood is taken from any man, and yet sometimes they tell us of the sympathy betwixt the blood of the wound and wounded, howbeit this blood may be taken from one that bare the patient small good will. But if they

will yet hold so neere a sympathy, then this cannot hold betwixt those that differ so much, it may be in complexion, and many other circum∣stances, but especially betwixt man and beast.* 1.809 But if we should yet ad∣mit of this sympathy, yet when the blood is now separated from the bo∣dy, this sympathie also ceaseth: and although there remaine some vertue in the parts so separated, yet are they farre different from those of a living man, a dead man being a man onely equivocally: for the which cause it commeth also to passe, that of the dead carkase of a man are ingendred some other creatures, but never a man being of the same species. And hence also is evinced the impertinency of the defen∣dants comparison betwixt the blood and a graine of corne: for, as I said, the blood now separated from the body hath lost those lively spirits and operations it injoyed being within the body; therefore when as being yet within the body,* 1.810 it was not able to produce any such effect at so far a distance, farre lesse now reteining onely the nature of a part of a dead carkase. But the case is not alike with the graine of corne, which hath not yet left its proper forme and potentiall energie to produce another corne like it selfe, being sowne in a fit and convenent soile, as the mea∣nest husbandman in the country can tell; and when I shall have as good triall of the former as of the later, and as good reason, I shall be rea∣dy to beleeve it. And therefore the seede of generation of man, being sowen in a fruitfull soile, had been more pertinent to be compared with a graine of corne, howbeit it is true, this would not have proved the te∣nent the defendant tooke in hand. The blood had farre more perti∣nently beene compared with the chaffe or straw: and as the straw will never produce corne, sow it and dung it as much as you will, no more will the blood produce any such effect as is pretended, order it as you please. There is then no sympatheticall nor magneticall cure perfor∣med by this ointment, as is erroneously pretended. This opinion sym∣bolles too much with Paracelsus his imagination, whereof something hath beene lately said. As concerning the cruentation,* 1.811 or bleeding of the corps killed, at the presence of the murtherer, it would take up a larger time to discourse of, than I can here well spare. Some would have it by antipathy, and some otherwise; howsoever, it is not alwaies obser∣ved to hold true, although some strange things concerning the same are received, besides, that sometimes some innocents have beene by this meanes accused. And if this come by antipathy, then when some∣times at the approaching of some whom the deceased dearely loved, it must come to passe by sympathy; and thus shall wee have one and the same effect produced by two so contrary causes: and therefore the de∣fendant findes as little helpe here, as in the other arguments. It is like∣wise to be observed, the time of the yeere,* 1.812 the site or situation of the dead, the nature or quality of the blood, magicall spells, with many other things, may hinder or further such an effect: as also when some∣times the Magistrate or other maketh the party suspected, put his fin∣ger into the wound, &c. And therefore I advise Magistrates not to be too rash in giving credit to every such shew of detecting a suspected person.* 1.813 And as concerning the operation this ointment taketh (as is supposed) from the starres, I have already proved, that many times this

cure is as well performed by other things where there are no ingredi∣ents collected with the observations of the heavens. And as I doe not deny a power from the superiour powers of the heavens upon our inferi∣our sublunary things here below; so in like manner doe I acknowledge the same to be but generall, and so effect things here below, as they find them disposed. And even in some of those most cōmonly received and subject to our senses, all is not so cleare, but may admit of some doubts.* 1.814 As who makes any question of the Moones predominant po∣wer over humid and moist things; and hence is the cause of the fluxe and refluxe of the sea ascribed to this planet, together with the spring-tides, and yet might it be asked why have wee so high a spring-tide in the change of the Moone, when shee is quite hid from our sight, and shines not in our horizon, as well as when she shines in her full and grea∣test glory and splendour: and likewise since the sea in most places keepes a like time of ebbing and flowing, yet in some other againe, it ebbes and flowes farre oftner,* 1.815 as in the Euripe and at Burdeaux in France. And why againe in some places it neither ebbeth nor floweth: as in the Balticke sea; of some of which, althoug some have indeavoured to render a reason, yet are they not satisfactory and without doubts. If there be then such doubt concerning this neerest planet unto us of all others, what may wee say of the remotest fixed starres, and their par∣ticular supposed influences? And therefore although superiour bodies produce due effects upon these inferior creatures, yet have they no such particular influences upon these inferiour bodies, as is supposed. And since the starres are of so vast a bignesse, that the least fixed starre farre exceedeth the whole earth in bignesse, they send not downe such parti∣cular influences upon the particular subjects, but affect these inferiour things, as wee have said already. And therefore wee justly deny those particular influences upon particular simples,* 1.816 as wee have said. As with like reason doe wee deny that some starres make the body stip∣ticke, and some againe prone to fluxes. But wee finde by daily experi∣ence, that in obstructed bodies, without previous preparation, physicke will not so well produce its expected effect. But because something concerning this hath beene said already, I will here surcease; but with∣all I would have the reader take notice of one point whereby the defen∣dant would faine seeme to mainteine the credit of particular effects of the starres; he wrests and detorts some places of Scripture, as in other passages of his booke may evidently appeare. Hee makes use then first of that place of Ecclesiast.* 1.817 There is a time to plant and a time to pull up. What can be here collected, but that we are in all our actions to lay hold on the right time and oportunity, as he instanceth in the husband∣man, and here he shall finde no particular influence. As little for his purpose maketh that place of the Psalme: t 1.818 The Sunne shall not burne thee by day, nor the Moone by night, where David witnesseth his confidence in God so much, that nothing can hurt him, no, not the Sunne himselfe, nor the Moone, these being the two planets that have most powerful opera∣tions. Neither is here any particular influencee vinced, but such or∣dinary operations as are by them produced upon these sublunary crea∣tures. And if I should grant the Moone produced the Epilepsie (which

is yet to prove) yet would it not prove this particular influence. Againe, there is a place produced out of the a 1.819 Ephesians after this manner by him alleaged. Put on the whole armour of God, that yee may resist the divell in the unfortunate day. Now, neither in the new translation, nor other I could find, neither yet in the originall Greeke, nor Bezas Latine transla∣tion could I find any such unfortunate phrase.* 1.820 See then how farre this trash is fetcht to prove that which cannot be found. The place of Iob is as little to this purpose, yea, rather maketh against the same. For wher∣as x 1.821 the Lord there asketh Iob whether he knoweth the course of heaven, &c. this interogation is to be taken for a strong negation, as in the prece∣dent and subsequent discourse, may evidently be evinced. I wil proceed no further to this apocriphall proofe, which, notwithstanding, would stand him in as little stead. Now, I proceed to that which remaineth.

All the former arguments and allegations seeming too weake,* 1.822 and the credit of the weapon-salve now being in danger, the defendant is forced to flee to a miraculous operatoion, whereat indeed, in most of those generall passages concerning the Almighty power of God hee aimeth at. And thus it appeareth, that not onely in some places, hee calleth it miraculous, but affirmeth, that that man that beleeveth, and reli∣eth upon this spirit, may effect what hee desireth, and that even by the true knowledge and use of it, the Prophets and Apostles did wonders, as well in curing, as effecting matters of greater moment. Now, that the Spirit, or omnipotent power of the Almighty, can doe whatsoever it pleaseth, is without all controversie; howbeit here he seemeth to intimate unto us this Spi∣rit or power of working miracles, and then immediatly afterwards ap∣plies it to the dead blood. I know not what hee meanes to make such a mingle mangle of miracles with this working of the weapon-salve. If it be miraculous, like the cures performed by the Prophets and Apo∣stles, let it appeare, and wee will beleeve it; and if this be true, hee might have spared all this labour in alleaging falsly so many places of Scripture with his other arguments. And yet I deny, that he that hath the gift of miracles may doe what hee listeth:* 1.823 for neither Moses nor Aaron, both indued with this spirit, could either prolong their fatall period of life, or yet atteine to enter into the land of Canaan, although the chiefe earthly thing that holy man Moses did desire. And to the end wee may the better beleeve any dotage that Paracelsus, or any phan∣tasticall spirit hath hatched in his braine▪ wee have brought in the mi∣raculous healing of the y 1.824 Poole of Bethesda, with the which it seemeth this weapon-salve is paralleled: yea, the lying legend of z 1.825 Tobies An∣gell, and the liver and heart of his fish, the perfume whereof is there said to chase away the evill spirit. What need wee thus to be enter∣teined with lies, if this cause be good. a 1.826 This sort of divell (saith our Saviour Christ) is not cast out but by fasting and prayer. The perfume of the heart and liver of a fish are used by none to drive out divells, unlesse by Magicians; and that it hath any such power, out rationall Physitians, I am sure, done where that I have red, avouch. As for the Poole of Bethesda, when I shall see as good a warrant for the weapon-salve (the manner of operating I meane at a farre di∣stance) as I see for it, I shall be ready to beleeve it. Besides, it resteth

yet to proove, that in this Poole of Bethesda, did any sanative ver∣tue reside, as also in the River of Iordan, wherein b 1.827 Naaman the Syrian was cleansed from his leprosie. And in the text it is affirmed, that at a certaine time the Angel of God moved the water of this poole••, and whosoever after this stepped in first, was healed, and freed from what∣soever infirmity he was formerly troubled with,* 1.828 and no other, untill the next time, although multitudes lay there attending this motion of the water; which if it had beene otherwise, then that infirme per∣son healed by our Saviour needed not to have lyen there so long. And howsoever this cure was miraculous, and done per contactum, and not at a farre distance distance, as the operation of the weapon-salve is pre∣tended to be effected: although I disclaime here any efficacie in the water, as the like appeareth in the c 1.829 clay and spittle wherewith our Saviour cured the blinde man, this clay participating of no such sana∣tive power; yea rather efficacious to the contrary to put out eyes. And the better to blind the world, and to confirme and strengthen his opi∣nion of working miraculously, or (as sometimes againe hee sayeth') mystically, hee would have us quite to abandon and abdicate all hea∣then Philosophie, the d 1.830 Apostle giving us warning that we be not therwith deceived. But I think the abuse doth not abolish the right use. What? shall all Universities give over teaching Aristotles philosophicall pre∣cepts?* 1.831 The scope & drift of al is this, that we be not tied to the ordina∣ry operation of agents and patients, but adhere to Paracelsus and his fol∣lowers, and beleeve their mystical, miraculous, if not cacomagical man∣ner of curing, and so by this meanes must we take for current whatsoe∣ver they shall obtrude upon us, as may by the question now in hand plainely appeare. By this meanes also should all our rationall and me∣thodicall proceeding by our antient Physitians so carefully prescribed, be quite overthrowne. And what? were miracles in the old Law so sel∣dome, and that by holy men onely performed, and afterwards by our Saviour Christ and his Apostles, and is it now in every mans power that can greaze a weapon or sticke at pleasure, to worke a miracle? We justly tax the church of Rome for their lying wonders and miracles by e 1.832 Gods owne spirit foretold, and shall we beleeve that whatsoever strange or wonderous act, transcending the ordinary course of naturall agents, is some miraculous worke of God? Nay wee have no reason so to doe. We know there was a f 1.833 Simon Magus, who with his counterfeit miracles wonderfully deluded the Samaritanes. And have we not good reason to suspect Paracelsus, and what he and his followers obtrude up∣on us,* 1.834 of such especially as transcend the course of ordinary agents. If he had bin either Prophet or Apostle, we might have had a better conceit of his strange cures; and yet not so that we would not have his tenents examined & tried by the true touchstone of Gods word, with the which this doth not agree. And that he was too much addicted to infamous magick, but that I wil not now so spend my time, I could easily make it appeare. And that he was no holy man, may appeare by his manifold impieties in abusing and wresting many places of holy Scripture to maintaine his phantasticall and impious opinions, concerning which, a g 1.835 learned writer hath composed a whole tractate. As for his whole∣some

and approved chymicall remedies either of his owne invention, or collected from other men, I am so farre from disallowing the use of them, that being discreetly used, I doubt not but they may and doe produce very laudbale and desired effects; neither am I, or ever was I so rigid, that I would refuse the use of any safe and lawfull remedy, whosoever were the Author. As for that they tell us, that if the wea∣pon be exposed to the cold aire, the wound will smart, and be in paine; but not so, if kept warme in a close place and free from dust. To that I have already said concerning sympathy may serve for an answere. And if there bee such a sympathy, seeing wounds are much wronged by great noises; as shooting of ordinance and the like, I mervaile whe∣ther such a noise many miles distant from the party wounded, but hard by the weapon anointed, would annoy the said wounded partie. It is by that famous h 1.836 Pare reported, that at the siege of Hesdin in France by the army of Charles the fifth Emperour, at the shooting off of the or∣dinance many hurt in the head were extremely tormented, whether the weapons wounding them were in the open aire or lapt up warme by the fire-side. And I meruaile whether our souldiers now in the Ger∣mane warres doe alwayes keep their weapons in the open aire, or close lapt up. I beleeve it is not the custome either of the King of Sweden or his enemies, to lap up their weapons by a fire-side; and yet, if one should make inquiry, hee should find, that many of them were not∣withstanding easily cured without great paine,* 1.837 as many by experi∣ence have heretofore found true. Some wounds againe in regard of the ambient aire, although but small, and in themselves seeming secure, yet many times prove mortall: that I say nothing of the severall consti∣tutions of bodies, time of the yeere, the country, age and sex, &c. But it seemeth this cure like an Empiricke contemneth and neglecteth all such circumstances.

As for the signe of life and death by the blood sweaty drops,* 1.838 I hold it either imposterious or impious and superstitious, the sympatheti∣call operation being alreadie overthrowne. Powder of red sanders be∣ing laid upon the weapon being warme, and being moister then it may make a shew of bloody sweat, and then this is but to cozen the world: and if otherwise, it is already answered. And as for the knowledge of life and death by a lampe made of his blood with the spirit of wine, I have already touched it, and if any such thing be effected, it is more like to bee produced by art diabolicall than otherwise. As for that which is alleaged, that lying with a menstruous woman will frustrate the operation, I hold that the carnall knowledge of any woman is hurtfull to the wounded; and this standeth to farre better reason than that the person that anointeth the weapon, lying with a woman should be hurtfull to the wound. But on these and the like I will not any longer insist, but proceed to some examples.

Now although that which hath beene said already might suffice to prove the invalidity and unlawfulnesse of this cure,* 1.839 yet will we say something of these examples also. These examples then are of two sorts, either of such cures are supposed to have beene performed by the weapon-salve, or of other magneticall and sympatheticall cures (as

the defendant calls them) seeming farre stranger than those perfor∣med by this ointment. As for the first sort then, admit they have been performed, wherein I will not call in question the relaters credit, of what quality soever, the question is not here de facto, as we say, but de jure; not whether there hath beene any such cure performed, but by what meanes, and therefore they are of no validitie. And the invali∣dity of this argument desumed from issue and event, I have already in the beginning of this discourse answered. Of one of those cure not∣withstanding I will speake a word.* 1.840 A fellow (saith he) had his finger cut with a sith, and when the blood could not bee stanched, the Noble man his Master wished to knocke off the handle of the sith, and send him the very sigh to anoint; the which, the wounded fellow himselfe went about, and at the very first knocke he gave the sith that had wounded him the blood stanched.* 1.841 In the same place he avoucheth that the same noble personage acknowledged, that although there were not drop of blood to be discerned on the weapon, yet if hee anointed the place of the weapon that made the wound (which oftentimes he con∣fessed was done by guesse) he did aswell performe the cure, as if the blood had stucke upon it. out of which revelation or detection (saith our Defendant, for they are his owne words) I gather, that all the mystery of this cure con∣sisteth in the secret and invisible spirit that is within the blood, aswell remain∣ing still and operating in the wounded body, as that which hath penetrated in∣visibly into the weapon: or else without the presence of the visible blood it could not operate. Out of which I againe likewise collect, that if all this my∣stery consist in the secret and invisible spirit of the blood; then no part of this mystery consisteth in the salve; and so by consequence the variety of ingredients blood,* 1.842 fat, mummy, mosse and bones, the ob∣servation of the starres and position of the heavens in the collection and composition are of no efficacy, and not to be regarded, and conse∣quently it will follow that this is a meere gull and tricke put upon the world to cozen them, and by this meanes the cure will answere the name by some imposed,* 1.843 to wit impostorious. Againe, whereas it is said, that the cure was aswell performed without any blood to be seene upon the weapon, as with it; that the same Noble man ingeniously confessed, that he was often forced to anoint the weapon by guesse, I againe gather this conclusion, that the former tenent of the emanati∣on of the spirits of the blood in the wound to that of the weapon, and the sympathy betwixt both is frivolous and idle. The weapon is some∣times anointed by guesse, there being no blood sticking on the same whereby to discerne it; and yet this stout Champion, where both sense and reason faile, loath to have the foile will needes have the spi∣rits of the blood to bee there by secret penetration. I thought strange before to heare of so subtile, penetrant spirits of blood separated from the body, and now I confesse I am more amazed to heart as much of the emanation of spirits of blood where no blood at al is to be seene. In a peice of wood, perhaps, there might be more appearance of this pene∣trating spirit, but in yron or steele it is farre more unlikely. This as a tricke transcending that which hath hitherto been published.

Now to prove the operation of the Weapon-salve, and confirme his former tenent, (although already by himselfe overthrowne) be∣sides

that which hath been said already,* 1.844 hee mustereth up a number of other examples both homebred and forren. One is of a Noble knight now resting in peace, who often staied any fluxe of blood at a pretty distance, if he might but get a handkercher of the parties with some of the same parties blood sticking thereon: the which manner of cure, because built on the same foundation with that which hath beene said already, concerning the sympathy betwixt blood and blood, what hath been said already shall now suffice: howbeit the argument used is but impertinent, that if this knight had thought this cure unlawful, would hee have persisted in the use thereof?* 1.845 And the Defendant himselfe sayes, Bernardus non videt omnia: this knight might likewise bee per∣swaded of the lawfulnesse of this cure: and yet doe not milions of peo∣ple often commit enormious crimes, which their consciences doe wit∣nesse to be sinnes? And this I am sure none will deny. I deny not not∣withstanding, that many who both use this weapon-salve, and many other unwarrantable, are perswaded of the lawfulnesse of the same: neither yet doe I thinke so uncharitably of all such persons, as have through ignorance used either this, or some other cures of the like kind, which is the cause I take this paines to acquaint them with the truth, and to reclaime them from their erroneous opinions.

Other sympatheticall and magneticall cures (as they are called) are likewise in the same chapter produced,* 1.846 some of them in my opi∣nion (and I doubt not but I shall have many both of judicious, learn∣ed and religious on my side) as like cacomagicall cures as an egge is like another; and therefore, if this may passe for current coine,* 1.847 I war∣rant we shall not bee unfurnished of such commodities. The first is concerning the cure of withered members, by taking some of the nailes, haire, and skinne of this member, stopping them in a hole of a willow or hazell tree, bored with an auger or wimble, fastened with a peg of the same wood, and close stopt up: and to give the better glosse to the matter, it is added, that the motion of the heavenly bodies, the Moone to bee increasing, and the good Planets in such a multiply∣ing signe, as is Gemini, &c. This cure is by him also called magneti∣call, concerning which manner of cures, because I have already said something I shall not now need to speake much. We have had alrea∣dy much adoe about the spirits of the blood moving to and fro, for the which were pretended many faire shewes of reason, howbeit to small purpose, as hath been already proved; and now behold wee have as great, yea greater matters performed without this loud-crying blood and the spirits of the same. Now the very excrementitious parts (by most of our Physitians denied the very name of parts) haire,* 1.848 nailes and skinne, seeme to be as efficacious as the blood it selfe. Nay any old wife can cure warts by rubbing the same with a piece of raw beefe, and after burying the same in the ground, the which as it rotteth and wasteth away, so doth the wart. Well then, according to the De∣fendants owne assertion, this is performed without any observation of the heavens which have here no energy: and indeed the starres are made but a stalking horse to hide a great deale of cosenage in the like cures, as may by that which hath been already said, easily appeare.

But now I would aske mine Author,* 1.849 whether there be as great and ef∣ficacious spirits in those dry excrementitious parts, as was in the blood, from whence was fetched the sanative or healing vertue. In the first place then it is said, these parts were withered and dried up, and these excrementitious parts, especially now amputated from the part wher∣unto they pertained, I thinke not so well furnished with balsamicke spirits, as that they might impart some to this member from whence they were fetcht, there being no bond to tye them to communicate that to others which they have not themselves. From whence then proceedeth this sanative vertue? If it be answered, from the starres, I have already confuted that, yea he himselfe hath made it void. But if it be answered from the tree, I demand againe what so great a sym∣pathy betwixt the tree willow or hazell and the parts of a mans body? What? is there such a sympathy betwixt a vegetable and an animall? are trees and plants furnished with such spirits as may sup∣ply the defects in man? As for the event that so it commeth to passe, proveth no more than may bee said for any cacomagicall (for so I see I must distinguish) operation. And how like this is to this satanicall operation of witches and sorcerers, may by that History by a i 1.850 late Writer related,* 1.851 easily appeare. A Scottish King languishing of an irrecove∣rable Consumption (as was supposed) at length were certaine witches discover∣ed in the country of Murrey at a small fire roasting the Kings picture made of waxe, and as thi•• picture wasted, so the body of this King sensibly decayed and wasted away; and as these witches pinched this picture with pins or bodkins, so this King found paine in his body answerable: and these witches being appre∣hended, and this picture taken from the fire, the King recovered. The appli∣cation is easie. This I leave to the judicious, Christian and unparti∣all Reader to judge of. It is well knowne I am sure, that witches are very diligent in searching after some of the clothes or haire, &c: of that partie they would bewitch,* 1.852 although this be not alwayes. And that they may likewise sometimes helpe the sicke to health, hath been already proved.* 1.853 Howsoever sure I am, this is not the manner of ope∣ration practised by God himselfe or any of his Prophets and Apostles, either in the old or new Testament. No more than the others doth that relation concerning the herbe rose of the Sunne opening and shutting as doth the matrix, prove any thing. This plant is put in plantaine wa∣ter, and a little of this water given to the woman with child in the beginning of her labour, and the gentle-woman using this remedy, judgeth of the time of the birth by the opening and shutting up of this plant. In the first place then this is a relation from others, and what may therein be concealed I know not.* 1.854 And admit all be true as is re∣lated, yet this plant and plantaine water not being of one and the same operation, seeme not so well to accord▪ for howsoever the former may produce a laudable effect, yet the plantaine water being of an astrin∣gent faculty, is impertinent: and were better to use some matricall water appropriate for such a purpose. Howsoever this instance or ar∣gument taken from such an event (put the case it hold alwayes true, whereof I am ignorant) will yet prove nothing. And what doe I know what may bee here hid and concealed from us in this relation? and

what know I whether there be spels, or compact direct or indirect used by those who make use of this remedy? Much more could I yet say concerning this, but I hasten to that which followeth; howsoever many times aliquid latet quod non patet. There is likewise related unto us a story concerning the Jaundize, at the distance,* 1.855 not of 10. or 20. but even almost of a 100. miles, the which because I have from the same author, and he relateth the same from a great personage, yet be∣cause he taketh upon him the justifying of such manner of cures, I take it as his owne act. This cure of the Jaundize is performed by meanes of a paste made of the ashes of certaine wood against the Jaundize, to∣gether with the urine of the patient,* 1.856 with a blade of saffron in the top each ball. As for the ingredients of these balls, I doubt not of their ef∣ficacy and power, being used after an orderly, legall and methodicall manner of other medicines: but that they have any power to worke at such a distance, I am not so credulous, as by seeming shewes to be∣leeve. The manner of the cure is that these balls are layd in a secret place, where they must not be stirred, lest the cure be hindred. And it is not unlike that of the Weapon-salve, but that this seemeth ra∣ther to exceed the same. In that we read not of above 20 miles di∣stance betwixt the wound and the weapon-salve, and here is neere an 100. And besides, there was blood, and the secret emanation of the spirits of the same from the wound to the weapon, the blood thereon and the salve, with the speedy posting backe againe of all these nim∣ble spirits with their sanative vertue to the wound: and here wee have a tincture of blood and naturall salt, and some of the relicks of the icte∣ritious humor. But this emanation of spirits,* 1.857 and the manner of this cure may easily be confuted by that which hath been said already. And we are yet to take notice, that in the weapon-salve the simples were to be collected at a certaine time, when the aspect of the heavens were propitious; and in these balls working at a farre greater distance wee heare of no such matter observed: and from hence may we collect that this and some other circumstances are but fopperies, and have no more power to procure or further any sanative vertue, than spells, characters and uncouth words have in the cure of diseases. But this may yet seeme strange to a rationall Physitian, that he affirmeth indefinitely any Jaundize, of any age, sex, or proceeding from any cause, may be thus cured. Our best medicines duely applied per contactum, yet can∣not cure any Jaundize whatsoever; and yet these balls are said to do this at almost a 100. miles distance. k 1.858 What if the Jaundize proceed from

the debility, obstruction, inflammation, scirrhus of the liver, will this medicine make up all these breaches, especially at so farre a di∣stance? What if from obstruction of the gall-bag, from the abun∣dance of this excrement, from the small bulke of this bag, or the im∣becillity of the attractive faculty, will this remote agent produce such stupendious effects, where the united forces of the best Physitians, how methodically soever applied, are often frustrated of their desired ef∣fects? And if it be a sympatheciall Jaundize, manifesting it selfe be∣fore the seventh day, by the father of Physitians, deemed so dange∣rous, will this medicine suddenly cast nature into a new mold, and so prevent all future danger? And besides, when the Jaundize proceeds from poison, which hath poisoned all the blood of the body, will these balls rectifie and renew the whole masse of blood, and like some famous antidote extinguish this whole venomous quality: Ordinary medi∣cines, I confesse, sometimes cure ordinary Jaundizes, although, I con∣fess, there is no small error often committed in the use of these, as those used for other diseases. But to cure such as have long lyen drooping under the burthen of this disease, is not so obvious for any ordinary me∣dicine to cure, and farre lesse at a very far remote distance. The learned know there is often a great mistake in the cure of diseases, and some said sometimes to have cured them, who never had any share in the bu∣sinesse, as I have in the beginning of this Booke already proved. Many times the learned Physitian hath so shaken the foundation of a dis∣ease, that it is now ready to be eradicated, and yet nature now wea∣kened with a multitude of medicines is not able so suddenly to recol∣lect it selfe, howbeit after a while, the good effect of former medicines is to the patients senses apparent: and yet, if in the meane time the pa∣tient shall happen to use any medicine prescribed by the simplest old woman in the country, that shall often carry away the credit of the cure, yea, many times, although nothing be by any administred, and yet there intercede any distance of time betwixt his physicke and time of recovery, it will often be imputed to the strength of nature, or some other meanes. In cures of this nature both my selfe and many o∣ther Physitians could easily instance. And therefore the more I mer∣vaile that a rationall Physitian, and a Doctor in his profession should so meanely account of a rationall and methodicall proceding, and so much to magnifie and extoll such unwarrantable manner of cures. A worthy and learned Divine,* 1.859 and sonne to an antient, reverend, grave Divine this last yeere 1631. having for a while lost the use of his rationall part, for a long time used the Counsell and advice of some learned and expert Physitians of the City of London, of whose labours, notwithstanding, no sudden effect did follow, so that at length they desisted from any further administring Physicke. In the meane time during this rest, mention is made of certaine Empirick, a Barber by profession, but accounted very famous for such cures. The friends of the patient taking hold of any hope of doing him good, commune with this barber Aes∣culapius, who would not under 20. pounds undertake his cure, and for that summe he made no question of the cure: and after some dayes demurre, the pati∣ents friends standing upon the summe demanded, the patient suddenly recovers without any further meanes than what had beene formerly by his Physitians pre∣scribed.

Some were ready to censure the Physitians,* 1.860 that they could not helpe him: and had this bold Empiricke exhibited the least me∣dicine (yea although contrary to the disease, as is with them most common and frequent) the whole credit of this cure had beene ascri∣bed to this ignorant Empiricke, whereas, next vnto God, it was per∣formed by the meanes those learned and rationall physitians used, how∣soever the effect so suddenly followed not. But leaving divers other things I could except against this Jaundize cure, I proceed.

To confirme this wonderfull working of the Weapon-salve, our de∣fendant is not contented with homebred examples, but seekes abroad for forraine aid. He tells us of a Noble man of Italy recovering a nose lost. This Noble man having at a combate lost his nose,* 1.861 afterwards by ad∣vice of his Physitian, for a summe of money and liberty, got his slave to yeeld to wound his arme, and so joyned his owne wounded nose to his slaves wounded arme, and so caused bind them fast together, untill these two fleshes were united and assimilated, and after a collop or gobbet of flesh was cut out of the slaves arme, and fashioned like a nose unto this Lord, and so handled by the Surgeon that it served for a nose. The slave manumitted and rewarded went from Bo∣loigne to Naples. Afterwards it fell out that this slave died, at which in∣stant the Lords nose did gangrenate and rot off, whereupon the part of the nose which he had of the dead man, was by the Doctors advice cut away, and hee being animated by the foresaid experience, followed the advice of the same Physiti∣an, which was to wound in like manner his owne arme, and to apply it to his wounded and mutilated nose, and to endure with patience till all was compleate as before. Hee with animosity and patience, did undergoe the brunt, and so his nose continued with him untill his death. Here is then the storie which the Doctor had by relation. Upon this is concluded an undoubted vi∣ctory, and this example taken for a strong argument to prove the o∣peration of the Weapon-salve, how truely let us a little inquire. From hence (saies hee) is inferred, that the concourse of these two spi∣rits, or rather (as he calls them) one spirit, being as a line stretched out from the extremities of so farre a distance, could neither by the tall hills of Hetruria, nor yet the high Apennine mountaines bee stop∣ped. In the first place then, for the credit of the History wee have no∣thing but the Authors owne bare relation, so that wee must take it upon his trust; and how well it is knowne in Italy, I am ignorant.* 1.862 But put the case this were yet true, what will his new nose make for the confirmation of the matter in hand. Hee sayes it was related to him that immediatly upon the death of the slave, the Noble mans nose gan∣grenated and rotted off. Well,* 1.863 I am neither certaine of the time nor manner; and yet of this am sure enough, that many have not onely had their noses, but some other parts also rotted off, with the Neapoli∣tane or catholicke disease. What doe I know whether this might not be so, and concurre about the time of the slaves death, it may bee a little before or after, or what, if at the very same instant? What from this effect will follow for the fortifying of this former position. More∣over what, if, as we sometimes observe neere kinsfolkes, brothers, si∣sters, &c: by reason of a like radicall temperature fall sicke, and some∣times dye at one and the same time, although many miles asunder,

as I could instance in examples of mine owne and other mens obser∣vations, if I did not feare to trespasse on the readers patience: so like∣wise this slave and that piece of his flesh, although now incorporated with the Noble mans nose, participating of one radicall temperature (notwithstanding some difference in their late aliments) might both perish at one and the same time. Divers other things concerning this same point I were yet able to say, if it were necessary▪ howsoever, if it were but this, that it might be a catholicke, Neapolitane nose, and so perish without any poasting and repoasting of catholicke spirits o∣ver the Hetrurian or Apennine mountaines,* 1.864 may suffice. And notwith∣standing, the Defendants peremptory opinion, that here can be no o∣peration of the Divell, I affirme, that as wise men, at lea•••• as will main∣taine the contrary, might here maintaine a possibility of satanicall operation, but I will not insist upon this point. And thus by way of concession of the supposed truth of the story, it is apparent, that this story proves no more than any of the former, which without any fur∣ther might well satisfy the Reader. But besides that which hath been already said, what if I should hold this artificiall reparation of noses scarce to bee faisable, and this story consequently to be false? I can produce mine Author, one of the famousest l 1.865 Surgeons of this our latter age, a man famous in his generation, of manifold experience in peace and warre, and who was imploied in the continuall service of 4. French Kings succeeding one another. And thus much for these examples.

But to daw now towards an end of this controverted point, I thinke it is now apparent to the indifferent and unpartiall Reader, that this cure by the weapon-salve cannot be ranked amongst ordinary naturall cures, being neither performed per contactum physicum, nor being with∣in the spheare of activity, as the plaintiffe well pleadeth, howbeit, in mine opinion, the defendant answereth not so pertinently. And be∣sides, there is no such manner of operation recorded in holy writ. Na∣turall cures are there performed per contactum physicum: as m 1.866 Hezekiahs sore healed by a lump of figges, a medicine befitting the same. Mira∣culous cures have sometimes conceived contactum physicum, howso∣ever the instrument used have in it no such energy or efficacy: as the river Jordan to cure the Leprosie, clay to cure the blinde, &c: As we have already instanced. Sometimes againe is no instrument at all used, but the absolute Power of the Almighty: as in the lepers, para∣lyticks and others may be observed. But such cures as this of the wea∣pon-salve we have no where in Scripture recorded. And those who use such cures, let them take heed lest they fall suddenly in to Satans snares. I doe not deny, that many excellent and rare conclusions are by that called naturall magicke, or wisedome brought to passe. But I affirme againe, that this same hath often proved a stalking horse to cover a great deale of cacomagicall impiety, as might easily bee pro∣ved. This spirit of error hath now by the experience of so many thou∣sand yeeres well improved his cunning and skill in seducing and de∣ceiving mankind, and although he yet many times easily seduce the sim∣pler sort, and weaker sex, especially by reall contracts and bonds; yet e∣very

one will not bite at this baite; and therefore there are other more cunning contracts for more refined understandings. n 1.867 There is there∣fore a more secret close and indirect compact with Satan, as is by our Divines and other writers granted, as the plaintiffe truely affirmeth. And as a learned late writer affirmeth, the divell is the author of both these operations, although he cunningly delude such impious Magi∣cians, howbeit some are not ignorant of their commerce with the Di∣vill, but yet pretend the light of nature and other faire shifts and co∣lourable excuses. The light of nature is (saith mine Author) to command uncleane spirits to be ready at our service: to cut off mens heads, and set them on againe: as likewise to raise stormes and tempests; to translate whole fields of Corne, and that by a naturall faith: in a moment and suddenly to exhibite magicall suppers: to set hornes on a mans head, to drinke out of a riddle or sieve: to make dead men seeme alive: with gun-shot or arrow-shot to kill any thing al∣though thou see it not: in a mirror or looking glasse to see all things past, pre∣sent and to come, done, written, spoken, or once but thought: to cure at a farre distance (marke with what company this cure by the Weapon-salve is coupled) to speake with one in Persia, the other party being in Spaine: to worke upon a man absent and ignorant by a waxe picture: to read in the body of the Moone written by another a 1000. miles distant: to induce physicall lega∣tures, and at pleasure to undoe them againe: to procure hatred and favour, and to change mens affections: to draw strength from one, and bestow it on another: to convey great victories to their friends: with the noise of a flute, the sound of the voice, and by imagination only to put great armies to flight: with characters and the like to free one from outward injuries: to congregate and assemble toge∣ther mice, rats and witches: to make such armour that at the very sight thereof, the enemy shall runne away to conjure ordnance and guns that they shall not shoot off (It is a wonder the Emperour can find none of these so usefull arti∣ficers now in his so great need) to provide such horses as will with incre∣dible colerily carrie the riders over any high hill or dangerous precipices; yea thorow the middest of an enemie. And such horses, say our Paracelsians, used the Wise men of the East at the Nativity of our Lord and Saviour. A multitude of such in••tances of other strange magiciall impieties could I relate. Howsoever many of these be meere lies, which they cannot effect, yet may the judicious and unpartiall Reader thereby easily perceive ex un∣guibus leonem, what such people aime at, whasoever plausible reason they pretend to the contrary. And such is the doctrine of Paracelsus and his followers, for the which reason, we have just cause to suspect such cures, rather then with the defendant call them Dona Dei, mira∣culous, mysticall, extraordinary, and what not. o 1.868 There is a way (saith Salomon) that seemeth right in his owne eyes, but the issues thereof is death. And the p 1.869 Apostle Paul wisheth us to abstaine from all appear∣ance

of evill. And if there were no other reason, methinkes, a good Christian should be circumspect what he useth. If some Divines and Physitians have approved of it, that is no warrant for me nor any man else, it is good for every man to be sure of a good warrant for his actions. I weigh more the truth than the eminency of the person or his calling. Amicus Socrates, amicus Plato, sed magis amica veritas.

And thus have I declared mine opinion concerning this cure done by the Weapon-salve, although neither of any contentious spirit of contradiction, or opposing any mans opinion: farre lesse to please or applaud or plead for the profit of any silver-smith Demetrius; howbe∣it I thinke those men (the company of Barber-surgeons I meane) not so despicable, but that they ought to be regarded and have their due, that profession being both antient and famous, yea most antient of all the parts of Physicke, and practised by manuall operation (from whence it is denominate) many yeeres before either Anselmus, Paracelsus, or whosoever was the broacher and propagator of the Weapon-salve was heard of. Many things here I passe by in the Defendants booke wor∣thy of confutation, as not having taken that in hand, which would have required more time, and made this booke to swell to too volumi∣nous a bignesse, my purpose being onely to touch upon such things as chiefely and most neerely concerned this subject of the Weapon-salve. And what I have said, I referre to the censure of the learned and judicious. Errare possum, hareticus esse nole.

CHAP. XXXJ.

Of mandrakes, the nature and vertue thereof, and whether this plant hath any power to procure love?

NOw from that which hath hitherto beene said concerning Philtra or love potions, there a∣riseth yet a question concerning one simple, and which may seeme to crosse that which wee have already said concerning such sim∣ples as are supposed to provoke or procure love. For it seemeth, at hath beene constant∣ly mainteined, and by sacred Writ confir∣med, that that simple called Mandragora, and in English Mandrake, hath beene endued with this amatory qualitie. That truth therefore may prevaile, and error may be convinced and confuted, I thinke it shall not bee imper∣tinent, ere wee proceed, to say something concerning this simple. Of this mention is made in a 1.870 Genesis, where it is said, that Reuben went forth in the time of wheat Harvest, and having brought home with him Mandrake, Rachel begging them of her sister Leah, she refused, &c. From whence it is collected, and by some supposed, that Leah

used this simple as an amorous bait to make her fruitfull, and to attract, and so much the more procure her husbands love, into the truth where∣of we are now to inquire. In the first place then, it would seeme this simple was by the antients used to this same end and purpose; and was for this same cause by them called Circaea or Circetris, from that famous witch Circe. b 1.871 Dioscoride maketh it of two sorts, male and female: the female he maketh lesser in leaves, the leaves smaller, and smelling bet∣ter: to the male againe he ascribeth greater leaves, and the fruit big∣ger, participating of a sweet, heavy, loathsome smell. Of any plea∣santnesse of smell c 1.872 Pliny speaketh not one word; but whereas all a∣gree that the leaves and root are of a loathsome and strong smell,* 1.873 Pliny averreth, that this apple or fruit doth yet exceed them herein: but nei∣ther of them doe ascribe unto it any amorous quality. d 1.874 S. Augustine affirmeth, he found in his owne experience this pleasant smell in these apples, and withall that they were of an insipid and unsavoury taste; for the which cause, he wondreth why Rachel should so much desire the same, and acknowledgeth himselfe to be ignorant hereof, unlesse she were in love with the smell and beauty of this fruit, and the rarity thereof. A e 1.875 late Germane divine, who also quoteth this same place of S. Augustine, is of this opinion also, that this was not for any vene∣reous use, that Rachel so much desired these apples or flowers, or what∣soever it was. f 1.876 Galen giveth it no such amorous quality, but ascribeth unto it a cooling vertue in the third degree, together with some por∣tion of heat, especially to the root: but the apples he acknowledgeth to be moister; but in all he holdeth this narcoticke quality to be pre∣dominant. Now by any thing which hath hitherto beene said, there hath beene proved no amorous quality in this simple, which notwith∣standing hath beene hitherto by many very stedfastly beleeved, and hath been the cause that many have bought such supposed roots at a ve∣ry high rate. g 1.877 Matthiole a late learned Physitian upon that place of Dioscoride above mentioned, maketh mention of the cheating and co∣sening of impostors with this counterfeit root. They take, saith hee, a briony or some other root, in the which they cut out the proportion of a man, and in the head, place of the beard, and other parts where haire useth to grow, they make many small holes, into the which they put some cornes of barly, millet, or some other graine, and burying it in the ground, let it lie untill such time as these graines were growne out: and then with a pen-knife, or otherwise, cut out those blades of the graines in the forme and fashion of small haires, and so sell them to credulous and simple people, women especially, who are perswaded that this is a speciall remedy against sterility. And this the same Author affirmeth that hee learned of a notorious quacke-salving Mountebancke, whom at Rome hee cured of the French pox; who among many other cheating trickes, confessed this also, and affirmed, that for one of those coun∣terfeit Mandrakes he had had sometimes 25. sometimes 30. crownes. Now the better and more easily to delude the simpler sort, and more cunningly to picke their purses, they tell them a g 1.878 strange tale of the manner of pulling up this root: that it is very dangerous for them that doe it, and therefore that they bare it about the root, tye one end of a string about it, and the other end about a dogs necke, and the master departing, the dog essaying to follow him, pulleth up this

plant by the root,* 1.879 and dieth immediately; and then there is no more danger ei∣ther to the master or any body else. And this fable, it seemeth, had its first foundation in h 1.880 Josephus, who writeth such a thing of a root, which he calleth Baaras, digged up after the aforementioned manner. Now this Mandrake root barren women sought much after, supposing it did further fecundity; unto the which they have beene induced by the mistaking of the true meaning of that place of Genesis. And there is a i 1.881 learned late writer that laboureth much to prove this, howbeit in my opinion to small purpose. His first argument is taken from the Chal∣de Paraphrasts, who both in both places (Genesis, I meane, and the Canticles) translate this word Dudaim,* 1.882 Jabruchin in the plurall num∣ber, the singular being Jabroach: and the Arabians even at this day call Mandrake, Jabora and Jabroach. Againe, saith he, both the septua∣gint, and the old Latine translation hath translated this word Dudaim, Mandragora in both places. Againe, saith he, Dod, and in the plurall Dodim, signifieth love or charity; and therefore the breast and paps are also called by this name, being, as he saith, the seat of love, and in forme like this apple. But the truth is, that whatsoever faire flou∣rishes these reasons may make, yet in them is no certaine nor assured truth. For as concerning the signification of the word he himselfe con∣fesseth, that the word Dod from whence Dudaim is derived, besides this signification, signifieth also a caldron, and laboureth also to apply this to the forme of the Mandrake: and againe, Dod signifieth an uncle, and Dodah an aunt, from the effect of love, and would have this Greeke word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the brest or dug derived from this Hebrew Dod or Dodim, how well, let the learned judge. And he confesseth also that Rabbi Schelomoth in both places interpreteth this word Dudaim sweet and well-smelling figs: others interprete it violets; others that plant we cal Satyrium; and some againe, that we cal Winter-cherry: and final∣ly some translate it pleasant and well-smelling apples. To come then to our purpose, it seemeth this word is not proper to this plant onely, or rather is a generall word,* 1.883 signifying well-smelling fruits or flowers; as doth appeare by the late translation of the learned Tremellius, him∣selfe a Jew, and his friend Junius, who both in both these places where this word is onely found, translate it well-smelling fruits or flowers; in English indeed, in both places it is translate Mandrakes. Now if wee but consider a right this place of the Canticles, it seemeth to stand to best reason that it should be translated sweet smelling flowers, or at least, of very pleasant and delectable fruit, there being mentioned be∣fore it the vine and pomegranat; and after all manner of pleasant fruits. Now this apple of Mandrake, take it at the best, is not, I am sure, to be parallelled with the best and pleasantest fruits. S. Augustine indeed saith it smelleth well, and some others say it hath a mixt smell. I will not call in question S. Augustines credit, nor argue the case whether he might be deceived, and being no Physitian have some other fruit gi∣ven him, and called by this name: but with us, sure I am, there is no such smell to be found in those that grow in the hottest of our European countries, nor such as I smelt in the middest of France, nor could learn it of others: and it is proper to all our narcoticke medicines to bee of

an evill and loathsome smell, although growing in a hot climat: as we finde it in Opium, as also in Tabacco; although it be verified in this drug which Divines say of sinne, Consuetudo peccandi tollit sensum peccati, The custome of sinning taketh away the sense thereof: So may I say of this, custo¦mary use maketh people complaine of no annoyance at all, being so in∣ured to this filthy smell. l 1.884 This soporiferous and narcoticke quality (say our Chymists) proceedeth from a narcoticke sulphur, whereof this loathsome smell is an individuall assistant. Galen also himselfe judgeth of the quality of the simples, not only by the taste, but also by the smell: and such as are of a sweet and pleasant smell, not only he, but all other Physitians after him, account to comfort and corroborate the spirits, and principall parts; which no man yet ever affirmed of any narcoticke: nay, nor yet of Tabacco it selfe, although growing betwixt the Tropicks in Trinidad. Is it then likely, that the holy Ghost, and Sa∣lomon his Pen-man, and so well skilled in the nature and vertue of sim∣ples, would ranke a venomous plant among so pleasant fruits or flowers? But put the case, that this simple growing in those hot Easterne coun∣tries, did smell well, and lost that loathsome and unpleasant smell, in∣cident to such simples (which, notwithstanding, is not likely, these hot countries commonly intending their properties and smell, as appeareth in Tabbaco, &c.) yet then, why may not I with as good reason affirme, that many of our ordinary fruits or flowers, transplanted into Salomons pleasant garden, might much improve their former properties and smells, insomuch, that they might farre surpasse this plant and fruit, and so should be in small request, where there were so many better? I thinke now I have made it to the indifferent and unpartiall reader, plainly appeare, that there is small probability, that this Mandrake mentioned in the Scripture, is our Mandrake. And put yet the case it had beene so, yet wee see it produced not that effect in her that obtai∣ned this plant; and she that parted from it had children in a short space. But let us yet search a little further into this love-property attributed to it: this property is only confined to helpe womens sterility by those who stand stiffeliest upon the point. And yet our antient Physitians, neither Dioscoride (who reckoneth up all the severall properties thereof, yea, even a violent purging quality, equalling, if not exceeding, Hel∣lebore it selfe) Galen, nor Pliny, make any mention of this property. And whereas they make mention of some names, tending to that pur∣pose, they only relate other mens opinions, they never ascribing any such property unto it. I will not indeed deny, but it might have bin used by witches and Sorcerers in their love-potions, (as I may call them) and so were bones of Frogs, haires of a Wolfes taile, Hippomanes, and such other trash (which no understanding man ever thought to be indued with any such quality) by wicked people, notwithstanding, imploied for such purposes. And this same late alleaged Author, when he alleageth the supposed love quality in this simple, groundeth his rea∣son on the cooling quality of this simple, fit, saith he, to coole the hot wombs of those Eastern women, as he thinketh it to be incident to most women dwelling in hot countries. But what if this simple be hot in qua∣lity? I think then his building wil soone fall to the ground. m 1.885 Galen him∣selfe

joyneth heat with the cold quality in this simple. And I thinke, let but a judicious Physitian well consider of the purging quality, and many other operations in this simple, incident (at least many of them) to other narcoticks also, will acknowledge a hot quality predominating in it, and then this cooling effect is quite vanished away in smoake. And put the case this were yet true, then were it onely good for women of very hot wombes, and not proper for ever barren woman; and withall, were not good for women of our cold Northerne climat, who are not, for the most part, so hot wombed as there Easterne wo∣men. Besides, if by reason of its narcoticke and soporiferous quality, by reason it provoketh to sleepe, and consequently the better to reteine the seed of generation, why may not opium, henbane, or hemlocke doe the like? Or why should that plead such privilege above other simples of the same nature and quality? Moreover, if this plant had beene in∣dued with any such vertue, is it likely that Leah, who had now for a long time beene debarred from bearing of children (insomuch that for this cause she had given her maid to her husband to helpe out her num∣ber) would so easily have parted with so effectuall a meanes, to her sister especially, betwixt whom and her selfe there was such emulation and debate? To conclude then this point, there is no probability, that this Mandrake hath any such power or vertue, as to make barren women fruitfull; and yet farre lesse to procure love, or make any love better, howsoever, it may be that in antient times, it hath, perhaps, beene used as other poisons for this same purpose, as I have said already. And Pliny himselfe mocketh the Magicians, who attribute strange ver∣tues to herbes, and divers simples, and such as is impossible for any reasonable man to beleeve, as namely, to open any locke without re∣sistance, to drie up rivers and lakes, to supply all wants, and make ene∣mies to flee. But the same n 1.886 Pliny wisely replyeth, Where were such herbs when the Romans obteined such victories of their enemies? And I could make a many questions to this same purpose, although, I confesse, it were but to small purpose. But concerning these things, as also con∣cerning love, love potions, and the appendixes, or things thereunto belonging, thus much shall suffice for the present: on the which I have somewhat the longer insisted, by reason I perceived some errone∣ous opinions concerning this subject to be so ruveted in the mindes of many, that it is a hard matter to root them out: wherefore, if I have tres∣passed upon the readers patience, let this apologie plead for mee; that my intention was to profit the publike; the which I wish may like∣wise plead for any former trespasse of the same nature.

CHAP. XXXII.

Of immoderate or passionate anger, the hurt thereby procured to the bo∣dy, in sicknesse and in health, and antidots against it: in what diseases best, and in what worst; and whether any may die of anger.

THat the affections of the soule being kept within compasse, and ruled by reason, are not sinfull, may by that which hath been said already plainly appeare. And a worthy light of this land, a man famous in this generati∣on, and to whom not this land alone, but the whole Church of God is not a little in∣debted, speakes worthily to this same pur∣pose. a 1.887 The affections and perturbations of the minde (saith he) are, and that not without great reason, by God himselfe given unto men, and prove often very profitable for the at∣chieving of high and sublime matters; provided alwaies, that by the awe and feare of God, as with a bridle they be kept within compasse, and not suffered to ex∣ceede the bounds of mediocrity. Of the first of these passions, to wit, of love, wee have spoken at great length; we come now to anger: this the same Authour, in the same place, observing what hath beene said before, doth not discommend; but when a man upon any small oc∣casion shall so farre suffer himselfe to be transported with this passion, that like a drie match, hee is easily set on fire; according to our com∣mon proverbe, but a word and a blow. And therefore, b 1.888 Galen well compared and paralleled together anger and reason, comparing anger to a horse, and reason his rider: As the horse then (saith he) should be ruled by his rider, so should anger be ruled by reason, which made Vlysses curbe and keepe in his anger, and just indignation conceived against his maids for their great insolencies, it being then no fit and opportune time to punish them according to their deserts; and there∣fore when reason beareth rule, then this furious and raging beast, anger, is supprest and kept under: as when the rider is master of his horse, and both strong and skilfull enough to rule him, then the horse obey∣eth his Master, and doth him what service is sit for him to per∣forme. But it commeth sometimes to passe, that either by imbe∣cillirie and weakenesse, or unskilfulnesse, or both; the horse gets the head, and so, running away, hee throweth his rider: Even

so commeth it often to passe, that this rash and precipitate anger getting the head and mastery, often over-throweth reason his rider, and so giveth him the foile. This, when Homer would expresse, hee brings in Hector and Achilles, young men, succumbing and yeelding to this furious passion: but on the other part, Vlysses, Polydamus and Nestor, prevailing and getting the victory over the same. But if I should speake of the mischiefes procured by this furious wilde beast, anger, I scarce know where to beginne, and might compose great volumes of this subject onely. It armeth the will to all manner of villany, and openeth a doore to all manner of wickednesse. Is it not often the cause of great warres, broiles, dissention, of the overthrow of whole countries and fa∣mous cities. And therefore well may it be called a most cruell informe monster, matamorphosing man, not only into the shape of some furious cruell wilde beast, but even into the shape of the Divell himselfe: and as smoake dazleth the eyes of the body, so doth this the eyes of the un∣derstanding. And what marvell, I pray you, if a man now deprived of the use of reason, and following the violence of this furious passion be transported to the perpetration of strange and enormious facts? It was not therefore said in vaine; Ira furor brevis est, anger is but a short fury: and wee may as well say, Furie is but a long anger. How many mur∣thers have beene by this furious monster committed? Have not men thereby become more cruell one to another than the very wilde beasts? according to that old proverbe, Homo homini lupus. See how this anger prevailed in that great conqueror of the world, Alexander the great, who yet could not conquer himselfe, but in his drunken anger killed Clitus, &c. It is recorded of Vedius Pollio, a Noble Roman, having invi∣ted Augustus Caesar to a feast, and his Butler having broken a crystall glasse, hee cast him into his fish poole to be food for his Lampreies: for the which cause, that Noble Emperour caused breake all the rest, lest they should afterwards be an occasion of any such cruelty. But I should spend too much time, if I should insist upon many particular relations of this nature. It will be better to set downe some antidots, both out of sacred and prophane writers, against this disorderly passion. The Wise man well acquained wiih the evills and mischiefes thereby procured, therefore in that golden booke of Proverbs, and in severall places of the same, setteth downe the evills of anger, and the antidots against it. Besides that place alleaged, in another place hee setteth downe these words: c 1.889 A soft answer turneth away wrath, but grievous words stirre up an∣ger: d 1.890 A wrathfull man stirreth up strife, but hee that is slow to anger appeaseth strife: e 1.891 Hee that is soone angry dealeth foolishly: and a man of wicked devices is hated. f 1.892 He that is slow to anger is better than the mighty: and he that ruleth his spirit, than he that taketh a citie. g 1.893 The discretion of a man deferreth his anger, and it is his glory to passe over a transgression. h 1.894 A man of great wrath shall suffer punishment: for if thou deliver him, yet thou must doe it againe. i 1.895 It is better dwell in the corner of a house top, than with a brawling woman in a wide house. And againe, k 1.896 It is better to dwell in a wildernesse, than with a conten∣tious and angrie woman. l 1.897 Proud and haughtie scorner is his name, who dealeth in proud wrath. m 1.898 Make no friendship with an angrie man, and with a furious man thou shalt not goe. n 1.899 An angrie man stirreth up strife, and a furious man

aboundeth in transgression. The learned, if they list, may read the exposi∣tion of that worthy Divine, Cartwright, upon these places. The same sacred Writ affoordeth us yet in sundry places soveraigne remedies a∣gainst this same passion. o 1.900 Be not hastie in thy spirit to be angrie: for anger resteth in the bosome of fooles. p 1.901 Cease from anger, and forsake wrath: fret not thy selfe in any wise to doe evill. q 1.902 Let all bitternesse and wrath, and anger, and clamour, and evill speaking be put away from you, with all malice. r 1.903 But now you also put off these, anger, wrath, malice, &c. s 1.904 Be yee angry and sinne not, let not the Sunne goe downe upon your wrath. And this last holy anger, not sinfull, but against sinne, is that which only is warranted by Gods Word. And thus wee see holy Moses was so moved at the making of the golden Calfe, and to see God so grossely by Idolatry dishonoured, that he brake the two tables. But to discusse this Theme I leave to the learned Divine, and proceed to shew how carefull the very heathen Philosophers were to subdue this foule passion, and what wholesome precepts and directions they gave against it. t 1.905 Plato very wisely wish∣ed his hearers when they were angry, to view themselves in a looking-glasse, and when as they should see their countenance looke so furiously in every respect, like one in a phrensie, it would be a meanes, for ever after to make them refraine from this so fierce and furious passion. u 1.906 The same Philosopher being angry with his servant, and preparing himselfe to punish him, it fell out that in the meane time Xenocrates came in, whom Plato intreated to punish his servant for him; alleaging that now bee was angry. This wise Philosopher, by reason of the com∣motion of his minde, mistrusted himselfe. And yet is this the ordina∣ry custome among men, then to punish and correct, when they are most transported with this passion. * 1.907 It was the saying of Aristotle, that Prince of Philosophers, that as smoak so troubleth and dazleth the eye∣sight, that wee are scarce able to discerne such things as are right be∣fore us: even so doth anger so farre blinde the eyes of the understan∣ding, that a man cannot for the present discerne hee doth amisse: ac∣cording to that vulgar verse:

Impedit ira animum, ne possit cernere verum.

The x 1.908 same Aristotle being acquainted with Alexanders hasty and angrie disposition, wrote to him after this manner: Anger and wrath is not commonly exercised against our equalls, but against our betters; and now there is no man on earth to be compared with thee. y 1.909z 1.910 Bias the Prienean, was wont to say, that there were two things contrary to good counsell, hast and anger: for an angrie man being besides himselfe, is void of all counsell. Chilon taught, that it was good to overcome anger with reason, the which affection is stronger than any other: the which to overcome, is more excellent, and requireth more strength, than to over-come an enemy; neither receive wee lesse hurt from anger, than from an enemie. a 1.911 Diogenes upon a time seriously disputing against this passionate anger, in comes a young rake-hell, and to try his patience, and whether hee could practise that himselfe hee taught others, spate in his face: But the Philosopher replyed, I am not angrie, howbeit I doubt whether I ought not to be angrie.

b 1.912 Democrates seeing a Lacedemonian in great anger, beating his servant, wished that hee himselfe should cease to be of his servants servile con∣dition: for he is a servant that cannot command his owne affections. c 1.913 Architaes having found some of his seruants in some fault, and finding himselfe somewhat incensed against them, yet did nothing to them at that time, but departing, added these words; Happy are you that I am now angry at you. d 1.914 One Demonax being asked of one to whom a great Emperor had committed an army, by what meanes hee might best discharge his duty in this so weighty a businesse? answered, if thou beest free from anger. The same Wise-man advised people not easily to be angrie with any; but rather to use all meanes to amend their faults; imitating in this Physicians, who are not angry with their patients, but labour to cure their infirmities. By that which hath been said may then easily appeare, what is the duty of Christians, and how farre wee come short of these heathens, destitue of any other guide, but the light of nature; the which, comparing these two cases, and paral∣leling the one with the other, may more perspicuously yet appeare. But this I leave to the learned Divine at great length to prosecute. But before I leave this point, I cannot passe over in silence that worthy and memorable example of that e 1.915 famous Emperour, Theodosius, and his constitution, worthy to be ingraven in letters of gold on pillars of brasse for a perpetuall memoriall to posteritie, to shun and avoid rash anger. This great Emperor, by reason of a sudden sedition, raised in the towne of Thessalonica, sent thither his troupes, who slew of the citizens about 7000 men. This good Emperor, although hee had no small provoca∣tion to incite him to this revenge; yet because this remedy was some∣what sharpe for the disease, hee not onely repented him of the fact, be∣ing by Saint Ambrose for the space of eight moneths first therefore ex∣communicate: but made such a decree, as I wish Princes and great ones well to consider of it: that no decree made by any Prince should be put in execution before the full space of thirty daies were accompli∣shed, that in the meantime that might be fulfill'd, Give place to wrath; and lest the like accident should againe befall any, that had befallen those of Thessalonica. f 1.916 And yet (as a late Writer well observeth) there were three great and notorious offences, which incited this pious Em∣perour to this severe revenge, lest it may be imagined, that like a Ty∣rant hee raged thus against his subjects without any seeming reason, for a small or no cause at all. For in the first place, the people would not suffer a villaine to be punished, who had ravished a youth to abuse him against nature: againe, when as hee was by this good governour com∣mitted to prison, they raised a tumult about so infamous a businesse: and when as this governour did labour to suppresse this their sedition, they killed both him and divers others of worth assisting him. But it is now more than time wee come to the hurt it procureth to the bodie,

both in sicknesse and in health. And first in health, it often altereth the naturall comlinesse and decency thereof, changeth the colour of the face, dazleth the eyes, maketh the tongue clamorous, armeth all the parts of the body; as hands, feet, teeth, &c. And as for diseases thereby procured to the body, they are not a few, and no passion more prejudiciall to the life of man, and which more accelerateth or ha∣steneth on old age. And this to be consonant and agreeable to right reason, may easily appeare: for anger being nothing else but a heat, or ebullition of the blood, and a violent motion of the same in the heart, which at length with violence is diffused and dispersed over the whole body; as Galen himselfe defineth it: it must needes over-heat and dry up the bodie; by which meanes, it sometimes exciteth Fevers; in such bodies especially as are apt for a long time to reteine this impres∣sion of heat. And although oftentimes the violent motion of the heart be setled and staid, there remaineth, notwithstanding, in the body an unnaturall heat, from whence often proceed Fevers. Many also overta∣ken with this passion, have beene suddenly surprized with Apoplexies, Epilepsies, Convulsions, Palsies, trembling of the joints, and gouts of all sorts. Some also have fallen into Pleuresies, laundizes, many sorts of laskes, proceeding of choler, &c. But such especially are most offen∣ded with this passion, that are of a hotter constitution of bodie than or∣dinary, either naturall, or adventitious, by meanes of any infirmitie: but such especially, as have the head and heart hot naturally, or acci∣dentally, are most obnoxious to hurt by the same. In all hot and acute diseases, therefore, as also in hot cholericke constitutions, we are by all meanes possible to prevent this passion, the patient then of himselfe, by reason of his infirmitie, being more peevish and froward: for the which cause there must such caution and circumspection be used of those about the sick, that all possible content must be afforded, and such placed about them in whom they most delight. Their diet also and their Physick must with all discretion be accordingly accommodated, as hath alreadie beene related. But it may, perhaps, here be demanded,* 1.917 whether anger be not usefull in some diseases?* 1.918 or whether it be hurt∣full in all? I answer, that in some diseases it may be beneficiall for the patient. And this is chiefely to be observed in some infirmities of the animall parts; especially in cold diseases of the braine,* 1.919 in cold con∣stitutions of bodie, and where the head and heart, especially, are of this temperature, and that even by the authoritie of g 1.920 Galen him∣selfe; where hee affirmeth, that it exciteth and stirreth up naturall heat, in them almost decayed. And this is the opinion of h 1.921 Hippocrates himselfe also, where he affirmeth, that both it helpeth the colour of the face, and disperseth the blood through the whole bodie. In cold and moist cachecticall constitutions, it may be now and then, and by inter∣mission used, and that at fit and opportune times: but yet never so as the body be thereby prejudiced, or the facultie offended. And this must be, as it were, by way of exercise, and that with great discretion: as for the degrees of anger, wee mentioned them in the generall dis∣course of the passions; and howbeit all the sorts of this passionate anger be evill, and pernitious; yet the most violent and most furious

are most hurtfull to health▪ and inflict the deepest wounds. Before I finish this discourse of anger, resteth yet I should say something con∣cerning a question which may here be asked, Whether any may die of anger, as of other passions of the minde?

* 1.922Now, that I have reason on my side to move this question, it may from hence appeare, that even i 1.923 Galen himselfe, who freely confesseth that of exorbitant joy and griefe one may die, yet, that ever any died of anger, hee altogether denieth. His reasons are probable, in that anger neither cooleth the bodie, nor yet overthroweth the strength thereof. But by Galens good leave, we have of late yeeres learned another lesson. In his time hee never had observed it, and yet others have since his time: Bernardus non videt omnia. k 1.924 A late Writer, and heretofore sometimes mentioned, tells us this storie: A widdow being married to a captaine and Switzer by nation, on the marriage day, some of her friends having hindred her to bestow upon her new married husband so much as she desired, was so transported with choler, that shee would eat no supper that night, and fell, a few houres after, into so strong convulsions, that shee died immediatly after. l 1.925 The same Authour relateth yet another historie: A man of good account having by certaine intelligence found, that his maide had one night lien with his miller, watching her on the morning, as shee came home, pulled her by the haire of the head, and troad her under his feet, and was in that violent manner transported with anger and indignation against her, that suddenly he was seased with shortnesse of breath, and a trembling over his body, insomuch that I (being called to looke upon his wives eye) found I had more need to succour him: but having used phlebo∣tomy, and findin no alleviation, the former accidents continuing, and strength decreasing, he died withing two daies. By this then which hath beene said, the truth of this assertion may appeare, so that I shall not neede to in∣stance in more examples of such as have fallen into Epilepticall, Apo∣plecticall and convulsive fits, and after died of the same. Those that are wise, will be warned by that which hath beene said, to those not I, but that truth which cannot erre telleth them, that anger resteth in the bosome of fooles, and therefore with these verses I conclude this point.

Ira animis lethale malum procul absit, ahilla mors saepe ingeniis corporibus{que} venit. Turbat enim, caeca{que} animos caligine versat, et sensus tota cum ratione rapit. Sicut enim tactae serro candente lacunae sic motu calidi sanguinis ira fremit. Hinc subitis fractos accendit febribus artus, saepius hic etiam deteriora facit. Hinc flavam ratione omni praevertere bilem convenit, & caussis non statuisse locum.

A deadly plague to mortall minds, is fretting wrath and rage, It kills the body, spoiles the wits, thine anger then asswage. It troubles so, and over-turnes mens heads and hearts alway, That senses, wit and reason quite, it snatcheth cleane away. As water trenches make a noise, hot yron put therein, So anger meeting with hot blood, to rage doth still begin.

Thus man with sudden agues oft his broken limbs inflames, And oftentimes in mortall men, it breeds far worse ill quames.

CHAP. XXXIII.

Of Sorrow, Griefe and Feare, the danger and detriment commeth there∣by to the bodie of man; and how hurtfull in sicknesse and in health: Whether any may die of Sorrow and Gríefe.

THere is yet a passion of the minde, oppressing both body and minde, when it exceedeth moderation, and is not kept within the com∣passe of mediocrity, and ruled by reason. And this is Griefe and Sadnesse, which in Latine hath obteined divers names, which by rea∣son of the penury of our vulgar tongue cannot all be Englished by severall termes. They proceed all from the opinion of some future or instant evill oppressing the minde, and by this meanes often occasioning great hurt to the bodie: and are these following: Metus, Tristitia, Timor, Terror, Pavor, Consternatio, & exanimatio,* 1.926 as we have already in the generall discussed. These passions doe all, more or lesse, concentrat and draw in the spirits from the circumference or outward parts to the center, or middle region of the bodie, the heart especially, which being destitute of heat and spirits, they doe by this meanes coole and drie up the bodie; and that lesse or more, according to the extension or remission of the passion, the sudennesse of the same, together with the aptitude of the subject to receive such impressions. Of this effect of sorrow and griefe, the wise Salomon was not ignorant. a 1.927 Heavinesse in the heart of man maketh it stoupe, and againe, b 1.928 By sorrow of the heart, the spirit is broken; or as it is after expressed, it drieth the bones. This feare or griefe, or sorrow, are commonly affections following me∣lancholie, and depending thereupon; on the which subject, if I should expatiate, I had need begin another volume; but because this hath bin by c 1.929 others, both learnedly and largely handled, as also my purpose and intention not being here to handle any particular disease, but briefely to say something concerning these passions of the mind, and what dan∣gers they procure to the body in sicknesse and in health, I will not meddle therewith, but prosecute that I have undertaken. This grief and sorrow then, if too much yeelded unto,* 1.930 will to some procure irrecover∣able Consumptions, will dry up the braine and marrow of the bones, hinder concoction, and so procure crudities by meanes of want of rest, and by consequent prove a cause of many dangerous diseases. Now, as the ex∣cesse is hurtfull to all, so to some farre more than to others: especially to leane spare bodies, dry braines, persons inclining to melancholy. And women, especially, if with childe, young children, who be reason of

their sexe and age are lesse able to resist such passions, and some by na∣turall constitution very timorous, are more liable to danger, by rea∣son of feares and sudden frights, than other people. It is therefore a very unadvised course most commonly to affright children with bug-beares, hob-goblins and the like:* 1.931 for there is many times thereby such a deepe impression of feare ingraven in their tender senses, that howsoever it doth not bereave them of their lives; yet are they so possessed with an habituall feare, that they are scarce ever freed therefrom; at least, un∣till they atteine to ripe and mature age. And some that are yet of a more tender constitution, are sometimees ceized with some sudden and dangerous disease, if they escape death: as Paralyticke, Epilepticke, Apoplecticke and convulsive fits, as I could easily instance, but that I can∣not dwell upon it.* 1.932 Of all others it is most dangerous for women with child; and that not only for feare of present aborsion; but even for some future feare of some hurt may befall the tender fruit of her wombe. I have knowne some little better than meere naturalls, by reason of the mothers fright, during their ingravidation. It hath beene often also observed, that even upon men of mature age and judgement, the strong apprehension of some future danger, hath in them produced strange and sudden effects. d 1.933 A late Authour relateth a storie of a young Gen∣tleman, whose haire was in one night turned white. The Gentlemans name (saith he) was Didacus, or Diegus Osorius, a Spaniard, Who falling in love with a Gentlwoman, one of the Queene of Spaines attendants, this Gentle∣man according to former agreements, was got up into a tree growing within the precincts of the court, but bewrayed by the barking of a dogge, was by the guard laid hold on, committed to prison, and in danger to have lost his life, for attempting any such thing within the precincts of the court. The next morning the keeper found this Gentlemans haire turned to a perfect white color as the antientest mans in the countrie (and yet their haire in that countrie is ordinary of a blacke colour) the which the King first hearing related, and seeing it so indeed, it wrought such an alteration in his minde, that not onely freed hee him from his punishment, but restored him to his former liberty, affirming, that it was punishment enough to have changed the flower of youth with white old age. e 1.934 There is in the same Author a like accident happening in the cour of Charles the fifth, Em∣peror, whom the Emperor himselfe could scarce beleeve to be the same party that was committed to prison the night before, and granted him likewise a gracious pardon: And many strange accidents are there out of divers Authours related, which for brevity I here passe by. Now, as other passions excite and stirre up some particular humour: as joy stir∣reth up the blood,* 1.935 and anger choler; so doth feare and griefe stirre and move melancholy. But it may then be demanded, whether such passi∣be contrary to all sorts of people, and whether one may ever give way ons thereunto?* 1.936 I answer, some people are more privileged than others; provided alwaies, that it be not in excesse: and such are principally f 1.937 grosse, fat and foggie people, with full bodies, and such as have their spirits hot & moveable. And in such people sadnes, feare, and profound cogitations and cares do somewhat blunt the edge of those hot and fiery moveable spirits, and withall do extenuate and take away some part of that bulke of body wherewith they are so burthened; the which both

Greeke and Arabian Physitians doe with unanimous consent witnesse. Such as are of a contrarie constitution, of bodie, braine, or both, as wee have said already, are by all meanes possible, as they love their lives and healths, to shun and avoid these passions. But in sicke persons especial∣ly, which is that I here principally aime at, there must a singular care and regard be had, that as little distaste as possible be given. And here∣in that golden rule of Hippocrates hath chiefely place; g 1.938 that it is not sufficient for the Physitian to play his part, but the assistants also, and attendants; and all other things must also be answerable. The sicke, wee know, by reason of his sicknesse, hath sorrow enough, especially, if the party be of a feeble, fearefull and pusillanimous spirit, the phansie still framing unto it selfe new feares of some bad and sinistrous event. And thus wee see through rashnesse and indiscretion of some about the sicke, sometimes by relating to them some evill tidings, and sometimes putting them in needlesse feares, without any sure ground: or yet when there is just cause of feare in the sicke; yet being indiscreetly revealed to him, either by the Physitian, or others, or yet at an unseasonable time: as about the time of rest, or before meales, may much prejudice the sicke. And therefore I advise all those whom it concerneth,* 1.939 to be very vigilant and circumspect, whom they suffer to come about the sicke, wee finding by daily experience, that many times ignorant and unadvised people, prove the causes of infinite evills to the sicke: and that sometimes by disswading them from a laudable and legall course for the speedie recovery of their health, prescribed by learned and wise counsell; especialy if their shallow capacities be not able (as seldome they are) to dive into the depth of the Physitians intentions: and sometimes also by erring in the maner above-mentioned. Such consti∣tutions of body as we named heretofore, are not hereby so much wron∣ged, providing we goe not too farre. My meaning is not here, notwith∣standing that which hath beene said, to forbid any that true sorrow for sinne, and a true compunction of heart, for offending the Majestie of the Almighty God, the which will be so farre from producing those effects of worldly sorrow, that on the contrary, it will purchase to thy soule more solid comfort and content, and more inlargement of true heavenly joy to thy drouping and sorrowfull soule, than all the sil∣ver and gold of Ophir, and both the Indies, and all the gracious gems and jewells ever gave to the greatest upon earth that possessed them; yea, if it were yet possible they were all in one mans possession: And as h 1.940 the wiseman saith, that, Even in laughter there is sorrow; so may I as well invert it, that even in this godly sorrow, is joy in the holy Ghost, and comfort unspeakable. Worldly sorrow causeth death (saith the Apostle) but godly sorrow causeth repentance not to be repented of. But many are the volumes written by our learned Devines, concerning this subject; among others * 1.941 a learned late Divine hath handled this point very punctually, in his learned and elaborate Treatise of comforting af∣flicted consciences. But this not being my proper element, therefore I proceed.

There is yet a doubt concerning this point,* 1.942 which resteth to bee discussed, whether of griefe or sorrow any may dye? To this question

i 1.943 Galen himselfe maketh answer that one may dye of these passions, and to this doe all Physitians assent; and experience maketh it so ap∣peare. And this same Author seconds his authority with sound rea∣son: for in such passions the blood and spirits having a speedy and sudden recourse to the heart to succour the same in so great a need, where aboarding it with too great violence, and in too great a quan∣tity, they leave the outward parts of the body quite destitute of this blood and spirits. We see what a strange effect this griefe wrought on k 1.944 good old Heli (alas how small is our griefe for matters of this nature) when he heard the arke of God was taken. And l 1.945 that worthy woman his daughter in law, although her husband were a prophane and wicked man, yet at the hearing of the taking of the arke, she was so much therewith affected, that nothing, no not the newes of a sonne borne of her womb, could give her any comfort, or hinder her from follow∣ing the footsteps of her father in law in giving up the ghost And m 1.946 hi∣stories relate that Antiochus Epiphanes, or rather, as some well call him, Epimanes, that tyrant, being chased out of Persia, and hearing also that his generall Lysias was defeated, and chased away by the Jewes, by reason of greife and sorrow fell into grievous diseases: al∣though there was yet in him divine punition to be observed, and yet not excluding naturall causes. n 1.947 A famous Physitian, and now and then mentioned in this discourse, relateth a story to this same pur∣pose.* 1.948 A preacher of this City (Basil he meaneth) accompanied with his wife onely, in the moneth of November returning from a village not farre from the towne, hearing them call to shut up the gates, hee ranne before to cause them keepe open the gate untill his wife came in, and so entring himselfe supposed his wife had been entred after him, the gate was shut and she excluded (the keyes be∣ing, as is the custome, immediatly carried to the Burgermaster, no entry is of any to be expected for that night, as I found once too true by mine owne experi∣ence) and neither could he get forth to her, nor shee suffered to come in to him, the night very darke; this poore desolate woman, all the night filling the aire with her complaints (there being no house nor town within a great way of this city) passed a part of the night, and in the morning of this feare and griefe was found dead at the gate. o 1.949 The same Author relateth yet two other stories ma∣king to us appeare the truth of this point. A company of young wenches in the Spring of the yeere, walking abroad in a faire morning, they came to the place of publike execution, where was still hanging upon the gallowes one who had been lately put to death. These wild wenches beganne to throw stones at this dead corps: at length one throwing a greater stone than the rest, this corps tur∣ned round: at the which motion, this maid apprehended such feare and terror, that strongly apprehending this▪ dead corps to be alive, with all possible speed shee ranne home, still supposing this dead body followed her. Being come home, she fell into strong and violent convulsive fits,* 1.950 and so died suddenly. p 1.951 Another young maid about 16. yeeres of age went downe into a grave new digged, where had beene layed heretofore some matron of the City of Basil, and not as yet consumed: this dead carkasse this young maid essayed to lift up by the armes; but was presently striken with such a feare and terror, that she went home, and was seized with so violent Convulsions, that her eyes were like to leape out of her head, and so pre∣sently died, and was the next day buried in a grave hard by the other; as though

this dead corps had called for her company; as shee cryed out a little before her death. In the late yeare 1630. in the beginning of January, my presence and paines was craved for a yong Gentleman living within some few miles of North∣hampton then sicke of a Fever.* 1.952 Within some two or three dayes this gentle∣man still continuing very sicke, the gentlewoman his wife being now quicke with child, terrified with some accidents she saw in her husband, and withall fearefull of some future event, fell suddenly one morning into strong and violent fits of Convulsions (being at other times also subiect thereunto) the agitation of her head and armes being so violent, sometimes drawne one, and sometime another way, that much trouble it was to hold her: but withall the blood and spirits flying all upwards, the nether parts were left so feeble, that she was presently de∣prived of the use of her legs, insomuch that she was in a chaire carried into ano∣ther roome. But yet the gentleman her husband recovering, shee was in a few dayes freed from all her former fits and feares; and at her full appointed time was safely delivered of her burden, without any hurt or danger either of herselfe or infant. I have the more willingly instanced in these particulars, to make every one more carefully and circumspect in avoiding and shun∣ning these passions, and whatsoever may provoke or incite us thereun∣to. The remedies shall appeare in the next Chapter, where wee pur∣pose to speake of the last passion.

CHAP. XXXIIIJ.

Of Ioy and Gladnesse, and of the excesse thereof, which may also hurt the body: and whether any may die of excessive ioy.

THat the former passions are prejudiciall, and often very hurtfull to mankinde, especially if they exceed, may easily obteine credit, per∣haps, with an ordinary understanding: but that joy and mirth so agreeable to our nature; and so acceptable to our senses, should ever produce any such effect, will hardlierre∣ceive entertainment. And this may seeme yet so much the more strange, in regard this is that we all principally aime at, as being a soveraigne and excellent meanes, not onely to preserve and main∣teine our health, but likewise to recover the same, being already lost. And good reason there is for this; a 1.953 Joy being a motion of the minde to the outward parts, with a certaine gratefull and delighting desire to lay hold on that which may give us content. And yet there is withal such a violent mo∣tion and agitation of the blood and spirits, that weake and pusillani∣mous people may bee much thereby endangered. And the wise man intimates unto us such a moderation in every thing, where hee warnes us to be wary even in visiting our neere and loving friends, under the comparison of eating hony moderately, wherein if we ex∣ceed, we may fare the worse for it. But as for moderate Joy it is com∣mended

by the Holy Ghost himselfe, and in the same Booke of Pro∣verbs the utility thereof extolled. b 1.954 A merry heart maketh a chearefull countenance. And a learned expositor upon this place affirmeth, that although the substance of the soule and the body differ much; God hath notwith∣standing tyed and united them so fast together, that there is no small harmony and sympathy betwixt them: insomuch that either of them being affected, the other suffereth also. And although the harme redoundeth to the whole body; yet because it is most conspicuous in the countenance, therefore the Wise man maketh chiefely mention of the countenance; and teacheth us here likewise, that a cheere∣full and merrie heart not onely maketh the body sound and healthfull; but ma∣keth a cheerefull and amiable countenance. Hence commeth it to passe, that when as the heart is merry and cheerefull, the eye is lively and quicke sighted, the cheeks of a comely, ruddy colour, &c. But all contrary, when the mind is heavy and de∣jected. In what an account and high esteeme this is in all the parts of our life can scarce be declared. For first, in Divine worship and service it is very requi∣site that we be of a cheareful countenance. And hence was it that Isaac preparing himselfe for that propheticall benediction of his sonnes, calls first for wine and ve∣nison, whereby his heart being cheered and refreshed, hee might the better performe this Propheticall function. And the holy Prophet Elizeus being much grieved at the sight of wicked Joram, before ever he went about to refresh those three Kings distressed with thirst, calleth first for a cunning Musitian, whereby the griefe and sorrow of his mind might be mitigated. Now if the Pro∣phets themselves, inspired with a propheticall spirit, had need of this chearefulnesse of heart for the better performance of Gods worship and service, how much more have others use thereof? And such services as performed by sad and heavy persons, we see, are not so acceptable: as may in Mardochee and Nehemia plainely appeare. And we see that Esau being cheered with Jacobs gift, was of so cheerefull a countenance, that Jacob confesseth he beheld his countenance as though he had beheld the face of God. But in the godly (saith the same Au∣thor) this doth yet farre more plainely appeare, who being refreshed with the peace of a good conscience, have a cheerefull and lovely countenance. This may plainely appeare by the example of the Nazarites who drunke no wine, &c: As likewise by the example of Daniel and his fellowes, who although they fed but on pulse and water, yet their countenance was farre fairer and better liking than of any of the rest who were fed with all the Kings dainty fare. And therefore this Ioy & mirth consisting in our reconciliation with God from whence proccedeth a good conscience, is farre to be preferred before all the most curious washes and paints, wherewith the lascivious and dainty Dames of our times doe dawb, and as they thinke, so curiousl•• adorne their faces: yea, and of farre higher esteeme than all the most curious and dainty diet that can be devised, in the which neverthelesse, many, if not all, place all that pertaineth to the preservation of health and main∣taining

the comely colour of the countenance. That the life therefore might bee the more comfortable, and that griefe, sorrow and sadnesse might not too much prevaile and oppresse us, it was the bounty of our good God to give us not onely food and raiment for necessitie, and water to quench our thirst: but to give us also wine to cheere the heart, oile to make glad the countenance (in the hot Easterne countries then in great request, howbeit in our cold climats not so usefull) and musicke both vocall and instrumentall, to stirre up, and excite the dejected me∣lancholicke minde. And therefore the moderate use of all these comfortable creatures is, as we see, allowed by God himselfe: and besides good merry company, either at meales or otherwise; provided, the mirth be honest, not scurrilous, and offensive either to God or man: and thus may these verses following be understood:

Quaere igitur sed honesta tuis solatia curis, quae tibi nec somni, nec loca sola dabunt. Vtere convivis, non tristibus, utere amici, quos nugae & risus, & ioca salsa dabunt. Quem non blanda iuvent varii modulamina cantus? hinc iecur, & renes, agra{que} corda stupent. Nam nihil humanas tanta dulcedine mentes Afficit, ac melica nobile vocis opus.

Seek comforts in thy griefe and cares, which may thy heart solace, Much more than either drousie sleepe, or solitary place. But let thy comforts comely be, and honest all thy jests. Converse with cheerefull merry friends, at banquets and at feasts. Sad company avoid and shun, such company frequent, As love in laughter and delights to have the meeting spent. What man so lumpish is of mood, whom musicke doth not move, And merry songs? these frō thy heart all pensive quames remove. For nothing doth with such sweetnesse the minde of man rejoyce, As doth that noble worthy worke, of mans melodious voice.

But my meaning is not here of such mirth and musicke as is most commonly and ordinarily used in Tavernes and Tap-houses, in Play-hous and Ale-house, where the most dissolute and deboist companion is often accounted the best fellow; and hee that can most dishonour God by blasphemous bloody oathes, and by that swinish sin of drunkennesse shew great manhood in un-manning himselfe, carrieth away the bell for good-fellowship, and such are accounted the onely merry compani∣ons of the countrie. If one should advise them sometimes in their merrie mood to sing Psalmes, it were puritanisme; and yet such a puritaine was the c 1.955 Apostle Iames: If any be merry, let him sing Psalmes: and such a puritane was the d 1.956 Apostle Paul, willing us to use Psalmes, Hymnes and Spirituall songs. I know there are times and seasons for all things; and as excesse of mirth is alwaies, so, especial∣ly, in these bleeding times of the Christian world most unsea∣nable. e 1.957 And as the Prophet Elisha said in another case, Is this a time to take silver, &c: So may I say, is this a time for such excesse?

The Lord (saith the Prophet Isaiah) God of hostes did call to weeping and mour∣ning,* 1.958 and to sadnesse, and to girding with sackcloth; and behold, ioy and gladnesse, staying oxen, and killing sheepe, eating flesh, and drinking wine; let us eat and drinke and be merry, for to morrow wee shall die. And it was revealed in mine cares by the Lord of hostes; surely this iniquity shall not be purged from you. And the words of that worthy Vriah ought never to be forgotten: f 1.959 The Arke, and Israel, and Iuda abide in Tents, and my Lord Ioab, and the servants of my Lord are incamped in the open fields, shall I then goe into mine house, to eate and drinke, and lie with my wife? as thou livest, and thy soule liveth, I will not do this thing. There is yet a pregnant place for this same purpose. g 1.960 That lie upon beds of yvory, and stretch themselves upon their couch, and eat the lambs out of the flocke, and the calves out of the midst of the stall: that chaunt to the sound of the viol, and invent to themselves instruments of musick, like David. That drink wine out of bowles, and anoint themselues with the chiefe ointments, but they are not grieved for the affliction of Joseph: Therefore now shall they go captive with the first that goe captive, and the banquet of them that stretched themselves shall be removed. Let our Preachers apply these places; I will not thrust my sickle into another mans harvest.* 1.961 But now, as concerning mirth, and cheerefulnesse in diseased and sicke persons, I thinke it is to them by all meanes to be procured; and, as I said already, all manner of discon∣tents are to be avoided. But of all other, sicke people, to such especial∣ly as are otherwise of a melancholy constitution of bodie, or sicke of any disease tending that way, although but accidentally: as likewise such as are of themselves fearefull and pusillanimous, and easily dismaied at a small matter. And herein is required great wisdome and circumspe∣ction, and that the Physitian doe accommodate himselfe to the severall dispositions of his patients, and to many particular circumstances con∣cerning them, which cannot punctually be set downe. And howbeit this passion as well as others may sometimes exceed the bounds of me∣diocritie, yet are not the sicke for the most part so much hereby indan∣gered as by other passions: Resteth now to discusse one question before we conclude.

* 1.962Since joy and mirth is so agreeable to mankinde, and lesse offensive than any of the rest, it may then, not without good reason, be demanded, whether any may die of this passion? I answer, that even h 1.963 Galen him∣selfe, who was ignorant that any could die of anger, yet did confesse, that some might die of too great joy. And there is some reason for it: for the blood and spirits flying all from the center, or heart, to the cir∣cumference or outward parts, the party must needs die, the heart now being left destitute of such necessary provision: and i 1.964 Pliny makes men∣tion of some: as of one Chile, Sophocles, Denis the Tyrant, and of her, who after that dismall battel of Canes, contrary to a false rumor, received her sonne alive, whom she supposed to have bin dead. And Purchas maketh mention of the like accidents even in this our age. k 1.965 Abraham Kendall (saith he) put into the Ile of S. Helena, about the yeere, 1592. and left on shore a sicke man, whom Edmund Barker 18 moneths after found in good plight: but their unexpected comming, as it seemeth, so ravished his weake spirits with ioy, that it distracted him, and being otherwise of constitution very well, he died 8 daies af∣ter. The like hee saith of a Portugall in the same place: I wish therefore

thou use moderate mirth and cheerefulnesse, and such as be too much subject to sorrow and griefe, to refraine therefrom, and not to give way to any anxious cares, which are the causes of many mischiefes both to the body and the minde. Take therefore this counsell with thee:

Omnia curarum somenta relinque, nec ullis Corpus habe pressum sollicitudinibus. Anxia mens, non ipsa sibi, non rebus agendis constat, ab hac vitium corpora saepe trahunt. Hince variae pestes, morborum mille figurae, crede animam nostri corporis esse ducem. Saepe graves ista, veniunt ex arce labores, sicut ab aercis pestilens aura plagis.

All things that may thy cares increase, avoid and lay aside, Keepe still thy heart from heavinesse, let joy there still abide, A pensive minde even to it selfe, inconstant is alway, And in all things it undertakes, it keepes no constant stay. From thence the body often drawes corruption and vice, Hence plagues, and of sore maladies a thousand sorts arise. This know, that of each man the soule is of his body guide: From whence, as from corrupted aire, great pains in him reside.

And thus much shall suffice to have said of joy and mirth, the true antidot against sorrow, griefe and feare. And this likewise shall suffice concerning all the passions and perturbations whereof I undertooke to speake: and as I said at first, I am not igno∣rant, but that there are yet a many more affections which in time worke a deepe impression both on the body and minde of man; yet worke they but leisurely, and by degrees, and worke no such sudden impression, and therefore I passe them by.

The Conclusion of this whole Discourse.

BY that which hath beene said already, may plainly appeare how excellent, and how usefull is this Diet of the Diseased, and how necessary it is to be carefull in the prescription thereof, and from hence may evidently be evinced, into what danger they precipitate themselves, who fall into the hands of such unskilfull persons, who are not able to advise them what Diet is best, and what is worst. And yet, as by this precedent discourse hath plainely appeared; Diet is that which principally, and above all other meanes, is nar∣rowly to be looked into. And that this is not a matter of so small a moment, as by the vulgar it is accounted, hath at great length,* 1.966 by the authority of the learned in all ages, beene plainely pro∣ved. In the first particular then, wee see, wee must consider the nature of the aliment, whether it be a vegetable; as all sorts of 〈1 page missing〉〈1 page missing〉

plants, fit for the use of man; the variety whereof, together with their severall vertues, wee have at length set downe. Againe, there being such varietie of other creatures, foure-footed beasts, fowle and fishes, which afford food for susteining of mans life, their natures must be well knowne, and what food they afford the sicke, and how safe it is to administer the same. Besides all this, the right prepa∣ration is duely and carefully to be observed; some sickenesses re∣quiring one, and some another kinde of food, and a different pre∣paration. And besides, the quantitie must carefully be observed, and that according to severall individuall bodies; and the order, when more than one dish is allowed. Now, all this is yet nothing, if the state of the individuall bodie thou dealest with, be not with∣out great care and diligence looked into. And principally, and a∣bove all other things, wee must have a watchfull and carefull eye over the strength of the sicke, and not onely narrowly observe the difference of severall and individuall parties, one from another, ac∣cording to their severall complexions▪ but even one and the same individuall partie, how it differeth from it selfe, according to the severall seasons, not onely of the sicknesse, but even of the time of the yeere also. All the which circumstances, as they have beene at great length discussed, so doeth it as evidently appeare, that this is not the taske of any ignorant quack-salving Mountebancke, Empericke, Barber-surgeon, or of an ignorant busie-bodie woman-physitian; nay, nor yet of a medling pragmaticall Minister: but of a skilfull and judicious Artist, able upon all occasions to adde what is wanting, to alter what is not usefull, and detract what is su∣perfluous.* 1.967 If this then be true in this dieteticall part, as hath bin proved, what shall wee then say of the administration of physicke it selfe? If the unlearned, by reason of their unsufficiencie, are not to be allowed to deale with this dieteticall point, how much more are they unable and unfit for this other of so great a conse∣quence? If the vulgar be so afraid of physicke, that scarce can they sometimes be perswaded in cases of greatest extremitie (and I cannot in some sort blame them, there being so many dog-leaches, and ignorant practitioners of all sorts suffered, as it were, to throw lots upon mens lives) to admit of any lawfull remedie, although exhibited by the hand of a skilfull, learned and rationall Physitian: why are some of them, yea, and some of a more refined judge∣ment often so lavish of their lives, that they will sooner commit themselves into the hands of any quack-salving Mountebancke, or Barber-surgeon, than into the hands of the must learned and judi∣cious Artist, and are often so shy of physicke, as of some deadly and deleterious poison: But it often befalleth them according to the old Proverbe.

Incidit in Scillam, dum vult vitare Charybdim. They leape out of the frying-pan into the fire.

And whereas the learned and skilfull Physitian is furnished with store of gentle and benigne medicines, which offer no force nor vio∣lence

to nature; and if at any time the greatnesse and malignity of the disease indicate an addition of stronger remedies, either to acuate and quicken the dull and sluggish quality of the others, or to eradicate som inveterate disease; yet is he able so to correct the malignity there∣of, that he can make it a soveraigne medicine for the healing of his infirmity: the other on the contrary useth most commonly his crude, maligne and unprepared medicines both mineralls and vegetables; the hurt and smart whereof, howsoever they be not at the first felt, yet are they often afterwards the causes of many mischiefes: besides, that this kind of counterfeit Physitian purgeth often away as well the good as the bad humor, the which is impossible for the patient to observe or discerne, howsoever he knowes it to his cost. But besides Empericks, there is yet another sort of intruder upon the profession of phycsike as faulty (if not more, all things considered) as the former: practising Ministers, I meane, concerning whom although I have in the begin∣ning of this discourse said something; yet by reason of some seeming colourable objections might by themselves or others be made in their behalfe. I will adde yet something before I make a full end: although in my opinion, this one place of S. Paul, if there were no more, a 1.968 Who is sufficient for these things? were sufficient to confute them.* 1.969 But I have heard some of them pretend a charity and love to their neigh∣bours to helpe them in their need. This reason, as it first makes a glo∣rious shew, so if we shall narrowly view this pretended reason, we shall find it like b 1.970 those faire apples of Sodom, which being once touched, turned into ashes; and like c 1.971 those painted sepulchers being within full of rotten bones. But this is no new practice to cover vice with the mantle of vertue; which as it is most common, so it is most ac∣cursed: Simulata sanctitas duplex iniquitas. And this by many places of Scripture I could make manifest, but that I think it wil not be denied, and I am loath to spend too much time on it. Charitable workes, I con∣fesse, are to be performed; but every person is not fit for the performance of every worke of charity. The ministers charity is to have a care of his peoples soules, to visit and comfort them when they are sicke; and e∣ven to extend their charity to their bodies, according to their ability. As for the curing of their bodies, that exceedeth the compasse of their callings, and in so doing they break down hedges, and intrude upon an∣other mans right. If they shall reply, that sometimes they do it to sup∣ply the place of a Physitian (perhaps) wanting. I answere, they are very witty to devise wiles to maintaine a wrong cause. And it was a good speech of a worthy Divine of this shire, now resting in peace: O quam argutatrix est humana ratio, praesertim quum aliquid de suis commodis & emo∣lumentis deciditur! How hard doe men plead for their profits! I say a∣gaine, If a minister bee endued with any competent skill in this pro∣fession (as perhaps having learned it before he betooke him to this pro∣fession) and any of his parishioners be amisse, either in the absence of a sufficient Physitian, or yet in case of the patients poverty, the mi∣nisters charity in such a case is most seasonable. But my meaning is principally of such as make a pecuniary trafficke of this profession, e∣rect Apothecary shops in their houses, and often traine up others in

that profession which they are yet themselves to learne, and have been knowne to have been most busie, where able and sufficient Phy∣sitians were to be found. And the want of able and learned physitians is often by meanes of their lawlesse intrusion occasioned. It is not un∣knowne to some, that some of these men have beene so impudent and shamelesse, that they have often offered their service to the Gentry, and people of best note, some of them traffiquing to and fro to engrosse all imployment into their owne hands, debasing and vilipending the actions of other able physitians: and if (perhaps) at any time, some successe doth second their bold attempts (as sometimes Audentes for∣tuna juvat, fortune helpes the hardy) thou shalt then have them like that proud d 1.972 Menecrates bragge and boast of their noble exploits. It is no doubt a hard case, when no Physitian will serve the turne but Le∣vies Tribe; and if Lucullus were not, Pompey cannot live, scilicet! It is a hard case, no question, when Physickes sufficiency is all covered un∣der a Clergy mans cassocke. But I would faine know what Aesculapi∣us hath infused this sufficiency into them. The famous Universities of this Kingdome doe quite disclaime them as informe Monsters, and births borne out of season, which never yet received the right shape of a Physitian. The famous Physitians of the Colledge of Lon∣don acknowledge them to have no part in the Hippocraticall common∣wealth. Their grave and learned Brethren of best note deny them, e 1.973 some preaching against their practice, and some againe f 1.974 publishing this dislike in print. But it may bee, they will claime kinred to the g 1.975 methodian Thessalus, who taught that the profession of physicke might in six moneths space be attained unto. Similes habent labra lac∣tucas. Like lettice like lips. But there resteth yet an objection, and more materiall, at least in shew than the former. Venter non habet aures. Need maketh the old wife to trot. A necessity by some is pretended, their livings being too little, and their maintenance too meane to mainteine them and their families. I doe not deny, that many of our learned Levites are not rewarded according to their due desert, learn∣ing not beeing rewarded according to its worth; which is farre easier forme to lament than to amend But all the offenders cannot cover themselves with this cloake: nay, the most grosse and notorious offenders for the most part injoy greatest livings, of one, two, or three hundreds a yeere, if not upwards. One of them in my knowledge hath plaied the usurer; although some of the principall is gone into a bottomelesse bagge. Let the ingenious Reader then judge, whether any of these can justly plead poverty. Others againe, I confesse, have smaller allowance, and therefore would seeme to deserve more favour. In the first place, as I grant the antecedent, so I deny the consequent, as false and erroneous. Many honest men and good schollers of unblam∣able life and conversation I my selfe well know, whose livings come not neere the others who have least; many of them not exceeding for∣ty, thirty or twenty pounds, and some not twenty Marks, yet far more painefull in their calling than the former, of whom none that I could yet heare of under fifty, three or fourescore pounds. But put the case this were yet true, what then? Must they strike Richard for Robert?

Must they robbe Peter to pay Paul? If they themselves be wronged, must they of necessity injure others? Must they of necessity deprive the peo∣ple of their paines, and encroach upon an other calling too weighty and heavy for their shoulders? But if they will needs make an additi∣on to their meanes, why meddle they not with some other calling of lesser consequence, in the performance whereof the error of the Ar∣tist bringeth lesse danger and detriment? If they shall reply, that were too base for them, I answere, that h 1.976 S. Paul, notwithstanding, in the night-time made tents, and in the day-time was diligent in delivering his masters message. And there are yet some other meanes in case of necessity might farre easilier and safelier be used, than the profession and practice of Physicke, and that without derogation from the dig∣nity of a scholler. And yet the Abissine Priests even at this day keepe this custom, of i 1.977 labouring in som trade or calling, their ordinary main∣tenance being but very meane. But let no man mistake my meaning, as envying the maintenance of worthy, learned and religious, painefull Divines, as willing to reduce all to that antient, Apostolicall custome, which in our established Churches now for good reasons, I confesse, to be out of use. Absit, nay it never came into my thought. Nay, would to God I might bee so happy to live to see abuses reformed, buyers and sellers whipt out of the Church, and Levi to injoy his full allow∣ance, that I might then with k 1.978 holy old Simeon, sing a joyfull Nunc dimittis. On the the otherside, let ministers wait on their ministery: I nei∣ther plead for Simoniacke Patrons, nor yet for lazy Levites: but as I thinke them worthy of double honour, so let them consider who de∣serve the same; such as labour in the word and doctrine. As for idle loytering Levites, who seeke the fleece and not the flocke, I thinke them so unworthy of any honour, that I wish, like drones they may be driven out of the Church. Some againe, willing to mince the matter, maintaine, that a minister may at least so farre play the Physitian, as the Physitian is somtimes to play the part of the minister: and that as som∣times the physitian in absence of the minister may administer spiritual physicke to the sicke, so may the Minister in absence of the Physiti∣an administer to the patient corporall physicke. I confesse this ma∣keth the fairest shew of reason of any of the former, and my meaning is as farre from hindering charity in time of necessity: provided al∣wayes, the party be able to exercise that kind of charity, and this par∣ticular case occurreth but seldome. Againe I say, there may here fall out by this meanes some inconvenience; so that still, Latet anguis in herba. Besides, these two cases are farre unlike, there being therein a great disparity.* 1.979 The Physitian may in time of need give the sicke good and wholesome counsell for his soules health: and this may some∣times a neighbour aswell, yea, it may be, better performe, than either the Minister or the Physitian. The Physitian then performeth this charitable worke, as the duty of a common Christian, and that which any other that is able is allowed to doe, there being no danger in ap∣plying this remedy, if done but in any ordinary discretion: although it were to bee wished the spirituall Physitian himselfe were able alwayes to administer his owne Physick. Now the case standeth

not alike with the minister, who may easily be mistaken either in the disease, or the remedy due to the same, or yet in the due and conveni∣ent time of application, with divers other considerable circumstan∣ces, unlesse hee be skilled aswell in a theoricall knowledge, as in the practicall imploiment of this profession: unto the which he shall hardly ever atteine, without the neglect of the worthiest of the two. And put the case hee may yet helpe some distressed neighbour in his need, it will both draw him on to doe the like for others, who may plead the like interest in him; and againe, his example may incou∣rage some ignorant and idle dames to doe the like. Principiis obsta. Re∣sist occasions of errour at first. All the errours of the Romane Church at first crept in upon faire and plausible pretences, as might easily be pro∣ved; the which now are become so many, and so strongly mainteined, that wee had now need of some Hercules to cleanse this uncleane and filthy stable. And the Pope himselfe, made he any small account, thinke you, of such ware, whenas l 1.980 hee sent his holy ghost so often post in a cloak-bagge from Rome to Trent, to inspire the Fathers of that councell, to stand stoutly to the mainteinance of this their freehold? But if they will yet plead any sufficiency in themselves, whereby they may safely practise this profession, and if any Aesculapian genius hath infused into them the Hippocraticall skill, I see no reason why they should be debar∣red from doing good, even in this same kinde. But let this proviso be put in, That they first resigne their livings to those who will affoord them better attendance. I neede not mention that young frye of able schollers, these famous nurseries of good learning, like two fruitfull mo∣thers, send yeerely abroad into this our fruitfull Canaan, flowing with milke and hony: and how many of these stand idle in the market-place, no man hiring of them into his Vineyard; when as others undertake and ingrosse farre more worke than either they are able, or is fit they should deale with. But if the dole be a dealing, I see no reason why the Physitian may not claime a share in it, as well as they doe in others. The Talion Law will allow it, and I make no question, but they may finde some of them as fit to preach, as they to practise. As for that ob∣jection taken from the affinitie of the soule and body, I thinke it not of that worth,* 1.981 as to be objected by any scholler: and yet I have heard that some have pleaded this. Now, if it may take place, it will make as much for the Physitians preaching, as for their practising. And besides, if this argument may take place, then by reason of this affinitie of the members of the bodie one with another, the Tailor shall become a Shoo-maker; and againe, the Shoo-maker a Tailor: and the Haber∣dasher (because he dealeth with the head, the most eminent part, and seat of the sense and reason it selfe) will, perhaps, plead a priviledge in all three, and more also. I have somewhat the more at large insisted upon this point, not only for that this notorious abuse, hath so long continued; but likewise to give warning for the time to come, that Ministers keepe themselves within the precincts of their owne calling. To this the weight of their owne calling, if there were nothing else, might be a suf∣ficient motive: besides, that I have proved in the beginning of this discourse, that the Physitians pains and trouble are greater than of any

calling, yea, even of the painfull and laborious Divine himselfe. It is true, the Divine hath his evasion: for many of them have this tricke (although scarce honest) that they are ready to gleane what gaines they can gets by sitting still in their cells, casting waters, as they call it, pre∣scribing medicines to the absent, fall out as it wil: and when the patient hath most need of their presence, M^r Parson cannot come then: and by this means, many times M^r Parson hath his gaines come in easily, decli∣ning the greatest pains; and if the patient rely wholly upon him, he shal either be denied that attendance is due in time of danger, or else cast upon another physitian, who must now take the worst, when Master Parson hath had the best. Some againe will sometimes, and that often, attend, as another Physitian, on the necessitie of the sicke: and here is then another inconvenient, that many times, when Master Parson or Vicar should be in his pulpit, his patient calls for his presence. Let the judicious and unpartiall reader then judge of the equitie of this cause. Wee still hope, (and have hoped a great while) that the reve∣rend Fathers of the Church will have an eare open to heare this more than just complaint. No ignorance can be pretended, this not being done in a corner, but in the eyes of all Israel. And among them, such especially, as are too much addicted to judiciall Astrologie, and many suspicious, if not sinfull things thereupon depending: as calcu∣lating of nativities, and prognosticating future events thereby; using amulets without any shew of reason, to cure diseases, and to prevent many outward accidents, are to be inquired into: if the antient m 1.982 Ca∣nons and Constitutions of the Church forbid such trash indefinitely, shall this be suffered in a Church-man, now under the cleare Sun-shine of the Gospell? But I leave this text, wishing withall, that people would not prove a means of distracting the Divine, and hindering him in that whereunto he is called and set apart, lest they prove accessary to his neglect, if he have not so much grace to looke to it himselfe. I have n 1.983 elsewhere alleaged the example of David, o 1.984 who would not drinke the water that had bin fetch'd with the hazard of mens lives: see then how you seeke health with the hazard of mens soules.

But before I end,* 1.985 although I have already said somewhat of Empe∣rickes, yet a word or two more. There is an ordinary objection where∣with many people deceive themselves in this care of Emperickes: for, say they, wee are by using Emperickes often freed from a great deale of charges which learned counsell would cost. I answer,* 1.986 that in the first place they build on a false foundation, parallelling and equalling ignorant Empetickes with the judicious and learned Physi∣tian: and this erroneous opinion is often confirmed by meanes of the like events often befalling both the one and the other, which I have sufficiently confuted in the beginning of this discourse. It is then apparent, that this seeming saving of charges, is but a meere fallacie, and so many of them finde it at the last, when it is too late. For in the first place, the ignorant and unskilfull, howsoever most presumptuous of their owne skill and sufficiencie, yet are they not able often to finde out thy disease; especially, if either it be uncouth or intricate, composed or partaking of divers diseases, accompanied

with various and severall symptomes:* 1.987 farre lesse then are they able to apply a right and laudable remedie to the same. Againe, put the case they both finde out the disease, and apply some remedy: yet are their remedies often so rough, venomous and unprepared, that they leave a virulent and evill impression behinde them; the which, howsoever, peradventure, not at first felt, yet at length often payeth both the principall and interest. Besides, that I say nothing of their ignorance in the application, according to the severall consti∣tutions of the individuall bodies, sexes, ages, order, time, quantity, qualitie, due preparation and correction; but especially the strength of the patient, &c. Besides all this, when they have thus hazar∣ded their lives, spent their mony, poisned their bodies, and neg∣lected good and wholesome remedies, which in time and place, in all probabilitie were like to have cured the infirmity: it commeth often to passe, that at length, howbeit too late, they are forced to flie unto the learned and judicious Physitian, as I could instance in many par∣ticulars. Now, if the patient recover, what is here saved? is he not here at a double charge, besides the hazard of his life? and if hee die, I confesse there is something saved: but I thinke people that are wise, should in this be of Satans minde, p 1.988 Skinne for skinne, and all that a man hath will he give for his life. I meane, use the likeliest meanes to save thy life, and leave the successe to God. As for the meaner and poorer sort, there is no honest Physitian, but in charitie hee will be readie in time of neede to further their health with his best counsell. But this fault we finde to be as frequent in the rich, as in the poorer sort: some I know doe it out of meere ignorance; but others out of meere avarice and fordid tenacitie. And yet I have heard some say, their Empericke cost them as much as better counsell had done in former times. The ignorant are more to be excused, and therefore it were to be wished (and I doubt we may wish long enough) that there stumlbing blocks, which vulgar eyes are not able to discerne, were removed out of the way. Then should our Surgeons betake them to curing of their sores, wounds, and other things thereunto belonging: Apothecaries to their compositions; and other ignorant and illiterate Emperickes, forced to forsake their profession, and if they were of any before, to be∣take them to the same againe, or to same imploiment befitting them, if they were of no calling before. As for women, they might finde them worke within doores about their housewiverie, farre better beseeming their sexe, than to play the busie-bodie abroad, medling with that whereof they are altogether ignorant. But because a q 1.989 late learned Physitian of this land, hath lately said something concerning Emperickes, making well for our purpose, I will insert them also into this same place. But here I must advertise you, that you expose not your body to the unlearned Empericke, that can neither finde out the peccant humours, nor parts affected; but to such as are learned in that art, that can well iudge of your state of body, and accordingly prescribe you remedies, as your constitution and affected parts shall require. Many men thinke, yea, some of a generous note, wherin they bewray their carelessenesse, if not their stupiditie too, that whilest they are in health, they may for prevention take physicke from any one, it matters not

from whom it be, nor what physicke it be, so it worke with them. I must tell you, that many overthrow their bodies thereby, and that there is no lesse art and iudgement required for preserving the bodie in health, than for curing of it being sicke, if they did but know how the foure humours are, or ought to be pro∣portioned in their bodies: for inioying according, to their constitutions, a sound and healthy state, they would, I am perswaded, be more cautelous, than to com∣mit themselves into the hands of the unlearned, who, by their inconsiderate courses, take humours from them at an adventure, so well those that are not offensive, as those which are, to the utter subversion of the oeconomie of the bodie: whereof though, perhaps, in regard of their strengths, they are not by and by sensible, which is that which onely cloaketh the errours of Emperickes, and as a vaile masketh many mens eyes and understanding therein: yet they will, as I have in divers observed to their perill, by little and little, incurre a lapsed state of body. It is strange to see the ignorance of most people, how backward they are to give to the learned professors of physicke their due, readie to lay scandalls upon them; but forward to magnifie Emperickes, their physicke, their honestie, their care, willing to passe over and excuse their grosse slips and absurdities, O mira hominum stu∣piditas! But proceeds this altogether out of ignorance? I suppose no: for doubt∣lesse many seeke unto them, and magnifie their physicke, because it is cheape: but such are fooles and Gulls indeed; for they wrong, and even poison their bo∣dies with grosse and ill qualified physicke to save their purses. But to answer the reasons, or rather words which they produce and alleage in the favour and be∣halfe of Emperickes: to what purpose is the working of that physicke which respecteth not the peccant humours, nor parts affected, but to the overthrow of the bodie? What is a supposed honestie in a Physitian without learning, but a snare wherein the ignorant doe voluntarily entrap themselves? I say supposed: for I cannot thinke that man to be honest, which usurps a calling, which with a good conscience hee is not able to discharge. Or to what purpose is the care that Emperickes take about their preposterous and ill composed medicines, but to the utter ruine of the patients bodie, as too too unluckie happened of late to a Gen∣tleman of good worth and note, who taking physicke by way of prevention,* 1.990 of a Pill-boasting Surgeon, in a short space, by his ill qualified and preposterous phy∣sicke, incurred an incurable and mortall lapse of his stomacke and liver, be∣ing in his constant age and perfect strength of bodie. Vaine therefore, and very absurd is that conceit, which many have in favour of Empericks, viz, If they doe no good, they doe no harme. Admit that sometimes by their triviall pettie medicines they doe no harme; yet neverthelesse for that, I must tell you that they doe much harme: for the sicke bodie relying upon their skill, and they being not able to direct and execute such courses as shall be sitting and effectu∣all to impugne the disease, while there is time fitting for the same, the sicknesse gets the masterie, and then (perhaps) when the strength is too much weakened, and the disease become incurable, they seeke helpe of the learned Physitian. So basely verily, are most of our people affected to their health, that untill some practicall Minister, parish Clerke, Apothecary, Surgeon, or the like, have done their utmost hurt, they secke not to the Physitian. And here to vindicate our Art from calumnie, I cannot but taxe the most sort of people, that being affected with any great or difficult disease, which by reason of the nature thereof, or contumacie of the peccant humours, will have such progresse, as that it cannot in a short time, by the medicines and best indeavours of the learned Phy∣sitian,

how forcible soever, be evicted, will reiect their Physitian, and betake themselves, which is an absurdity, super omnem absurditatem, to some ig∣norant sottish Empericke, and every good wives medicine, to their great hurt, and oftentimes utter overthrow. But if it happen that they recover there∣upon, they lay an imputation upon their Physitian, and grace their Empe∣ricke with the cure; whereas, in very deed, the matter of the disease was wholly, or at least the greatest part thereof eradicated by such fit and powerfull remedies, as the learned Physitian had formerly ministred unto them: whereupon the residue of the cure was effected by the force of nature, not by the weake en∣deavours of the Empericke, or triviall medicines of any other whatsoever. I have of purpose inlarged this advertisment, and doe leave it far a memoriall and caveat to all posterity, especially to the Gentlemen of this our age, who, for the most part of them, very much wrong their iudgements and understanding, in taking physicke of the unlearned; and wherein they doe not onely wrong them∣selves, but also give occasion of hurt others: For the meaner sort of people following their example, doe the like, whereby it comes to passe, that in all like∣lihood, more untimely perish (which I beleeve to be true in the * 1.991 Westerne parts of this Kingdome) under the hands of Emperickes, than die otherwise. Such as will not take notice hereof, in Empericorum manus incidant. And if any Asinus Cumanus, or Terrae filius shall obiect, that divers recover under the hands of Emperickes; I answer in a word, that the recovery is not to be attribu∣ted to their physicke, but to the strength of Nature, that beares up, both a∣gainst the disease,* 1.992 and their preposterous courses. A grave Divine lately told mee a story of a notorious old Empericke, living in the West countrie. This Empericke was by a Noble man brought before that famous Prince, King James, of happy memory, thinking thereby to grace him (a small grace for a great man to grace such worthlesse persons) which notwithstan∣ding, was not answerable to expectation. This Noble Prince then, as hee was most iudicious, and Eagle-eyed in all Arts and Sciences; so had he a singu∣lar dexteritie in discerning a skilfull and learned Artist in the profession of physicke, from an Empericke, an ignorant and counterfeit Physitian. This bold Empericke (as is the custome of such emptie barrells to make a great sound) bragged before this learned Prince, how many Consumptions, and other dangerous diseases hee had cured: to whom his Maiesty replying, asked him how many hee had killed. This learned Prince asked him after if hee could cure mad men? that I can, quoth the Empericke: Being asked after what manner, by making of them madder, quoth the Empericke. I beleeve thee well saith his Maiestie, and withall, asked him whether hee had ever read Hippocrates,* 1.993 Galen, and other physicall Authours? Who answered, that hee had never studied in any such bookes. His Maiestie at length, thus clo∣sed up his discourse, Goe thy way man; for if I have need of good advice for my soules health, I will be advised by the honest and learned Divine; for my bodily health, the learned Physitian; and for my temporarll estate, the learned Lawyer shall give mee directions. Now then, since people are commonly so carried with apish imitation of great ones, why will not people in this particular imitate the patterne of so great a Prince, of whom it may well be said, that since the daies of Solo∣mon, the world saw not a wiser. But now to draw to an end, what I have said, either against these, or any other erroneous pra∣ctitioners,

if the unpartiall reader will but seriously consider that which hath beene said alreadie in this precedent discourse, he will, I thinke, say, it was no lesse than necessary. I doubt not also, but according to the severall and various humours and dispositi∣ons of people, this my paines shall finde censurers of severall sorts. But against all envious detractions the uprightnesse and innocency of my intention, being a desire to profit the publique, shall be to mee as a brazen wall. Now, if I have done any thing well, as is fitting, it was that I aimed at: and if otherwise, yet was my principall aime and indeavour, to doe good: and therefore, in this imitating our gracious God, I pray thee to accept of my endeavours in a good part, and charitably to interpret any error or over-sight, Farewell.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Excreta & retenta.
• a 1.2

  Hippocrates libr. de flitibus.
• * 1.3

  Repletion, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ingendred.
• * 1.4

  Emunctories and pas∣sages in the body of man whereby super∣fluities are evacuated.
• * 1.5

  Plethora, or repleti∣on in generall.
• * 1.6

  Cacochymia, and of what humours.
• * 1.7

  Profitable excremēts
• * 1.8

  Evacuations do some∣times too much a∣bound.
• * 1.9

  What evacuation is.
• * 1.10

  What things before evacuation to be con∣sidered.
• * 1.11

  The strēgth diligent∣ly to be consid••red, especially of the vi∣tall parts.
• * 1.12

  The plight and tem∣perature of the body. Habitus & constitutio corporis
• * 1.13

  Custome.
• * 1.14

  The quantity▪
• * 1.15

  The time.

  Cum indicans turget vel urget.
• * 1.16

  Conv••nient 〈◊〉〈◊〉 passag••••.
• b 1.17

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Apo. 21 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1.
• * 1.18

  Convenient wor•••• of eva••ua••••••••.
• * 1.19

  The nature of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part to be cons••••e••ed
• * 1.20

  The sympathy o•• con¦sent o•• the par••s 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considered.
• * 1.21

  The sense and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the pa••••s to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considered.
• * 1.22

  Evacuatio•• must not be by the part affe¦cted.
• c 1.23

  Loco nuper citat 12. epid. sect. 2.
• d 1.24

  Aph. 9 lib. 4.
• e 1.25

  Aph. 4. lib. 4.
• * 1.26

  Many diseases pro∣ceed from the abun∣dance of blood.
• * 1.27

  Evacuations are na∣turall or art••ficiall.
• * 1.28

  Artificial evacuations two told
• * 1.29

  Generall evacuation, what it is.
• * 1.30

  Definition of phlebo∣tomy.
• * 1.31

  Difference betw••xt phlebotomy and pur∣gation.
• * 1.32

  In phlebotomic five things to be conside∣red.
• * 1.33

  Plethora or repletion twofold.

  Plethora quo ad vase; what it is.
• * 1.34

  Quo ad vi••es, what▪
• * 1.35

  Repletion in regard of the humors two∣fold.
• * 1.36

  Single plethory two∣fold.
• * 1.37

  Plethora or repletion in regard of the body affected twofold, 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.38

  Plethorie, actuall or potentiall.
• * 1.39

  Indication of phlebo∣tomie.
• * 1.40

  The use and end of phlebotomy two-fold.
• * 1.41

  Phlebotomie three∣fold.
• * 1.42

  Phlebotomia evacuant, revellem, & derivans.
• * 1.43

  Evacuating phlobo∣••••••y whom and when to be used.
• a 1.44

  Hippoc. aph. 2. lib. 2
• * 1.45

  Revulsio, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 taken two waies.
• b 1.46

  Gal. 6. epid. sect. 2. comm 31.5 & 13 meth
• * 1.47

  Contrariety and wh•••• is thereby meant.
• * 1.48

  The use of revulsion and in what cases to be used.
• c 1.49

  Gal 6. epid, comm 2. sect. 7.
• * 1.50

  Derivation what.
• * 1.51

  Difference of this from other evacuati∣ons.
• * 1.52

  In what cases to bee used.
• * 1.53

  Signes of repletion quo ad visa.
• * 1.54

  Of repletion quo ad vires.
• * 1.55

  Phlebotomy in what infirmities is fitt est to be used.
• a 1.56

  Saluberrimum aut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ut praed •• mus ••st in febri••u•• venam ••ne••••e∣re, non continu•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 se, verum ••am omn••••us qua•• pu•••••• cens ••um••a 〈…〉〈…〉 nec a••a••, 〈…〉〈…〉 ••o∣hinent levata 〈◊〉〈◊〉 qua orpus nost•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••∣git naturá e••o•• 〈…〉〈…〉 eo quo 〈…〉〈…〉 pr••mitu••, 〈…〉〈…〉 quod reliquum e••, vin¦cet. Gal. 11. meth.
• * 1.57

  Answere.
• * 1.58

  This hath alwaies bi•• the opinion and pra∣ctise of the lea••ned ••hysitians

  ••rac•• ib ca••sil medic. tractatu d••p••••ss•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 H••ller. li••e ••d p••ste Horest obser medic. lib. 6 ob••er. 17 ex Aetio, cass &c.
• * 1.59

  Mali••ne Fever and the nature of it.
• * 1.60

  How it is contagious
• * 1.61

  Names.
• * 1.62

  Whether phleboto∣my be here of u••e.
• * 1.63

  Vulgar fearefull of phlebotomy, especi∣ally in this Fever.
• * 1.64

  Answere.
• * 1.65

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 o•• the patient, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Physitian, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 many times the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the miscary∣ing of the patient.
• * 1.66

  Phlebotomy by an unanimous consent allowed of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this d••s∣ease.
• c 1.67

  Co••sil••or med••cin. lib. consi•• ••••4.
• d 1.68

  ••iercat tom 2. cap. 2. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de ••ebrib. in∣curat. f••br. maligna Rutand de morbe vn∣gar & alij 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.69

  Phlebotomy not al∣waies 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ab••olute ne¦cessity in this Fever.
• e 1.70

  Raro aut nunquaem e∣isdem ac•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & co••••i••onibus in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 appare, hu••u mea•• fe∣bris sed pro varietate ••orpore•• apparatus, & a••••raum r••rum quib•••• corpus umanum muta••∣ri habent, variant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inde ipsum 〈…〉〈…〉 ••¦dem Mer••at•• loco nuper citat Crato etiam loco nuper 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.71

  Obiections against phlebotomy in this disease.
• * 1.72

  Answere.
• * 1.73

  Histori••••
• * 1.74

  Many poore people although they reco∣ver of their disease, yet often endure much misery, and are long a recovering.
• * 1.75

  Whether Phleboto∣my may bee used in small Pox.
• e 1.76

  Tempestive igtur de∣trahemius langui•• est ex intern•••• achii. Verum u••i iam maium invests inhabitum corporis pe∣riculo••a est ph••••boto∣mia. ••olle•• de ••orb, intern libr. ••. tract de exanthern.
• * 1.77

  Historie.
• f 1.78

  Citerum perpet•••••• non 〈…〉〈…〉 ••o••omia cum iam ••••pu∣lae in ••uperfi ie 〈…〉〈…〉 extite••••nt Etenim fit ••liquando prae••op•••• vi∣ti, ••t & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 re∣l••quum fit 〈…〉〈…〉, vt ••eat v••••••ementer diffi∣c••ltas s••••••andi, gra••is fi••••e ris •• quo tem••o•••••• si ni••••l repugnat vena s••cunda est ••lioqui san∣••u•• sagis utendum erit Idem ibid.
• * 1.79

  Whether in the Iau••∣dise we may use phle∣botomy.
• g 1.80

  Vide hac de re Mer∣catum Tom. 3. libr 4. cap. 5. de intern. morb. curat. Holler. de morb. intern. lib. 2. cap. 37. de liter.
• h 1.81

  Anatomy of urines, libr. 2. cap. 9.
• * 1.82

  History.
• * 1.83

  Two great ans•••••• vern••s in 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.84

  Veines opened for d••∣vers ends.
• * 1.85

  Veins usually opened in the arme.
• * 1.86

  Cephalica, or humera∣ria may be opened with least danger.
• * 1.87

  Small veines some∣times ope••ed.
• * 1.88

  Cephalica upon what occasion to be open∣ed.

  Basilica, orliver-veine Mediana. Salvatella.
• * 1.89

  The veine betwixt the formest finger and the thumb.

  Divers veines in the head opened upon severall occasions.
• * 1.90

  Veines opened in the foot.

  Ischiadica seu vena po∣plitis.

  Saphena.

  De his fusius Galenus lib, de ven•• sect.
• * 1.91

  In phlebotomy a re∣ctitude to bee obser∣ved.
• * 1.92

  The manner of the section.
• * 1.93

  A smaller orifice.
• * 1.94

  In diseases 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are not alwaies to use the re∣medy by them indi∣cated.
• * 1.95

  Strength weakened two waies.

  Oppression of the streng••h.
• * 1.96

  Stren••th prostrated or overthrowne.
• * 1.97

  Strength is to be con∣sidered according to the triple faculty, a∣nimall, vitall and na∣turall.
• * 1.98

  What constitutions of body admit of a large and plentifull evacuation; and what constitutions admit no•• of it.
• * 1.99

  What age fittest for Phlebotomy, and what not.
• * 1.100

  The sexe.
• * 1.101

  Custome to be consi∣dered.
• * 1.102

  Things contrary to nature doe inhibite evacuation.
• * 1.103

  Whether a woman 〈…〉〈…〉 blood or no••
• a 1.104

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Aph 30. ••ib ••.
• * 1.105

  Answere.
• * 1.106

  Phlebotomy not so frequent in the time of Hip••ocrates as in this our age.
• b 1.107

  Si sit in trimis mersi∣bus, si adhu•• ie dicoti••nes mutendi •• ag••••n h••c, po••est ••uto mini eo tempore per sect••onem v••narum orachio••••m, &c Mercur••d•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orb. muliebr lib 22 ca•• 1 Nec adeo uti vet••res fecerunt, i•• grev••dis ple••bo••cis ••hlebo mia metuenda, cum exod us usu aliquas abortivisse mi••i non constet etiam∣si•• ambis terve repeti∣er••nt •• vi••ean us{que} mus∣tas, etsi vulu••ratae ali∣terve laesae, plurimum sanguinis profuderint, tamen foetus minime nocuisse. •• lat. Praxeos sua tract. tertio cap. 1.
• * 1.108

  Reasons proving this asser••ion.
• * 1.109

  It may safely be used if discretion be not wanting.
• * 1.110

  In the Authors owne experience safe.
• * 1.111

  This remedy not rash∣ly to be attempted.
• c 1.112

  Praestat ancep•• adhi∣here anxiliū quam nul∣lum Cels. lib. 2. cap. 10.
• * 1.113

  A carefull considera∣tion must be had what Physitian one useth.
• * 1.114

  Whether phleboto∣m•• may be used to ac∣celerate and further the birth.
• * 1.115

  Answere.
• * 1.116

  Whether the age doeth ••ndicate phle∣botomy
• d 1.117

  Lice•• Grae•••• i•• puer••∣us{que} ad 14 annum a ve∣nae sect, abstinerent a rabes (ut a••••••s ix••mus lib 1. schel ad observat. ••••) e••iam in pueris eam a••iqua do non relique∣rant, it nos in puerts c••∣annorum pteur ••ide la∣borantibus v••••am ••e∣••uimas et••am •• quo∣••am 13 ann••••ageate, Quida 〈◊〉〈◊〉 us 〈…〉〈…〉 ensis fael••ci success•• qu••••••o anno venom ••••∣cuit A••naeius ven••m ••••∣cuit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 puero 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sangu n••o. •• a••no 〈…〉〈…〉 i•• pueris tomen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••∣culis (〈◊〉〈◊〉 c••ae angu∣stiores sunt) angu•••••••• utuntu••, 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••∣rum ••aud•• For••e•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 serv••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉. libr. 16. sc••ol ad observ ••••
• e 1.118

  Ergo si ••uvenis i••b••∣cillus e••t, aut si••m 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quae grav••da non est pa∣rum val••t, mali san••••is mi••t••••ur. At firmus pu∣er & robustus sene••, & gravida mul er valens, tuto curantur, libr. 2. cap. 10.
• * 1.119

  History.
• * 1.120

  No certaine rule con∣cerning the quantity can be set downe.
• * 1.121

  How to finde it out.
• * 1.122

  A triple quantity ob∣served.
• * 1.123

  The strength three∣fold.
• * 1.124

  When to use a libe∣rall and plentifull e∣vacuation, and when a lesser.
• * 1.125

  Reiteration when to be used.
• * 1.126

  In chronicall disease•• how to determine of the quantity.
• * 1.127

  In prevention the quantity.
• * 1.128

  Swounding no cer∣taine signe of the quantity.
• * 1.129

  The changing of the colour of the blood is no certaine rule to discerne the true quantity.
• * 1.130

  As little certainty by the change of the face and eyes.
• * 1.131

  The best rule of find∣ing out the true quantity.
• * 1.132

  The antients very la∣vish in this kind of e∣vacuation.
• a 1.133

  Gal. de venae sect
• b 1.134

  Bo••all. de venae sect.
• * 1.135

  Reiteration very use∣full.
• c 1.136

  Lib de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per ••ang m••ffi••n.
• * 1.137

  Erroneous opinion o•• ••he Vulgar.
• * 1.138

  Confu••ation of this folly.
• * 1.139

  Whether fit to bleed constantly once of 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.140

  Answere.
• * 1.141

  Many c••untrie peo∣p••e much 〈…〉〈…〉

  Covetous Surgeons much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the peo∣ple
• * 1.142

  Another grosse and erroneous 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the ••ulgar.
• d 1.143

  Langius epist. me¦dic lib. 7. ep••st 8.
• a 1.144

  Eccles. 3.1.
• * 1.145

  Time generall and particular.
• * 1.146

  Best time of the yeer.
• * 1.147

  The particular time.
• * 1.148

  Best time of the day. Time of election and coaction or necessity.
• * 1.149

  In prevention.
• * 1.150

  In sicknesse.
• * 1.151

  In Chronicall disea∣ses
• * 1.152

  In acute diseases.
• b 1.153

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉

  Aphor. 29 lib 2.
• * 1.154

  In acute diseases ad∣mitting of intermissi∣on or remission the fittest time.
• * 1.155

  Inflammation and great paines without a Fever.
• c 1.156

  Method. med. lib. 9. Revulsion when to be used.

  Derivation.
• * 1.157

  Whether Phleboto∣my may be used du∣ring the dog-daies.
• * 1.158

  The Vulgar shy of bleeding during the dog-daies.
• d 1.159

  Aphor. 5. lib. 4.
• * 1.160

  Answere.
• * 1.161

  In hot countries this season often very hot
• * 1.162

  No particular nor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 call influence p••••ceeding from the ••og-starre doth any ••hit at this time at∣•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bodies.
• * 1.163

  Phlebotomy not ab∣••••lutely 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••dden by the antient Physi∣••••ans, but compara∣••••vely.
• * 1.164

  In time of necessity we may freely use this of any other remedy during the dog-daies.
• * 1.165

  As no time of the yere is free from sick∣n••sse; so in no time 〈…〉〈…〉 a misse to use t••e meanes.
• d 1.166

  Laurence Ioubert a ••••••r••urs p••pu••artes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••econd•• chap 6.
• * 1.167

  About ••00 miles to the South 〈…〉〈…〉 England.
• e 1.168

  En este on doit ma∣vulir le bec et anon le membre sec. Ibid.
• * 1.169

  Tous les mois qui n••ort pont de R••••aiffe la fem∣me et prennos le verre. Ibid.
• * 1.170

  History
• * 1.171

  Another of an old man.
• * 1.172

  Another concerning the Author himselfe.
• * 1.173

  Great difference be∣twixt this our cold climat and other hot countries, lying fur∣ther to the South.
• * 1.174

  History
• * 1.175

  Canis non mordet 10 Anglia.
• * 1.176

  Dogge-daies in the yeere 1630 cooler than any other pa•••• of Sōmer preceding.
• * 1.177

  The ambient aire chiefely to be taken notice of.
• * 1.178

  The heavens and ce∣lestiall bodies not freed from imposture.
• * 1.179

  Of phlebotomy, the Moo••e being in the signe, erroniously supposed to have pre∣dominance over that part.
• * 1.180

  Superstitious and er∣ronious ignorance of the vulgar in this par∣ticular.
• a 1.181

  I•• centi oq ••io.
• * 1.182

  Confutation of the former opinion
• * 1.183

  Humidity doth not inhibite, but rather indicate phlebotomy, and so doth the heat concurring.
• * 1.184

  Languis epist med•••• lib. 1 epist 35. & 36 d•• his agit cop esi••••
• * 1.185

  We reiect the obser∣vation of the Moone in some cases.
• m 1.186

  Lib. 2. & 3. de dieh. ••iti••.
• * 1.187

  ••riticall daies de∣pend more upon the ••ateriall cause of the ••isease, than by the starres.
• c 1.188

  Passim in aphor. prog. nost. & epidem.
• c 1.189

  4 De Morb.
• * 1.190

  The Moone of a swift motion, and abideth not long in a signe.
• * 1.191

  ••••m••nantit signa.
• * 1.192

  A weake stomacke especially clogged with corrupt humors will scarce reteine a∣ny physicke whatsoe∣ver.
• * 1.193

  Sottish and idle opi∣nion of ruminant signes, being but a mere fansie.
• * 1.194

  Heathenish & super∣stitious to account some good and some bad daies.
• * 1.195

  The Sunne and his con••unct••on, with o∣ther p••anets 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neglect••
• * 1.196

  Efficacy and p••••net of this King of planet▪
• * 1.197

  Sol et homo ge••e••an•• hominem.
• * 1.198

  Intolerable cold of these Northerne cli∣mats.
• * 1.199

  The Sunne abideth a compleat moneth in one signe, & yet there is no mention made of the Sunne in the signe.
• e 1.200

  Claudius Deodatus panth. hygiast. libr. 3. cap 10.
• f 1.201

  Pertinax ista mu••to∣rum Chir••rgorum con∣suetudo, nullis rationi∣bus firmata, nulla expe∣••••entia stabilita, nullis veterum, nec recentio∣rum medicorum autho∣ritatibus munita, eo us{que} pedem extuli•• ut non so∣lum conjunctiones, oppo∣sitiones, aspectu•• insau∣stos, & pestilentissimos in omni vene sectione, aut purgatione pertime∣scendos proclament, qua∣si venae sectio aliquo il∣lorum diorum adhibi∣ta certa pernicie homi∣nem sit emedio sublatu∣ra. Interim huius per∣niciosae opinionis, alios, vel authores, vel fauto∣res non h••bent, quam Ani••ulas, Veneficos, Zingalos, ineptos Em∣piricos, Astrologos, & Ephemeridum calcu∣laro••es, &c. Et paulo post unde Gal. 11. me∣thod. Has Lunae ••bser∣vationes adeo nihili fe∣cit, ut etiam magnopere saudet medicum, qui quinquagenarius in cephalalgia noctu sibi venam inciderit, Jdem Deodatus ibidem.
• g 1.202

  Vide Duncani Liddelii Aberdinensis Scoti art. medic. libr. 5. de febrib. curat. libros. 3.
• h 1.203

  Cum igitur illae planetarum conjunctiones, oppositiones, quadraturae, & catera signa illis mendaciorum tabulis affixa, non sint vera & legitima vel venae sectionis, vel purgationis, aut scerificationis indicatoria, non ita scrupulose observanda veniunt, sed multis nominibus irridenda, expungenda{que}. Primum enim illorum varietas, diversitas, & descrepantia, argumento est, nihil omnino, vel ad venae sectionem, vel ad catera•• vacuationes conferre, cum in uno diario bona, in alio mala; in his multa, in illis vel nul••a, vel exigna depingatur: Idem ex pernicissimo Lunae per signa Zodiaci rotatu colligiur: licet enim in calen∣darii tabula Luna duabus, vel tribus in Scorpionis signo viis excurrere doceatur, tanta tamen id pernicitate fit, ut citi•••• Lo••o signum illud percurrat quam signi vires exeri, & animadverti possint. Idem Deodatus loco priu•• citate.
• i 1.204

  At bone Deus a••••an∣tum praestaret ut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cipes & urb••um ••••••o∣re••, has st••ol•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••n Ephe••ne•• 〈…〉〈…〉, versum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & ••ore ve••e••••m, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 d••••rum 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣r••nt qu••r••m 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & sacrorum 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣bus diebus 〈…〉〈…〉 ratione sa••ra deorum m••••eria 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de••e re••t, & 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••∣dicabat &c Et pau••e post, Hu••usmodi ••ane Ephen••er••••es, quae s••∣derum ortus & o••••asus, ac te•• pestates, d••••{que} mysteriorum fastos ei ne ••••stos nobis ind••carent nobu satis forent: quas nugigerulum Astrolo∣gorum vulgus su•••• ex imaginar•••••• Lunae & pla••etarum aliorum{que} a pectuum i••sortu••••is, ex∣altationibus at{que} tripli∣cationibu••, dierum ••¦lectionibus defoedavit••▪ qui ut imperitus S••y∣totomus ex uno calo∣podio omnibus solu∣laria conficit: sic illi Astrologi ex eadem anni constitutione ho∣minibus etiam sub di∣versissimo coeli thema∣te natis, qua di•••• s••••a∣re venam, c••rpus pha••∣maco purgare, cucurbi∣tulis aut hirudinibus sanguinem emungere, pueros ablactare, mercari, peregre proficisci, novat induere vestes, caput & barbam radere, resecare ungue•• faustum sit, indiscriminatim omnibus praescribunt. Taceo quod bella, principum mortes, annona caritatem, ••erfricta fr••nte praedice∣re non erubeseant. Querum••nugis moderatores urbium confifi, nec eorum prudentia & ratione habenas reipublicae moder••ri, nec Medici aegros recte curare possunt. At id reipublicae parum interesse censes? Nequaquam: digniores certe essent in quos omnes anu•• scommata jacerent, quam Thales fuerit Milesius, qui primus Solis praedixit ectipsim, & stellas ursae minoris monstravit; hic enim egressus domum ut astra contemplaretur, in{que} sub••ectam decidens foveam, irrisus ab anu fertur, quod ea quae in coelis essent scru∣tari vellet, quum quae pedibus essent subjecta non videat. Si••aec anu•• nostri seculi deliramenta vidiss••t quid eam dicturam arbitra∣ris? Annon exclamaret: O vanitas vanitatum, & super omnia Astrologorum vanitas, &c. Picus Mirandulae ••omes & An∣gelus Politianus contra Astrologiam iudiciariam scripserunt. Item August. lib. 2. supra Genesim, lib. 2. de Doctr Christi & lib. de civit Dei copiose contra Astrologos genethl. Porphyrius etiam teste Iamblicho candem resutavit Testatur etiam Langius Mars••l. Ficinum qui in libro de vita caelitus comparanda conscripto hanc Astrologorum curanai morbos methodum do∣cuit & approbavit: eundem tamen tandem, palinodiam Angelo Politiano & Pico Mirand••lano canentem, ingenue sateri ha•• Astrologorum observationes ut quomodo libet ad vita conservationem profuturas se congessisse, non ut eas probaret, sed potiu•• cum Plotino gravissimo Platonis interprete derideret, & ambobus congratulatur, quod Astrologica vanitatum & superstitionum Porten∣ta tam argute quam sancte confutaverint, & quod contra Astrologos qui Iovi coelum frustra ••eripere more Gigantum moliuntur, hic ut Palladis alumnus, ille ut alter Hercules egregie decertaverint. Haec ex Ma••sil. Ficin. lib. 12. epistol Porphyrius, teste Iamblico totius eorum artificij fundamentum his verbis evertit & abnegavit, dum ait: Si quu cognosceret figuram nativitatis, Do∣minum{que} figurae, inveniret quo{que} damonem suum, & solveretur per ipsum a fato nativitatis Sed subdit, illam scire, & hunc inve∣nire esse impossibile: & regu••as Astrologorum esse incertas & incomprehensibiles, auctore Chaeremone. Nam certe quis in ta•••• praecipiti fiderum nocturna & diurna vertigine, quum minima momenta ingentes parturiant mutationes, quae vix quisquam cog∣nitione assequi possit, qui••inquam exacte nativitatis thema assequi possit, non video. Adde, quod observationiis astrorum mo∣tus organa, raro fint ad amussim facta, sed plurimum manca. Haec & alia multa hanc materiam concernentia congessit Iohannes Langius medicus doctissimus & celeberrimus lib. 1. epist. medic. epist. 35. & 36, ex Macrob. Saturn, lib. 1. Suida, Hes∣chio, Ovid. 1. Fast. Gell lib. 4. cap. 9. Diog. Laert. lib. 1. Euseb. de praepar. Evangel. lib. 12, &c.
• * 1.205

  Preparation to be u∣sed before phleboto∣my.
• * 1.206

  Crudities.

  Expulsion of the fe∣call ordure.
• * 1.207

  Imbecillity of the o∣rifice of the stomack.
• * 1.208

  Situation of the pati∣ent to be let blood.
• * 1.209

  What to be observed in the bleeding.
• * 1.210

  Swounding.

  After how to be o••∣dered.
• * 1.211

  Particular phleboto∣my by leaches.
• * 1.212

  Election of leaches.
• * 1.213

  Preparation of lea∣ches.
• * 1.214

  In what cases most usefull.
• * 1.215

  Application.
• * 1.216

  To make them fal off
• * 1.217

  To stop the bleeding
• * 1.218

  O•• scarification.
• * 1.219

  In what cases to be u∣sed.
• * 1.220

  C••pp••r•• commonly used with scarificati∣on
• * 1.221

  The matter & forme of these cups.
• * 1.222

  In what bodies most usefull.
• * 1.223

  Manner of applica∣tion.
• * 1.224

  The time.
• * 1.225

  Dry cups without sca∣rification in that ••••∣ses to be used.
• * 1.226

  Burning or searing of some parts.
• * 1.227

  What it is.
• * 1.228

  Vtility and profit of this remedy.
• * 1.229

  Fonticulu••. Setaceum. V••ficatorium.
• * 1.230

  The place where wee are to make this issue
• * 1.231

  With what cautions.
• * 1.232

  With what instrumēt it is made.
• * 1.233

  Potentiall cauteries.
• * 1.234

  The particular place.
• * 1.235

  Vesicatories or bliste∣ring remedies.
• * 1.236

  Setum what.
• a 1.237

  Guilielm. F••bricius Hild. observat, chirug. observat. 40. & 41.
• * 1.238

  Triple evacuation in the body of man.
• * 1.239

  Purgation what it is.
• a 1.240

  Purgatio est evacua∣tio humoris qualitate peccan••is, facta à na∣tura, ope & efficaciae pharmaci catharctici, administratia me••io in eum finem, ut sanitas praesens conservetur▪ aut amissa restituatur. Comment. in aph. 2. Dunc. Liddel. art. med lib 5. cap. 12. Purging medicines of two sort••
• * 1.241

  In purgation three things considerable.
• * 1.242

  A specificall quality in purging medicines
• * 1.243

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, seu su∣perpurgatio.
• * 1.244

  In purging medicines 4 things to bee con∣sidered.
• * 1.245

  Purging medicines differ both in strēgth and by reason of the part to purge.
• * 1.246

  Compoūd medicines
• * 1.247

  Their divers and va∣rious formes.
• * 1.248

  Externall formes of purgations
• * 1.249

  Perfect & imperfect purgations.
• * 1.250

  Minor a•••• purgation.
• * 1.251

  Purgatio per 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
• * 1.252

  The manner or me¦thod of purgation.
• * 1.253

  Five things therei•• to be con••••dered.
• a 1.254

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Hip∣poc. aph. ••6 lib, 2 Gal, in comment.
• * 1.255

  Needlesse and frivo∣lous feare of the ig∣norant people.
• * 1.256

  Tobacco as strong a poison as the strong∣est purging medicine that is used.
• * 1.257

  Threefold constituti∣on of bodies.
• * 1.258

  ••or••us ueutrum, seu va∣letudinarium.
• * 1.259

  When to purge and when not.
• * 1.260

  Triple indication of purg••ng.
• * 1.261

  The quality of the disease to be conside∣red.

  The matter.

  Continuance of the disease.

  Idiosynarasia, or indi∣viduall propriety.
• * 1.262

  Vrging accidents.
• * 1.263

  Strength how indi∣cated.
• * 1.264

  Aptest age.
• * 1.265

  Children how 〈◊〉〈◊〉 purge.
• * 1.266

  The sex to be consi∣dered.
• * 1.267

  Whether women with child may be purged,
• * 1.268

  Answere.
• b 1.269

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Aphor. 1. lib. 4.
• * 1.270

  Women with child may safely be purged with our gentle me∣dic••••••
• * 1.271

  Womens bodies are many times more strai¦ned upon many out∣ward occasiōs than by gentle purgations.
• c 1.272

  Ioubert des erreu••. populair••••, lib. 3 cap. 5.
• * 1.273

  The child often after smarteth for this de∣fect.
• * 1.274

  History of a woman with child, using both phlebotomy and pur∣gation with good suc¦cesse.
• * 1.275

  Another.
• * 1.276

  Another of a woman with ch••ld enduring much by naturall vom••••. coughing and purging, and yet re∣covering.
• * 1.277

  Great caution to be used in a••ministring physicke to women with child.
• * 1.278

  The temperature and constitution of the body to be purged.
• * 1.279

  What bodies fittest, and what unfittest to be purged.
• * 1.280

  Idiosyneras••••.
• * 1.281

  Custome.
• * 1.282

  Other circumstances.
• * 1.283

  Situation of the part affected.
• * 1.284

  Divisions of the hu∣mors to be purged.
• a 1.285

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. 〈…〉〈…〉 4
• b 1.286

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

  Aph 23. lib. 1.

  What humors are fit∣test to be purged, and what not.

  Concoction what.
• * 1.287

  Humors capable of concoction.

  Vncapable of conco∣ction.
• * 1.288

  Difficultie of conc••∣ction proceedeth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 three causes.
• c 1.289

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Apho••. 22. lib, ••.
• * 1.290

  When the Physitian is to use meanes to further concoction,
• d 1.291

  Lib. de hu••n••ri••
• * 1.292

  A double preparati∣on.
• e 1.293

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

  Aphor. 72. lib. 7.
• * 1.294

  Different preparati∣on according to the different manner of evacuation upwards or downewards
• f 1.295

  Lib. de salubr, victu•• ratione.
• * 1.296

  Indication of the quantity of the medi∣cine.
• g 1.297

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Aph. 6. lib. 1.
• * 1.298

  The quantity of the medicine to bee in∣tended or remitted according to several circumstances.
• * 1.299

  Safer to erre in the defect than in the ex∣cesse.
• * 1.300

  Purgatio per epi••r••••••, or ••en••••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 purgat••••n.
• * 1.301

  The m••••b•• ••••cke mat∣te•• contented in di∣vers parts, o•• the bo∣d••, and there•••••••• t•• be pu••ged by severa••l sorts of physicke.
• h 1.302

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Aph. 25, lib, 2.
• * 1.303

  Condition of the part affected varieth the maner of evacuation.
• a 1.304

  Vomitio cum facili•• & moderata obtigerit sa••uberrima & vacua∣tionum omnium prae∣stantissima, noxios quip∣pe humores ex ipsis f••n∣cibus sinceros elicit, & vacuat omnem quae in ventriculo continetur, ejusve tuni is eluviem. Im••rimu autem expur∣gat e praecordiori•• mem∣bra••is, & cavis Iecoris ac Li••nis et ex Pancrea ommis generis superva∣cuos humores ••nc••ros e∣licit, quos plerum{que} nec hiera, nec aliua vehe∣mentissimum in alvum de••urba••e potest Opitu∣latur item affectibus qui a praecord••orum im∣puritati or••um habent, lang••enti apperen••iae, nauscae, cibi fastid••o▪ vo∣mitioni crebrae, ventri∣culo pr••cordijsve di∣stentu, ictero, cachexiae, febrib intermittent, Hemicraniae, Vertigini, Epilepsiae, suffusions, omnibus{que} capitis affecti∣bus qui sympathia prae∣cordi••rū contracti sunt, & quos a praecordiit in reliquum corpus effusa impuritas protulit. Gal. de usu partium.

  Preparation before vomits.

  Outward preparation
• * 1.305

  Inward preparation.
• * 1.306

  What parts by vomit are to be purged.
• b 1.307

  Aph. 16. lib. 16.
• * 1.308

  Empericks erre much in the rash admini∣stration of vomits.
• * 1.309

  In what cases dange∣rous.
• c 1.310

  Herod. in Enterp.
• * 1.311

  Glisters used for di∣vers ends.
• * 1.312

  And used in many in∣firmities.
• * 1.313

  The quantity various according to circum∣stances.
• * 1.314

  Retention of glisters.
• * 1.315

  In great weakenesse.
• * 1.316

  Suppos••tories.
• * 1.317

  Caution in infirmi∣ties of the fundamēt.
• * 1.318

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 divers reme∣••••e•• are to bee used, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 first and what ••ext is to be done.
• * 1.319

  Wee are alwaies to beginne with that which presseth and urg••th most.
• * 1.320

  Time twofold.
• a 1.321

  Aegyptios noluisse quicquam in aegrotis non nisi quarta p••ractae die: alioqui medici suo periculo id ag••bant. Arist. 3. polit. cap. 13.
• b 1.322

  De diae••a acut. com. ment. 76.
• c 1.323

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

  Ap••o•• 20. lib. 1.
• d 1.324

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

  Aph. 12. lib. 2.
• * 1.325

  In maligne and vene∣mous Fevers wee are not to deferre pur∣gation.
• e 1.326

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ctu acut.
• * 1.327

  In what other cases wee are to purge in the beginning.
• f 1.328

  In Febribus conti∣nuis, qui paribus se••e non criticis pharmaco usi ••unt nunquam ni∣mium purgati fuerunt: qui vero aiebus imp••∣ribus forti medicamen∣to usi sunt nimium pur∣gati fuerunt, multi{que} ex his perierunt Hipp. 4. de morbis.
• * 1.329

  When we may safely purge the humour on the day of the sit.
• * 1.330

  The best time of the yeere.
• * 1.331

  The fittest day.
• * 1.332

  The fittest time of the day.
• * 1.333

  Pills, when to be ex∣hibited.
• * 1.334

  Strong purgations when to be taken.
• * 1.335

  Whether physick may be administred du∣ring the dog-daies,

  Answer.
• * 1.336

  Whether the signe, se∣verall aspects & con∣iunction of the pla∣nets are to be obser∣ved.

  Answer.
• e 1.337

  Lib de acre aquis & locis.
• * 1.338

  The way and passage by which wee are to purge, how indicated.
• * 1.339

  In the waies and pas∣sages foure things considerable.
• * 1.340

  Wee are to purge by most convenient waies and passages.
• * 1.341

  When the matter is in fluxe.
• a 1.342

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Aphor. 21. lib. 1.
• * 1.343

  The forme of the me∣dicine.
• * 1.344

  Ordering of the pat••¦ent, in and after the taking of physicke.

  To prevent casting of it up.
• * 1.345

  Pills how to be taken
• * 1.346

  Electuaries.

  Potions how to be taken, and how to keep them downe.
• * 1.347

  How long at least we are to keepe the me∣dicine.
• * 1.348

  Whether wee may sleepe after physicke Answere.
• b 1.349

  Ioubert des erreurs populaires partic. 2. chap. 17.
• * 1.350

  In vomits what to be done.
• * 1.351

  ••rative what time •• bee given.
• * 1.352

  〈…〉〈…〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.353

  When pills are taken over night.
• * 1.354

  Keeping of the cham∣ber cum custodia and the reason.
• * 1.355

  The ambient aire how to be ordered.
• * 1.356

  Sine custodia what, and when it may be used.
• * 1.357

  Signes of compleat purgation.
• c 1.358

  Aph. 10. lib. 4.
• * 1.359

  Defective purgation.
• * 1.360

  Causes of defective purgation.
• * 1.361

  History.
• * 1.362

  If physick worke not.
• * 1.363

  If too violently.
• * 1.364

  Gripings in the belly.
• * 1.365

  Three concoctions in the body.
• * 1.366

  Sweat an excrement of the third concocti∣on.
• * 1.367

  What sweat is.
• a 1.368

  Sudoris materiam ab internis visceribus suc∣co naturali madenti••us emanare contendis, Fernel. lib. de feb 〈◊〉〈◊〉. cap. desudere.
• * 1.369

  Sweating in acute diseases.
• * 1.370

  Sweat naturall, or ar∣tificiall.
• * 1.371

  Naturall againe criti∣call or symptomati∣call.

  Symptomatical what.
• * 1.372

  Diaphoreticall sweat.
• * 1.373

  Sweat how to be pro∣voked.
• * 1.374

  Hydrotick simples, or provokers of sweat.
• * 1.375

  Strong hydrotickes.
• * 1.376

  Hydroticke minerals.
• * 1.377

  Compounded sudori∣fickes.
• * 1.378

  Cautions in the use of hydrotickes.
• * 1.379

  Preparation.
• * 1.380

  When to be negle∣cted.
• * 1.381

  Frictions.
• * 1.382

  Fomentations.
• * 1.383

  Sudorifickes in chro∣nicall diseases.
• * 1.384

  How to use these su∣dorificke medicines.
• * 1.385

  The continuance o•• time of endurance. In what cases hurtful.
• * 1.386

  Of teares.
• b 1.387

  Mercur. de excrem. lib. 3. cap. 2. de lachry∣mis.

  Differences of teare••
• * 1.388

  Vse of this moisture.
• c 1.389

  Lib. 1. de cris. cap. 7▪
• * 1.390

  Why some can so ea∣sily weepe, and some not at all.
• * 1.391

  Naturall involuntary teares, what they sig∣nifie.
• * 1.392

  Accidentall teares.
• * 1.393

  Involuntary teares in acute diseases.

  Voluntary teares.
• * 1.394

  Cold and hot teares.
• * 1.395

  Thick and thin tears.
• * 1.396

  Divers sorts of ablu∣tions or washings in use among the anti∣ents.
• * 1.397

  Bathing and anoint∣ing the body before meales.
• a 1.398

  Epist. 87. lib. 13. Bathing in Germany very frequent.
• * 1.399

  Vsed there promi••••••∣ously without any previous preparation
• * 1.400

  With cupping and scatification.
• * 1.401

  Preposterous custom of washing the body in rivers with a full stomacke.
• b 1.402

  Mundificat palmas & lumina reddit acuta. Schola Salern. & Ar∣nald. villa nov. in com. Whether the head ought to be washt or no••
• * 1.403

  Answere.
• * 1.404

  How and when it it to be washed.
• * 1.405

  Embrocations▪
• * 1.406

  Washing of the feet.
• * 1.407

  Of artificiall baths.
• * 1.408

  The matter.
• * 1.409

  Their use threefold.
• c 1.410

  14. method.
• d 1.411

  Qui ex tennibus cras∣siores volūt evadere, la∣vabunt bis, &c. Id. lib. 3. de sympto. cap. 1. & lib. de salub. diaeta comment. 14.

  Vertues of a tempe∣rate bathe.
• * 1.412

  Of a hot bath.
• e 1.413

  Andernacus de ve∣teri & nov. medic. com∣ment. 2. dial. 8. circa finem.

  The use in divers dis∣eases.
• * 1.414

  In what cases hurtfull.
• * 1.415

  Bathing in cold water
• * 1.416

  For whom hurtfull in sicknesse & in health.
• * 1.417

  Latonicum, and what it is.
• * 1.418

  Of two sorts.
• * 1.419

  ••••micapium cinsessus.
• * 1.420

  The time, both gene∣rall and particular.
• * 1.421

  The time of the day.
• * 1.422

  Preparation of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.423

  In bathing how to be ordered.
• * 1.424

  The continuance in the bath.
• * 1.425

  How to be used in he∣cticke fevers.
• * 1.426

  After bathing.
• * 1.427

  Dangers arising from the inordinate use of bathing.
• * 1.428

  Minerall waters use∣full for the health of man.

  Thermae, seu aqua ther∣••ales.
• a 1.429

  Homerum C••lido∣rum fen••i••m mentionem non fecisse miror, cum ae∣lioqui lavari cali sa fre∣quenter indicarit: vi∣delicet, quia medicina tanc haec non erat quae a ••uarum perfugio uta∣tur, Plin. lib. 31. cap 6.
• b 1.430

  Lib. de aere aqu•••• & locis.
• * 1.431

  The later Physitians made 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these mi∣nerall waters.
• * 1.432

  How their vertues are to be discerned.
• * 1.433

  Sulphu••o••us and ••i¦tum••nous waters.
• * 1.434

  Waters participating o•• divers metalls and m••neralls.
• * 1.435

  Whether leap-yeere doth alter or annihi∣•••••• the vertues of ••inerall waters.
• * 1.436

  Originall of leap-yeere.
• * 1.437

  Iulian, or Sosigenian yeere.
• * 1.438

  Alteration of the yee•• by Pope Gregory 13.
• * 1.439

  Amputation of tenne daies from the for∣mer yeeres.
• * 1.440

  Gregorian yeere and account beyond the seas.
• * 1.441

  There wants yet a∣bout 2 daies, in all we want 3 of that wee should have.
• * 1.442

  Answer.
• c 1.443

  Ovid, fastor lib.
• ¶ 1.444

  Trojan.
• c 1.445

  See Calvins treatise of reliques, where he proves many bodies of their Saints to be monsters.
• * 1.446

  No alteration in the leap-yeere more than any other.
• e 1.447

  Claudius Deodatus panth. hygiast. libr. 2, cap. 7.
• * 1.448

  Minerall waters used after a double man∣ner.
• * 1.449

  The time.
• * 1.450

  Preparation of the body before the use of minerall waters.
• * 1.451

  The time of the day for use.
• * 1.452

  The manner.
• * 1.453

  No cetaaine nor pre∣cise time for the con∣tinuance of the use of these waters can bee determined.
• * 1.454

  Hot baths, and where they most abound.
• * 1.455

  English baths.
• * 1.456

  Divers minerall wa∣ters in Germany.
• * 1.457

  Gold and silver com∣municate no vertue to such waters.
• a 1.458

  Doctor Venner in his treatise of baths of Bathe: and since the collecting of this tra∣ctat, I saw a learned tractat of baths, pub∣lished by D^r. Iorden, residing there.
• * 1.459

  Acid or sowre waters. They abound in high Germany.
• * 1.460

  Their vertues.
• * 1.461

  In what infirmities helpfull.
• * 1.462

  In what hurtfull.
• * 1.463

  The time for use.
• § 1.464

  And yet they are ordinarily brought to Francksort mart in March and September.
• * 1.465

  Continuance or dura∣tion in drinking them
• * 1.466

  They lose much ver∣tue by carriage.
• * 1.467

  Observation in the use of these waters.
• * 1.468

  Of the Well of Spa.
• * 1.469

  For what infirmities most beneficiall.
• * 1.470

  Water of S. Vincent•• rocke by Bristoll.
• b 1.471

  D. Venner in the a¦forenamed treatise.
• * 1.472

  A neere and antient towne in Yorke-shire, called by the name of Knare••brough.
• * 1.473

  Wellenborow Wel in Northampton shire.
• * 1.474

  Observation in the use of such waters to be carefull of the sto¦macke.
• * 1.475

  History.
• * 1.476

  Tunbridge water,
• * 1.477

  Water in Mauborn•• hils in Worcestershire.
• * 1.478

  Newname Wells in Warwick-shire.
• * 1.479

  The Spa by Aberdene in Scotland.
• * 1.480

  Saint Catherins Well, called now the o••ly Well neer Edenburgh in Scotland.
• * 1.481

  This Iland abounds in minerall waters.
• * 1.482

  De urinarum praesa∣giis i•• aegretis agit Hip∣pocrat. in locis praen••t. in prorihet. & libr. de indication.
• * 1.483

  See our arraigne∣ment and anatomy of urines.
• * 1.484

  Vncertaine and gene∣rall iudgement for the most part affor∣ded us by urine.
• * 1.485

  Best urine.
• * 1.486

  Best colour.
• * 1.487

  Red coloured urines.
• * 1.488

  Blacke urines,
• * 1.489

  Cleare transparent urin without cōtents.
• * 1.490

  In diseases vari∣ous.
• * 1.491

  Quantity of urine in excesse.
• * 1.492

  Criticall excretion of urine.
• * 1.493

  In the defect.
• * 1.494

  Difficulyy of divers causes.
• * 1.495

  Suppression of urine from divers causes
• a 1.496

  De his omibus fusius Mercatus de intern. morb. curat. tom. 3. lib. 4. cap. 12.
• b 1.497

  Incoacis aph. 25. & prorrbet. 155.
• * 1.498

  All these infirmities to bee cu••ed accor∣ding to their severall causes.
• * 1.499

  Diureticke remedies, and their right use.
• * 1.500

  Preparation.
• * 1.501

  Diureticks properly so called.
• * 1.502

  Another kind of diu∣reticks.
• * 1.503

  Of two sorts.
• * 1.504

  Diureticks improper∣ly so called.
• * 1.505

  Erroneous opinion concerning the brea∣king of the stone by Diureticks.
• * 1.506

  Safest diureticke sim∣ples, and best for use.
• * 1.507

  Medicines acciden∣tally good.
• * 1.508

  By occult quality.
• * 1.509

  Many medicines used against the stone, but few answere expecta∣tion.

  Dangers in the use of hot diureticke medi∣cines.
• * 1.510

  Advertisment.
• * 1.511

  The presence of the Physitian is able to discover more in the disease than a many water.
• a 1.512

  Mercur. de facibut alvi.

  The fecall excre∣ments diligently to be considered.
• b 1.513

  Vide Hippoc. in prognost. prochet. & coac. motionib. Aphoc. etiaem 12. lib. 1.
• c 1.514

  Lib. 26. cap. ••. What this fecall or∣dure is.
• * 1.515

  Best excrements.
• * 1.516

  Excrements declin∣ing from the former laudable conditions.
• * 1.517

  Divers some of bad excrements.
• * 1.518

  Wormes in the excre∣ments, and what they presage.
• * 1.519

  Divers causes of thin and liquid excremēts
• * 1.520

  Divers causes of soft excrements.
• d 1.521

  Mercu. ibid ex Gal. 3 epid. comment. 3. & 8 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

  Hard egestions and their causes.
• * 1.522

  Quest••on concern∣ing the 〈…〉〈…〉 egestion, and how ••••∣ten.
• * 1.523

  Answ.
• * 1.524

  In time of health.
• * 1.525

  And in sicknesse.
• * 1.526

  The quantity cannot be determined.
• * 1.527

  In sicknesse care must be had of loosening the belly.
• * 1.528

  Divers sorts of fluxes
• * 1.529

  Be not too busy with astringents.
• e 1.530

  Fernel.
• * 1.531

  History:
• * 1.532

  Vse of spittle.
• a 1.533

  Mercur. de excrem. ex variis Gal locis 14. meth. 1. de sem, &c.
• * 1.534

  Best spittle in condi∣tion.
• * 1.535

  Exceeding in quality.
• * 1.536

  In quantity. The colours.
• * 1.537

  The taste.
• * 1.538

  Exceeding in quanti∣ty how to be purged.
• * 1.539

  Severall medicines usefull for this pur∣pose.
• * 1.540

  Saliva••••on.
• * 1.541

  Tabacco.
• * 1.542

  Consideration of Ta∣bacco, and the use thereof.
• * 1.543

  Narcoticke quality.
• * 1.544

  Violent purgation.
• * 1.545

  Abuse of Tobacco, as it is ordinarily ta∣ken.
• * 1.546

  Indifferently used of all sorts of persons without respect of a∣ny circumstāce what∣soever.
• * 1.547

  Opiat medicines of∣ten condemned with∣out iust cause.
• * 1.548

  Obiect.
• * 1.549

  Answere.
• * 1.550

  It purgeth away the good with the bad.
• * 1.551

  The remedy often worse than the dis∣ease.
• * 1.552

  Sage soveraine good to corroborate the braine and animall parts.
• * 1.553

  Colts foot an effica∣cious simple in pe∣ctorall infirmities.
• * 1.554

  Tabacco-shope di•• ale houses.
• * 1.555

  Another Obiection; Answ.
• * 1.556

  Not good to further digestion by Tabacco
• * 1.557

  Moderate exercise and good Diet bet∣ter than Tabacco.
• * 1.558

  Most Tabacco so∣phisticate.
• * 1.559

  Divers circumstances in the use of Ta••acco to be considered.
• * 1.560

  For whom most hurt∣full.
• * 1.561

  Time of the yeere
• * 1.562

  The age.
• * 1.563

  What profession or ••inde of life it best b••fitteth

  What places.
• * 1.564

  Correctives to be u∣sed with it.
• * 1.565

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 the braine.
• * 1.566

  In dise••••es of the lungs.
• * 1.567

  Quod differtur non au∣fertur.
• * 1.568

  Tabacco the cause of divers diseases, and many dismall acci∣dents.
• * 1.569

  The dangerous use of salivation by mercu∣riall medicines in some disea••e••
• * 1.570

  〈…〉〈…〉
• a 1.571

  Mercur. libr. de ex∣crem. cap. 4. de mucit. ex Gal.
• * 1.572

  Idem Mercur. ex variis Hippocrat. & Gal. locis.
• * 1.573

  Divers significations of this excrement.
• * 1.574

  Medicines to expell this excrement.
• * 1.575

  Of rheume descen∣ding downe upon the pectorall parts.
• b 1.576

  Comment. in aph. 12. lib. 1. citant. Me••cur. Jdem ibid.
• * 1.577

  Rheume twofold. Without a Fever.
• * 1.578

  With a Fever.
• * 1.579

  Rheume of divert sorts.

  And divers colours.
• * 1.580

  Most observable in pleuresies.
• * 1.581

  Rheume commonly accompanied with a cough.
• * 1.582

  Great errour in the ordinary use of expe∣ctorant medicines.
• * 1.583

  Preparation before expectoration.
• * 1.584

  Divers preparations.
• * 1.585

  The forme.
• * 1.586

  Error of the Vulgar.
• * 1.587

  Caveat concerning sweet things.
• * 1.588

  Acid and tart things.
• * 1.589

  In pectorall diseases that which is spit up, is especially to bee considered.
• c 1.590

  1 de crisib. &c.
• * 1.591

  Divers significations and presages of ex∣pultion or spitting up
• * 1.592

  We are not then to judge of all diseases by the bare inspecti∣on of the urine only.
• * 1.593

  Seed of generation what it is.
• * 1.594

  The use.
• * 1.595

  The moderately and orderly use many waies profitable.
• * 1.596

  Inconvenience of the immoderate use.
• a 1.597

  Proverbs 6.26.••
• * 1.598

  History.
• * 1.599

  The fittest age.
• * 1.600

  Inconveniences by marrying young chil∣dren & yong people.
• * 1.601

  Duty of parents in this case.
• * 1.602

  Diligent care ought to be had in the edu∣cation of children.
• * 1.603

  What persons are thereby most offen∣ded.
• * 1.604

  What constitutions.
• * 1.605

  Sick persons must ab∣steine.
• * 1.606

  In what diseases most hurtfull.
• * 1.607

  The certaine number of yeeres when to marry cannot be de∣termined.
• * 1.608

  The fittest time of the yeere.
• * 1.609

  The particular time.
• b 1.610

  Levit. 1••.
• * 1.611

  Abstinence frō mar∣riage what inconve∣niences it breedeth in some bodies.

  In women.
• * 1.612

  Let young gallants 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beed
• * 1.613

  Cartwright in his C••••••ch 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in the expre••••ion of the commandements.
• c 1.614

  Lib 7. cap ••3.
• * 1.615

  Divine pu••••tion of uncleane persons.
• d 1.616

  1 Tim. 4.3.
• * 1.617

  God never prohibi∣ted any sort or de∣gree the use of mar∣riage.
• e 1.618

  〈…〉〈…〉
• f 1.619

  〈…〉〈…〉. Apod•• 〈…〉〈…〉 & 〈…〉〈…〉, A chrep••••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ene••••••••nus, 〈…〉〈…〉, in Sodom•••• 〈…〉〈…〉 Di••ne, 〈…〉〈…〉 vit, 〈…〉〈…〉 divi••••m 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••••mavit 〈…〉〈…〉 Iulius 3. Inno∣cent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 qu••nd••m 〈…〉〈…〉 pr••tes •• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 h••bu••rat 〈…〉〈…〉 ••ononi•• legetur i•• Cardina••ium 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••¦rum quam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 riliqu•• ••l factum 〈…〉〈…〉, es•• in come••••••am con••uctu∣d••nem rur••us ••am fit, Rom•• ••an a erat & li∣bellis que •• pe••••er••ptur•• suit Iove Garit••••e∣dem fo••ers, licet de∣sormem. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vero ali∣••r•••• scriptores 〈…〉〈…〉 bla••phem••as e•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 renda sce••era stilo in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ••••rnavit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 S••dim tan ••••o••on••mum vniel. ••et, qui haec editis libr. tum etur, at{que} defende∣ret, ad quod ip••e d••pl••∣matibus suis approb••t e••. Sixtus 4. Roma nobile a••modum lupanar ex∣tru••••t, at{que} Vent ••i assignavit, meretr•••• eum cohertes aluit, ami∣cis{que} & servis exhibuit, non nihil etiam em••lumenti ex meritric••o quaestu aerario suo atcumulavit: Romana enim scorta in singul••s hebdomadas nummum adhuc pendent pontifici, qui census annuits nonnunquam quadra, irta ducatorum mill••a ex••edit: idce{que} eccle•••••• procerum id munus est, ut vna cum ecclesiarum proventibus etiam lenociniorum num erent mercedem. Refert We••l••lius K••oningens•••• in tractatu de indulgentiis papalibus: Quod ad Petri Rueri•• quem pro Cinaedo habebat Sixtus, & Hieronymi fratris sui postulationes, domestice familiae toti Cardinalis de Lucia, in tribus anni mensibus calidioribus, Junio, Iulio & Augusto (horrendum dictu) mascu∣lino coitu uti permiserit, addens hanc clausulam: fiat quod petitur. Iohannes 24 accusatur in Concilio Constantrensi ••uca fit ••o domita, Adulter, Scertator, &c. De Clement. 8. in quodam comment super••articulis magistrorum Parisiensium ligitur, quod suer••t ••••••∣thus, Venesicus. Homicida, Leno, Simoniacus, Sodomita, Periurus, Geomanticus, Stuptator, Rapto••, Sacrilegus, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••e∣lerum artifex. Tales fuere Benedictus 1, & 14. Paulus 3. Paulus 3. sororem suam luliam Farnesiam stuprandam trac••••d t••ut Cardinali•• & Epi••copus Hostiensis fieret. Alteram deinde sororem suam cum quarem habuerat, vi••iens quod alios ar••••utius quam ipsum a••••aret, toxi∣co interemit. Hunc Nicolaus Quercaeus congredientem cum Laura Farnesia uxore sua, sed ne••te••e u••, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ac••t le e•• vninu∣pugione incussit, ut ejus eicatrix ad mortem us{que} cum eo maneret, sed & aliam neptem le••tissimam, no•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 usv••ginalipa••ore quam ••er¦ma praestantem hircosus senex ad incestum & nefandum stuprum sollicitavit. Vt vero filia sua Constantia ••um qua sa pissime rem ha∣buerat, potiri liberius posset, maritum ejus Bosinum S••ortiam veneno necavit. In tabellis habebat numerata 45. meretri••um mill•••• ex quarum fernicatione singulis mensibus censum exegit. Hae a Papa in summo h••nore l••••i ••ntur ••ae ••a••a pedes osculantur, hae Papam sa∣mitrarissime alloquuntur, hae cum Papa die nocte{que} consuetudinem habent. Landonis. 1. Sergii 3. Iohannis 11. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 12. Ioh••••n•• 13. Alexandri 6. Christophoci primi f••edas libidines lubens praeterco. Et de papissa Iohanne prius Gilbertad 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈…〉〈…〉 elog••u••, lippis & tonsoribus ut aiunt notum, apud me altum erit silentium. Haec & plura Stephanus S••••gedinus Po••••••nius 〈◊〉〈◊〉 speculo ••o••∣tificio in titulo, Septimum membrum, ubi qualis quis{que} fuerit describi••••, situlus hic 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lenone•• ••••ortatores, A••ulteri 〈◊〉〈◊〉 So ••∣mitae.
• * 1.620

  The menstruous flux
• * 1.621

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 f••••xe s••opt cau••e of many disease••
• * 1.622

  Menstruous fluxe ex∣ceeding in quan∣tity to bee stopt, yet not rashly not suddenly.
• a 1.623

  Aristot. lib. de so•••••••• & vigilia.
• b 1.624

  Lib. 1 de symptoms causis cap 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• c 1.625

  Verum Scaligeri ef∣fugium Aristot. defen∣dentis admitti non po∣test, quia non tantum secundum virtutem, verum etiam propter o∣riginem instrumento∣rum, quasi nervi & ve∣nae ex corde oriantur, cor facit principtum sen∣tiendi: & quoniam haec instrumenta obstruun∣tur, cor suo munere fungi non posse opinetur Ita{que} si quis maxime 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Scaligero sentire, & cordi principium senti∣endi ex causā efficiente tribuere velit, quateum ex corde spiritus oriun∣tur, qui nervis vim sentiendi suopeditant: ratione tamen instru∣menterum & causae materialis, principium sentiendi in corde non erit, & ita nondum A∣ristotelis opinio qui hoc sentit, confirmata erit. Magirus comment. in Physiolog. suae lib. 6. cap. 13.

  Benefits of moderate sleep.
• d 1.626

  6. Epid. 5.
• e 1.627

  3 de sympt. causa. 2. de motu muscul.
• f 1.628

  Virgil.
• * 1.629

  What sleep is.
• * 1.630

  In sleepe there is not a totall cessation of the influxe of the a∣nimall spirits in the organs of senses.
• * 1.631

  The fittest time for sleepe.
• * 1.632

  Whether sleep in the day time be to be ad∣mitted?
• g 1.633

  Sic brevis aut nullu•• tibi somnus meridianus Febre, pigrities, capi∣tis dolor at{que} catarrhus, Hae•• tibi proveniunt ex somno meridian••▪ Schola Salern.
• * 1.634

  Answ.
• * 1.635

  Morning sleepe,
• * 1.636

  Sicke persons cannot alwaies be strictly ti•••• to this rule.
• h 1.637

  Pythagorae symbolum de conturband•• veste stragula, vide Plutarch. sympol. lib. 8 probl. 7.
• * 1.638

  Good to walk a little after supper.
• i 1.639

  Plutarch. in ejus vita.
• k 1.640

  Sueton in ejus vitae.
• * 1.641

  Best situation of our body in sleepe.
• * 1.642

  Lying on the belly.
• * 1.643

  On the backe.
• * 1.644

  Duration or continu∣ance of sleepe.
• * 1.645

  Ordinary allowance for sleepe.
• * 1.646

  History
• * 1.647

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.648

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.649

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.650

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.651

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.652

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.653

  〈…〉〈…〉
• m 1.654

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.655

  〈…〉〈…〉
• a 1.656

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.657

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.658

  Crit••••all▪ ••••eepe ••••••••∣••old.
• * 1.659

  Good criticall sleepe.
• * 1.660

  C••••••••call s••ee••e ac∣companied with evill accidents.
• * 1.661

  ••••eep carefull some∣••i••es 〈◊〉〈◊〉 procured.
• * 1.662

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 of hypnotick me∣••••••ines inward and 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.663

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 one his iudge∣ment 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the vulgar concerning hypno∣ti••••••s and other me∣di••••ne.
• * 1.664

  Whether the excesse of sleeping or waking be more dangerous. Answere.
• * 1.665

  Excessive sleepe to be preferred before ex∣cessive waking
• * 1.666

  Whether it be good to sleepe with open mouth.

  Answer.
• * 1.667

  To s••eepe with open eyes, and when t••••le∣••••••le,
• * 1.668

  Dreames what.
• * 1.669

  Cause of dreames.
• * 1.670

  Supernaturall or di∣vine dreames.
• * 1.671

  Naturall dreames.
• a 1.672

  Hippo••••atis liber de 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.673

  D••eame•• 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.674

  D••eame•• 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.675

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.676

  One and the same ••reame may have •• divers g••••••i••ation in sickne•••••• and hea••••••
• * 1.677

  Dreame•• many times dem••nstrate the hu¦mour•• abounding ••n the body.
• * 1.678

  Oppression of the stomack will produce both unquiet sleepe and troublesome dreames.
• * 1.679

  Dreames often fol∣low the constitution of the body.
• * 1.680

  Caterum quando ex causaram somni medio∣eritate placidus obrepic somnus, discernendi ta∣men facultas adhuc va∣porum ••ulegine obfusce∣tur •• effectrix tamen visorum facultas libera nullis irretita vmculis si•••• constat: cum ex rebus quas vigilans sensit, gessi, cogitavit & operata est, plurima somniorum spectra es∣fingit, quae tanquam vera dormientes ample∣ctantur, unde tandem solutis a calore acci∣dentario sensuum, spi∣rituum{que} meatuum vin∣culu & motus compedi∣bus, vigilantium opera exercent, tecta in subti∣me conscendunt, per trabes & lacunaria in adibus oberrant, lectos allorum adeunt, omnia intrepide audent, nec quicquam fi••i timent: quoniam vis illa discernendi sensus communis adhuc vaporum caligine consopita sacet, nec pericula nisi lamore experrecta agnoscit. Casus enim eu abrupto, scribit Albertus, ijs qui excelsa conscendnat, tunc maxime accidere solet, qaum pericula agnoverint, & for∣midare coeperint: eo{que} virtutes raboris ad cor formidolosum confluunt: lacertos, nervos, musculos{que} virtutis motivae organa destituunt. Dormienies igitur secur••ores so••t: acclamationibus experrecti, saepe praecipites cadunt. Iohan. Lang. Epist. medicin. lib. 1. epist. 45 ex Christophoro Marcello 4. de anima cap. 11. & Alberto magno lib. 2. & 3. de anima. Quae ab ijs (noctambulis) fieri persuasum habeo ex sanguine turgido ••ospumanti, tum estuoso fervido{que} spiritu, quae in mentis sedem delata, animae vim at{que} facul∣tatem, qua functiones suas perfi••it, partes{que} instrumentarias ad actiones impellit, agitant, at{que} ad huiusmodi motu•• effectus{que} concirant. Quo fit ut corpus spiritus animalis impulsu, qui nervorum ac musculorum robur, h••e sentie••di movendi{que} mu••us in cerebro continet ac tuctur, in sublime feratur, eius{que} v••etiem per som••um ad tales actiones incitetur. Sunt autem istiusmodi constitutionis homines raro laxo{que} corporis contextu, &c. Lovin. Lemnius de occultis naturae miraculis, lib. 2. cap. 3.
• * 1.681

  Quemadmodum Ape••¦l••s celeberimus o••im pi∣ctor, eum pulcherrimam illam at{que} admirabilem Veneris imaginem de∣pingeret clavum fixit, quo amoto tota simul i∣mago dissolveretur: in ejus vero clavi summa parte ••uam depenxit i∣maginem: ita Deus il∣le o••timus maximus cum elegantissimum hoc mii∣di opificium fabricasses, tanquam coronidem & colophonem conjecit ho∣minem, in quo suam col∣locavit imaginem, ex cujus inspectione ipse er••fex agnosceretur, ut si vere dicere sas sit hu∣manus animus Deus quidē parvo corpuscu∣lo conclusus videatur. Cum ita{que} res plurimum i••ter se pugnantes at{que} contrarias homo com∣plectatur, recte illi scripsisse videntur, qui hominem vinculum esse, quo aeterna caducis nec∣terentur asseverarunt, &c. Claud. Deodatus Panth. Hygiast lib. 1. c. 1.
• * 1.682

  Actus concupiscibilis sex numerantur affectiones: ni••••irum, amor, odium, desiderium, fuga, de∣lectatio, & tristitia. Irascibilis quinque eli∣cit actus: & sunt spes, desperatio, audacia, rimor, ira. Mercatus Tom. 1. libr. 1. part 5. class 5. quest. 154. ex Thom Aquin.
• * 1.683

  Gaudium. Lae••itia. In••ultatio.
• * 1.684

  Malevolentia, sea ••••∣litiae
• * 1.685

  Anger. Aerumum. Afflictio.
• * 1.686

  Sollicitudo.
• * 1.687

  Desperatio.
• * 1.688

  Maeror.
• * 1.689

  Luctus.
• * 1.690

  Misericordia.
• * 1.691

  Livor.
• * 1.692

  Vindicta,
• * 1.693

  Spes.
• * 1.694

  Cupidita••, Cupidia. Libido. Ambitio. Avariti••,
• * 1.695

  Excandiscentia, edi••••.
• * 1.696

  Immicitia.
• * 1.697

  Timer. Formid••; Terror, Pivor•• Consternatio, Exanimatio, Pigritia, Verecund••••.
• * 1.698

  The chiefe passions of the minde, and on which all the rest de∣pend, foure.
• * 1.699

  Great harms droceed by lustfull love to the whole man.
• a 1.700

  Cadmus Milesius de amore.

  Definiton of love.
• b 1.701

  De amore, & aliis af∣fection, unde Gal. lib. 3.4. & 5. de placitis Hippocrat. & Platon.
• c 1.702

  In Tunao.
• d 1.703

  De opificio Dei lib. 4.
• e 1.704

  Odyss. 10.
• f 1.705

  Proverb 17.32.
• g 1.706

  Ovid de amore.
• * 1.707

  This passiō the cause of great mischiefe.
• h 1.708

  Observation, mi••it. lib. 1. p. 51.
• i 1.709

  Deodatus panth. by giast. lib. 2. cap. 21.
• * 1.710

  Idlenesse a great fur∣therer of unlawfull lust.
• k 1.711

  Ovid de •• medi•• a∣moris.
• l 1.712

  Lucret in fine lib. 4.
• * 1.713

  Things to be consi∣dered in matching.
• * 1.714

  Better sometimes to yeeld to an inconve∣nience than to a mis∣chiefe.
• m 1.715

  Gal. lib. 1. prognos••. History.
• n 1.716

  Iulius Capitolinus, in vita Antonin•• Phi∣losophi.

  History.
• o 1.717

  Plin. lib. 28. Cornel, Cels lib. 3. cap. 23.
• * 1.718

  Affinit isti artificio & persuasioni fortitu∣dinis (de aqua martia & balsamo magnanimita∣tis sermo ei prius fuerat) est lampas vitae, quam concinnant nōnulli tan∣quam fatale quoddam lumen, in quo hominic fortuna, affectus, morbi, & tandem mors possint observari. Arbitror ex∣cogitandi ansam prae∣buisse magiam illam, seu observationem po∣pularem, qua arbor, vel herba depacto aut sata in nomine cuius∣dam, tamdiu durat, & late crescit, quam∣diu ipse bene habet & floret. Cum aegrotat, arbor quo{que} aliqua indicia morbi habet; cum instat hora mortis, marcescit. Ita scribit C. Suetonius in Gal∣ba: Cum in Liviae gremium Aquila gallinam albam ramum lauri'r ostro tenentem demisisset, nutriri alitem pangi{que} ramulum placuit (Plin. lib. 13. cap. ult.) inde lauretum factum tale ut triumphaturi Caesares inde laureas decerperent, fuit{que} mos tri∣umphantibus alias confestim eodum loco pangere; et observatum est sub cuins{que} obirum arborem ab ipso institutā elanguisse▪ Ergo novissimo Neronis anno & sylva omnis exaruit radicitus, &c. Tanti est in nomine elicujus quicquam fieri admurmuratis proculdubio aliquibus verbis, & adjurationibus, quibus postea magorun sententia est corroborata, aliquam vim habere verba, intenti∣ones, imaginationes, & similia, qua persuasione fabricant signa cerea, quorum passiones flant, in his quibus fint dicata, &c. Et paulo post, Ʋidentur baec ex Sympathia & magnetismorum familiaritate tracta esse, ut & unguentum sympathetitum Paracelsi, de quo item narant hominem affici eo modo quo telum, itae ut cum lubet possi•• ei dolorem excitare. Vulgaris persuasionis est, magos multa posse, si san∣guinem nancisci queant. Quocirca qui fibi metuunt, in profluentem jubent sanguinem ex vena effundere, aut cloacam. Quid chymici ex sanguine eliciant, quo{que} modomumiam & lapidem Catbunculi instar fulgentem ad omnium morborum depulsionem ex eo faciant, &c. Andreas Libavius defens. syntagen. arcan. cthym. contra Hening. Schernem. Act 1. cap. 3.
• p 1.719

  Tertul. in Apolog cap 14.
• * 1.720

  Whether one may dy ••f love or no▪
• q 1.721

  Observat. medic. lib. •• pag ••••7.
• * 1.722

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.723

  In 〈…〉〈…〉 lauda 〈…〉〈…〉 nullum pram••••m▪ aut mu••as 〈…〉〈…〉 ac∣cipiat: sea illud non perinde probatur, si mo••∣c••um interfe••••rit. Ʋin∣••••sta enim 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & ma∣gistratu••a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, figna∣••o permit 〈…〉〈…〉 excipiat, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••i∣viles in pler•••• rebus▪ [History] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hac ma••ito permit∣••ere: Respondee, illud parum commode indul∣geri. Nam difficile est homini, praesertim irae∣cundo, vel potius furen∣••••, accep••a huiusmodi 〈◊〉〈◊〉, modum in vin∣dicta tenere, deinde prae∣cipiti hac & confusarei interfectione, via & a∣ditus resipi••centiae prae∣cluditur. Thom. Cart∣wright in Proverb. cap. 6 vers. 34.

  1 Plat. Observ. medic. lib 1. pag. 53, &c.
• * 1.724

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.725

  〈…〉〈…〉
• t 1.726

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.727

  〈…〉〈…〉 quam 〈…〉〈…〉 esse de 〈…〉〈…〉 ingeu•• 〈…〉〈…〉 siqua ••••num malum di∣cat, dulce am••••um, sa erum profanum, & con∣tr•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & illud etiam corruptum & depra••a∣tum e••t si quis in 〈…〉〈…〉 non assignat•••••••• aut 〈…〉〈…〉 legim••es, 1••. 13, 14 〈…〉〈…〉 ••ominibus illius sae∣culi in quo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Sa∣lomon; 〈…〉〈…〉 nium enim 〈…〉〈…〉 ••••u∣rem enim omnes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & com iti•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt, si ••g••i••id••m (An¦glicae Gallowes-••lapper, Newgate-bird, &c.) apellantes: una mensa cum illo vivere renitunt, uno peculo bibere, us{que} adeo ut ve••••sea ejus fere abhorreant; deni{que} carceri & morti tradunt. Contra vero in adulterio nihil hujusmodi, non modo non exprobrant, sed nec abstinent ab ejus con••ortio. Quis unquam de furto suo se jactabit. Atqui sepe inventi sunt qui de suis adulteries, cum pulchra or e••ertim aut nabili faemina gloriantur. ••anto autem magis, haec judicij perversitas apud nos locum habet, quanto scelas adult•• 〈…〉〈…〉 ••m∣ni immunius est; cum tamen furtum seuerissime vindicetur. Interim tamen Deus sententiam suam non mutabit, suo minu•• adulteros deteriores iudicet, & suppliciis exquisitioribus puniat, utcun{que} homines statuant. Thom. Cartwright comment in vers 27, 28.29, 30▪ 31, 32, 33, 34, 35. cap. 6. Proverb. Salom. ubi etiam de hac re plara in medium efferu••tur,
• * 1.728

  Mention made of love potions among antient authors.
• * 1.729

  Whether any simple be endued with a property to procure love.
• * 1.730

  Some simples may procure lust, but none force to love.
• * 1.731

  Some of these love-medicines are veno∣mous.
• a 1.732

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.733

  These ••ast are not 〈…〉〈…〉 such 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.734

  History.
• * 1.735

  History
• ¶ 1.736

  ••ean Wier de l'un post deidiate, lib. 2. cap. 62.
• * 1.737

  Mais Aristote au liure huiectisme de la nature des animaux, chapitre 24. escrit que tout ••e que lon croid de l'Hip∣pomanes n'est que fable de vicilles et invention de ce ux qui sont profes∣sion d'enchanterie. Il es∣crit aussi ausecond liure des grandei morales, qu'vne femme bailla vn brunage amoureuxa vn bomme, lequel en mour∣ut subitement. Aussi est il escrit par Hippolire Marsil, que la mort est souventes fois advancee par ces boissons, in d. l. eiusdem adiectio. D. de fica. La on il est parle au texte du venin amoure∣ux: comme il est aussi parle du brunagè a∣moureux en la loy, Si quic aliud § qui abor∣tiuis. D. de poenis. Et encore qu'il semble que Constantine premier des Empereurs Chresti∣ens ait pense que C••a∣mour s'acquerois par art magique en la ••oy qu'il sect ••. de molef. L. eo∣rum: &c. Idem ibid.
• y 1.738

  Idem. ibid.
• z 1.739

  Idem ibidem ex Plu∣tarch.
• a 1.740

  Lang. epist. m••dicin lib. 1. epist. 33.
• b 1.741

  Sunt & huīus Goe••ia plures adhuc species, nempe Epatosco••ia, Hy∣dromantia, Geomantia, Haruspicina, & reliqua id genus divinationum artificia, &c. Idem ibid.
• * 1.742

  Of fascination or be∣witching.
• c 1.743

  Est fascinatio, vaporis ••irulentia corpore no∣xio, natura ab aliis dissi∣dente 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. id est, de stu••ium, quo alio∣rum corporis habitus & spiritus per visum, con∣tactum, invidiam, ob vocis, & maledicae lin∣guae virulentiā, ••er va∣poris halitum conspur∣cati, corpora tabescere cogunt: quae continuo halitu disflari et ob id alimento refici oportere. Galenus. n••li••ro de sa∣lubrib. re••te do••uit. Lang. epist, med. lib 2. Epist. 36.
• d 1.744

  Sueton in e••us vita.
• e 1.745

  Idem Sueton in ejus v••ta.
• f 1.746

  ••ellius scribit in ul∣tima terra, cur al••aniae nomen est incolas in puer••tia ••••nef••ere, & noctu a••utius quam in∣terdiu cernere, falgore, scilicet, teneram vis••m ac••••m obtundente ••∣dem Lang. ibidem.
• g 1.747

  〈…〉〈…〉 5. pro••••. 7. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. lib. ••. cap. 1••.
• h 1.748

  ••igona•• scriptis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 testatum reliquit, esse in Triballis & Illeria quas••am ess••scina••••ium famil••as, quae v••su quos irat•••• or ae••ipue o••ulis as¦p••v••rint) interimans, e••••{que} gemina in ocul•••• pupula esse cognobiles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ius{que} ma••i conta, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 impuberes sa••i••us 〈◊〉〈◊〉 &c. Idem ibid
• i 1.749

  Ex hac historiae ••ae∣rietate ac inconstantia facile adducor, ut ere∣dam pleros{que} ••••••toriam 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ut fabularem discripsi 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Id quod eti∣am 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Diosco••••des 〈…〉〈…〉 at{que} adeo 〈…〉〈…〉 vide∣tur. Siquidem is ac cum a 〈…〉〈…〉 etur, ••••a••i∣s••ratum ••••avit, aut••e∣r••m{que} 〈…〉〈…〉 se¦cit. 〈…〉〈…〉 cap. 5••. 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.750

  Socrates recte dixisse fertur incantationes es∣se verba animas decipi∣entia humanas, quae ne quidem assis faci•• cam nullum realem effectum naturaliter producere, nec ob id sanitatem in aegritudinem commuta∣ve possint, nisi divin•• censurae ma••estas annu∣at: aut nisi quis sorsa•• ex confidentia in me∣dicum pharmacis plus e∣nergiae, sic ex fide verbis incantationum aliquid virium accrescere non temere suspicetur. ••an. Epist medic. lib. 1. c. 33. Exilis inflicted upon man or beast are not the works of any man or woman, howsoever falsely so supposed.
• * 1.751

  Sathan often the a∣gent.
• * 1.752

  Old women often ac∣cused for witches and why.
• * 1.753

  The cure used against fascination of old.
• k 1.754

  Plin. lib. 28. cap. 19.
• l 1.755

  Probl. 3••. sect. ••0.
• * 1.756

  Spels and other trash of that nature have no power or efficacy to doe good or evill.
• m 1.757

  Iean Wiet de l'im∣post. des diables libr. 4. chap. 15.
• * 1.758

  History.
• * 1.759

  All honest Physitians ought to shunne all unlawfull and unwar∣ranted waies of cu∣ring.

  People ought not to seeke to witches and wizards.
• n 1.760

  2 Kings 1.3.
• * 1.761

  History of a Parson using amulers, and o∣ther such trash.
• o 1.762

  Proinde his periap∣tis & amu••c••••s, quae ra∣tione nituntur natura•••• fidem non derogamus: de quorum substantia, vapori••s defluvia inspi∣rata, vires corporis re∣ficere, internam{que} mor∣hi causam alterare pos∣sunt. Nam contacta tri∣dente torp••dine trarina piscatoris manus obstu∣pescere, & echeneida pisciculum quomvis ve∣locē, navis procella ven∣toris agitatae cursu si tere videmus. Sir quo{que} me∣lanthii semen, catarrho: radicem paeoniae alhe, quae altera est nostri di∣ctamu: species, Epilep∣siae: & stercus lupi alli∣gatum co••••cis mederi ex∣perimur, non ut Pāphi∣lu, med••cus, incātationis viribus, sed quod ab il∣lorum substantia vopo∣res quidam velut a o∣••n, de fluerent, qui inspi¦rati cerebrum si carent, morbi{que} causam suis vi∣ribus alteratent. Vnde Galenus experientia horum edoctus: periaptis (inqua) confidere opor∣tet, ut substantia illorū, & non incantationis magorum verba, invet. Cui Theoph••astus libro de historia p••antarum nono ita lu••scribit: po¦tius inqu••e, a••surda ilia putentur, quae alligata, & v••a••fic••o••um adver∣santia va••antur, & tum corporibus, tum domibus uni••e o••••tulari credan∣tur•• quae ••ommenta ho∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse plane viden∣t••r, qu••fuas artes mag∣n••ficare, ce••ebrar••{que} eu∣••erent unde non temere Antoninus Caracalla Imperator, teste Aetio Spartiam, gestan••es a∣muleta cōtra tertianam damnavit. Jdem Lang. ibid.
• p 1.763

  Phantasia est sensus interior, species a sensu communi perceptas, vel a se formatas diutius retinens, & diligentius examinans, Magir-Physiol. caep. 7. lib. 6. ex Arist. 3. de anima.
• q 1.764

  Ferunt alterari cor∣pora nostra imperio a∣nimae propriae, & etiam animae alterius corpo∣ris, tanquam a prae∣stantiori & superio•••• a∣gente, cui obedire tenen∣tur inferiora naturalia-Et sic imaginationi tri∣buunt multa opera quae nullus sanae mentis con∣cedet. Hanc enum statue∣runt Arabes in corpore cui inest, & extra se, posse aliquas formas pro∣ducere; eo quod anima sit proxima supirau in∣telligentus, & ea ratio∣ne diversas habere po∣testates & vires, inter quas est, imperare infe∣rioribus naturis. Ve∣ram quam sit iniqua hu∣jusmodi positio adeo est evidens, ut multis opus non fit, siquidem intel∣ligentia superiores ani∣ma humana, operantur naturaliū agentium in∣terventu, pluvias, ger∣minationes & serenita∣tes. Praterquam quod si imaginatione vehementī aliquid possit fieri extra corpus, maniaci qui ve∣hementer imaginantur, prascantius & evidenti∣us aliquid efficerēt. Ad∣de quod si homo aliquod objectum distans posset alterare citrae cōtactum, in infinitumageret, quia nihil est, quod in quavis distantia impediret age∣re. Mercar. Tom. 1. lib. 2. class. 2. quaest. 168. Praeterca si animae esset ea vis viri sapientia & virtute praestantissimi ea praeficerent: secus autem res se habet, & hi impostores censent hos alexicacos, imperitos, nebulenes, e••rios, & incontinentes, quorum anima nulta aut virtutis, aut sapientiae dote illustratur, id posse efficere. Idem ibidem.
• * 1.765

  Figmentum est imagi∣natione forti posse aegro∣tum ex astante sano & rebusto sanitalem & vires inse trabere, cum potius valens ex aegroto contagiū eliceret. Sym∣pathetica quo{que}, ut persi∣caria, unguentum arma∣rium & similia nullam habene scientiam. Si∣quid sit, fortuna fit, seu ex accidente, fallit{que} sae∣pissime. Libav. lib. de art. med. Hippocr. & Hermet. typo.
• s 1.766

  Infligi credit Crol∣lius maiorem noxam vim{que} inferri sortio∣rem si is qui nocere cupit, si cogitationem fortem, desiderium, & intentionem habeat ad nocendū: quia cogitati∣one diriguntur spiritus, quomodo leprosus possit inficere alium magis, si simul intendat cogitatio∣nem natura•••• virtute in membris, obediente co∣gitationibus & desideri∣is, id{que} ut in malo, its & in bono, praesertim si ani∣ma munda sit a peccatis, si modo mundus inveni∣ri possit inter immun∣des. Hinc{que} concludetur per verba & operatio∣nes cōcurrentibus dictis caussis posso magna fieri: quod verba fint cum ba∣litu, calore, & spiritu, & dirigantur cogitatione, seu imaginatione & ap∣petitu sorti, &c.
• t 1.767

  Haec autem cum par∣ticularia sint, & nih••l valcant, nisi patiens quo{que} sit dispositum ad recipiendam impressio∣nem; tamen Paracelsiei transferunt ad omnia, inde{que} fingunt mirabilia etiam per immanes distantias Idem lib quomodo Magi Biblica scripta depravent, exemplis ex Crollio productis. Cum autem homo ex astru strinamd••ti suum sidereum corpus accipiāt, & hominis imaginatio tota ab astris firmamenti pendeat, ima eadem sit, & una maneat cum ipsis, necesse est quo{que} firmamentum habere imaginatio∣nem, sed sine ratione, stenti homo proles mundicum ratione. Ibidem in margine. Coelum totum nihil aliud est quam imaginatio: ope∣ratur in homines pestes, febres, sine instrumento corporeo. He paulo post, imaginatio in homine operatur inflar Solis: ut enim Sol corpereus sine instrumento operatur, redigendo illud in carbones, ci••eres; ita hominis cogitatio in corpore•• tantum spiritu, seu inf••eumento invisibili operatur in corpus subiectum: quod corpus visibile facit, id facit etiam corpus invisibile, seu homo sider••us, alteri damnum infe∣rendo. Jmaginatio bominis est magnes, ettrabens ultra mille milliaria: imo quicquid vult in exaltatione sun, ex quatuor elementis ad se at∣traebit. Et paulo ante, Praeterea cum ••omo fit m••j••ris mundi quentum esse, sequitur illam hominem non solum imitari posse Coelum, sed illud quo{que} regere suo nutu, at{que} eidem dominari si vult. Omnes res ha••••ut naturalem obedientiam ad animam, & de a cessitate habent motum, & efficacione ad id quod dêfiderat anima forti desiderio, & omnes virtutes operationes{que} rerum naturalium obediunt illi, quando fertur in magnum excessum sui desiderij: uniuersas mu••di virtutes in nostrum ministerium cogit, attracta virtute ab ipso arche••ypo operum nostrotum virtute ad quem cum ascendimus, necesse est omnem creatur••m nobis obe••••iie, totus{que} nos sequitur coelestium chorus. Per fideus naturalem ingenitam qua ipsis spiritibus pacificamur, omnes magicae operationes at{que} omnia mirab••lia effi••iuntur imaginatione accidente. Ex paulo post. Hinc verus Magus seu Sapiens, astrorum operationem attrabere potest in imaginem, lapides, metalla, ut eandem cum Astris exercea•••• vim at{que} potentiam: exemplum sic speculum incensorium, per quod radij Solis cum calore ad nos derivantur. Quicquid oculis videmus in majori mundo, boc idem imaginatio quo{que} potest producere: sic omnes herbae, omniae crescentia, omnia metalla, per imaginationem, & ve••am Gabaliam possunt produci, &c. Oswaldus Crollius in praefut. admon••t. ad Basilicam suam Chymicam. page 37, 38, & 39.
• * 1.768

  No partiall respo & moved the Author to meddle with this sub∣iect.
• * 1.769

  Paracelsus was at least the man that spread abroad the use of the Weapon-salve.
• a 1.770

  In Basilica chymica, pag. 278.
• * 1.771

  The names.
• b 1.772

  Jdem Crollius ib.
• c 1.773

  Andreas Libavius de impostoria vulnerum per unguentam armari∣um curatione Paracel. usitata commendate{que}.
• * 1.774

  The Devil may often do things apparently good, as cure diseases and the like.
• d 1.775

  2 Cor. 11.14.
• e 1.776

  Pari ratione negari non potest daemones hu∣midum radicale restau∣rando, nimiam senectu∣tis ariditatem temperā∣do, succum meliorem calidiorem{que} supponen∣do, reliqua requisita ad tempus supplendo, posse efficere, ut defecta atate viri, vires nitorem{que} ju∣venilem ac crasin recu∣perant canos, &c. Ro∣dulph. Gocl. synarth▪ magnet part. 22.
• f 1.777

  Num. 24.2, 4. &c.
• * 1.778

  Witches convented before King James.
• * 1.779

  Anna Sampson a good witch, as they termed her.
• * 1.780

  Richard Grahame •• notorious wizard.
• * 1.781

  Hob Thrush Faries, & the like spi••ies fre∣quent here when po∣perie was openly pro∣fessed.
• g 1.782

  Iob 1.
• h 1.783

  1 King. 22.22.
• i 1.784

  Rom. 9.21.
• k 1.785

  Wisdome 12.1.
• l 1.786

  Psalm. 33.6.
• * 1.787

  The new spirit of Pa∣racelsus with great rea¦son we reject.
• * 1.788

  The various waies of preparing this oint∣ment argueth the nul∣lity and vanity there∣of.
• m 1.789

  Andreas Libavius lib. de impostoria vulne∣rum per unguentum ar∣marium fanatione.
• * 1.790

  Blood by s••o••••ius o∣mitted in the compo¦sition of this oint∣ment.
• n 1.791

  Gen. 9.4. Levit. 17.14.
• o 1.792

  See Calvi•• on that place of Genetic.
• p 1.793

  Idem Libav. ibidem.
• * 1.794

  All blood have not a∣like efficacious spi∣rits.
• * 1.795

  A lampe of mans blood, and the spirit of wine.
• * 1.796

  The fat aswell as the blood forbidden to be eaten, and yet ne∣ver man heard it cry, &c.
• * 1.797

  There can be no such sympathy betwixt the living and the dead as is pretended.
• q 1.798

  2 Kings 12.21.
• r 1.799

  Ezech. 37.3. &c.
• * 1.800

  This ointment effe∣cteth iust nothing.
• * 1.801

  Sympatheticall and why.
• * 1.802

  In sympathies the things sympathising are not farre remote one from another.
• * 1.803

  Magneticall and why.
• s 1.804

  Quoniam igitur nul∣la actio fieri porest, nisi per contactum (ut in na∣turalibus demonstratur) similia autem haec non sese tangunt, nec per na∣turam moventur unum ad aliud, necesse est si applicari invicem de∣bent, demitti aliquid ab uno ad aliud necesse est, demitti aliquid ab uno ad aliud quod proxime tangat, & ejus applica∣tionis principium sit. Et paulo post. Nos enim praesentibus multis e no∣stris medicis experienti∣am multorum (magne∣tum) fecimus perpendi∣culo bene & concinne aptato, quaele est in navi∣gatoria Pyxide manise∣ste vidimus magnetem trabere magnetem, fer∣rum ferrum, tum mag∣netem trahere ferrum, ferrum magnetem: por∣ro electrum, parva ele∣ctri frustula rapere, ar∣gentum trabere argen∣tum, & quod valde mirati sumus, magnetem vidimus argentum trahere, &c. Ʋidimus quo{que} idem frustum magnetis per unam faciem magnetem trahere non ferrum, per aliam ferrum non magnetem, per aliam utrum{que}, quod indicium est una parte plus esse magnetis, in alia plus ferri, in alia utrum{que} aequaliter, unde fiat diversitas attractionis. Quare nemini esse dubium debet similia omnia per se, se invicem trahere, nisi per accidens impediantur. Et paulo post. Constat praeterea perpendiculum illud declinare a linea quo ad polos spectat, i nostro quidem himispherio, quod est a fortunatis insulu ad Carygaram declinare dextrorsum per gradus circiter 9. Jn alio autem hem spherio ultra insulas fortunatas declinare finistrorsum, & modo plus, modo minus: observant enim qui ad novum orbem navige•••• quom perventum est ad meridianum quod per Alores vocatas insulat transit, mutari perpendiculum, & quum in nostro mari dextream ••ectat a polo, illic sinistrorsum verti &c. Hieron. Fracast. lib. de sympath. & ani•• path. cap. 7.
• * 1.805

  Fire warmeth not at any indefinite distāce
• * 1.806

  In all these there is still a physicall con∣tact, which is not in the Weapon-salve.
• * 1.807

  In sweet smells there is a sensible emanati∣on or exhalation frō the subiect to the ol∣factorie organes.
• * 1.808

  The blood used in the Weapon-salve is takē ••rom any man.
• * 1.809

  This neer sympathy, if any, ceaseth, the blood being once se∣parated from the bo∣dy.
• * 1.810

  Blood now separated from the body, hath not such active spirits as before, neither yet hath it that potential energy as a graine of corne.
• * 1.811

  The bleeding of the dead corps is not a certain and undoub∣ted signe whereby to discover the murthe∣rer.
• * 1.812

  Many things may hin∣der or further this bleeding.
• * 1.813

  This oyntment recei∣veth no such particu∣lar vertue from the starres.
• * 1.814

  Whether the Moone be the cause of the ebbing and stowing of the sea.
• * 1.815

  It ebbeth & floweth there seven times in 24, houres.
• * 1.816

  Starts make not some bodies stiptick and o∣thers prone to fluxes.
• * 1.817

  Eccles. 3.1.2, &c.
• t 1.818

  Psalm. 121.6.
• a 1.819

  Ephes. 6.11.
• * 1.820

  Interpreters under∣stand this of trouble∣some & sharpe times.
• x 1.821

  Ioh 38.21, 22, &c.
• * 1.822

  The curing by the weapon salve accoun∣ted miraculous, and sometimes misticall.
• * 1.823

  Moses and Aaron, al∣though indued with the gift of miracles, could not doe what they listed.
• y 1.824

  Iohn 3.2, 3, &c.
• z 1.825

  Tob. 6.7. chap. 5.12, Tobias guide call•• himselfe Azarias, &c. and againe, chap. 12.15. hee calls himselfe Raphael, one of the se∣ven Angells, &c.
• a 1.826

  Math. 17.21,
• b 1.827

  2 Kings 5 14.
• * 1.828

  It cannot be proved that the poole of Be∣thesda had in it any healing power.
• c 1.829

  Iohn 9.6.
• d 1.830

  Coloss. 2.8.
• * 1.831

  Heathenish Philoso∣phy is not to be abo∣lished, but the abuse to be shunned.
• e 1.832

  2 Thes. 2. Revel. 13.
• f 1.833

  Acts 8.9.
• * 1.834

  Paracelsus was addict∣ted to diabolicall ma∣gicke, and therefore we justly suspect his mystical and miracu∣lous cures.
• g 1.835

  Possuntne Paracelsi∣ci Magiam suam divi∣narū literarum authori∣tate & philosophia phy∣sicae{que} nomine defendere. Autor. Andr. Libav. &c.
• h 1.836

  Lib. 9. cap. 14.
• * 1.837

  The ambient air•• much hindereth or furthereth the cure of wounds.
• * 1.838

  The like may be said concerning drops of blood on the weapon when the patient trā∣gresses in Diet.
• * 1.839

  Lying with menstru∣ous women.
• * 1.840

  Historie.
• * 1.841

  The mystery of this cure new ascribed to the secret or invisible spirit in the blood, and not to the salve.
• * 1.842

  The salve then is of no efficacie.
• * 1.843

  Marke well.
• * 1.844

  History of S^t. Walter Raleigh stanching any fluxe of blood
• * 1.845

  A slender argument.
• * 1.846

  Some of the exam∣ples alleaged are two like cacomagicall cures.
• * 1.847

  Strange manner of the cure of withered members.
• * 1.848

  Skin, haire and nailes as efficacious as the blood.
• * 1.849

  Starre but made a stalking horse to hide a great deale of co∣••en••ge
• i 1.850

  Bodin. Daemon. lib. 2. ex Hect. Boet. Histor▪ Scot. lib. 2.
• * 1.851

  History of the bewit∣ching a Scottish king by a picture of wax.
• * 1.852

  Witches practises.
• * 1.853

  Operation of the rose of the Sun.
• * 1.854

  Something may bee concealed, and som∣thing not truely re∣lated.
• * 1.855

  History of cure of the Iaundize at the di∣stance of almost a 100 miles.
• * 1.856

  A ball for the cure of the Iaundize at such a distance.
• * 1.857

  Note, here, there is no use of the stars and ce∣lestiall bodies, which are sometimes so effi∣cacious.

  These balles are said to cure any Iaundize indefinitely without any respect had to cause, continuance, age sexe, &c.
• k 1.858

  Icterus in universum triplex est, felleus, he∣paticus & criticus; qui sane omnes in multo plures species subsecan∣tur juxta diversitatem causae. Felleus quidem fit vel. ab immodica plenitudine vesiculae fellis, vel parvitate e∣ius, aut ab imbetillitate facultatis attractricis eiusdem, aut a meatuum obstructione; sive eorum sit per quos allicitur bilis, sive eo∣rum per quos pellitu•• ad intestina, quo regurgitat ad venas bilis, & praedictum gignit effectum. Hepaticus autem efficitur icte∣rus ab Hepatis obstructione, scirrbo, inflammatione, aut calida distemperie: ad quod etiam membrum reducitur venarum calidi∣tas exurens, & totius etiamcorporis; Quippe evidentissimum est praedictis rationibus, & ob infirmatatem secoris icterum fieri, na•••• multitudo bilis crassae ob scirrbosum tumorem, & infirmitatem jecoris expultricis tendens per ve••as, in cum effectum fere semper com∣migrat: sic ab eiusdem partis inflammatione, & quia plus bilis generatur: & p••ri ratione obstructo Hepate, quo minus itura bilis in vesicam conscendat: Sed evidenti etiam eventu cum ••ecur calidum efficitur, quo tempore plus justo flava bilis generatur, quam vesicula fellis expurgare potest; quo fit ut venas irruens pradictus color oriatur: Quem quoque affectum fieri conspicimus venoso ge∣nere male affecto, nimirumcorrupto aut exhausto in venis, & in universo corpore sanguine, ob earum intemperamentum circa hepae∣in affectum, aut a veneno assumpio, vel ei aculato a fera, vel a cathareticis non purgantibus, quae, ut quibusdam placet, vel humo∣rem purgandum alunt, vel deleteria inficiunt qualitate. Vltima autem icteri sors est cum Crititus efficitor, qui duplex existit: salu∣taris unus, qui cursus fit, dum copia bilis sano existente homine molestatur natura, aut in morborum indicationibus, quae septimo die, aut post 7. diebus Criticis incidit, antegressis coctionis signis, &c. Ludo. Mercat. Tom. 3. lib. 4. de intern. morb. circui•• cap. 5. de icteri omnibus speciebus.
• * 1.859

  History.
• * 1.860

  See then how much the learned Artist is often injured.
• * 1.861

  History of an Italian Noble man recover∣ing twice a new nose
• * 1.862

  This makes nothing for the confirmation of the matter in hand
• * 1.863

  This artificiall nose might rot off about the same time the slave died, casually, or yet by reason of a like radicall temperature of the part with the whole.
• * 1.864

  There might be a sa∣tanical operation.
• l 1.865

  Quod si integer na∣sus velnasi portio peni∣tus excisa fucrit, non sperabilis re••••itutio. Ambr. Par. lib. 9. ca. 28
• m 1.866

  Isaiah 28.21.
• n 1.867

  Aut exercetur Ma∣gia tacite sive conspi∣cuis signis, aut per in∣strumenta aspectabilia. Vtrum{que} cum peragat diabolus decept••s Ma∣gis fraudulente••, ••uan∣qu••m ••iqui hene sciant se aut c••••••nerc•••• ••••ia∣bo ••••amen p••aetendunt lumen natu 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lu∣men natura & pre∣cipere spiritibus im∣m•••••••• a•• a••s••at ad mi∣•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lumen natu∣rae est temp••state••••tere, sata ••••an••ser••c, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mont••••per fidem natu∣ralem: capita demire hominibus, iterum{que} imponere: subito mo∣mento coenas exhibere magicas: essiagere cor∣nua: bibere cribro: sisterepridem defunctos; tribus jaculis ex a••cu, aut globulu ex bom∣bera•• emissis omne quicquid 〈◊〉〈◊〉, etiam non visum consodere: in speculis videre om∣nia praeterita, praesentia, futura, facta, scripta, dicta, cogitata: sanare per maximas distanti∣as: colioqui cum co qui est in Persia, cum tu si•• in Hispania: in disco lunae legere scripta ab eo qui mille milliar••a abest: in homine de∣stinato & absente & ignorante ea perficere, quae in homine cerco, vel alia imagine qua iste repraesentatur: li∣gatu••a•• physicas indu∣cere, & iterum demere: Inimicitias & favores concil••are, affect••s{que} hominum mutare ad li∣bitum: detrahere uni vires & in alterum in∣ferre: victorias trans∣serre: ingentes exer∣citus voce, fistula, vel imaginations in fugam vertere; mures & mus∣cas congregare ut & sagas: Characterihus, sigillis, pentaculls & alijs ab omni injuriāse immunem reddere: armaturas, gladios, ••••lypeos{que} martios facere, quibus saltem visis fundantur bosliles exercitus; adjurare bo••bardas ne explodantur: equos ita afficere ut summa celeritate etiam per praecipitia serantur & ex hostibus salvum reportent sessorem; Canes habere Gamabaas per quos mira effi••ias; & ita parhedros, suc••ubos, succubas, cervas, aves sacere, &c; facere tintinnabula quibus meretrices discernas: mutare humanam figuram in leoninam, ursinam, lupinam, osininam, &c. Sic ludere posse tuesseris, chartis, & alijs ut numquam succumbas, avium votes intestigere, no∣vacula cutem dissecare, baculos in serpentes mutare, & alia inen••••rabilia patrare, qualia facta meminerunt ••i••toriae mundana; est{que} vix alius in tota seu antiquitate, seu nostro saeculo Magus quem Paracelsus & Paracelsistae non commendent, admireatur, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ae∣dicent. Paracels. Mahumetum nominat, Archeum Hippocr. quendam; Sarellum, Archasium, Techellum, Virgilium & al••o•• plures, &c. Andr. Libav. lib. Quomodo magi Isiblica scripta depravent exemplis ex Crollio product••s
• o 1.868

  Proverb 1••.25,
• p 1.869

  1 Thess 5.22.
• a 1.870

  Geniso. 14.
• b 1.871

  Lib. 4. cap. 7.
• c 1.872

  Rem comperi pul∣chram & suavcolentem, sepore quideus insipido: & ideo cur cam mulier tantoper concupiverit ignorare m•• fateor, ni∣si propter raritatem, & odoris j••cunditatem. lib. 22 cap. 56. con∣ti•• Faustum.
• * 1.873

  Lib. 25. cap. 71.
• d 1.874

  Lambert ••anaehus Phys. Christ. part. 2. tract. 3. cap. 67.
• e 1.875

  Lib. de simpl. medic.
• f 1.876

  Matthiol in praedic. Dioscorid locum. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 History of the impo∣storious cheating with counterfeit Mandrakes.
• g 1.877

  There have beene many ridiculous tales brought up of this plant, whether of old wives or some runna∣gate surgeons or phy∣sicke-mongers, I know not, but sure some one or moe that sought to make them∣selves famous and skillfull above others were the first broch∣ers of that error. They adde further, that it is never or ve∣ry seldome to bee found growing natu∣rally, but under a gal∣lowes, where the mat∣ter that hath falne from a dead body hath given it the shape of a man; and the matter of a wo∣man, the substance of a female plant, with many other such do∣tish dreames.
• g 1.878

  There have beene many ridiculous tales brought up of this plant, whether of old wives or some runna∣gate surgeons or phy∣sicke-mongers, I know not, but sure some one or moe that sought to make them∣selves famous and skillfull above others were the first broch∣ers of that error. They adde further, that it is never or ve∣ry seldome to bee found growing natu∣rally, but under a gal∣lowes, where the mat∣ter that hath falne from a dead body hath given it the shape of a man; and the matter of a wo∣man, the substance of a female plant, with many other such do∣tish dreames.
• * 1.879

  Gerard in history of plants, booke 2. chap. 39.
• h 1.880

  De bello Judaico cap 25.
• i 1.881

  Stuck. an tiquit. con∣vic. lib. 3. cap. 1.
• * 1.882

  Bed and Dudaim have divers significations.
• * 1.883

  It is a generall word, as appeareth by the translation of Junius, and Tremellius him∣selfe being a Iew.
• l 1.884

  Ingrari illi cotulae, sambuci, & camphora odores, satis arguunt, putido quidem ac narco∣tico, sed quod & miti∣gativo sulphure scateāt. Cu••us generis ••ulphur, mitigando, extinguendo que, tanto fulminis ar∣dori, in cerebri nostri coelo, surenti, & insulius hos Epilepsiae, fulgureos jaculanti aptissimum ac congruentissimum est; quod satis testatur aure a illa nostra Nepen∣thes compositio, quae promptissimum ac sin∣gulare huic morbo (Epi∣lepsiae) ad s••rt subsidium. At{que} ut particula••••us causam audiatis, quae nos ad scobem ligni bu∣xei alioqui admodum foetentis, & caput seri∣entis addendam impu∣lit: sciatis in eo vim quandam narcoticam & suporiferum sulphur a∣bunde contineri, unde foetore contrabit, quem∣a••modum cicuta, ruta, mandragora omnia{que} pa∣paverum genera, quae ingratum odorem spi∣rat, quod narcotica sint, hoc est, narcotico sul∣phure uimium ••incta & insecta. Ioseph Quer∣cet. in Tetrade cap. 15. St Pharmaco••, Dogma••. restit. lib. 1. cap. 24.
• m 1.885

  Loceo prius citate.
• n 1.886

  Magi efferunt Aethi∣opide herba amnes & stagna f••••cari coniectu, tactu cla••sa omnia ape∣riri. Achemenide con∣iectae in aciem bostium, trepidare agmina, ac ••ergae ver••ere. Labacen deri solitam a Persa∣rum rege legatis, ut quocun{que} venissent, om∣nium rerum copia abun∣darent, ac multa fimilia. Vbinam ista fuere, cum Cimbri Teutonique terribili Marte alula∣rent, aut cum Lucul∣lus tot reges magorum paucis legionibus sterneret•• Curve Romani duces primam semper in bellis rationem commerciorum habuere? Cur Hercules Caesaris miles in Pharsalia samem sensit, si abundantia omnis contingere unius herbae faelicitate poterat? Non satius fuit Aemilianum Scipio∣nem Carthaginis portas herba patefacere, quam machinis claustra per tot annos quatere? Siccentur Aethiopide Pontinae paludes, tantum{que} agri suburbanae reddatur Italiae. Nam{que} apud eumdem Democritum legitur compositio medicamenti, quo pulchri boni{que} & formati giguantur liberi. Plin. lib. 26. cap. 4.
• a 1.887

  Animi affectus & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 turbatiunes a Deo homi∣nib•• utiliter da•••• ••unt, & rerum praecture g••∣rendarum admi••i••uia, & subsidia afferunt, mo∣do D••i timore tanquam freno in medio••ratate contintantur, ne{que} pro naturae nostrae vitiosita∣te modum tranfire sina∣••••r. Quamobrem i••a non vitio datur, sed si quis sit ad iram procli∣vis, ac levi momento ac∣cendi se patiatur, ut tan∣quam somes ignem faci∣le con••ipiat, et instar ol∣lae notius quam aheni, quae ex parvo igne sub∣jecto calescit. Hoc e••t quod Christus damnas, Matth. 5. at{que} hi fere tunt de quibus prover∣bium di••itur, dielum colap••o rependitur. Cu∣jus egregium exemplum vide in Lamecho, Gen. 4. Cartwright com∣ment. in vers. 17. cap. 14. Proverb.
• b 1.888

  Sundem quippe inter se ordinem h••ben•• ratio et iracūd••a, quem eques & equus, quem venator & can••••. Iustius quidem est, & convenientius, ut quod natura nobilius melius{que} est dominetur, aques vi∣deli et equo, cani vena∣tor, ir acund••ae ratio. Sed incidit ••uo non semper naturae sex in hoc con∣sugatarum rerum ordine ad nin••strādo servetur; equus enim ferox & in∣ordin••tus interdum sine ullo modo excurrens, sessorem quo{que} vel virium imbecillitate. vel equestris artis imperit a succumbentem secum rap••c. Ita et am••ra noununquam vehemen••at{que} ad jumeudas intempesti••e ••oenas pauloviblentius exci••ata, infirmam & in••octem rationem subigit, & se∣cum trahit. Quod si & eques, & ratio tam viribus quā scientia praediti fuerint, proculdubio & ille equam, & ••eac iracundiam cohebebit, ac vincet: sin vel u••e{que} vel horum alterocaruerint, periculū imminet, he quod superius nobilius{que} natura est, inferiori, ac vilion sese tradat ac summittat. Hoc Scythis & Gallis, mutu••{que} alus barbaris nationibus, at{que} ex nostris, vel pueris, vel ineruditis hominibus usu venit ut iracundiam ratione habeant potentiorem. In quod Homerus cum vellet ostenders, Hectorem & Achillem, & quosdam alios hic••us∣modi invines iracundiae succumbentes indutit: Vlyssem vero, Polydamantem, & Nestorem, illi dominantes Gal. de Plac. Hippocr. & Plat. libr. 3.
• c 1.889

  Proverbes 15.7.
• d 1.890

  vers 18.
• e 1.891

  Chap. 14.17.
• f 1.892

  Chap. 16.38.
• g 1.893

  Chap. 19.11.
• h 1.894

  Verse 19.
• i 1.895

  Chap. ••••.9.
• k 1.896

  Verse 19.
• l 1.897

  Chap. 21.24.
• m 1.898

  22.24.
• n 1.899

  29.22.
• o 1.900

  Eccles. 7.9.
• p 1.901

  Psal., ••.8
• q 1.902

  Ephes 4.31.
• r 1.903

  Colos. 3.••.
• s 1.904

  Ephes ••.29. Give place unto wrath, Rom 12.19.
• t 1.905

  Plato Philoso••••us ••a∣punt•••• auditores a•••• o∣nebat, ut••r••tos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tu spe∣cu••o contemp arent•••• Nam ••tim facum ••••am suribundam per oma••a phre•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 si malem cer∣nerent, eo d••••ecore ter∣ri••••, in posterum ab ••ra∣curdi•• sacil si••t t••m∣peratu••os 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in A••••ath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sic ••racun¦dia, ex ••u•••• lib. 7 cap. 1
• u 1.906

  Idem ibid. ex Dio••. Laer•• lib 3. Anton. in Me••••ssa par 2. ••er 53. V••ler Max. lib. 3. cap. 1.
• * 1.907

  Arist. dic••bat, perinde at{que} umus oculo. como∣v••t, & aspectu ita con∣turbat, ut ne{que} nobis ca v••denai potestas fiat quae sunt ante pedes: ita ob∣orta ira ration•• ca••go suffunditur, ut se celin∣quere nulla cogitatione deprehendere possit, I∣dē ibid ex Stob. ser. 1▪
• x 1.908

  Aristoteles, Alexan∣drū ira excandescentem placare volens, & sedare summom indignationem haec ad cum scripsit: ex∣candescentia & ira non in pare••••ed in me••iores ex••tere solet. Tibi vere nemo par est, Idem ibid. ex. Elian var. hist. l. 12.
• y 1.909

  Drog Laert. in eu••o vita.
• z 1.910

  Chilon docebat vin∣cendam iram, quod ie affectus sitcaeteris poten∣tior: quam superare for∣tius est, qua ho••t••m ar∣matum dei••cere, nec mi∣n••s exitu mortali••us sit ab ira quam ab hoste. I∣dem Laert in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vitae.
• a 1.911

  Diogen•• de n•••• ira∣scendo accurate d••••e¦re ut, Ado esce••s qui∣dam protervus ve••u••i periculum fac•• 〈…〉〈…〉 praestaret ea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••∣bat, ••nspu••t 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣em. Tuli•• hoc 〈…〉〈…〉 sapien••er: no•• 〈…〉〈…〉 inqui••, rasem•• 〈…〉〈…〉 to tamen ••a 〈…〉〈…〉 ••∣teat, Idem Lae•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 eiu•• vitae.
• b 1.912

  Democritus ad La∣cedaemonium flagris sevien••em in servum: desine, inquit, te servo tuo simielm ostendere. Servus ea••m e••••, qui suis cupidita••ibus impe∣rare non potest. Licost. loco supra citato ex E∣ras•••• Apophth. lib. 8.
• c 1.913

  Idem ex Cicer. Tus∣cul. Quaest. lib. 4. &c.
• d 1.914

  Demonax cum a quodam cui Imperator exercitum commiserat, interrogaretur, quonam pacto delegatam provin∣ciam quam optime ge∣rere posset? Si, inquit, iracundia vacaris. ••ram sensit ver prudentissi∣mus, ad omnem functio∣nem inu••ilem esse. Idem suadebat, non facile ira∣scendum esse hominibus si delinquerent: sed poti∣us corrigenda esse vitia, medicorum exemplo, qui non ind••gnantur ae∣grotis, sed morbum sa∣nans, Idem Lycosth. ex Era••m•• Apophth. lib. 8.
• e 1.915

  Patet quod ira facit cōmitte••e ••aba, ae qui∣bus solet posihac mul∣tum dele••e, sicut p••tet per decretum, in quo fa∣ctum sheodosi•• ••mpe∣ra••oris recitatur, quo∣m••do lecit in ira qua∣dam multos occidi in Thessalonica, de quo postmodum multum dom∣l••ns o••dinavit, quod nul∣la talis ••rincipum sen∣tentra effectai•• ab exe∣cutor••bus acmand••retur ante triginta dies p••st sententiam ••atam (sicut patet ••1. q. 3. cum apud Thessalonicam) ut ••a∣terim impleri possit, quod jubes Apost••lus, dicens, date locum irae, Rom. 12. ne sibi, vel alteri iterum contingat, quod prius contigit in Thessalonica, videli∣cet quando per iram ho∣micidij fraternitas de p••riu. Sapiene 10. In quo patet, quod ira viri justitiam Dei non operatur Jaco No C•••• 6.3 Iohan Bromiardi summa praed. cap. 8 Nu. p. 1 pag 412.
• f 1.916

  Rapuerat auriga, gubernator l••dorum Circensiam, adolescentem ad stuprum, hunc aurigam praefectus, vir honestus, incluse••••i carceri. Quia vero populus hujus aurigae industria delecta atur, poscit, ut impunitus dimi••tatur; quod cum denegaret praefectus, per seditionem occisus est: Tria igitur magna scelera co••••••rruc•• quod noluerum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••au umsrelus aurigae; quod seditionem in caussa turpissima moveru••••: quod praesectum, & alios v••ros nobiles trucidaver••ni: Propter ••as tantas caussas cum Princeps, justo dolore exarserit, no•• exissimetur deliquisse more Tyrannorum, qui propter nullas, aut leves caussas, magnam saevitiam exercent, e••si excessi•• modum. Sed in mag••i•• viris Nemesis valde inflammatur. Hanc ex••usationem Theodosii addid••, quia multi caussa errant. Chion. Carion. à Phil. Melancth, aucti, lib: 3: in Theodos.
• * 1.917

  Whether anger be useful in any diseases?
• * 1.918

  Answ.
• * 1.919

  In what diseases and constitutions most usefull.
• g 1.920

  Lib. 1. cap. 4 de differ. Febr. & lib. de causae mor••.
• h 1.921

  Adhibenda diligen∣tia est, ut praeceps acer∣ba{que} iracundia induca∣tur, cum coloris refici∣endi, tum etiam succo∣rum in corporis habitum effundendorum gratia. 2 Epid. sect. 4.
• * 1.922

  Whether one may dy of anger.
• i 1.923

  O•• timorem nonnulli subitaria morte peri∣erunt, prae gaudio etiam nonuulli, &c At ex ••ra∣tu nemo mortuus est, ut pote quibus, ne{que} ca or refrigeratur, ne{que} robur dissolvitur. De Sympt. caus. lib. 2.
• k 1.924

  Plat. Oservat. medi∣cin. lib. 7. pag. 34.
• l 1.925

  Jdem. ibid. page 46. History.
• * 1.926

  Several sorts of fear•• and griefe.
• a 1.927

  Proverb•• 12.25.
• b 1.928

  15.13.
• c 1.929

  Democritus Iunios, or Burton of melan∣cholie.
• * 1.930

  Hurts procured by griefe and sorrow.
• * 1.931

  An evill custom to af∣fright yong children.
• * 1.932

  Dangerous, especial∣ly for women with childe.
• d 1.933

  Schenck. observat. med. libr. 1. obs. ••. ex Had. Junii li. de coma. History of one whose haire turned white in one night.
• e 1.934

  Idem ex Levini Lem∣ni•• de complex. li. 2. c. 2. Another.
• * 1.935

  These passions excite and stirre up melan∣choly.
• * 1.936

  What sort of people are least hurt therby.
• f 1.937

  Arnold Villa nov. com in c. 1. Schol. Saler. Faul. Aegin lib. 1. c. 57. Aetius cap. 32. Rhas. lib. 4. ca. 9. ad Almans.
• g 1.938

  Aph. 1. lib. 1.
• * 1.939

  Care and circumspe∣ction to bee used whom wee suffer to come about the sicke.
• h 1.940

  Proverbs 14.23.
• * 1.941

  Robert Bolton, prea∣cher of Gods Word at Broughton in Nor∣thampton shire.
• * 1.942

  Whether one may dy of sorrow or griefe.
• i 1.943

  Ita{que} etiam ob ••••••mo∣rem, & immentum moe∣rorem ••••nnulli repenia∣na merte ••interie unt, quod sci••icet imbecilla suaple natura animula eorum sub valido affectu oppr••ssa confertim ex∣tincta & suffocata sit. De causa symptom lib. 2
• k 1.944

  1 Sam. ••.18.
• l 1.945

  1 Sam. 4.20.
• m 1.946

  Ioseph. antiquit. Judaic. lib. 12. cap. 13.
• n 1.947

  Platerus observat. medic. lib. 1. pag 49.
• * 1.948

  History.
• o 1.949

  Idem ibid. pag. 33.
• * 1.950

  Another.
• p 1.951

  Idem ibid.
• * 1.952

  History of a young Gentlewoman reco∣vering of a danger∣ous fright and con∣vulsions.
• a 1.953

  Est letitia animi mo∣tus ad extimas corporis partes, cum libidine am∣plexandi gratum: in qua adeo fit sanguinis & spirituum motus vehe∣mens, ut pusillanimes exanimato corpore re∣liquerit, ex nimiá ipso∣••rum prosuslone. Mer. tom. 1. lib. 2. class, 2, quaest. 1••8,
• b 1.954

  Animi & corporis ta∣me••si sua substantia & materia lo••••e maximu discrimen si•• tamen tam arcto illa vencuio Deus colligavit, ut mutua sit utrius{que} in se invicem compassio, seu 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Nam corpore af∣flicto dolor ad animum redit: & contra, ani∣mo exulcerato corpus concutitur. Sed maior tamen corporis quassario cum malum ab animo initium capit, quam cum contra fit. sametsi vero malum per totum corpus se diffundat, tamen quia eius mali indicium pri∣mum in••vu tu aspicitur, ideo Salomon vultus praecipuam mentionem facit; & docet a••imum latum & hilarem n••n tantum sanum corpus efficere sed porro redde∣re vultum aspectabilem & amabuem, ut si••ut corpus sanum est, sic eti∣am sanum & macre apparet. Ʋnde sit ut cum cor laetum sit, ocu∣lus sit vividus, versa∣bilis, & ad videndum acutus, genae sint rabi∣cundae, sanguis purus & purgatus, cutis pulcbra & spectabilis: contra vero cum ani∣mus afflictus est. Hoc quanti sit ad omnes vi∣tae partes, non facile est explicatu. Num in cul∣tu divino operae pretium est, ut animo laeto ac a∣lacri fiat. Hince est quod Isaacus ad filio∣rum suorum propheti∣cam benedictionem se acci••gens, priu•• man∣dat ferinam sibi compa∣rari & vinum, quibus exbilaratus liberius pos∣set manus Propheticum obire. Gen. 27. Eli∣zeus contristatus aspe∣ctu impij Regis ••orami, antequam quid conatu•• sit, quo 3. Reges siti laborantes reficerentur, ••ussit sibi peritum musices adduci, cuim arte, & in pulsando peri∣t••a ra••••ror••m pelleret. Quod si Prophetae qui per inspirationem locuti sunt hoc laetitiae animi adminiculo opus habent ad culium Dei pro dignitate exercendum; 2 Reg. 3.13. nedumalij, &c. Apud homines etiam officia quae a ir••stibus & maestis praestantur ingrata sunt, ut in Mardocheo & Nehemia liquido constat. Esth. 4 2. Nehem. 2.1, 2. Animum vero laetum vultum jucundum red∣dere apparet exemplo Esau••, munere a lacobo exhilaratus, vultu tam se amabilem & jucundum exhibuit, ut lacobus in eo, visus sit fac••em ••ei benignam intueri. Gen. 33.10. Sed in pijs hoc magis illustre est, qui pace conscientiae ••ecreati vultum habent & a∣spectum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lem Vide Naz••••eos, qui cum vinum non biberent, tamen, &c. Vide porro exemplum Danielis & sociorum, qui tametsi leguminibus & aqua pascerentur, tamen, &c. Haec igitur animi laetitia, quae consistit in reconciliatione cum Deo, vnde nasci∣tur bona conscientia, omnibus fucis & pigme itis, quae moltes & delicatae foeminae ••udiose ad se infucandum & ••pingendum conqui∣runt, potior & praestabilior est; praestabilior omni ••taeta & delectu ciborum, in quo tamen plurimi multum ponunt, vel omnia potius, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad valitudinem & colorem tuendum pertinent. Cartwright ad vers. 13 cap. 15. Proverb.
• c 1.955

  Iames 5.13.
• d 1.956

  Ephes. 5.19.
• e 1.957

  1 Kings 5.20.
• * 1.958

  Isaiah 12.22.
• f 1.959

  2 Sam. 11.16.
• g 1.960

  Amos 6.4.
• * 1.961

  Sicke folkes chiefely to be cheered up, and who have greatest need.
• * 1.962

  Whether any may dy of mirth and ioy.
• h 1.963

  Praegaudio autem nonnulli supra modum pusillanimes mortui sunt, haud aliter quam timentes, de Symptom. caus. lib. 2.
• i 1.964

  Gaudio praeter Chilo∣nem de quo diximus, Sophocles, Dionysius Siciliae tyrannus uter{que} accepto tragicae victoriae nuncio. Mater pugna i∣la Caennensi filio incolu∣mi viso contra falsum nuncium, Plin. lib. 7. cap. 8.
• k 1.965

  Purch. lib. 4. cap. 9.
• * 1.966

  Many things in this discourse to be consi∣dered.
• * 1.967

  If it transcend the skil of the ignorant Phy∣sitian, to prescribe good and wholesome diet for the diseased, how shal they be able to prescribe physicke fit for the state of the sicke bodies.
• a 1.968

  2 Cor. 2.••6.
• * 1.969

  Charity is not suffi∣cient to warrant any with the neglect of his owne calling to meddle with another calling, wherein is as much, if not more difficulty than in the former, and no lesse danger then of life in the errors committed therein.
• b 1.970

  Ioseph. de billo Iu∣daic. lib. 5. cap. 5.
• c 1.971

  Matth. 23.27.
• d 1.972

  Men••erates cele∣bris Ep••lepsiae medi∣cus nunquam sine in publicum, nifi suis quos curaverat, rabitu ••eo∣rum vestius st••••••o••us, & ipse vero purpura vell•• tus, aurea orona deco ratus, sceptrum dem{que} ••n ma••ibus velat alter Iupiter gest••nt, prodire solitus est Lang Epist. medic. lib ••. epist 25 ex Athen dipn. lib 7.
• e 1.973

  The reverend Bi∣shop of etero••riow in a Sermo pira∣ched at Northampton this same yeere 16 •• a little before mid∣sommer, out of this text, Gen 47.3. What is you•• trade or occupation taught that a minist•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 trade, and should have but that on: the question being Quid operu in the singu••ar number. That ministers there∣fore are not to med∣dle with other cal∣lings. They are not then (saith hee) to meddle with Galen & Hippocrates, which he there proved ••oth learnedly and religi∣ously, by the weighti¦nesse of the calling, and paines there••n to be im lo••ed. And as there was there a great deale of good coun∣sell for the clergis, ••o I hope he will have a care to be all faults and abuses of armed.
• f 1.974

  As it is unlawfull for a Physitian to preacher administer the Sacraments: so I thinke it unlawfull for a minister to be a professed practicer of Ph••sicke. Parre on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the Ro∣manes
• g 1.975

  Theslal••s quum ostendit se in Hippocratica Discipli∣na nequaquam institu∣tum, nec eius opera sub prae••eptore leg••sse, ta∣men non veretur talis quum sit, palmam sibi ipsi eri•• u••e Gal. meth. med. lib. 1.
• h 1.976

  Acts 18.3. & 20.34. 1 Cor. 4.12. 1 Thessal. 2.9. 2 Thessal 3.8.
• i 1.977

  For this same pra∣ctice there were ca∣nons in former times set downe.

  Clericus quantum libet verbo Dei eruditus, ar∣tificiolo victum quaerat.

  Et postea.

  Clericus qunntum libet verbo Dei eruditus ar∣tificiolo, vel agricultura abs{que} officij sui detri∣mēto victum praeparet. Lib. Concil. Concil. Carthag. 4. can. 51, & 52.
• k 1.978

  Luk. 2, 29.
• * 1.979

  Consider the diver∣sity of these two cases.
• l 1.980

  History of the coun∣cell of Trent.
• * 1.981

  Objection taken frō the affinitie of the soule and the bodie, idle, and to small pur∣pose.
• m 1.982

  Si quis Astrologia, vel mathesi existimat esse credendum anathe∣mafit. Toletan. 7. con. 21.
• n 1.983

  In the prefacé to the arraignment of u∣rines.
• o 1.984

  2 Sam. 23.16, 17.
• * 1.985

  Sordìde and base ob∣iection in the de∣fence of Empiricks.
• * 1.986

  Answ.
• * 1.987

  Emperickes can nei∣ther finde out the dis∣ease, nor apply right remedies.
• p 1.988

  Iob. 1.
• q 1.989

  Doctor Venner, in his advertisement of the ••reat utility that commeth to mans bo∣dy, by taking of phy∣sicke in the Spring.
• * 1.990

  History.
• * 1.991

  Wee may say as much in these parts we live in, if the mat∣ter might be narrow∣ly looked into.
• * 1.992

  History of a bold Em∣pericke, disgraced by that matchless prince King Iames, of happy memory.
• * 1.993

  A speech well befit∣ting such a Prince.